TB03300001E
2014-10-22
: Pdf 128495-Attachment 128495-Attachment Batch9 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 242 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit:
www.eaton.com
Contents
NEMA Contactors & Starters 33-1
33
NEMA Contactors &
Starters
Description Page
IT.
Electro-Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-2
Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-4
Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-7
IT.
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-25
Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-29
Starters — Non-combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-31
Starters — Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-33
Modification Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-42
IT.
Manual and Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-51
NEMA Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-51
Freedom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-68
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-70
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing,
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-73
Starters — 3-Phase Multispeed, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-76
Starters — Single-Phase Non-reversing,
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-77
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing,
Full Voltage, C396 Electronic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-78
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-79
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-82
Relays — Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-103
Relays — C396 Electronic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-109
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-116
Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-121
Starters — Non-combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-125
Starters — Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-130
A200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-148
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-148
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-154
Starters — Two-Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-158
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-174
Relays — Current Sensing Protective — IQ500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-183
A200 — Enclosed Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-185
Starters — Non-reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-185
Starters — Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-187
Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-193
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-194
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-195
Starters — Non-reversing, Two-Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-197
Advantage Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-207
PowerNet Communication Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-217
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-220
Starters — Non-combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-224
Starters — Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33-225
Citation — Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-229
Type N — Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-232
Solenoids — Alternating Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-233
Shoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-235
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-239
March 2009
33-2
For more information visit:
www.eaton.com
CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT.
Electro-Mechanical
Product Family Overview
NEMA, Size 0 Full Voltage
Non-reversing Starter
Product Description
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
®
Intelligent
Technologies (
IT.
) Electro-Mechanical
line of Contactors and Starters is the
result of a substantial engineering,
manufacturing and marketing effort
involving extensive customer input,
combined with new advances in solid-
state technology.
IT.
Electro-Mechanical
products have greatly increased
functionality, significantly reduced
size and utilize the benefits of 24V DC
control. The exclusive Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM) control and digital
microprocessor generate a minimized
DC value which reduces energy to the
contact block and provides the most
compact system available.
Standards and Certifications
■
Standard: Designed to meet or
exceed UL, NEMA and CSA
■
UL Listed: UL File #E1491, Guide
#NLDX — Open, UL 508
■
CSA Certified: CSA File #156828,
Class #3211 04 Open, C22.2 No. 14-95
■
CE
■
NEMA ICS1, ICS2, ICS5
■
NEMA, Certificate No. 2074289
ISO 9002 Certification
When you turn to Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Products, you turn to quality. The Inter-
national Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of standards
acknowledged by 91 industrialized nations to bring harmony to the international
quest for quality. The ISO Certification process covers 20 quality system elements
in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration.
This commitment to quality will result in increased product reliability and total
customer satisfaction.
Publications
Pub. MN03305002E
IT.
NEMA Overload Relay Setup and Troubleshooting Manual
Pub. MN03305001E
IT.
NEMA Contactor and Starter User Manual
Pub. 50102
IT.
NEMA Overload Relay Quick Setup Guide
Pub. 49416
IT.
NEMA Contact Blocks (Size 00 – 4)
Pub. 50140
IT.
NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50150
IT.
NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50160
IT.
NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50170
IT.
NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Pub. 50180
IT.
NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 5 Installation Guide
Pub. 50141
IT.
NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50151
IT.
NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50161
IT.
NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50171
IT.
NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Pub. 50181
IT.
NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 5 Installation Guide
Pub. 50142
IT.
NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50152
IT.
NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50162
IT.
NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50172
IT.
NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Pub. 50182
IT.
NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 5 Installation Guide
Pub. 50143
IT.
NEMA Reversing Starter Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50153
IT.
NEMA Reversing Starter Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50163
IT.
NEMA Reversing Starter Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50173
IT.
NEMA Reversing Starter Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Pub. 50183
IT.
NEMA Reversing Starter Size 5 Installation Guide
For copies of these and other publications, contact the Literature Fulfillment Center
at 800-957-7050, Fax: 877-840-2371 or find on-line at: www.eaton.com.
For International, call: (630) 377-9798 (English only), Fax: (630) 377-1753.
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit:
www.eaton.com
33-3
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT.
Electro-Mechanical
Catalog Number Selection
Catalog Number Selection (Open Components)
Table 33-1.
IT.
Electro-Mechanical Catalog Numbering System
Note:
When using the Catalog Numbering System for Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
IT.
Electro-Mechanical products, care should be exercised to
assure that the Catalog Number for the Overload Relay aligns with the
IT.
Contact Block selected for type, frame size and ampacity, if purchased
as separate components.
Examples:
N101BS0J3A — Full Voltage Non-reversing, Size 0 Starter with a 10 – 32 amp overload range
N111FS5X3N — Full Voltage Non-reversing, Size 5 Contactor
N501DS2K3A — Full Voltage Reversing Starter with a 14 – 45 amp overload range
N02NCXCXNN — Coil Controller 54 mm
N04NBSAX3N — Contact Block Size 00
Designator (NEMA)
SA = Size 00
S0 = Size 0
S1 = Size 1
S2 = Size 2
S3 = Size 3
S4 = Size 4
S5 = Size 5
XC = Coil Controller
XR = Overload
Overload Type
A= Standard
N= Contactor or Not Applicable
Standard
N = NEMA
Configuration (Open Type)
02N = FVNR Coil Controller
03N = FVR Coil Controller
04N = Contact Block
05N = Solid-State Non-reversing Overload Relay
06N = Solid-State Reversing Overload Relay
101 = FVNR Starter
111 = FVNR Contactor
501 = FVR Starter
511 = FVR Contactor
Frame Width
B= 45 mm
C= 54 mm
D= 76 mm
E= 105 mm
F= 140 mm
Overload Full Amperes Adjustment
(45 mm)
A= .25 – .8
B= .59 – 1.9
C= 1.4 – 4.4
D= 2.8 – 9.0
G= 6.3 – 20
J= 10 – 32
(76 mm)
F= 5.0 – 16
H= 8.4 – 27
K= 14 – 45
N= 31 – 100
(54 mm)
A= .25 – .8
B= .59 – 1.9
C= 1.4 – 4.4
D= 2.8 – 9.0
F= 5.0 – 16
H= 8.4 – 27
L= 16 – 50
(105 mm)
K= 14 – 45
M= 28 – 90
P= 42 – 135
R= 63 – 200
(140 mm)
P= 42 – 135
S= 84 – 270
T= 131 – 420
X = Contact Block, Coil Controller,
Contactor or Not Applicable
Pole Selection
3 = 3-Pole
N 101 B S0 J 3 A - RTX
Factory Installed Option
RTX = Ring Lug Ready
(E, F Frames Only)
March 2009
33-4
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents
Description Page
Product Family Overview
Product Description. . . . . . . 33-2
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . 33-2
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-3
Contactors — Non-reversing
and Reversing
Product Description. . . . . . . 33-4
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-4
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-5
Technical Data and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-10
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-13
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . 33-15
Renewal Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-17
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-18
Product Description
The Cutler-Hammer® Intelligent
Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical
Contactor from Eaton’s electrical
business consists of an IT. Electro-
Mechanical Contact Block and IT.
Electro-Mechanical Coil Controller as a
Full Voltage Non-reversing (FVNR) or
Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) device.
Size 00 to Size 4 Contact Blocks
combined with Coil Controllers (factory
or field assembled) are stand-alone
Contactors. Only the Size 5 Contactors
have internal factory assembled coil
controllers.
Features
■Size 00 – 5, 9 – 270A, 2 – 200 hp,
600V
■24V DC Coil Control — safe, reliable
global standard
■Frame width (mm): 45, 54, 76, 105,
140
■No laminations, shading coils or
magnet noise
■-40 to 149°F (-40 to 65°C)
operating temperature
■No seal in auxiliary contacts
required — control wiring is not
needed between the contactor and
overload relay
■Conformal coated printed circuit
boards for resistance to harsh
environments
■Unique Pulse Width Modulated coil
controller minimizes coil power
consumption
■Microprocessor-based control
■Easily accessible mounting feet for
panel mounting
■Meets or exceeds global standards
for EMC (Electromagnetic compati-
bility) immunity and emissions
■Front and side mounted Auxiliary
Contacts: 1NO, 1 NC, 2NO, 2NC,
1NO/1NC and logic level
■2- or 3-wire control
■Built-in logic to provide either 2- or
3-wire control, eliminating the need
to provide and wire auxiliary con-
tacts to seal in and interlock the
contactor coils
■Easy field assembly of control
wiring — plug and unplug lockable
control connector
■DIN rail mounting for Sizes 00 – 2
■Optional mounting plates for
Size 00 – 4
■Common accessories
■Long-life silver nickel and silver tin
oxide contacts provide excellent
conductivity and superior resistance
to welding and arc erosion
■Environmentally friendly materials
■Low wattage coils and minimal heat
dissipation
Reversing Contactors
■Includes Reversing Power Wiring
and bus bars
■Mounting plates for Size 00 – 4
■Exclusive internal electronic inter-
lock for reversing
■Field installed Reversing Kits
■Unique coil controller energizes
both forward and reverse contactors
— one control point for wiring
NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Contactor,
Size 0, Cat. No. N511BS0X3N
NEMA Full Voltage Non-reversing
Contactor, Size 0, Cat. No. N111BS0X3N
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-5
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
Product Selection
Non-reversing Contactors
When Ordering Specify
NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating,
Voltage, kW/hp and Non-reversing or
Reversing
Note:
■An N111 (Size 00 – 4) consists of an N04N
(Contact Block) and an N02N (Coil Controller),
factory assembled.
■An N111F (Size 5) has an internal coil
controller, factory assembled.
Table 33-2. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Non-reversing Contactors
24V DC coil voltage.
Note:
■If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.
■Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit.
■See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.
■Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).
Cat. No. N111BS0X3N
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere Rating
Max. UL Horsepower
(hp) 60 Hz
Max. UL Horsepower
(hp) 50 Hz
3-Pole Non-reversing
1-Phase 3-Phase 3-Phase Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V/
208V
230V/
240V
460V/
480V
575V/
600V
380V
00 9 1/3 1
1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
1-1/2 N111BSAX3N
018
12
33555 N111BS0X3N
127237-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 N111CS1X3N
24537-1/2 10 15 25 25 25 N111DS2X3N
390
7-1/2 15
25 30 50 50 50 N111ES3X3N
4135 — — 40 50 100 100 75 N111ES4X3N
5270 — — 75 100 200 200 150 N111FS5X3N
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-13 – 33-16
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-10 – 33-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-18 – 33-21
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-6
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
Reversing Contactors
When Ordering Specify
NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating,
Voltage, kW/hp, and Non-reversing or
Reversing
Note:
■An N511 (Size 00 – 4) consists of two N04N
(Contact Blocks), an N03N (FVR Coil
Controller), Mechanical Interlock, Fanning
Strips and Mounting Plate, factory
assembled.
■An N511F (Size 5) consists of two N111F
(Contactors), an Internal Reversing Coil
Controller, Mechanical Interlock, Crossover
Bus Bars and Wiring Harness, factory
assembled.
Table 33-3. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Reversing Contactors
24V DC coil voltage.
Note:
■If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.
■Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit.
■See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.
■Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).
Cat. No. N511BS0X3N
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere Rating
Max. UL Horsepower
(hp) 60 Hz
Max. UL Horsepower
(hp) 50 Hz
3-Pole Reversing
1-Phase 3-Phase 3-Phase Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V/
208V
230V/
240V
460V/
480V
575V/
600V
380V
00 9 1/3 1
1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
1-1/2 N511BSAX3N
018
12
33555 N511BS0X3N
127237-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 N511CS1X3N
24537-1/2 10 15 25 25 25 N511DS2X3N
390
7-1/2 15
25 30 50 50 50 N511ES3X3N
4135 — — 40 50 100 100 75 N511ES4X3N
5270 — — 75 100 200 200 150 N511FS5X3N
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-13 – 33-16
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-10 – 33-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-18 – 33-21
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-7
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents
Description Page
Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . . 33-2
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . 33-2
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-3
Starters — Non-reversing
and Reversing
Product Description . . . . . . 33-7
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-7
Product Selection. . . . . . . . 33-8
Technical Data and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-10
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-13
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . 33-15
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-17
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-22
Product Description
The Cutler-Hammer® Intelligent
Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical
Starter from Eaton’s electrical business
consists of an IT. Electro-Mechanical
Contact Block or Contactor and IT.
Electro-Mechanical Solid-State
Overload Relay as a Full Voltage
Non-reversing (FVNR) or Full Voltage
Reversing (FVR) device. Size 00 to Size 5
Starters are factory or field assembled.
Features
■24V DC control power — safe, reliable
global standard
■Unique Pulse Width Modulated
(PWM) coil controller minimizes coil
power consumption
■Microprocessor based control
■Phase loss and current unbalance
protection, user selectable
■Standard selectable Trip Class 10, 20
(factory default) or 30 — no individ-
ual part numbers — no program-
ming software
■Ambient compensated overload
■Motor temperature and power-up
protection with thermal memory
■Front and side mounted Auxiliary
Contacts: 1NO, 1NC, 2NO, 2NC,
1NO/1NC and logic level (1NO/1NC)
■Easily accessible mounting feet for
panel mounting
■LED status indication — trip, trip
class, motor thermal state, reset,
overload state
■Unique “Alarm without Trip” option
for critical must run applications
■Lockable overload cover protects
against unauthorized adjustment
and reset functions
■No control wiring needed between
contactor and overload relay —
eliminates seal in auxiliary contacts
■Minimal heat — no full voltage coils
■-40° to 149°F (-40° – 65°C) operating
temperature
■Wide 3.2:1 current adjustment range
■Exclusive internal 24-bit floating
point math calculations with RMS
calibrated current measurement
■Meets or exceeds global standards
for EMC (Electromagnetic compati-
bility) immunity and emissions
■IP20 Finger Protection
■Motor running thermal utilization
indication
■Manual, Automatic or Remote Reset
■Easy field assembly of control
wiring — plug and unplug lockable
control connector
■DIN rail mountable, Size 00 – 2
■Communication Interface with
Starter Network Adapter Product
(SNAP)
■2- or 3-wire control
■Solid-state alarm output indication
■Optional mounting plates with
“Ease of Installation” slotted hole
design
■Type 2 Coordination
■Conformal coated printed circuit
boards for resistance to harsh
environments
Reversing Starters
■Includes Reversing Power Wiring
and bus bars
■Mounting plates for Size 00 – 4
■Built-in electronic interlock for FVR
units
■Unique overload board energizes
both forward and reverse starters —
one control point for wiring
NEMA Full Voltage
Non-reversing Starter, Size 0
NEMA Full Voltage Reversing
Starter, Size 0
March 2009
33-8
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
Product Selection
Non-reversing Starters
When Ordering Specify
NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating,
Voltage, kW/hp, Non-reversing or
Reversing and Overload Adjustment
Range (Amperes)
Note:
■An N101 (00 – 4) consists of an N04N (Contact
Block) and an N05N (Non-reversing Overload
Relay), factory assembled.
■An N101 (Size 5) consists of an N111F
(Contactor) and an N05N (Non-reversing
Overload Relay), factory assembled.
Table 33-4. Full Voltage Non-reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (Size 00 – 5), with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection
24V DC coil voltage.
Note:
■If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.
■The standard IT. starter is for 3-phase applications only.
■See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.
■Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).
Cat. No. N101BS0G3A
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Overload
Adjustment
Range
(Amperes)
Max. UL Horsepower
(hp) 60 Hz
Max. UL
Horsepower
(hp) 50 Hz
3-Pole Non-reversing
1-Phase 3-Phase 3-Phase Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V/
208V
230V/
240V
460V/
480V
575V/
600V
380V
00 9 .25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
6.3 – 20
——
1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
1-1/2 N101BSAA3A
N101BSAB3A
N101BSAC3A
N101BSAD3A
N101BSAG3A
018 .25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
6.3 – 20
10 – 32
—— 3 3 555 N101BS0A3A
N101BS0B3A
N101BS0C3A
N101BS0D3A
N101BS0G3A
N101BS0J3A
127 .25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
16 – 50
—— 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 N101CS1A3A
N101CS1B3A
N101CS1C3A
N101CS1D3A
N101CS1F3A
N101CS1H3A
N101CS1L3A
245 5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
14 – 45
31 – 100
—— 10 15 25 25 25 N101DS2F3A
N101DS2H3A
N101DS2K3A
N101DS2N3A
390 14 – 45
28 – 90
42 – 135
—— 25 30 50 50 50 N101ES3K3A
N101ES3M3A
N101ES3P3A
4135 14 – 45
28 – 90
42 – 135
63 – 200
—— 40 50 100 100 75 N101ES4K3A
N101ES4M3A
N101ES4P3A
N101ES4R3A
5270 42 – 135
84 – 270
131 – 420
—— 75 100 200 200 150 N101FS5P3A
N101FS5S3A
N101FS5T3A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-13 – 33-16
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-10 – 33-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-22 – 33-24
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-9
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
Reversing Starters
When Ordering Specify
NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating,
Voltage, kW/hp, Non-reversing or
Reversing and Overload Adjustment
Range (Amperes)
Note:
■An N501 (Size 00 – 4) consists of two N04N
(Contact Blocks), N06N (Reversing Overload
Relay), Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock
and Mounting Plate, factory assembled.
■An N501F (Size 5) consists of two N111F
(Contactors), N06N (Reversing Overload
Relay), Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock,
Crossover Bus Bars and Reversing Wiring
Harness, factory assembled.
Table 33-5. Full Voltage Reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (Size 00 – 5), with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection
24V DC coil voltage.
Note:
■If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.
■The standard IT. starter is for 3-phase applications only.
■See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.
■Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).
Cat. No. N501BS0G3A
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Overload
Adjustment
Range
(Amperes)
Max. UL Horsepower
(hp) 60 Hz
Max. UL
Horsepower
(hp) 50 Hz
3-Pole Reversing
1-Phase 3-Phase 3-Phase Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V/
208V
230V/
240V
460V/
480V
575V/
600V
380V
00 9 .25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
6.3 – 20
——
1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
1-1/2 N501BSAA3A
N501BSAB3A
N501BSAC3A
N501BSAD3A
N501BSAG3A
018 .25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
6.3 – 20
10 – 32
—— 3 3 555 N501BS0A3A
N501BS0B3A
N501BS0C3A
N501BS0D3A
N501BS0G3A
N501BS0J3A
127 .25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
16 – 50
—— 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 N501CS1A3A
N501CS1B3A
N501CS1C3A
N501CS1D3A
N501CS1F3A
N501CS1H3A
N501CS1L3A
245 5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
14 – 45
31 – 100
—— 10 15 25 25 25 N501DS2F3A
N501DS2H3A
N501DS2K3A
N501DS2N3A
390 14 – 45
28 – 90
42 – 135
—— 25 30 50 50 50 N501ES3K3A
N501ES3M3A
N501ES3P3A
4135 14 – 45
28 – 90
42 – 135
63 – 200
—— 40 50 100 100 75 N501ES4K3A
N501ES4M3A
N501ES4P3A
N501ES4R3A
5270 42 – 135
84 – 270
131 – 420
—— 75 100 200 200 150 N501FS5P3A
N501FS5S3A
N501FS5T3A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-13 – 33-16
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-10 – 33-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-22 – 33-24
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-10
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-6. Specifications
Auxiliaries add approximately 1.0" (25 mm) to depth for single, 1.2" (30 mm) for dual.
Non-reversing contactors and starters only.
No load condition.
Up to 99% humidity depending on application. Consult factory.
Description Size 00, 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3, 4 Size 5
Overall Dimensions in Inches (mm) — w x h x d
Non-reversing
Contactor
1.8 x 4.4 x 2.4
(45 x 111 x 60)
2.1 x 4.4 x 2.4
(54 x 113 x 60)
3.0 x 5.9 x 3.1
(76 x 150 x 79)
4.1 x 8.0 x 3.5
(105 x 203 x 90)
5.6 x 14.0 x 7.0
(142 x 355 x 178)
Reversing
Contactor
3.8 x 5.9 x 2.7
(96 x 149 x 69)
4.5 x 5.9 x 2.6
(114 x 149 x 67)
6.2 x 7.4 x 3.3
(158 x 188 x 84)
8.5 x 9.5 x 3.8
(216 x 242 x 97)
11.7 x 17.2 x 7.0
(296 x 436 x 178)
Non-reversing
Starter
1.8 x 5.0 x 2.5
(45 x 127 x 63)
2.1 x 5.4 x 2.5
(54 x 138 x 63)
3.0 x 5.9 x 3.1
(76 x 150 x 79)
4.1 x 8.0 x 3.5
(105 x 203 x 90)
5.7 x 19.4 x 7.0
(145 x 492 x 178)
Reversing
Starter
3.8 x 5.9 x 2.7
(96 x 149 x 69)
4.5 x 5.9 x 2.6
(114 x 149 x 67)
6.2 x 7.4 x 3.3
(158 x 188 x 84)
8.5 x 9.5 x 3.8
(216 x 242 x 97)
11.8 x 21.0 x 7.0
(300 x 533 x 178)
Mounting Hole Spacing in Inches (mm) — w x h
Non-reversing
Contactor
1.33 x 4.0
(33.8 x 101)
1.46 x 4.10
(37 x 104)
.94 x 2.87
(24 x 73)
1.33 x 4.13
(33.8 x 105)
1.75 x 13.0
(44.5 x 330)
Reversing
Contactor
3.15 x 5.35
(80 x 136)
3.15 x 5.35
(80 x 136)
5.51 x 6.89
(140 x 175)
7.87 x 9.06
(200 x 230)
7.82 x 13.0
(198.5 x 330)
Non-reversing
Starter
1.33 x 4.62
(33.8 x 117.3)
1.46 x 5.04
(37 x 128)
.94 x 2.87
(24 x 73)
1.33 x 4.13
(33.8 x 105)
1.75 x 18.3
(44.5 x 465)
Reversing
Starter
3.15 x 5.35
(80 x 136)
3.15 x 5.35
(80 x 136)
5.51 x 6.89
(140 x 175)
7.87 x 9.06
(200 x 230)
7.82 x 18.3
(198.5 x 465)
Mounting Positions
Panel-Vertical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Panel-Horizontal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
DIN Rail Mountable Yes Yes Yes No No
Weights in Lb. (kg)
Non-reversing
Contactor
.7
(.31)
.9
(.42)
2.8
(1.27)
6.7
(3.05)
20.0
(9.1)
Reversing
Contactor
1.9
(.86)
2.6
(1.17)
6.9
(3.13)
16.9
(7.67)
48.0
(21.8)
Non-reversing
Starter
.9
(.40)
1.2
(.53)
2.9
(1.32)
7.1
(3.20)
27.0
(12.3)
Reversing
Starter
2.0
(.90)
2.6
(1.20)
7.1
(3.20)
16.8
(7.60)
55.0
(25.0)
Mechanical Operating Rate
Maximum 3/sec 3/sec 2/sec 2/sec 1/sec
Mechanical Life
10,000,000 10,000,000 8,000,000 8,000,000 5,000,000
Humidity
95% Non-condensing 95% Non-condensing 95% Non-condensing 95% Non-condensing 95% Non-condensing
Insulation Voltage (Ui)
690V 690V 690V 690V 690V
Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp)
6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-11
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-6. Specifications (Continued)
Use Class B 75°C copper wire only (or 90°C
copper wire sized for 75°C operation per
NEC).
Consult factory for higher ratings.
The Non-reversing Starter requires the use
of all six mounting screws for the maximum
rating.
Note: At other temperatures expressed in
°C, for either inrush or sealed, use the 20°C
value from the table in the following
Description Size 00, 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3, 4 Size 5
Finger Protection
Front IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
At Terminals IP10 IP10 IP00 IP00 IP00
At Terminals with max.
size wire installed
IP20 IP10 IP10 IP00 IP00
Terminals L1, L2, L3/T1, T2, T3
1 Wire per Terminal
(stranded or solid)
14 – 8 AWG
(1.5 – 10 mm2)
14 – 4 AWG
(1.5 – 16 mm2)
14 – 1 AWG
(1.5 – 35 mm2)
6 – 250 MCM
(16 – 120 mm2)
4 – 750 MCM
(25 – 420 mm2)
2 Wires per Terminal
(stranded or solid)
14 – 10 AWG
(1.5 – 4 mm2)
14 – 6 AWG
(1.5 – 16 mm2)
14 – 2 AWG
(1.5 – 25 mm2)
6 – 3/0 AWG
(16 – 70 mm2)
1/0 — 300 MCM
(50 — 150 mm2)
Strip Length .45" (11 mm) .5" (12 mm) .7" (18 mm) .8" (21 mm) 1.5" (40 mm)
Torque (max.) 20 lb-in (2.2 Nm)
for 14 – 10 AWG
(1.5 – 6 mm2);
25 lb-in (2.8 Nm) for
8 AWG (10 mm2)
35 lb-in (4.0 Nm)
for 14 – 10 AWG
(1.5 – 6 mm2);
40 lb-in (4.5 Nm) for
8 AWG (10 mm2);
45 lb-in (5.0 Nm) for
6 – 4 AWG
(16 mm2)
45 lb-in (5.0 Nm) for
Single 14 – 8 AWG
(1.5 – 10 mm2);
100 lb-in (11 Nm) for
Single 6 – 1 AWG
(16 – 35 mm2) and
Dual Wire
Combinations
250 lb-in (28 Nm) 550 lb-in (62 Nm)
Driver 2.5 mm Hex Key 3 mm Hex Key 5/32" (4 mm) Hex Key 5/16" (8 mm) Hex Key 5/16" (8 mm) Hex Key
Operation Performance
Coil Voltage (nominal) 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC
Coil Operating
Voltage Range (V DC)
20 – 28 20 – 28 20 – 28 20 – 28 20 – 28
Control Terminals
(- and +)
1 Wire per Terminal
14 – 12 AWG
(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)
14 – 12 AWG
(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)
14 – 12 AWG
(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)
14 – 12 AWG
(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)
14 – 12 AWG
(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)
(- and +)
2 Wires per Terminal
14 AWG
(1.5 mm2)
14 AWG
(1.5 mm2)
14 AWG
(1.5 mm2)
14 AWG
(1.5 mm2)
14 AWG
(1.5 mm2)
(P, F, R, 1, 2, 3)
1 Wire per Terminal
22 – 12 AWG
(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)
22 – 12 AWG
(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)
22 – 12 AWG
(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)
22 – 12 AWG
(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)
22 – 12 AWG
(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)
(P, F, R, 1, 2, 3)
2 Wires per Terminal
18 – 14 AWG
(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)
18 – 14 AWG
(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)
18 – 14 AWG
(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)
18 – 14 AWG
(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)
18 – 14 AWG
(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)
Torque (max.) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm)
Strip Length .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm)
Driver .13 (3.5 mm) Flat .13 (3.5 mm) Flat .13 (3.5 mm) Flat .13 (3.5 mm) Flat .13 (3.5 mm) Flat
Temperature
Operating -40° to +149°F
(-40° to +65°C)
-40° to +149°F
(-40° to +65°C)
-40° to +149°F
(-40° to +65°C)
-40° to +149°F
(-40° to +65°C)
-40° to +149°F
(-40° to +65°C)
Storage -58° to +176°F
(-50° to +80°C)
-58° to +176°F
(-50° to +80°C)
-58° to +176°F
(-50° to +80°C)
-58° to +176°F
(-50° to +80°C)
-58° to +176°F
(-50° to +80°C)
Environmental
Shock/Vibration 15G/5G 15G/5G 15G/5G 15G/5G 15G/5G
Altitude 6600 FT (2000M) 6600 FT (2000M) 6600 FT (2000M) 6600 FT (2000M) 6600 FT (2000M)
Pull-In Time (mS) @ 24V
Excl. Debounce Time 15 15 25 30 70 – 200
Incl. Debounce Time 75 80 88 95 120 – 300
Dropout Time (mS) @ 24V
Excl. Debounce Time 5 5 12 15 50 – 150
Incl. Debounce Time 65 70 75 80 70 – 250
Watts = W20 [1.1 – .005(T) and
Amps = A20 [1.1 – .005(T)]
For example, inrush requirements for a NEMA
Size 2 Starter at -25°C would be:
Watts = 130 [1.1 – .005 (-25)] = 160
Amps = 5.4 [1.1 – .005 (-25)] = 6.6
Notes:
■Response time for Control Inputs = Debounce
Time
■The time between operating forward and
reverse must be greater than the Debounce
Time.
Table 33-7. 24V DC Power Supply Requirements @ 68°F (20°C) (see Note at left)
_ indicates missing digit/character of the Catalog Number; may have multiple values.
Contactor/Starter Size Sealed In Inrush
Catalog
Number
NEMA Size Wattage Amps Wattage Amps Duration
(mS)
N_11B_ _X3N
N_01B_ _ _3A
N_11C_ _X3N
00, 0
00, 0
1
3.7
3.2
4.2
.15
.13
.18
80
80
90
3.3
3.3
3.8
50
50
50
N_01C_ _ _3A
N_ _1D_ _ _3_
N_ _1E_ _ _3_
N_ _1F_ _ _3_
N_01F_ _ _3_
1
2
3, 4
5
5
3.6
5.0
5.6
12.0
13.0
.15
.21
.23
.50
.54
90
130
140
200
200
3.8
5.4
5.8
8.3
8.3
50
65
85
250
250
March 2009
33-12
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Technical Data and Specifications
Electrical Life — AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories
Table 33-8. Utilization Categories
Life Load Curves — Eaton’s Cutler-
Hammer IT. Electro-Mechanical Series
NEMA contactors have been designed
and manufactured for superior life
performance. All testing has been
based on requirements as found in IEC
60947-4-1 and conducted by us. When
selecting a contactor, the specifier
must give attention to the specific
load, utilization category and the
required electrical life. For a definition
of Utilization Categories, see
Table 33-8 above.
Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated
device currents and AC-4 tests are con-
ducted at six-times rated device currents.
All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.
Actual application life may vary,
depending on environmental condi-
tions and application duty cycle.
Figure 33-1. Electrical Life — AC-3 Utilization Category
Figure 33-2. Electrical Life — AC-4 Utilization Category
The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) has developed utilization categories for contactors and auxiliary contacts. The IEC utilization categories
are used to define the type of electrical load for estimating electrical life, and do not imply the devices are IEC rated.
Category Typical Application
AC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads: Resistance furnaces, heating.
AC-2 Slip-ring motors: Starting and stopping of running motors
AC-3 Squirrel cage motors: Starting, switching off motors during running (motors in most industrial applications typically fall into this category).
AC-4 Squirrel cage motors: Starting, plugging , inching (very few applications in industry are totally AC-4).
Plugging is stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing the connections while the motor is running.
Inching or jogging is energizing the motor once or repeatedly for short durations to obtain small movements of the motor driven load.
19
10 100 1000
18 4527 90 135 270
Operational Current
00 0 1 2 3 4 5
NEMA Size
10,000,000
1,000,000
100,000
10,000
Operations
Note: Preliminary data.
19
10 100 1000
18 4527 90 135 270
Operational Current
00 0 1 2 3 4 5
NEMA Size
10,000,000
1,000,000
100,000
10,000
Operations
Note: Preliminary data.
Contactor Choice —
■Decide what utilization category the
application is and choose the
appropriate curve from Figure 33-1
or Figure 33-2.
■Locate the intersection of the life-
load curve with the operational
current (le) of the application, as
found on the horizontal axis.
■Read the estimated contact life
along the vertical axis in number
of operations.
Trip Times
Figure 33-3. Class 10, 20 and 30 Trip Curves
1000.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
0.1123456789
2
4
1
6
3
5
10
Trip Time (Seconds)
Trip Class 10 Cold
Trip Class 10 Hot
Trip Class 20 Cold
Trip Class 20 Hot
Trip Class 30 Cold
Trip Class 30 Hot
1
2
3
4
5
6
Multiples of FLA
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-13
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Accessories
Modular Components — Contactor Field Assembly
Figure 33-4. Modular Contactor Assembly
Modular Components — Starter Field Assembly
Figure 33-5. Modular Starter Assembly
NEMA
Contact Block
Non-reversing
Coil Controller
FVNR
Contactor
EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING CONTACTOR:
(2) N04NCS1X3N + N03NCXCXNN + EMRKTC (REVERSING KIT) = N511CS1X3N
FVR
Contactor
Reversing Coil
Controller
Mechanical
Interlock (2) Fanning Strips
(2) NEMA
Contact Blocks
Mounting
Plate
EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING CONTACTOR:
N04NCS1X3N + N02NCXCXNN = N111CS1X3N Reversing Kit
Non-reversing
Overload Relay
FVNR
Starter
FVR
Starter
Reversing
Overload Relay
EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING STARTER:
N04NCS1X3N + N05NCXRL3A = N101CS1L3A
EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING STARTER:
(2) N04NCS1X3N + N06NCXRL3A + EMRKTC (REVERSING KIT) = N501CS1L3A
NEMA
Contact Block
Mechanical
Interlock (2) Fanning Strips
(2) NEMA
Contact Blocks
Mounting
Plate
Reversing Kit
March 2009
33-14
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Accessories
NEMA Contact Block
Table 33-9. NEMA Contact Block
Note:
■N04N + N05N = N101; N04N + N02N = N111 (45 – 140 mm)
■N04N + N06N = N501; N04N + N03N = N511 (45 – 140 mm)
NEMA Coil Controller
Table 33-10. NEMA Coil Controller
NEMA Solid-State Overload Relay
Table 33-11. NEMA Solid-State Overload Relay
Size Amperes Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
00
0
1
2
9
18
27
45
N04NBSAX3N
N04NBS0X3N
N04NCS1X3N
N04NDS2X3N
3
4
90
135
N04NES3X3N
N04NES4X3N
Size Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Non-reversing
00, 0
1
2
N02NBXCXNN
N02NCXCXNN
N02NDXCXNN
3, 4
5
N02NEXCXNN
EMUCCF
Size 00-1 Non-reversing
(pictured)
Size Overload
Adjustment Range
(Amperes)
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Non-reversing
00, 0 .25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
6.3 – 20
N05NBXRA3A
N05NBXRB3A
N05NBXRC3A
N05NBXRD3A
N05NBXRG3A
010 – 32 N05NBXRJ3A
1.25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
16 – 50
N05NCXRA3A
N05NCXRB3A
N05NCXRC3A
N05NCXRD3A
N05NCXRF3A
N05NCXRH3A
N05NCXRL3A
25.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
14 – 45
31 – 100
N05NDXRF3A
N05NDXRH3A
N05NDXRK3A
N05NDXRN3A
3, 4 14 – 45
28 – 90
42 – 135
N05NEXRK3A
N05NEXRM3A
N05NEXRP3A
463 – 200 N05NEXRR3A
542 – 135
84 – 270
131 – 420
N05NFXRP3A
N05NFXRS3A
N05NFXRT3A
Reversing
00, 0 .25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
6.3 – 20
N06NBXRA3A
N06NBXRB3A
N06NBXRC3A
N06NBXRD3A
N06NBXRG3A
010 – 32 N06NBXRJ3A
1.25 – .8
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
5.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
16 – 50
N06NCXRA3A
N06NCXRB3A
N06NCXRC3A
N06NCXRD3A
N06NCXRF3A
N06NCXRH3A
N06NCXRL3A
25.0 – 16
8.4 – 27
14 – 45
31 – 100
N06NDXRF3A
N06NDXRH3A
N06NDXRK3A
N06NDXRN3A
3, 4 14 – 45
28 – 90
42 – 135
N06NEXRK3A
N06NEXRM3A
N06NEXRP3A
463 – 200 N06NEXRR3A
542 – 135
84 – 270
125 – 400
N06NFXRP3A
N06NFXRS3A
N06NFXRT3A
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-15
NEMA Contactors & Starters
March 2009
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts
Auxiliary Contacts are available for mounting on Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Intelligent
Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical Contactors and Starters. The various choices
available for non-reversing models are shown in Tables 33-12 and 33-13, and their
ratings in Tables 33-14 – 33-16. For reversing models, the number of auxiliaries
indicated is for each of the contactors/starters in the assembly.
Table 33-12. Auxiliary Contact Availability — Sizes 00 – 5
Other combinations: Single, Dual, Single; Dual, Single, Dual; and Dual, Logic Level, Dual.
For reversers, multiply quantities by two.
Figure 33-6. Connecting Diagram — Sizes 00 – 5
Table 33-13. Auxiliary Contact — Size 5
Form C contacts. For reversers, multiply quantities by two.
Notes:
■Side Mounted — Maximum (10) Total Circuits
■Front Mounted — Maximum (6) Total Circuits
■Maximum 4 auxiliaries per side (base + 3 side
mounted)
■EMASA/B _ _ have been superseded by the
above Catalog Numbers.
Top Mounted (Maximum Auxiliaries per Contactor/Starter)
Contactor/Starter Size Contact
Type
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Size 00, 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3, 4 Size 5
3333—1NO EMA13
3333—1NC EMA14
22
33—1NO-1NC EMA15
22
33—2NO EMA16
22
33—2NC EMA17
23333Logic Level
1NO-1NC
EMA70
Auxiliary Contacts per Non-reversing and Reversing Contactor or Starter
Max Contact
Type
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
21NO Base auxiliary (max. 1 per side) C320KGS41
21NO-1NC Base auxiliary (max. 1 per side) C320KGS42
61NO C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required
(max. 3 Add-on auxiliaries per side)
C320KGS20
21NO Logic Level C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required
(max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side)
C320KGS20L
61NC C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required
(max. 2 Add-on auxiliaries per side)
C320KGS21
21NC Logic Level C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required
(max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side)
C320KGS21L
21NO-1NC C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required
(max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side)
C320KGS22
21NO-1NC Logic Level C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required
(max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side)
C320KGS22L
31NO-1NC Logic Level Front mounted only EMA70
1
NC
2
EMA14
4
NO
1
23 21
NC
22
EMA70
13
NO
14
11
NC
12
13
NO
14
EMA15 EMA16 EMA17
3
EMA13
NO
4
2
NC
1
21
NC
22
NO
24
Common
Table 33-14. IEC Ratings
Table 33-15. NEMA A600 Ratings
Table 33-16. NEMA P300 Ratings
Table 33-17. EMA70 Auxiliary Contact
Table 33-18. C320KGS20L, C320KGS21L,
C320KGS22L, Auxiliary Contact Ratings
DC-13 AC-15
Ue Voltage le
Amps.
Ue Voltage le
Amps.
24 5 48 8
48 2.5 120 6
125 1.1 240 4
250 .55 440 2
Current AC Voltage
120 240 480 600
Make and
Interrupting
60 30 15 12
Break 6 3 1.5 1.2
Continuous 10 10 10 10
Thermal 10 10 10 10
Current DC Voltage
125 250
Make and
Interrupting
1.1 .55
Break 1.1 .55
Continuous 5 5
Thermal 5 5
DC-12 AC-12
Ue Ie Ue Ie
30 .1 250 .1
DC-12 AC-12
Ue Ie Ue Ie
80 0.1 250 0.1
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-16
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Accessories
Mounting Plates
Table 33-19. Mounting Plates
Reversing Fanning Strips
Table 33-20. Reversing Fanning Strips
Reversing Kits
Includes Fanning Strips, Mechanical
Interlock, Mounting Plate and hardware.
Table 33-21. Reversing Kits
For Contactor and Starter.
Note: Also order separately the appropriate
contact blocks and overload relay.
NEMA
Size
Metal Reversing
Contactor/Starter Plates
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
00, 0, 1 EMA9B
2EMA9D
3, 4 EMA9E
5EMA9F
NEMA
Size
Line Side Load Side
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
00, 0 EMFRLB
EMFRTB
1EMFRLC
EMFRTC
2EMFRLD
EMFRTD
3, 4 EMFRLE
EMFRTE
5EMFRLF
EMFRTF
NEMA
Size
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
00, 0 EMRKTB
1EMRKTC
2EMRKTD
3, 4 EMRKTE
5EMRKTF
Lug Kits
Table 33-22. Lug Kits
Table 33-23. Ring Lug Retrofit Kits
Retrofit Kits used to field install ring lugs on standard lug units.
Lug Kits used to field install standard lugs into factory assembled ring lug units.
NEMA
Size
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
1Contactor or Starter Line or Load (3 Lugs) EMLUGKTC
2Contactor or Starter Line or Load EMLUGKTD
3, 4 Contactor Line or Load, Starter Line
Starter Load
EMLUGKTLE
EMLUGKTTE
5Contactor or Starter Line or Load, Horizontal
Contactor or Starter Line or Load, Vertical
EMLUGKTFA
EMLUGKTFB
Product NEMA Sizes 3, 4 NEMA Size 5
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Factory
Installed
Retrofit
Kits
Lug
Kits
Factory
Installed
Retrofit
Kits
Lug
Kits
N111
N511
Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”
EMRTXKTEN
EMRTXKTER
EMLUGREN
EMLUGRER
Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”
EMRTXKTF
EMRTXKTF
EMLUGRFC
EMLUGRFC
N101
N501
Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”
EMRTXKTEN
EMRTXKTER
EMLUGREN
EMLUGRER
Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”
EMRTXKTF
EMRTXKTF
EMLUGRFS
EMLUGRFS
N05N
N06N
Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”
N02N
N03N
Add “-RTX”
Add “-RTX”
N04N Add “-RTX”
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-17
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Renewal Parts
Coils
Table 33-24. Coils
For reversing contactors and starters, order two.
DIN Rail Catch
Table 33-25. DIN Rail Catch
Contact Kits
Table 33-26. Contact Kits
Control Terminal Blocks
Table 33-27. Control Terminal Blocks
Consists of (1) EMA77L and (1) EMA77LR inter-wired.
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Size 1 Coil EMCC
Size 2 Coil EMCD
Size 3, 4 Coil EMCE
Size 5 Coil EMCF
NEMA
Size
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
00 – 1 Catch with Leaf Spring and Pad EMDRCB
2Catch with Leaf Spring and Pad EMDRCD
NEMA
Size
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
1Hold Open EMCKTS1
Non-hold Open EMCKTS1NH
2Hold Open EMCKTS2
Non-hold Open EMCKTS2NH
3Hold Open EMCKTS3
4Hold Open EMCKTS4
5Hold Open EMCKTS5
No. of
Pins
Terminal
Markings
NEMA
Size
Coil Controller Contactor Overload Starter Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Non-
reversing
Reversing Non-
reversing
Reversing Non-
reversing
Reversing Non-
reversing
Reversing
8-+PFR123 00, 0 X XXXXXEMA76L
1X XXXXX
2XXXXXXXX
3,4 XXXXXXXX
5XXXX
5-+PFR 5 XXXX EMA77L
5RFP+- 5 XXXXEMA77LR
4-+PF 00,0 X X EMA78L
1X X
5 x 2 -+PFR and RFP+- 5 X X EMA80L
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-18
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Dimensions
Non-reversing Contactors (Sizes 00 – 1)
Table 33-28. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-7. Approximate Dimensions — Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size
Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg.
Screws
Terminals
Width Height Depth Depth w/
Auxiliary
Depth
added w/
DIN Rail
Width Height Mtg.
Hole to
Top
DIN Rail
to Top
Control Line Load
AB CD E F G H J K P QR
00, 0 1.8
(45)
4.4
(111)
2.4
(60)
3.6
(91)
.1
(3)
1.33
(33.8)
4.0
(101)
.2
(5)
.9
(23)
(3) #8
M4
.7
(19)
1.2
(30)
1.2
(30)
12.1
(54)
4.45
(113)
2.4
(60)
3.6
(91)
.1
(3)
1.46
(37)
4.1
(104)
.2
(5)
.8
(20)
(3) #8
M4
.7
(19)
1.2
(30)
1.2
(30)
R
PControl
Terminal Block
E
Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.31 (8) for the
Single Auxiliaries
K
QCF
H
G
J
B
A
D
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
Standard
DIN Rail
1.38 x .3
(35 x 7.5)
(Optional Mounting)
Size 1 Pictured
(Size 00, 0 Has Two Lower Mounting Feet,
Reference F – Width)
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-19
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Dimensions
Non-reversing Contactors (Sizes 2 – 4)
Table 33-29. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-8. Approximate Dimensions — Inches (mm)
Non-reversing Contactors (Size 5)
Table 33-30. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-9. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size
Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg.
Screws
Terminals
Width Height Depth Depth w/
Auxiliary
Depth
added w/
DIN Rail
Width Height Mtg.
Hole to
Top
DIN Rail
to Top
Control Line Load
AB CD E F G H J K P QR
23.0
(76)
5.9
(150)
3.1
(79)
4.2
(107)
.2
(4)
.94
(24)
2.87
(73)
.5
(13)
.9
(23)
(4) #6 x 2
M3.5 x 50
2.4
(60)
1.5
(37)
.6
(14)
3, 4 4.1
(105)
8.0
(203)
3.5
(90)
4.7
(119)
—1.33
(33.8)
4.13
(105)
.6
(15)
—(4) #8 x 1.5
M4 x 40
2.8
(72)
1.7
(42)
.3
(8)
NEMA
Size
Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg.
Screws
Terminals
Width Height Depth Depth w/Logic
Level Auxiliary
Width w/Side
Auxiliaries
Width Height Mounting
Hole to Top
Control Line Load
ABCD E FGH K P QR
55.6
(142)
14.0
(355)
7.0
(178)
8.2
(208)
6.70
(170)
1.75
(44.5)
13.0
(330)
.58
(14.7)
(4) 5/16
M8
.8
(20)
4.4
(112)
4.4
(112)
2T1 T24T36
K
J
H
G
B
Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.31 (8) for the
Single Auxiliaries
A
F
Q
E
D
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
Standard
DIN Rail
1.38 x .3 (35 x 7.5)
(Optional Mounting)
76 mm (D-Frame) Only
Control
Terminal Block
R
P
Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
Size 3, 4 Shown C
Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
P
R
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
D
C
Q
E
A
F
K
Logic
Auxiliary
Side
Auxiliary
Control Terminal
Block
GB
H
March 2009
33-20
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Dimensions
Reversing Contactors (Sizes 00 – 4)
Table 33-31. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-10. Approximate Dimensions — Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size
Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg.
Screws
Terminals
Width Height Depth Depth w/
Auxiliary
Width Height Mtg. Hole
to Top
Control Line Load
AB CD F G H K P QR
00, 0 3.8
(96)
5.9
(149)
2.7
(69)
3.8
(96)
3.15
(80)
5.35
(136)
.3
(7)
(3) #10
M5
2.0
(50)
1.5
(38)
.9
(22)
14.5
(114)
5.9
(149)
2.6
(67)
3.8
(96)
3.15
(80)
5.35
(136)
.3
(7)
(3) #10
M5
2.0
(50)
1.5
(38)
.6
(16)
26.2
(158)
7.4
(188)
3.3
(84)
4.4
(112)
5.51
(140)
6.89
(175)
.2
(6)
(3) #10
M5
2.6
(67)
1.9
(48)
.9
(22)
3, 4 8.5
(216)
9.5
(242)
3.8
(97)
4.9
(125)
7.87
(200)
9.06
(230)
.2
(6)
(3) #10
M5
3.1
(80)
2.1
(54)
.7
(17)
Control
Terminal Block
Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.31 (8) for the
Single Auxiliaries
K
P
F
R
A
C
H
G
B
Q
D
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-21
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Dimensions
Reversing Contactors (Size 5)
Table 33-32. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-11. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size
Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg.
Screws
Terminals
Width Height Depth Depth w/Logic
Level Auxiliary
Width w/Side
Auxiliaries
Width Height Mounting
Hole to Top
Control Line Load
ABCD E FGH K P QR
511.7
(297)
17.2
(436)
7.0
(178)
8.2
(208)
12.8
(325)
7.8
(198.5)
13.0
(330)
2.19
(55.5)
(4) 5/16
M8
.8
(20)
4.4
(112)
4.4
(112)
Logic
Auxiliary
Side
Auxiliary
Control Terminal
Block
Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
P
R
Q
D
C
F
E
A
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3) K
GB
H
March 2009
33-22
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Dimensions
Non-reversing Starters (Sizes 00 – 4)
Table 33-33. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-12. Approximate Dimensions — Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size
Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg.
Screws
Reset Button Terminals
Width Height Depth Depth w/
Auxiliary
Depth
added w/
DIN Rail
Width Height Mtg.
Hole
to Top
DIN Rail
to Top
Width Height Depth Control Line Load
AB CD E F GHJ K L MNP QR
00, 0 1.8
(45)
5.0
(127)
2.5
(63)
3.6
(91)
.1
(3)
1.33
(33.8)
4.62
(117.3)
.2
(5)
.9
(23)
(3) #8
M4
.6
(14)
3.6
(91)
2.5
(63)
1.7
(44)
1.2
(30)
.6
(16)
12.1
(54)
5.4
(138)
2.5
(63)
3.6
(91)
.1
(3)
1.46
(37)
5.04
(128)
.2
(5)
.8
(20)
(3) #8
M4
.7
(17)
3.7
(93)
2.4
(62)
1.8
(45)
1.2
(30)
.3
(8)
23.0
(76)
5.9
(150)
3.1
(79)
4.2
(107)
.2
(4)
.94
(24)
2.87
(73)
.5
(13)
.9
(23)
(4) #6 x 2
M3.5 x 50
.7
(17)
4.2
(106)
3.1
(78)
2.4
(60)
1.5
(37)
.6
(14)
3, 4 4.1
(105)
8.0
(203)
3.5
(90)
4.7
(119)
—1.33
(33.8)
4.13
(105)
.6
(15)
—
(4) #8 x 1.5
M4 x 40
.7
(17)
5.7
(146)
3.5
(88)
2.8
(72)
1.7
(42)
.3
(8)
Control
Terminal Block
P
RE L
Reset Button
.015 (0.4)
Deflection to Reset
Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.3 (7) for the
Single Auxiliaries
Reset Button
K
(Sizes 00, 0
and 1)
K
(Sizes 2, 3
and 4)
Q
N
C
H
G
J
M
B
F
A
D
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
Standard
DIN Rail
1.38 x .3
(35 x 7.5)
(Optional Mounting)
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-23
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Dimensions
Non-reversing Starter (Size 5)
Table 33-34. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-13. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Reversing Starters (Sizes 00 – 4)
Table 33-35. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-14. Approximate Dimensions — Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size
Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg.
Screws
Reset Button Terminals
Width Length Depth Depth
w/Logic
Level Auxiliary
Width
w/Side
Auxiliaries
Width Height Mntg.
Hole
to Top
Width Height Depth Control Line Load Load
AB CD E F G I K L MNP QRS
55.7
(145)
19.4
(492)
7.0
(178)
8.2
(208)
6.7
(170)
1.75
(44.5)
18.3
(465)
.58
(14.7)
(4) 5/16
M8
2.4
(61)
12.4
(315)
5.3
(135)
5.0
(126)
4.4
(112)
3.0
(75)
4.0
(101)
NEMA
Size
Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg.
Screws
Reset Button Terminals
Width Length Depth Depth w/
Auxiliary
Width Height Mtg.
Hole to
Top
Width Height Depth Control Line Load
AB CD F GH K LMNP QR
00, 0 3.8
(96)
5.9
(149)
2.7
(69)
3.8
(96)
3.15
(80)
5.35
(136)
.28
(7)
(3) #10
M5
1.6
(40)
3.8
(97)
2.7
(68)
2.0
(50)
1.5
(38)
.9
(22)
14.5
(114)
5.9
(149)
2.6
(67)
3.8
(96)
3.15
(80)
5.35
(136)
.28
(7)
(3) #10
M5
1.7
(43)
4.1
(104)
2.6
(65)
2.0
(50)
1.5
(38)
.6
(16)
26.2
(158)
7.4
(188)
3.3
(84)
4.4
(112)
5.51
(140)
6.89
(175)
.24
(6)
(3) #10
M5
2.3
(58)
5.5
(139)
3.3
(83)
2.6
(67)
1.9
(48)
.9
(22)
3, 4 8.5
(216)
9.5
(242)
3.8
(97)
4.9
(125)
7.87
(200)
9.06
(230)
.24
(6)
(3) #10
M5
2.9
(73)
7.2
(182)
3.7
(94)
3.1
(80)
2.1
(54)
.7
(17)
S
i
de
Auxiliar
y
Lo
g
ic
Auxiliar
y
Co
n
t
r
o
l T
e
rmin
a
l
Bl
ock
S
P
N
L
oad
T
e
rmin
a
l
s
(2 T1
,
6 T3
)
(
4 T2
)
R
A
L
Q
D
C
Lin
e
T
e
rmin
a
l
s
(1 L1
,
3 L2
,
5 L3
)
F
E
K
GB
M
H
Reset Button
.015 (.4)
Deflection
to Reset
Reset
Button
K
P
F
R
L
N
A
C
GM
Control
Terminal Block
Reset Button
.015 (0.4)
Deflection to Reset
Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.3 (7) for the
Single Auxiliaries
B
Q
DH
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
March 2009
33-24
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical
Dimensions
Reversing Starter (Size 5)
Table 33-36. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-15. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA
Size
Overall Mounting Holes Req.
Mtg.
Screws
Reset Button Terminals
Width Length Depth Depth w/Logic
Level Auxiliary
Width
w/Side
Auxiliaries
Width H1 Mntg.
Hole
to Top
H2 Width Height Depth Control Line Load Load
AB CD E F GHIK LMNP QRS
511.8
(300)
21.0
(533)
7.0
(178)
8.2
(208)
12.8
(325)
7.82
(199)
18.3
(465)
2.19
(55.5)
13
(330)
(5) 5/16
M8
5.4
(138)
12.4
(315)
5.3
(135)
5.0
(126)
4.4
(112)
3.0
(75)
4.0
(101)
Side
Auxiliary Logic
Auxiliary
Control Terminal
Block
S
P
N
Load Terminals
(2 T1, 6 T3)
(4 T2)
R
F
A
L
Q
D
C
E
F
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3) K
GB
IM
H
Reset Button
.015 (.4)
Deflection
to Reset
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-25
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Product Family Overview
Contents
Description Page
Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . . 33-25
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . 33-25
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-26
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . 33-27
Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-29
Non-combination
Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-31
Fusible and Non-fusible
Combination Starters . . . . . 33-33
Combination Starters
with HMCP/E . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-37
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 33-41
Modification Codes. . . . . . . . . 33-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
NEMA IT. Control
Product Description
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer® Intelligent
Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical
line of Contactors and Starters is the
result of a substantial engineering,
manufacturing and marketing effort
involving extensive customer input,
combined with new advances in solid-
state technology. IT. Electro-Mechanical
products have greatly increased
functionality, significantly reduced
size and utilize the benefits of 24V DC
control. The exclusive Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM) control and digital
microprocessor generate a minimized
DC value which reduces energy to the
contact block and provides the most
compact system available.
Standards and Certifications
Note: See Enclosed Control Product Guide
PG03300001E for additional information on
Standards and Certifications that apply to all
Cutler-Hammer Enclosed Control products.
■UL Listed
■cUL Listed (indicates appropriate
CSA Standard investigation)
■ABS Type Approved
March 2009
33-26
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Product Family Overview
Catalog Number Selection
Table 33-37. NEMA Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System
If CPT is selected, Power Supply to be 120V AC – 24V DC.
Power supply omitted.
See Table 33-38, Solid-State Overload Range Codes.
Table 33-38. IT. Solid-State Overload Range Codes
FLA Range Size FLA Range Size
00 012345 00012345
.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
—
—
—
—
M
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
P
R
—
—
—
—
—
—
S
T
5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
G
—
J
—
—
F
—
H
—
—
L
—
—
—
—
K
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
E C T 2 2 1 1 A A B -A
Design
T = IT. — NEMA
Enclosure Type
1 =
2 =
3 =
4 =
8 =
9 =
Type 1 — General Purpose
Type 3R — Rainproof
Type 4 — Painted Steel
Type 4X — Watertight
Type 12 — Dust-Tight
Type 4X — 316-Grade Stainless Steel
Disconnect Fuse Clip
A =
B =
C =
D =
E =
F =
None
30A/250V
30A/600V
60A/250V
60A/600V
100A/250V
G =
H =
J =
K =
L =
100A/600V
200A/250V
200A/600V
400A/250V
400A/600V
HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings
A =
B =
C =
D =
E =
F =
None
3A
7A
15A
30A
50A
W =
G =
X =
H =
J =
K =
70A
100A/RC3
100A/TC3
150A
250A
400A
Modification Codes
See Page 33-42
Solid-State
Overload Range
Motor Voltage/Power Supply
B =
C =
D =
230V
460V
575V
E =
Q =
L =
200V
24V DC
380V/50 Hz
Cover Control — Starters
Type 1 Non-comb., Table 33-39
All Others, Table 33-40
E22 Style Comb., Table 33-42
Contactors
3 = 3 Poles
Class Table
01 = Non-reversing Contactor — 3-Pole 33-42
02 = Reversing Contactor — 3-Pole 33-43
05 = Non-combination Non-reversing Starter 33-44
06 = Non-combination Reversing Starter 33-45
16 = Combination Non-reversing Starter —
Fusible Disconnect
33-46
Combination Non-reversing Starter —
Non-fusible Disconnect
33-47
17 = Combination Reversing Starter —
Fusible Disconnect
33-48
Combination Reversing Starter —
Non-fusible Disconnect
33-49
22 = Combination Non-reversing Starter —
Circuit Breaker
33-50
23 = Combination Reversing Starter —
Circuit Breaker
33-51
NEMA Size
A =
0 =
1 =
2 =
Size 00
Size 0
Size 1
Size 2
3 =
4 =
5 =
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-27
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Product Family Overview
Cover Control
Non-combination Starters
Control Power Transformer (CPT) may be required.
Combination Starters
■Cover control for Combination Starters uses 10250T style
devices as standard.
■E22 style cover control options are available (Table 33-41).
■Selector switches are maintained with lever operators.
■Pushbuttons are momentary type with extended
pushbutton.
■The kit includes hardware and connecting wires (where
possible).
■For factory installed control devices other than shown
below, refer to Modification Codes, Page 33-42.
Table 33-39. Type 1 Non-combination Cover Control
For more available factory installed flange control, see Table 33-40.
Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage —
Kits only. Example: C400T9B.
Table 33-40. Type 1 Combination and All Type 3R, 4X and 12
Cover Control
For Type 1 Non-combination field installation kits, see Table 33-39.
Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage —
Kits only. Example: C400T9B.
Order Quantity (2) of C400T10.
Description Factory Installed
Flange Control
Field
Installation Kits
Position
9 Code
Catalog
Number
Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
START/STOP Pushbuttons
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
A
B
C
D
C400GK0
C400GK1
C400GK12
C400GK16
HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
H
J
K
C400GK3
C400GK32
C400GK36
Red RUN Pilot Light
Green OFF
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights
P
Q
R
C400GK42
C400GK41
C400GK46
Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
A
B
C
C400GK0
C400GR1
C400GR14
UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
E
F
C400GR2
C400GR24
Two Red Pilot Lights
One Green Pilot Light
P
Q
C400GK44
C400GK41
Rating Code
Letter
Rating Code
Letter
Rating Code
Letter
120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz
A
E
B
277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz
H
L
480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz
C
D
Type 1 Cover Control
Description Factory Installed
Flange Control
Field
Installation Kits
Position
9 Code
Catalog
Number
Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
START/STOP Pushbuttons
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
A
B
C
D
—
C400T1
—
—
ON/OFF Pushbuttons
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
E
F
G
C400T2
—
—
HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
H
J
K
C400T12
—
—
START Pushbutton
ON Pushbutton
OFF Pushbutton
Red RUN Pilot Light
Green OFF
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights
L
M
N
P
Q
R
C400T3
C400T4
C400T5
C400T9
C400T10
C400T11
START/STOP Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
S
T
U
C400T13
—
—
ON/OFF Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
V
W
X
C400T14
—
—
Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
A
B
C
D
—
C400T6
—
—
UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
E
F
—
—
FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
H
J
K
C400T15
—
—
Two Red Pilot Lights
One Green Pilot Light
Two Red/One Green Pilot Lights
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
P
Q
R
V
W
X
C400T10
—
C400T16
—
—
Rating Code
Letter
Rating Code
Letter
Rating Code
Letter
120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz
A
E
B
277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz
H
L
480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz
C
D
10250T Selector Switch
March 2009
33-28
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Product Family Overview
Table 33-41. Type 1, 3R, 4X and 12 E22 Style Combination Starter Cover Control
To include any of the above cover controls, place the control code character in position 9 of your
Catalog Number and add Mod Code C29.
Example: ECT1604EDB-_C29.
Full voltage non-reversing fusible starter with START/STOP pushbutton with red RUN and green
OFF pilot lights.
Suffix for lights (required for field installed kits only) in the table below:
E22 Selector Switch
Description Factory Installed
Field Installation Kits
Position 9
Cover Control
Code
Combination
Only
Catalog
Number
Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
START/STOP Pushbuttons (PB)
START/STOP PB & Red RUN Light
START/STOP PB, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light
HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch (SS)
H-O-A SS & Red RUN Light
A
B
C
D
H
J
—
CE400T01
CE400T02
CE400T03
CE400T04
CE400T05
H-O-A SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light
Red RUN Pilot Light
Green Off Pilot Light
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Light
ON/OFF Selector Switch (SS)
K
P
Q
R
S
CE400T06
CE400T10
CE400T11
CE400T12
CE400T07
ON/OFF SS, Red RUN Light
ON/OFF SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light
T
U
CE400T08
CE400T09
Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
FWD/REV/STOP Pushbuttons (PB)
FWD/REV/STOP PB + Red FWD & REV Lights
FWD/REV/STOP PB, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED
FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch (SS)
FOR/OFF/REV SS + Red FWD & REV Lights
A
B
C
D
H
J
—
CE400T50
CE400T51
CE400T52
CE400T53
CE400T54
FOR/OFF/REV SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch (SS)
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS + Red FWD & REV Lights
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED
K
V
W
X
CE400T55
CE400T56
CE400T57
CE400T58
Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter
120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz
A
E
B
277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz
H
L
480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz
C
D
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-29
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Contactors
Features
■Full Voltage
■3-Phase Electromechanical
Product Selection
Table 33-42. Class ECT01 — Non-reversing Contactor — 3-Pole
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT01A4QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order
Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Type 1 IT. NEMA Contactor
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Coil
Voltage
3-Pole Type 1 3-Pole Type 3R 3-Pole Type 4X 3-Pole Type 12 3-Pole Component
Contactor (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 —
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
1-1/2
24V DC ECT01A1QAA
ECT01A1EAA
ECT01A1BAA
ECT01A1CAA
ECT01A1DAA
ECT01A1LAA
ECT01A2QAA
ECT01A2EAA
ECT01A2BAA
ECT01A2CAA
ECT01A2DAA
ECT01A2LAA
ECT01A4QAA
ECT01A4EAA
ECT01A4BAA
ECT01A4CAA
ECT01A4DAA
ECT01A4LAA
ECT01A8QAA
ECT01A8EAA
ECT01A8BAA
ECT01A8CAA
ECT01A8DAA
ECT01A8LAA
N111BSAX3N
0—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
3
3
5
5
5
24V DC ECT0101QAA
ECT0101EAA
ECT0101BAA
ECT0101CAA
ECT0101DAA
ECT0101LAA
ECT0102QAA
ECT0102EAA
ECT0102BAA
ECT0102CAA
ECT0102DAA
ECT0102LAA
ECT0104QAA
ECT0104EAA
ECT0104BAA
ECT0104CAA
ECT0104DAA
ECT0104LAA
ECT0108QAA
ECT0108EAA
ECT0108BAA
ECT0108CAA
ECT0108DAA
ECT0108LAA
N111BS0X3N
1—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
24V DC ECT0111QAA
ECT0111EAA
ECT0111BAA
ECT0111CAA
ECT0111DAA
ECT0111LAA
ECT0112QAA
ECT0112EAA
ECT0112BAA
ECT0112CAA
ECT0112DAA
ECT0112LAA
ECT0114QAA
ECT0114EAA
ECT0114BAA
ECT0114CAA
ECT0114DAA
ECT0114LAA
ECT0118QAA
ECT0118EAA
ECT0118BAA
ECT0118CAA
ECT0118DAA
ECT0118LAA
N111CS1X3N
2—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
10
15
25
25
25
24V DC ECT0121QAA
ECT0121EAA
ECT0121BAA
ECT0121CAA
ECT0121DAA
ECT0121LAA
ECT0122QAA
ECT0122EAA
ECT0122BAA
ECT0122CAA
ECT0122DAA
ECT0122LAA
ECT0124QAA
ECT0124EAA
ECT0124BAA
ECT0124CAA
ECT0124DAA
ECT0124LAA
ECT0128QAA
ECT0128EAA
ECT0128BAA
ECT0128CAA
ECT0128DAA
ECT0128LAA
N111DS2X3N
3—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
25
30
50
50
50
24V DC ECT0131QAA
ECT0131EAA
ECT0131BAA
ECT0131CAA
ECT0131DAA
ECT0131LAA
ECT0132QAA
ECT0132EAA
ECT0132BAA
ECT0132CAA
ECT0132DAA
ECT0132LAA
ECT0134QAA
ECT0134EAA
ECT0134BAA
ECT0134CAA
ECT0134DAA
ECT0134LAA
ECT0138QAA
ECT0138EAA
ECT0138BAA
ECT0138CAA
ECT0138DAA
ECT0138LAA
N111ES3X3N
4—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
40
50
100
100
75
24V DC ECT0141QAA
ECT0141EAA
ECT0141BAA
ECT0141CAA
ECT0141DAA
ECT0141LAA
ECT0142QAA
ECT0142EAA
ECT0142BAA
ECT0142CAA
ECT0142DAA
ECT0142LAA
ECT0144QAA
ECT0144EAA
ECT0144BAA
ECT0144CAA
ECT0144DAA
ECT0144LAA
ECT0148QAA
ECT0148EAA
ECT0148BAA
ECT0148CAA
ECT0148DAA
ECT0148LAA
N111ES4X3N
5—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
75
100
200
200
150
24V DC ECT0151QAA
ECT0151EAA
ECT0151BAA
ECT0151CAA
ECT0151DAA
ECT0151LAA
ECT0152QAA
ECT0152EAA
ECT0152BAA
ECT0152CAA
ECT0152DAA
ECT0152LAA
ECT0154QAA
ECT0154EAA
ECT0154BAA
ECT0154CAA
ECT0154DAA
ECT0154LAA
ECT0158QAA
ECT0158EAA
ECT0158BAA
ECT0158CAA
ECT0158DAA
ECT0158LAA
N111FS5X3N
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-30
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Contactors
Table 33-43. Class ECT02 — Reversing Contactor — 3-Pole
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT02A4QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Non-
metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Coil
Voltage
3-Pole Type 1 3-Pole Type 3R 3-Pole Type 4X 3-Pole Type 12 3-Pole Component
Contactor (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 —
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
1-1/2
24V DC ECT02A1QAA
ECT02A1EAA
ECT02A1BAA
ECT02A1CAA
ECT02A1DAA
ECT02A1LAA
ECT02A2QAA
ECT02A2EAA
ECT02A2BAA
ECT02A2CAA
ECT02A2DAA
ECT02A2LAA
ECT02A4QAA
ECT02A4EAA
ECT02A4BAA
ECT02A4CAA
ECT02A4DAA
ECT02A4LAA
ECT02A8QAA
ECT02A8EAA
ECT02A8BAA
ECT02A8CAA
ECT02A8DAA
ECT02A8LAA
N511BSAX3N
0—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
3
3
5
5
5
24V DC ECT0201QAA
ECT0201EAA
ECT0201BAA
ECT0201CAA
ECT0201DAA
ECT0201LAA
ECT0202QAA
ECT0202EAA
ECT0202BAA
ECT0202CAA
ECT0202DAA
ECT0202LAA
ECT0204QAA
ECT0204EAA
ECT0204BAA
ECT0204CAA
ECT0204DAA
ECT0204LAA
ECT0208QAA
ECT0208EAA
ECT0208BAA
ECT0208CAA
ECT0208DAA
ECT0208LAA
N511BS0X3N
1—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
24V DC ECT0211QAA
ECT0211EAA
ECT0211BAA
ECT0211CAA
ECT0211DAA
ECT0211LAA
ECT0212QAA
ECT0212EAA
ECT0212BAA
ECT0212CAA
ECT0212DAA
ECT0212LAA
ECT0214QAA
ECT0214EAA
ECT0214BAA
ECT0214CAA
ECT0214DAA
ECT0214LAA
ECT0218QAA
ECT0218EAA
ECT0218BAA
ECT0218CAA
ECT0218DAA
ECT0218LAA
N511CS1X3N
2—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
10
15
25
25
25
24V DC ECT0221QAA
ECT0221EAA
ECT0221BAA
ECT0221CAA
ECT0221DAA
ECT0221LAA
ECT0222QAA
ECT0222EAA
ECT0222BAA
ECT0222CAA
ECT0222DAA
ECT0222LAA
ECT0224QAA
ECT0224EAA
ECT0224BAA
ECT0224CAA
ECT0224DAA
ECT0224LAA
ECT0228QAA
ECT0228EAA
ECT0228BAA
ECT0228CAA
ECT0228DAA
ECT0228LAA
N511DS2X3N
3—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
25
30
50
50
50
24V DC ECT0231QAA
ECT0231EAA
ECT0231BAA
ECT0231CAA
ECT0231DAA
ECT0231LAA
ECT0232QAA
ECT0232EAA
ECT0232BAA
ECT0232CAA
ECT0232DAA
ECT0232LAA
ECT0234QAA
ECT0234EAA
ECT0234BAA
ECT0234CAA
ECT0234DAA
ECT0234LAA
ECT0238QAA
ECT0238EAA
ECT0238BAA
ECT0238CAA
ECT0238DAA
ECT0238LAA
N511ES3X3N
4—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
40
50
100
100
75
24V DC ECT0241QAA
ECT0241EAA
ECT0241BAA
ECT0241CAA
ECT0241DAA
ECT0241LAA
ECT0242QAA
ECT0242EAA
ECT0242BAA
ECT0242CAA
ECT0242DAA
ECT0242LAA
ECT0244QAA
ECT0244EAA
ECT0244BAA
ECT0244CAA
ECT0244DAA
ECT0244LAA
ECT0248QAA
ECT0248EAA
ECT0248BAA
ECT0248CAA
ECT0248DAA
ECT0248LAA
N511ES4X3N
5—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
75
100
200
200
150
24V DC ECT0251QAA
ECT0251EAA
ECT0251BAA
ECT0251CAA
ECT0251DAA
ECT0251LAA
ECT0252QAA
ECT0252EAA
ECT0252BAA
ECT0252CAA
ECT0252DAA
ECT0252LAA
ECT0254QAA
ECT0254EAA
ECT0254BAA
ECT0254CAA
ECT0254DAA
ECT0254LAA
ECT0258QAA
ECT0258EAA
ECT0258BAA
ECT0258CAA
ECT0258DAA
ECT0258LAA
N511FS5X3N
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-31
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Non-combination Starters
Features
■Full Voltage
■3-Phase Electromechanical
■Solid-State Overload Relay
Product Selection
Table 33-44. Class ECT05 — Non-combination Non-reversing Starter
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT05A4QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Non-
metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from Table 33-38 on Page 33-26.
Type 12 Non-combination IT. Starter
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Coil
Voltage
3-Pole Type 1 3-Pole Type 3R 3-Pole Type 4X 3-Pole Type 12 3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 —
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
1-1/2
24V DC ECT05A1QAA-_
ECT05A1EAA-_
ECT05A1BAA-_
ECT05A1CAA-_
ECT05A1DAA-_
ECT05A1LAA-_
ECT05A2QAA-_
ECT05A2EAA-_
ECT05A2BAA-_
ECT05A2CAA-_
ECT05A2DAA-_
ECT05A2LAA-_
ECT05A4QAA-_
ECT05A4EAA-_
ECT05A4BAA-_
ECT05A4CAA-_
ECT05A4DAA-_
ECT05A4LAA-_
ECT05A8QAA-_
ECT05A8EAA-_
ECT05A8BAA-_
ECT05A8CAA-_
ECT05A8DAA-_
ECT05A8LAA-_
N101BSA_3A
0—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
3
3
5
5
5
24V DC ECT0501QAA-_
ECT0501EAA-_
ECT0501BAA-_
ECT0501CAA-_
ECT0501DAA-_
ECT0501LAA-_
ECT0502QAA-_
ECT0502EAA-_
ECT0502BAA-_
ECT0502CAA-_
ECT0502DAA-_
ECT0502LAA-_
ECT0504QAA-_
ECT0504EAA-_
ECT0504BAA-_
ECT0504CAA-_
ECT0504DAA-_
ECT0504LAA-_
ECT0508QAA-_
ECT0508EAA-_
ECT0508BAA-_
ECT0508CAA-_
ECT0508DAA-_
ECT0508LAA-_
N101BS0_3A
1—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
24V DC ECT0511QAA-_
ECT0511EAA-_
ECT0511BAA-_
ECT0511CAA-_
ECT0511DAA-_
ECT0511LAA-_
ECT0512QAA-_
ECT0512EAA-_
ECT0512BAA-_
ECT0512CAA-_
ECT0512DAA-_
ECT0512LAA-_
ECT0514QAA-_
ECT0514EAA-_
ECT0514BAA-_
ECT0514CAA-_
ECT0514DAA-_
ECT0514LAA-_
ECT0518QAA-_
ECT0518EAA-_
ECT0518BAA-_
ECT0518CAA-_
ECT0518DAA-_
ECT0518LAA-_
N101CS1_3A
2—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
10
15
25
25
25
24V DC ECT0521QAA-K
ECT0521EAA-K
ECT0521BAA-K
ECT0521CAA-K
ECT0521DAA-K
ECT0521LAA-K
ECT0522QAA-K
ECT0522EAA-K
ECT0522BAA-K
ECT0522CAA-K
ECT0522DAA-K
ECT0522LAA-K
ECT0524QAA-K
ECT0524EAA-K
ECT0524BAA-K
ECT0524CAA-K
ECT0524DAA-K
ECT0524LAA-K
ECT0528QAA-K
ECT0528EAA-K
ECT0528BAA-K
ECT0528CAA-K
ECT0528DAA-K
ECT0528LAA-K
N101DS2_3A
3—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
25
30
50
50
50
24V DC ECT0531QAA-M
ECT0531EAA-M
ECT0531BAA-M
ECT0531CAA-M
ECT0531DAA-M
ECT0531LAA-M
ECT0532QAA-M
ECT0532EAA-M
ECT0532BAA-M
ECT0532CAA-M
ECT0532DAA-M
ECT0532LAA-M
ECT0534QAA-M
ECT0534EAA-M
ECT0534BAA-M
ECT0534CAA-M
ECT0534DAA-M
ECT0534LAA-M
ECT0538QAA-M
ECT0538EAA-M
ECT0538BAA-M
ECT0538CAA-M
ECT0538DAA-M
ECT0538LAA-M
N101ES3_3A
4—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
40
50
100
100
75
24V DC ECT0541QAA-P
ECT0541EAA-P
ECT0541BAA-P
ECT0541CAA-P
ECT0541DAA-P
ECT0541LAA-P
ECT0542QAA-P
ECT0542EAA-P
ECT0542BAA-P
ECT0542CAA-P
ECT0542DAA-P
ECT0542LAA-P
ECT0544QAA-P
ECT0544EAA-P
ECT0544BAA-P
ECT0544CAA-P
ECT0544DAA-P
ECT0544LAA-P
ECT0548QAA-P
ECT0548EAA-P
ECT0548BAA-P
ECT0548CAA-P
ECT0548DAA-P
ECT0548LAA-P
N101ES4_3A
5—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
75
100
200
200
150
24V DC ECT0551QAA-S
ECT0551EAA-S
ECT0551BAA-S
ECT0551CAA-S
ECT0551DAA-S
ECT0551LAA-S
ECT0552QAA-S
ECT0552EAA-S
ECT0552BAA-S
ECT0552CAA-S
ECT0552DAA-S
ECT0552LAA-S
ECT0554QAA-S
ECT0554EAA-S
ECT0554BAA-S
ECT0554CAA-S
ECT0554DAA-S
ECT0554LAA-S
ECT0558QAA-S
ECT0558EAA-S
ECT0558BAA-S
ECT0558CAA-S
ECT0558DAA-S
ECT0558LAA-S
N101FS5_3A
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-32
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Non-combination Starters
Table 33-45. Class ECT06 — Non-combination Reversing Starter
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT06A4QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Non-
metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Coil
Voltage
3-Pole Type 1 3-Pole Type 3R 3-Pole Type 4X 3-Pole Type 12 3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 —
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
1-1/2
24V DC ECT06A1QAA-_
ECT06A1EAA-_
ECT06A1BAA-_
ECT06A1CAA-_
ECT06A1DAA-_
ECT06A1LAA-_
ECT06A2QAA-_
ECT06A2EAA-_
ECT06A2BAA-_
ECT06A2CAA-_
ECT06A2DAA-_
ECT06A2LAA-_
ECT06A4QAA-_
ECT06A4EAA-_
ECT06A4BAA-_
ECT06A4CAA-_
ECT06A4DAA-_
ECT06A4LAA-_
ECT06A8QAA-_
ECT06A8EAA-_
ECT06A8BAA-_
ECT06A8CAA-_
ECT06A8DAA-_
ECT06A8LAA-_
N501BSA_3A
0—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
3
3
5
5
5
24V DC ECT0601QAA-_
ECT0601EAA-_
ECT0601BAA-_
ECT0601CAA-_
ECT0601DAA-_
ECT0601LAA-_
ECT0602QAA-_
ECT0602EAA-_
ECT0602BAA-_
ECT0602CAA-_
ECT0602DAA-_
ECT0602LAA-_
ECT0604QAA-_
ECT0604EAA-_
ECT0604BAA-_
ECT0604CAA-_
ECT0604DAA-_
ECT0604LAA-_
ECT0608QAA-_
ECT0608EAA-_
ECT0608BAA-_
ECT0608CAA-_
ECT0608DAA-_
ECT0608LAA-_
N501BS0_3A
1—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
24V DC ECT0611QAA-_
ECT0611EAA-_
ECT0611BAA-_
ECT0611CAA-_
ECT0611DAA-_
ECT0611LAA-_
ECT0612QAA-_
ECT0612EAA-_
ECT0612BAA-_
ECT0612CAA-_
ECT0612DAA-_
ECT0612LAA-_
ECT0614QAA-_
ECT0614EAA-_
ECT0614BAA-_
ECT0614CAA-_
ECT0614DAA-_
ECT0614LAA-_
ECT0618QAA-_
ECT0618EAA-_
ECT0618BAA-_
ECT0618CAA-_
ECT0618DAA-_
ECT0618LAA-_
N501CS1_3A
2—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
10
15
25
25
25
24V DC ECT0621QAA-K
ECT0621EAA-K
ECT0621BAA-K
ECT0621CAA-K
ECT0621DAA-K
ECT0621LAA-K
ECT0622QAA-K
ECT0622EAA-K
ECT0622BAA-K
ECT0622CAA-K
ECT0622DAA-K
ECT0622LAA-K
ECT0624QAA-K
ECT0624EAA-K
ECT0624BAA-K
ECT0624CAA-K
ECT0624DAA-K
ECT0624LAA-K
ECT0628QAA-K
ECT0628EAA-K
ECT0628BAA-K
ECT0628CAA-K
ECT0628DAA-K
ECT0628LAA-K
N501DS2_3A
3—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
25
30
50
50
50
24V DC ECT0631QAA-M
ECT0631EAA-M
ECT0631BAA-M
ECT0631CAA-M
ECT0631DAA-M
ECT0631LAA-M
ECT0632QAA-M
ECT0632EAA-M
ECT0632BAA-M
ECT0632CAA-M
ECT0632DAA-M
ECT0632LAA-M
ECT0634QAA-M
ECT0634EAA-M
ECT0634BAA-M
ECT0634CAA-M
ECT0634DAA-M
ECT0634LAA-M
ECT0638QAA-M
ECT0638EAA-M
ECT0638BAA-M
ECT0638CAA-M
ECT0638DAA-M
ECT0638LAA-M
N501ES3_3A
4—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
40
50
100
100
75
24V DC ECT0641QAA-P
ECT0641EAA-P
ECT0641BAA-P
ECT0641CAA-P
ECT0641DAA-P
ECT0641LAA-P
ECT0642QAA-P
ECT0642EAA-P
ECT0642BAA-P
ECT0642CAA-P
ECT0642DAA-P
ECT0642LAA-P
ECT0644QAA-P
ECT0644EAA-P
ECT0644BAA-P
ECT0644CAA-P
ECT0644DAA-P
ECT0644LAA-P
ECT0648QAA-P
ECT0648EAA-P
ECT0648BAA-P
ECT0648CAA-P
ECT0648DAA-P
ECT0648LAA-P
N501ES4_3A
5—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
75
100
200
200
150
24V DC ECT0651QAA-S
ECT0651EAA-S
ECT0651BAA-S
ECT0651CAA-S
ECT0651DAA-S
ECT0651LAA-S
ECT0652QAA-S
ECT0652EAA-S
ECT0652BAA-S
ECT0652CAA-S
ECT0652DAA-S
ECT0652LAA-S
ECT0654QAA-S
ECT0654EAA-S
ECT0654BAA-S
ECT0654CAA-S
ECT0654DAA-S
ECT0654LAA-S
ECT0658QAA-S
ECT0658EAA-S
ECT0658BAA-S
ECT0658CAA-S
ECT0658DAA-S
ECT0658LAA-S
N501FS5_3A
FLA Range Size
00 012345
.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
G
—
J
—
—
F
—
H
—
—
L
—
—
—
—
K
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
—
—
—
—
M
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
P
R
—
—
—
—
—
—
S
T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-33
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Features
■Full Voltage
■3-Phase Electromechanical
■Solid-State Overload Relay
Product Selection
Table 33-46. Class ECT16 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT1604QAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Non-
metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from Table 33-38 on Page 33-26.
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Coil
Voltage
Disconnect 3-Pole Type 1 3-Pole Type 3R 3-Pole Type 4X 3-Pole Type 12 3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
NEMA Size 0
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
—
3
3
5
5
5
24V DC 30A ECT1601QAB-_
ECT1601QAC-_
ECT1601EAB-_
ECT1601BAB-_
ECT1601CAC-_
ECT1601DAC-_
ECT1601LAC-_
ECT1602QAB-_
ECT1602QAC-_
ECT1602EAB-_
ECT1602BAB-_
ECT1602CAC-_
ECT1602DAC-_
ECT1602LAC-_
ECT1604QAB-_
ECT1604QAC-_
ECT1604EAB-_
ECT1604BAB-_
ECT1604CAC-_
ECT1604DAC-_
ECT1604LAC-_
ECT1608QAB-_
ECT1608QAC-_
ECT1608EAB-_
ECT1608BAB-_
ECT1608CAC-_
ECT1608DAC-_
ECT1608LAC-_
N101BS0_3A
NEMA Size 1
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
24V DC 30A ECT1611QAB-_
ECT1611QAC-_
ECT1611EAB-_
ECT1611BAB-_
ECT1611CAC-_
ECT1611DAC-_
ECT1611LAC-_
ECT1612QAB-_
ECT1612QAC-_
ECT1612EAB-_
ECT1612BAB-_
ECT1612CAC-_
ECT1612DAC-_
ECT1612LAC-_
ECT1614QAB-_
ECT1614QAC-_
ECT1614EAB-_
ECT1614BAB-_
ECT1614CAC-_
ECT1614DAC-_
ECT1614LAC-_
ECT1618QAB-_
ECT1618QAC-_
ECT1618EAB-_
ECT1618BAB-_
ECT1618CAC-_
ECT1618DAC-_
ECT1618LAC-_
N101CS1_3A
NEMA Size 2
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
—
10
15
25
25
25
24V DC 60A ECT1621QAD-K
ECT1621QAE-K
ECT1621EAD-K
ECT1621BAD-K
ECT1621CAE-K
ECT1621DAE-K
ECT1621LAE-K
ECT1622QAD-K
ECT1622QAE-K
ECT1622EAD-K
ECT1622BAD-K
ECT1622CAE-K
ECT1622DAE-K
ECT1622LAE-K
ECT1624QAD-K
ECT1624QAE-K
ECT1624EAD-K
ECT1624BAD-K
ECT1624CAE-K
ECT1624DAE-K
ECT1624LAE-K
ECT1628QAD-K
ECT1628QAE-K
ECT1628EAD-K
ECT1628BAD-K
ECT1628CAE-K
ECT1628DAE-K
ECT1628LAE-K
N101DS2_3A
NEMA Size 3
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
—
25
30
50
50
50
24V DC 100A ECT1631QAF-M
ECT1631QAG-M
ECT1631EAF-M
ECT1631BAF-M
ECT1631CAG-M
ECT1631DAG-M
ECT1631LAG-M
ECT1632QAF-M
ECT1632QAG-M
ECT1632EAF-M
ECT1632BAF-M
ECT1632CAG-M
ECT1632DAG-M
ECT1632LAG-M
ECT1634QAF-M
ECT1634QAG-M
ECT1634EAF-M
ECT1634BAF-M
ECT1634CAG-M
ECT1634DAG-M
ECT1634LAG-M
ECT1638QAF-M
ECT1638QAG-M
ECT1638EAF-M
ECT1638BAF-M
ECT1638CAG-M
ECT1638DAG-M
ECT1638LAG-M
N101ES3_3A
NEMA Size 4
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
—
40
50
100
100
75
24V DC 200A ECT1641QAH-P
ECT1641QAJ-P
ECT1641EAH-P
ECT1641BAH-P
ECT1641CAJ-P
ECT1641DAJ-P
ECT1641LAJ-P
ECT1642QAH-P
ECT1642QAJ-P
ECT1642EAH-P
ECT1642BAH-P
ECT1642CAJ-P
ECT1642DAJ-P
ECT1642LAJ-P
ECT1644QAH-P
ECT1644QAJ-P
ECT1644EAH-P
ECT1644BAH-P
ECT1644CAJ-P
ECT1644DAJ-P
ECT1644LAJ-P
ECT1648QAH-P
ECT1648QAJ-P
ECT1648EAH-P
ECT1648BAH-P
ECT1648CAJ-P
ECT1648DAJ-P
ECT1648LAJ-P
N101ES4_3A
NEMA Size 5
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
—
75
100
200
200
150
24V DC 400A ECT1651QAK-S
ECT1651QAL-S
ECT1651EAK-S
ECT1651BAK-S
ECT1651CAL-S
ECT1651DAL-S
ECT1651LAL-S
ECT1652QAK-S
ECT1652QAL-S
ECT1652EAK-S
ECT1652BAK-S
ECT1652CAL-S
ECT1652DAL-S
ECT1652LAL-S
ECT1654QAK-S
ECT1654QAL-S
ECT1654EAK-S
ECT1654BAK-S
ECT1654CAL-S
ECT1654DAL-S
ECT1654LAL-S
ECT1658QAK-S
ECT1658QAL-S
ECT1658EAK-S
ECT1658BAK-S
ECT1658CAL-S
ECT1658DAL-S
ECT1658LAL-S
N101FS5_3A
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-34
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-47. Class ECT16 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Non-fusible Disconnect
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT1604QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Non-
metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Coil
Voltage
Disconnect 3-Pole Type 1 3-Pole Type 3R 3-Pole Type 4X 3-Pole Type 12 3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
NEMA Size 0
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
3
3
5
5
5
24V DC 30A ECT1601QAA-_
ECT1601EAA-_
ECT1601BAA-_
ECT1601CAA-_
ECT1601DAA-_
ECT1601LAA-_
ECT1602QAA-_
ECT1602EAA-_
ECT1602BAA-_
ECT1602CAA-_
ECT1602DAA-_
ECT1602LAA-_
ECT1604QAA-_
ECT1604EAA-_
ECT1604BAA-_
ECT1604CAA-_
ECT1604DAA-_
ECT1604LAA-_
ECT1608QAA-_
ECT1608EAA-_
ECT1608BAA-_
ECT1608CAA-_
ECT1608DAA-_
ECT1608LAA-_
N101BS0_3A
NEMA Size 1
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
24V DC 30A ECT1611QAA-_
ECT1611EAA-_
ECT1611BAA-_
ECT1611CAA-_
ECT1611DAA-_
ECT1611LAA-_
ECT1612QAA-_
ECT1612EAA-_
ECT1612BAA-_
ECT1612CAA-_
ECT1612DAA-_
ECT1612LAA-_
ECT1614QAA-_
ECT1614EAA-_
ECT1614BAA-_
ECT1614CAA-_
ECT1614DAA-_
ECT1614LAA-_
ECT1618QAA-_
ECT1618EAA-_
ECT1618BAA-_
ECT1618CAA-_
ECT1618DAA-_
ECT1618LAA-_
N101CS1_3A
NEMA Size 2
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
10
15
25
25
25
24V DC 60A ECT1621QAA-K
ECT1621EAA-K
ECT1621BAA-K
ECT1621CAA-K
ECT1621DAA-K
ECT1621LAA-K
ECT1622QAA-K
ECT1622EAA-K
ECT1622BAA-K
ECT1622CAA-K
ECT1622DAA-K
ECT1622LAA-K
ECT1624QAA-K
ECT1624EAA-K
ECT1624BAA-K
ECT1624CAA-K
ECT1624DAA-K
ECT1624LAA-K
ECT1628QAA-K
ECT1628EAA-K
ECT1628BAA-K
ECT1628CAA-K
ECT1628DAA-K
ECT1628LAA-K
N101DS2_3A
NEMA Size 3
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
25
30
50
50
50
24V DC 100A ECT1631QAA-M
ECT1631EAA-M
ECT1631BAA-M
ECT1631CAA-M
ECT1631DAA-M
ECT1631LAA-M
ECT1632QAA-M
ECT1632EAA-M
ECT1632BAA-M
ECT1632CAA-M
ECT1632DAA-M
ECT1632LAA-M
ECT1634QAA-M
ECT1634EAA-M
ECT1634BAA-M
ECT1634CAA-M
ECT1634DAA-M
ECT1634LAA-M
ECT1638QAA-M
ECT1638EAA-M
ECT1638BAA-M
ECT1638CAA-M
ECT1638DAA-M
ECT1638LAA-M
N101ES3_3A
NEMA Size 4
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
40
50
100
100
75
24V DC 200A ECT1641QAA-P
ECT1641EAA-P
ECT1641BAA-P
ECT1641CAA-P
ECT1641DAA-P
ECT1641LAA-P
ECT1642QAA-P
ECT1642EAA-P
ECT1642BAA-P
ECT1642CAA-P
ECT1642DAA-P
ECT1642LAA-P
ECT1644QAA-P
ECT1644EAA-P
ECT1644BAA-P
ECT1644CAA-P
ECT1644DAA-P
ECT1644LAA-P
ECT1648QAA-P
ECT1648EAA-P
ECT1648BAA-P
ECT1648CAA-P
ECT1648DAA-P
ECT1648LAA-P
N101ES4_3A
NEMA Size 5
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
75
100
200
200
150
24V DC 400A ECT1651QAA-S
ECT1651EAA-S
ECT1651BAA-S
ECT1651CAA-S
ECT1651DAA-S
ECT1651LAA-S
ECT1652QAA-S
ECT1652EAA-S
ECT1652BAA-S
ECT1652CAA-S
ECT1652DAA-S
ECT1652LAA-S
ECT1654QAA-S
ECT1654EAA-S
ECT1654BAA-S
ECT1654CAA-S
ECT1654DAA-S
ECT1654LAA-S
ECT1658QAA-S
ECT1658EAA-S
ECT1658BAA-S
ECT1658CAA-S
ECT1658DAA-S
ECT1658LAA-S
N101FS5_3A
FLA Range Size
00 012345
.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
G
—
J
—
—
F
—
H
—
—
L
—
—
—
—
K
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
—
—
—
—
M
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
P
R
—
—
—
—
—
—
S
T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-35
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-48. Class ECT17 — Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT1704QAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Non-
metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from Table 33-38 on Page 33-26.
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Coil
Voltage
Disconnect 3-Pole Type 1 3-Pole Type 3R 3-Pole Type 4X 3-Pole Type 12 3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
NEMA Size 0
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
—
3
3
5
5
5
24V DC 30A ECT1701QAB-_
ECT1701QAC-_
ECT1701EAB-_
ECT1701BAB-_
ECT1701CAC-_
ECT1701DAC-_
ECT1701LAC-_
ECT1702QAB-_
ECT1702QAC-_
ECT1702EAB-_
ECT1702BAB-_
ECT1702CAC-_
ECT1702DAC-_
ECT1702LAC-_
ECT1704QAB-_
ECT1704QAC-_
ECT1704EAB-_
ECT1704BAB-_
ECT1704CAC-_
ECT1704DAC-_
ECT1704LAC-_
ECT1708QAB-_
ECT1708QAC-_
ECT1708EAB-_
ECT1708BAB-_
ECT1708CAC-_
ECT1708DAC-_
ECT1708LAC-_
N501BS0_3A
NEMA Size 1
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
24V DC 30A ECT1711QAB-_
ECT1711QAC-_
ECT1711EAB-_
ECT1711BAB-_
ECT1711CAC-_
ECT1711DAC-_
ECT1711LAC-_
ECT1712QAB-_
ECT1712QAC-_
ECT1712EAB-_
ECT1712BAB-_
ECT1712CAC-_
ECT1712DAC-_
ECT1712LAC-_
ECT1714QAB-_
ECT1714QAC-_
ECT1714EAB-_
ECT1714BAB-_
ECT1714CAC-_
ECT1714DAC-_
ECT1714LAC-_
ECT1718QAB-_
ECT1718QAC-_
ECT1718EAB-_
ECT1718BAB-_
ECT1718CAC-_
ECT1718DAC-_
ECT1718LAC-_
N501CS1_3A
NEMA Size 2
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
—
10
15
25
25
25
24V DC 60A ECT1721QAD-K
ECT1721QAE-K
ECT1721EAD-K
ECT1721BAD-K
ECT1721CAE-K
ECT1721DAE-K
ECT1721LAE-K
ECT1722QAD-K
ECT1722QAE-K
ECT1722EAD-K
ECT1722BAD-K
ECT1722CAE-K
ECT1722DAE-K
ECT1722LAEK
ECT1724QAD-K
ECT1724QAE-K
ECT1724EAD-K
ECT1724BAD-K
ECT1724CAE-K
ECT1724DAE-K
ECT1724LAE-K
ECT1728QAD-K
ECT1728QAE-K
ECT1728EAD-K
ECT1728BAD-K
ECT1728CAE-K
ECT1728DAE-K
ECT1728LAE-K
N501DS2_3A
NEMA Size 3
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
—
25
30
50
50
50
24V DC 100A ECT1731QAF-M
ECT1731QAG-M
ECT1731EAF-M
ECT1731BAF-M
ECT1731CAG-M
ECT1731DAG-M
ECT1731LAG-M
ECT1732QAF-M
ECT1732QAG-M
ECT1732EAF-M
ECT1732BAF-M
ECT1732CAG-M
ECT1732DAG-M
ECT1732LAG-M
ECT1734QAF-M
ECT1734QAG-M
ECT1734EAF-M
ECT1734BAF-M
ECT1734CAG-M
ECT1734DAG-M
ECT1734LAG-M
ECT1738QAF-M
ECT1738QAG-M
ECT1738EAF-M
ECT1738BAF-M
ECT1738CAG-M
ECT1738DAG-M
ECT1738LAG-M
N501ES3_3A
NEMA Size 4
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
—
40
50
100
100
75
24V DC 200A ECT1741QAH-P
ECT1741QAJ-P
ECT1741EAH-P
ECT1741BAH-P
ECT1741CAJ-P
ECT1741DAJ-P
ECT1741LAJ-P
ECT1742QAH-P
ECT1742QAJ-P
ECT1742EAH-P
ECT1742BAH-P
ECT1742CAJ-P
ECT1742DAJ-P
ECT1742LAJ-P
ECT1744QAH-P
ECT1744QAJ-P
ECT1744EAH-P
ECT1744BAH-P
ECT1744CAJ-P
ECT1744DAJ-P
ECT1744LAJ-P
ECT1748QAH-P
ECT1748QAJ-P
ECT1748EAH-P
ECT1748BAH-P
ECT1748CAJ-P
ECT1748DAJ-P
ECT1748LAJ-P
N501ES4_3A
NEMA Size 5
—
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
—
75
100
200
200
150
24V DC 400A ECT1751QAK-S
ECT1751QAL-S
ECT1751EAK-S
ECT1751BAK-S
ECT1751CAL-S
ECT1751DAL-S
ECT1751LAL-S
ECT1752QAK-S
ECT1752QAL-S
ECT1752EAK-S
ECT1752BAK-S
ECT1752CAL-S
ECT1752DAL-S
ECT1752LAL-S
ECT1754QAK-S
ECT1754QAL-S
ECT1754EAK-S
ECT1754BAK-S
ECT1754CAL-S
ECT1754DAL-S
ECT1754LAL-S
ECT1758QAK-S
ECT1758QAL-S
ECT1758EAK-S
ECT1758BAK-S
ECT1758CAL-S
ECT1758DAL-S
ECT1758LAL-S
N501FS5_3A
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-36
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-49. Class ECT17 — Combination Reversing Starter — Non-fusible Disconnect
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT1704QAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Non-
metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Coil
Voltage
Disconnect 3-Pole Type 1 3-Pole Type 3R 3-Pole Type 4X 3-Pole Type 12 3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
NEMA Size 0
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
3
3
5
5
5
24V DC 30A ECT1701QAA-_
ECT1701EAA-_
ECT1701BAA-_
ECT1701CAA-_
ECT1701DAA-_
ECT1701LAA-_
ECT1702QAA-_
ECT1702EAA-_
ECT1702BAA-_
ECT1702CAA-_
ECT1702DAA-_
ECT1702LAA-_
ECT1704QAA-_
ECT1704EAA-_
ECT1704BAA-_
ECT1704CAA-_
ECT1704DAA-_
ECT1704LAA-_
ECT1708QAA-_
ECT1708EAA-_
ECT1708BAA-_
ECT1708CAA-_
ECT1708DAA-_
ECT1708LAA-_
N501BS0_3A
NEMA Size 1
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
24V DC 30A ECT1711QAA-_
ECT1711EAA-_
ECT1711BAA-_
ECT1711CAA-_
ECT1711DAA-_
ECT1711LAA-_
ECT1712QAA-_
ECT1712EAA-_
ECT1712BAA-_
ECT1712CAA-_
ECT1712DAA-_
ECT1712LAA-_
ECT1714QAA-_
ECT1714EAA-_
ECT1714BAA-_
ECT1714CAA-_
ECT1714DAA-_
ECT1714LAA-_
ECT1718QAA-_
ECT1718EAA-_
ECT1718BAA-_
ECT1718CAA-_
ECT1718DAA-_
ECT1718LAA-_
N501CS1_3A
NEMA Size 2
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
10
15
25
25
25
24V DC 60A ECT1721QAA-K
ECT1721EAA-K
ECT1721BAA-K
ECT1721CAA-K
ECT1721DAA-K
ECT1721LAA-K
ECT1722QAA-K
ECT1722EAA-K
ECT1722BAA-K
ECT1722CAA-K
ECT1722DAA-K
ECT1722LAA-K
ECT1724QAA-K
ECT1724EAA-K
ECT1724BAA-K
ECT1724CAA-K
ECT1724DAA-K
ECT1724LAA-K
ECT1728QAA-K
ECT1728EAA-K
ECT1728BAA-K
ECT1728CAA-K
ECT1728DAA-K
ECT1728LAA-K
N501DS2_3A
NEMA Size 3
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
25
30
50
50
50
24V DC 100A ECT1731QAA-M
ECT1731EAA-M
ECT1731BAA-M
ECT1731CAA-M
ECT1731DAA-M
ECT1731LAA-M
ECT1732QAA-M
ECT1732EAA-M
ECT1732BAA-M
ECT1732CAA-M
ECT1732DAA-M
ECT1732LAA-M
ECT1734QAA-M
ECT1734EAA-M
ECT1734BAA-M
ECT1734CAA-M
ECT1734DAA-M
ECT1734LAA-M
ECT1738QAA-M
ECT1738EAA-M
ECT1738BAA-M
ECT1738CAA-M
ECT1738DAA-M
ECT1738LAA-M
N501ES3_3A
NEMA Size 4
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
40
50
100
100
75
24V DC 200A ECT1741QAA-P
ECT1741EAA-P
ECT1741BAA-P
ECT1741CAA-P
ECT1741DAA-P
ECT1741LAA-P
ECT1742QAA-P
ECT1742EAA-P
ECT1742BAA-P
ECT1742CAA-P
ECT1742DAA-P
ECT1742LAA-P
ECT1744QAA-P
ECT1744EAA-P
ECT1744BAA-P
ECT1744CAA-P
ECT1744DAA-P
ECT1744LAA-P
ECT1748QAA-P
ECT1748EAA-P
ECT1748BAA-P
ECT1748CAA-P
ECT1748DAA-P
ECT1748LAA-P
N501ES4_3A
NEMA Size 5
—
200/208
230/240
460/480
575/600
380/50 Hz
—
75
100
200
200
150
24V DC 400A ECT1751QAA-S
ECT1751EAA-S
ECT1751BAA-S
ECT1751CAA-S
ECT1751DAA-S
ECT1751LAA-S
ECT1752QAA-S
ECT1752EAA-S
ECT1752BAA-S
ECT1752CAA-S
ECT1752DAA-S
ECT1752LAA-S
ECT1754QAA-S
ECT1754EAA-S
ECT1754BAA-S
ECT1754CAA-S
ECT1754DAA-S
ECT1754LAA-S
ECT1758QAA-S
ECT1758EAA-S
ECT1758BAA-S
ECT1758CAA-S
ECT1758DAA-S
ECT1758LAA-S
N501FS5_3A
FLA Range Size
00 012345
.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
G
—
J
—
—
F
—
H
—
—
L
—
—
—
—
K
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
—
—
—
—
M
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
P
R
—
—
—
—
—
—
S
T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-37
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Features
■Full Voltage
■3-Phase Electromechanical
■Solid-State Overload Relay
■Integrated Cover Control (Type 1/12)
Product Selection
Table 33-50. Class ECT22 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT2204QAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Non-
metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
Type 12 Combination IT. Starter
with HMCPE
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
3-Pole Type 1
General Purpose
3-Pole Type 3R
Rainproof
3-Pole Type 4X
Watertight
3-Pole Type 12
Dust-Tight
3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
NEMA Size 0
200
1
3
24V DC
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECT2201EAC-_
ECT2201EAD-_
ECT2202EAC-_
ECT2202EAD-_
ECT2204EAC-_
ECT2204EAD-_
ECT2208EAC-_
ECT2208EAD-_
N101BS0_3A
230
1
3
24V DC
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECT2201BAC-_
ECT2201BAD-_
ECT2202BAC-_
ECT2202BAD-_
ECT2204BAC-_
ECT2204BAD-_
ECT2208BAC-_
ECT2208BAD-_
N101BS0_3A
460
1
3
5
24V DC
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECT2201CAB-_
ECT2201CAC-_
ECT2201CAD-_
ECT2202CAB-_
ECT2202CAC-_
ECT2202CAD-_
ECT2204CAB-_
ECT2204CAC-_
ECT2204CAD-_
ECT2208CAB-_
ECT2208CAC-_
ECT2208CAD-_
N101BS0_3A
575
1
3
5
24V DC
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECT2201DAB-_
ECT2201DAC-_
ECT2201DAD-_
ECT2202DAB-_
ECT2202DAC-_
ECT2202DAD-_
ECT2204DAB-_
ECT2204DAC-_
ECT2204DAD-_
ECT2208DAB-_
ECT2208DAC-_
ECT2208DAD-_
N101BS0_3A
NEMA Size 1
200
1
3
5
7-1/2
24V DC
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECT2211EAC-_
ECT2211EAD-_
ECT2211EAE-_
ECT2211EAF-_
ECT2212EAC-_
ECT2212EAD-_
ECT2212EAE-_
ECT2212EAF-_
ECT2214EAC-_
ECT2214EAD-_
ECT2214EAE-_
ECT2214EAF-_
ECT2218EAC-_
ECT2218EAD-_
ECT2218EAE-_
ECT2218EAF-_
N101CS1_3A
230
1
3
5
7-1/2
24V DC
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECT2211BAC-_
ECT2211BAD-_
ECT2211BAE-_
ECT2211BAF-_
ECT2212BAC-_
ECT2212BAD-_
ECT2212BAE-_
ECT2212BAF-_
ECT2214BAC-_
ECT2214BAD-_
ECT2214BAE-_
ECT2214BAF-_
ECT2218BAC-_
ECT2218BAD-_
ECT2218BAE-_
ECT2218BAF-_
N101CS1_3A
460
1
3
5
10
24V DC
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
ECT2211CAB-_
ECT2211CAC-_
ECT2211CAD-_
ECT2211CAE-_
ECT2212CAB-_
ECT2212CAC-_
ECT2212CAD-_
ECT2212CAE-_
ECT2214CAB-_
ECT2214CAC-_
ECT2214CAD-_
ECT2214CAE-_
ECT2218CAB-_
ECT2218CAC-_
ECT2218CAD-_
ECT2218CAE-_
N101CS1_3A
575
1
3
5
10
24V DC
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
ECT2211DAB-_
ECT2211DAC-_
ECT2211DAD-_
ECT2211DAE-_
ECT2212DAB-_
ECT2212DAC-_
ECT2212DAD-_
ECT2212DAE-_
ECT2214DAB-_
ECT2214DAC-_
ECT2214DAD-_
ECT2214DAE-_
ECT2218DAB-_
ECT2218DAC-_
ECT2218DAD-_
ECT2218DAE-_
N101CS1_3A
FLA Range Size
00 012345
.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
G
—
J
—
—
F
—
H
—
—
L
—
—
—
—
K
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
—
—
—
—
M
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
P
R
—
—
—
—
—
—
S
T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-38
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Tables 33-50 Class ECT22 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker (Continued)
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECT2224QAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Non-
metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
3-Pole Type 1
General Purpose
3-Pole Type 3R
Rainproof
3-Pole Type 4X
Watertight
3-Pole Type 12
Dust-Tight
3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
NEMA Size 2
200
10
24V DC
HMCPE 50A
ECT2221EAF-K ECT2222EAF-K ECT2224EAF-K ECT2228EAF-K N101DS2_3A
230
10
15
24V DC
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A
ECT2221BAF-K
ECT2221BAW-K
ECT2222BAF-K
ECT2222BAW-K
ECT2224BAF-K
ECT2224BAW-K
ECT2228BAF-K
ECT2228BAW-K
N101DS2_3A
460
25
24V DC
HMCPE 50A
ECT2221CAF-K ECT2222CAF-K ECT2224CAF-K ECT2228CAF-K N101DS2_3A
575
15
25
24V DC
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECT2221DAE-K
ECT2221DAF-K
ECT2222DAE-K
ECT2222DAF-K
ECT2224DAE-K
ECT2224DAF-K
ECT2228DAE-K
ECT2228DAF-K
N101DS2_3A
NEMA Size 3
200
20
25
24V DC
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
ECT2231EAG-M
ECT2231EAX-M
ECT2232EAG-M
ECT2232EAX-M
ECT2234EAG-M
ECT2234EAX-M
ECT2238EAG-M
ECT2238EAX-M
N101ES3_3A
230
25
30
24V DC
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
ECT2231BAG-M
ECT2231BAX-M
ECT2232BAG-M
ECT2232BAX-M
ECT2234BAG-M
ECT2234BAX-M
ECT2238BAG-M
ECT2238BAX-M
N101ES3_3A
460
50
24V DC
HMCPE 100A
ECT2231CAG-M ECT2232CAG-M ECT2234CAG-M ECT2238CAG-M N101ES3_3A
575
30
50
24V DC
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 100A
ECT2231DAF-M
ECT2231DAG-M
ECT2232DAF-M
ECT2232DAG-M
ECT2234DAF-M
ECT2234DAG-M
ECT2238DAF-M
ECT2238DAG-M
N101ES3_3A
NEMA Size 4
200
40
24V DC
HMCP 150A
ECT2241EAH-P ECT2242EAH-P ECT2244EAH-P ECT2248EAH-P N101ES4_3A
230
50
24V DC
HMCP 150A
ECT2241BAH-P ECT2242BAH-P ECT2244BAH-P ECT2248BAH-P N101ES4_3A
460
100
24V DC
HMCP 150A
ECT2241CAH-P ECT2242CAH-P ECT2244CAH-P ECT2248CAH-P N101ES4_3A
575
100
24V DC
HMCP 150A
ECT2241DAH-P ECT2242DAH-P ECT2244DAH-P ECT2248DAH-P N101ES4_3A
NEMA Size 5
200
50
75
24V DC
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECT2251EAJ-S
ECT2251EAK-S
ECT2252EAJ-S
ECT2252EAK-S
ECT2254EAJ-S
ECT2254EAK-S
ECT2258EAJ-S
ECT2258EAK-S
N101FS5_3A
230
60
100
24V DC
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECT2251BAJ-S
ECT2251BAK-S
ECT2252BAJ-S
ECT2252BAK-S
ECT2254BAJ-S
ECT2254BAK-S
ECT2258BAJ-S
ECT2258BAK-S
N101FS5_3A
460
125
200
24V DC
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECT2251CAJ-S
ECT2251CAK-S
ECT2252CAJ-S
ECT2252CAK-S
ECT2254CAJ-S
ECT2254CAK-S
ECT2258CAJ-S
ECT2258CAK-S
N101FS5_3A
575
150
200
24V DC
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECT2251DAJ-S
ECT2251DAK-S
ECT2252DAJ-S
ECT2252DAK-S
ECT2254DAJ-S
ECT2254DAK-S
ECT2258DAJ-S
ECT2258DAK-S
N101FS5_3A
FLA Range Size
00 012345
.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
G
—
J
—
—
F
—
H
—
—
L
—
—
—
—
K
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
—
—
—
—
M
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
P
R
—
—
—
—
—
—
S
T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-39
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-51. Class ECT23 — Combination Reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT2304EAC.
To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change
that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
3-Pole Type 1
General Purpose
3-Pole Type 3R
Rainproof
3-Pole Type 4X
Watertight
3-Pole Type 12
Dust-Tight
3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
NEMA Size 0
200
1
3
24V DC
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECT2301EAC-_
ECT2301EAD-_
ECT2302EAC-_
ECT2302EAD-_
ECT2304EAC-_
ECT2304EAD-_
ECT2308EAC-_
ECT2308EAD-_
N501BS0_3A
230
1
3
24V DC
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECT2301BAC-_
ECT2301BAD-_
ECT2302BAC-_
ECT2302BAD-_
ECT2304BAC-_
ECT2304BAD-_
ECT2308BAC-_
ECT2308BAD-_
N501BS0_3A
460
1
3
5
24V DC
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECT2301CAB-_
ECT2301CAC-_
ECT2301CAD-_
ECT2302CAB-_
ECT2302CAC-_
ECT2302CAD-_
ECT2304CAB-_
ECT2304CAC-_
ECT2304CAD-_
ECT2308CAB-_
ECT2308CAC-_
ECT2308CAD-_
N501BS0_3A
575
1
3
5
24V DC
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECT2301DAB-_
ECT2301DAC-_
ECT2301DAD-_
ECT2302DAB-_
ECT2302DAC-_
ECT2302DAD-_
ECT2304DAB-_
ECT2304DAC-_
ECT2304DAD-_
ECT2308DAB-_
ECT2308DAC-_
ECT2308DAD-_
N501BS0_3A
NEMA Size 1
200
1
3
5
7-1/2
24V DC
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECT2311EAC-_
ECT2311EAD-_
ECT2311EAE-_
ECT2311EAF-_
ECT2312EAC-_
ECT2312EAD-_
ECT2312EAE-_
ECT2312EAF-_
ECT2314EAC-_
ECT2314EAD-_
ECT2314EAE-_
ECT2314EAF-_
ECT2318EAC-_
ECT2318EAD-_
ECT2318EAE-_
ECT2318EAF-_
N501CS1_3A
230
1
3
5
7-1/2
24V DC
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECT2311BAC-_
ECT2311BAD-_
ECT2311BAE-_
ECT2311BAF-_
ECT2312BAC-_
ECT2312BAD-_
ECT2312BAE-_
ECT2312BAF-_
ECT2314BAC-_
ECT2314BAD-_
ECT2314BAE-_
ECT2314BAF-_
ECT2318BAC-_
ECT2318BAD-_
ECT2318BAE-_
ECT2318BAF-_
N501CS1_3A
460
1
3
5
10
24V DC
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
ECT2311CAB-_
ECT2311CAC-_
ECT2311CAD-_
ECT2311CAE-_
ECT2312CAB-_
ECT2312CAC-_
ECT2312CAD-_
ECT2312CAE-_
ECT2314CAB-_
ECT2314CAC-_
ECT2314CAD-_
ECT2314CAE-_
ECT2318CAB-_
ECT2318CAC-_
ECT2318CAD-_
ECT2318CAE-_
N501CS1_3A
575
1
3
5
10
24V DC
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
ECT2311DAB-_
ECT2311DAC-_
ECT2311DAD-_
ECT2311DAE-_
ECT2312DAB-_
ECT2312DAC-_
ECT2312DAD-_
ECT2312DAE-_
ECT2314DAB-_
ECT2314DAC-_
ECT2314DAD-_
ECT2314DAE-_
ECT2318DAB-_
ECT2318DAC-_
ECT2318DAD-_
ECT2318DAE-_
N501CS1_3A
NEMA Size 2
200
10
24V DC
HMCPE 50A
ECT2321EAF-K ECT2322EAF-K ECT2324EAF-K ECT2328EAF-K N501DS2_3A
230
10
15
24V DC
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A
ECT2321BAF-K
ECT2321BAW-K
ECT2322BAF-K
ECT2322BAW-K
ECT2324BAF-K
ECT2324BAW-K
ECT2328BAF-K
ECT2328BAW-K
N501DS2_3A
460
25
24V DC
HMCPE 50A
ECT2321CAF-K ECT2322CAF-K ECT2324CAF-K ECT2328CAF-K N501DS2_3A
575
15
25
24V DC
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECT2321DAE-K
ECT2321DAF-K
ECT2322DAE-K
ECT2322DAF-K
ECT2324DAE-K
ECT2324DAF-K
ECT2328DAE-K
ECT2328DAF-K
N501DS2_3A
FLA Range Size
00 012345
.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
G
—
J
—
—
F
—
H
—
—
L
—
—
—
—
K
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
—
—
—
—
M
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
P
R
—
—
—
—
—
—
S
T
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-40
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-51. Class ECT23 — Combination Reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker (Continued)
All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECT2304EAC.
To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change
that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-27
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-41
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
3-Pole Type 1
General Purpose
3-Pole Type 3R
Rainproof
3-Pole Type 4X
Watertight
3-Pole Type 12
Dust-Tight
3-Pole Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number Catalog
Number Catalog
Number Catalog
Number Catalog
Number
NEMA Size 3
200
20
25
24V DC
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
ECT2331EAG-M
ECT2331EAX-M
ECT2332EAG-M
ECT2332EAX-M
ECT2334EAG-M
ECT2334EAX-M
ECT2338EAG-M
ECT2338EAX-M
N501ES3_3A
230
25
30
24V DC
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
ECT2331BAG-M
ECT2331BAX-M
ECT2332BAG-M
ECT2332BAX-M
ECT2334BAG-M
ECT2334BAX-M
ECT2338BAG-M
ECT2338BAX-M
N501ES3_3A
460
50
24V DC
HMCPE 100A
ECT2331CAG-M ECT2332CAG-M ECT2334CAG-M ECT2338CAG-M N501ES3_3A
575
30
50
24V DC
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 100A
ECT2331DAF-M
ECT2331DAG-M
ECT2332DAF-M
ECT2332DAG-M
ECT2334DAF-M
ECT2334DAG-M
ECT2338DAF-M
ECT2338DAG-M
N501ES3_3A
NEMA Size 4
200
40
24V DC
HMCP 150A
ECT2341EAH-P ECT2342EAH-P ECT2344EAH-P ECT2348EAH-P N501ES4_3A
230
50
24V DC
HMCP 150A
ECT2341BAH-P ECT2342BAH-P ECT2344BAH-P ECT2348BAH-P N501ES4_3A
460
100
24V DC
HMCP 150A
ECT2341CAH-P ECT2342CAH-P ECT2344CAH-P ECT2348CAH-P N501ES4_3A
575
100
24V DC
HMCP 150A
ECT2341DAH-P ECT2342DAH-P ECT2344DAH-P ECT2348DAH-P N501ES4_3A
NEMA Size 5
200
50
75
24V DC
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECT2351EAJ-S
ECT2351EAK-S
ECT2352EAJ-S
ECT2352EAK-S
ECT2354EAJ-S
ECT2354EAK-S
ECT2358EAJ-S
ECT2358EAK-S
N501FS5_3A
230
60
100
24V DC
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECT2351BAJ-S
ECT2351BAK-S
ECT2352BAJ-S
ECT2352BAK-S
ECT2354BAJ-S
ECT2354BAK-S
ECT2358BAJ-S
ECT2358BAK-S
N501FS5_3A
460
125
200
24V DC
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECT2351CAJ-S
ECT2351CAK-S
ECT2352CAJ-S
ECT2352CAK-S
ECT2354CAJ-S
ECT2354CAK-S
ECT2358CAJ-S
ECT2358CAK-S
N501FS5_3A
575
150
200
24V DC
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECT2351DAJ-S
ECT2351DAK-S
ECT2352DAJ-S
ECT2352DAK-S
ECT2354DAJ-S
ECT2354DAK-S
ECT2358DAJ-S
ECT2358DAK-S
N501FS5_3A
FLA Range Size
00 012345
.25 – .80
.59 – 1.9
1.4 – 4.4
2.8 – 9.0
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.0 – 16
6.3 – 20
8.4 – 27
10 – 32
14 – 45
16 – 50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
G
—
J
—
—
F
—
H
—
—
L
—
—
—
—
K
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
28 – 90
31 – 100
42 – 135
63 – 200
84 – 270
131 – 420
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
N
—
—
—
—
M
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
P
R
—
—
—
—
—
—
S
T
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-41
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
.IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagrams
Figure 33-16. IT. Combination Starter with CPT and Power Supply
Figure 33-17. IT. Combination Starter with Power Supply
Custo
m
er
Co
n
t
r
o
l
D
e
vi
ce
(
+
)
2
1
(
+
–
P
+
–
+
A
l
a
r
m
R
eset
F
o
rw
a
r
d
P
e
rmi
ss
iv
e
24V D
C
Te
rm
i
n
al
Boa
r
d
F
1
=
M
2
3
(
+
)
2
R
eset
4
F
use
G
r
ou
n
d
F
use
(
2
)
X2
L1
L11
L2
L12
X1
T
e
rmin
a
l Bl
ock
Motor
M
L1
L2
L
3
Ø1
Ø2
Ø3
Ø1
Ø2
Ø3
(If Used)
Circuit
Breaker
IT.
/
E
M
(
–
)
L1
Power Su
pp
l
y
12
0
V A
C
- 24V D
C
L2
R
eset
4
(
–
)
–
Custo
m
er
Co
n
t
r
o
l
D
e
vi
ce
2
1
P
(
+
)
(
+
(
+
)
+
–
+
Al
a
r
m
R
eset
Fo
rw
a
r
d
P
e
rmi
ss
iv
e
24V D
C
T
e
rmin
a
l B
oa
r
d
F
1
=
M
2
3
1
2
T
e
rmin
a
l Bl
ock
Motor
M
L1
L1
Power Su
pp
l
y
4
80
V A
C
- 24V D
C
L2
L2
L3
Ø1
Ø2
Ø3
Ø1
Ø2
Ø3
(If Used)
Circuit
Breaker
/
E
M
March 2009
33-42
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Modification Codes
Modification Codes
Table 33-52. A — Ammeters, Auxiliary Contacts, Accelerating Relays,
Autotransformers
Table 33-52. A — Ammeters, Auxiliary Contacts, Accelerating Relays,
Autotransformers (Continued)
Oversize enclosure will be provided for IT. Starters.
Top mounted auxiliary contacts cannot be added to contactors in Box 1
(Type 1).
Not available for IT. Starters.
Available on XT Starters for 40A and greater only.
Table 33-53. B — Breaker Modifications, Backspin Timer,
Undervoltage Release, Bell Alarm, Bus Choke
A DC bus choke may be used in place of an AC line reactor for line
harmonic current reduction and for power source exceeding 500 kVA.
The DC bus choke will not provide any protection for line voltage
unbalance or transients.
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Ammeter A1 Panel Type Wired to Current Transformer in
Line 1, Type 1, 12
Panel Type Wired to Current Transformer in
Line 1, Type 3R, 4X
A2 Panel Type, Selector Switch and 3 Current
Transformers Wired to Ammeter via Switch,
Type 1, 12
Panel Type, Selector Switch and 3 Current
Transformers Wired to Ammeter via Switch,
Type 3R, 4X
A3 Miniature (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12
A4 Miniature with Selector Switch, Type 1, 12
A5 Switchboard (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12
Switchboard (Single-Phase), Type 3R, 4X
A6 Switchboard with Selector Switch,
Type 1, 12
Switchboard with Selector Switch,
Type 3R, 4X
A7 3-Panel Type (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12
3-Panel Type (Single-Phase), Type 3R, 4X
A10 3 Miniature (Single-Phase), Type 1, 3R,
4X, 12
A11 3 Switchboard Type (Single-Phase),
Type 1, 12
3 Switchboard Type (Single-Phase),
Type 3R, 4X
A12 Ammeter Order by Description, Type 1, 3R,
4X, 12
Auto-
transformers
A8 hp Rating selection, see P03300001E
A9 Order by Description
Top Mounted
Auxiliary
Contacts
(Unwired)
NEMA Sizes
00 – 2 only
(Unwired)
IEC Sizes
B – L Only
(Unwired)
XT Series
A13 1NO
A14 1NC
A15 1NO-1NC
A16 2NO
A17 2NC
A18 2NO-1NC
A19 1NO-2NC
A20 3NO
A21 3NC
A22 3NO-1NC
A23 2NO-2NC
A24 1NO-3NC
A25 4NO
A26 4NC
Side Mounted
Auxiliary
Contacts
A27 1NO
A28 1NC
A29 1NO-1NC
A30 2NO
A31 2NC
A32 2NO-1NC
A33 1NO-2NC
A34 3NO
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Side Mounted
Auxiliary
Contacts,
continued
A35 3NC
A36 3NO-1NC
A37 2NO-2NC
A38 1NO-3NC
A39 4NO
A40 4NC
Auxiliary
Contacts
A42 Contacts Mounted on Operating Mechanism
of Disconnect Switch, 1NO-1NC
A43 Contacts Mounted on Operating Mechanism
of Disconnect Switch, 2NO-2NC
A44 With Auxiliary Contact Omitted
Accelerating
Relay
A46 For 2-Speed
A47 2NO/2NC 24V DC Auxiliary Relay — IT. Only
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Breaker B1 1NO-1NC Auxiliary Contact on Breaker
B2 2NO-2NC Auxiliary Contacts on Breaker
B3 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —
48 – 127V AC or DC
B4 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —
9 – 24V AC or DC
B5 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —
208 – 380V AC
B6 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —
415 – 600V AC or 220 – 250V DC
B8 Undervoltage Release for Breaker
B9 Current Limiter Mounted to Breaker
B10 Breaker — Order by Description
B11 Thermal Magnetic Breaker
Backspin Timer B12 180 Seconds
Undervoltage
Release
B13 Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker —
208 – 240V AC
B14 Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker —
380 – 480V AC
B15 Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker —
525 – 600V AC
Bell Alarm B16 Bell Alarm for Circuit Breaker
Bus Choke
(MVX)
B20 DC Bus Choke, Open Core and Coil
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-43
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Modification Codes
Table 33-54. C — Control Power Transformer, IT. Power Supplies,
Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere defined), Current
Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker,
Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Custom for
Advantage, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface,
Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors
Not available for IT. Starters.
Not available for XT Starters.
Table 33-54. C — Control Power Transformer, IT. Power Supplies,
Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere defined), Current
Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker,
Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Custom for
Advantage, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface,
Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors (Continued)
Not available for IT. Starters.
Includes CPT, Pilot Lights, Selector Switch, Auxiliary Contacts and
Control Relay.
Not available for XT Starters.
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Control Power
Transformers
Make sure
8th character
specifies
primary/
secondary
voltage.
C1 Standard Size Control Transformer,
120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with
2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
C2 Standard Size Control Transformer,
24V/60 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse
C42 50 VA Extra Capacity CPT 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary
C3 100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz Secondary with
2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
C4 100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 24V/60 Hz
Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse
C5 200 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse
C6 200 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 24V/60 Hz
Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse
C7 300 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse
C8 400 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse
C9 1 kVA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse
C10 2 kVA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Secondary Fuse
C11 Control Transformer — Order by Description
C34 CPT with Power Supply for IT. or XT
Power Supplies
(IT. and XT
Only)
C27 Separate Control 120V AC to 24V DC
C28 Power Supply with Extra Capacity — Order
by Description
Control Relays C12 4-Pole Interposing Relay, 600V (2NO/2NC)
C13 Run Relay, 24V DC (MVX)
C14 4-Pole, Unwired, A600 Rtg. — 2NO-2NC
C15 8-Pole, Unwired, A600 Rtg. — 4NO-4NC
C16 Control Relay — Order by Description
C18 3-Wire Control Module (C30 Lighting)
C20 2-Wire Control Relay for Mechanical/
Magnetic Lighting Contactors
Cover Control C17 Convert Position 7 to E30 Type
Cover Control
C19 Lock-Off Attachment Added on
Cover Control
C29 Change to E22 (22 mm) Cover Controls
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Current
Transformer(s)
C21 In Phase 1
C22 In Phases 1 and 2
C23 In 3 Phases
Compelling
Relay
C25 —
Control
Wiring
C26 Omit Control Wiring
C30 With Separate Control Wiring and Two
250V Fuses in Holder
C31 With Common Control Wiring and Two
600V (Class C) Fuses in Holder
C33 Control Wiring Type — Order by Description
Control
Circuit
Breaker
C32 Order by Description
Separate
Control
C35 Wired for Separate Control
(Reduced Voltage)
Customer
Supplied
Components
C36 Customer Supplied Components to
Be Installed
C37 Customer Supplied Wiring Diagram to Use
Custom for
Advantage
C39 Advantage+ Starter Supplied
Contactor/
Starter
C40 Contactor/Starter — Order by
Description
Counter C41 Operations Counter
E-Stop Relay C43 E-Stop Relay (DeviceNet)
DC/AC
Interface
C44 DC/AC Interface Module
Separate
Source
Disconnect
C45 IEC Separate Source Disconnect for
Control Circuitry
Bypass
Contactors
for IT./MVX
Starters
(MVX: 1/2 to
5 hp Only)
C46/J1 Isolation Contactor
C46/J2 Output Contactor
C46/J3 Bypass Contactor
C46/J4 Isolation/Output/Bypass Contactor
C46/J5 3-Contactor Bypass Pkg. for MVX
March 2009
33-44
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Modification Codes
Table 33-55. D — Device Labels, Deceleration Relay,
Drain and Breather, Duplex Modifications
Not available for IT. or XT Starters.
Table 33-56. E — Enclosure Modifications, Elapsed Time Meter, Duplex
Outlet, Enclosure for Starter, Enclosure Clear Cover, Enclosure
Material
Not available for IT. or XT Starters.
Table 33-57. F — Fuse Clips, Fuse Blocks, Fungus Protection,
Fingerproof Covers, EMI Filter
The EMI filter is not necessary to meet the CE mark requirements for
EMC when installing the MVX in an EC country.
Not available for XT Starters.
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Device Labels D1 (Each Label)
Decel. Relay D2 2-Speed
Drain and
Breather
(Type 7/9
Enclosure)
D5 Drain and Breather
D6 Drain Only
D7 Breather Only
Duplex
Modifications
D12 Alternator Omitted (Deduct Price)
D14 START/STOP Pushbuttons — Supplied for
Each Motor
D15 HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch —
Supplied for Each Motor
D16 No. 1 Lead - No. 2 Lead Selector Switch for
Manual Selection of Lead Pump (Alternator
is Omitted)
D17 Red RUN Pilot Light — Supplied for Each
Motor
D18 Push-to-Test Red RUN Pilot Light — Supplied
for Each Motor
D19 TEST Pushbutton for Each Motor
D20 CPT, 120V Secondary, 2 Pri. Fuses & 1 Sec.
Fuse — Supplied for Ea. Motor
D21 CPT w/100VA Extra Capacity, 120V Sec.,
2 Pri. Fuses & 1 Sec. Fuse — Supplied for
Each Motor
D22 CPT w/200VA Extra Capacity, 120V Sec.,
2 Pri. Fuses & 1 Sec. Fuse — Supplied for
Each Motor
D23 CPT for Duplex — Order by Description
D24 Add 2 Relays to Modify Controller to Operate
w/Single-Pole Pilot Devices
D25 Add 3 Relays to Modify Controller to Operate
w/Single-Pole Pilot Devices
D26 Green — OFF for each starter
D27 Green — Push-to-Test OFF for ea. starter
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Enclosure
Modifications
E3 Oversize Enclosure
E4 Enclosure — Order by Description
E8 Service Entrance Rating w/Ground Bar
E11 Safety Door Interlock
Elapsed Time
Meter
E9 Wired Across Coil, Type 1, 12
Wired Across Coil, Type 3R, 4X
E10 Elapsed Time Meter — Order by Description
Duplex Outlet E12 Convenience Duplex Outlet Mounted in Side
of Enclosure
Enclosure for
Starter
E13 Horizontal Combination Starter, Size 0 – 2
E14 Narrow Combination Starter, Size 0 – 2
Enclosure Clear
Cover for XT
E19 Clear Cover for Halyester Enclosure
Nonmetallic
Enclosure
Material
E20 Convert to 316 Stainless Steel
E21 Convert from Type 3R to Stainless Steel
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Fuse Clips F1 Change Fuse Clips in Position 8 to Class J
F2 Change Fuse Clips in Position 8 to Class H
& K (30 & 60 Ampere Only)
Fuse Blocks F4 Power Fuses Included — Order by
Description
F5 30 Ampere Control Circuit Fuseholder (KTK)
Mounted on Panel (Unwired), Fuse Not
Supplied
F6 30 Ampere Control Circuit Fuseholder
Mounted on Panel (Unwired), FNQR Fuse
Supplied
F7 3-Pole Power Fuseholder Mounted on Front
Contactor
F8 Separate Fusing of Control Power
Supply — IT.
F10 Blown Fuse Indicator (Not for PFC)
F21 Class CC Fuses
EMI Filter
(MVX)
F22 3-Phase
F23 1-Phase
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-45
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Modification Codes
Table 33-58. G — Ground Fault Relay, Grounding
Table 33-59. H — Heater (Space), Heater Packs Installed
Table 33-60. K — MVX Keypad
See PG0300001E for more MVX Modifications.
Table 33-61. L — Labels, Line and Load Reactors,
Lighting Contactors
If the power source exceeds 500 kVA, 3% line unbalance, or if transient
voltages from power factor capacitor switching events are present, an
input line reactor must be used. The input line reactor will also reduce
line current harmonics.
The output line DV/DT filter is required when the distance from the
drive to the motor exceeds 33 feet (10m). The total cable run should
not exceed 165 feet (50m).
Table 33-62. N — Nameplates
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Ground Fault
Relay
G1 Ground Fault Relay (Wired)
G3 Ground Fault Relay (Unwired)
Grounding G5 Special Grounding — Order by Description
G6 Ground Fault Protection Omitted
(Advantage)
G7 Ground Fault Protection and
Monitoring Panel
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Space
Heater
H1 Space Heater and Thermostat
H2 Space Heater and NC Interlock
Install Heater
Packs
(Freedom
Series)
H5 Class 20 Class 10
/D1 H2001B-3
/D2 H2002B-3
/D3 H2003B-3
/D4 H2004B-3
/D5 H2005B-3
/D25 H2101B-3
/D26 H2102B-3
/D27 H2103B-3
/D28 H2104B-3
/D29 H2105B-3
/D6 H2006B-3
/D7 H2007B-3
/D8 H2008B-3
/D9 H2009B-3
/D10 H2010B-3
/D30 H2106B-3
/D31 H2107B-3
/D32 H2108B-3
/D33 H2109B-3
/D34 H2110B-3
/D11 H2011B-3
/D12 H2012B-3
/D13 H2013B-3
/D14 H2014B-3
/D15 H2015B-3
/D35 H2111B-3
/D36 H2112B-3
/D37 H2113B-3
/D38 H2114B-3
/D39 H2115-3
/D16 H2016B-3
/D17 H2017B-3
/D18 H2018-3
/D19 H2019-3
/D20 H2020-3
/D40 H2116-3
/D41 H2117-3
/D21 H2021-3
/D22 H2022-3
/D23 H2023-3
/D24 H2024-3
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Keypad
(MVX)
K1 Door-Mounted AFD Keypad (Type 1 and 12)
K2 Door-Mounted AFD Keypad (Type 3R)
K3 AFD Copy Keypad (mounted on drive)
K4 Door-Mounted AFD Copy Keypad
(Type 1 and 12)
K5 Door-Mounted AFD Copy Keypad (Type 3R)
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Carton Label L10 Customer Marking — Specify
Line
Reactors
(MVX)
L12 3% Input Line Reactor, 3-Phase, Open
Core and Coil
L13 3% Input Line Reactor, 1-Phase, Open
Core and Coil
L14 5% Input Line Reactor, 3-Phase, Open
Core and Coil
L15 5% Input Line Reactor, 1-Phase, Open
Core and Coil
L16 Line Reactor — Order by Description
Load
Reactors
(MVX)
L17 Output Line DV/DT Filter, Open Core and
Coil
L18 Load Reactor — Order by Description
Lighting
Contactors
L21 1 NC Pole
L22 2 NC Pole
L23 3 NC Pole
L24 4 NC Pole
L25 5 NC Pole
L26 6 NC Pole
L27 7 NC Pole
L28 8 NC Pole
L29A 3-Wire 120V AC
L29B 3-Wire 240V AC
L29C 3-Wire 24V AC
L29D 3-Wire 24V DC
L29E 2-Wire 120V AC
L29F 2-Wire 240V AC
L29G 2-Wire 24V AC
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Nameplates N1 Enclosure Nameplates
March 2009
33-46
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Modification Codes
Table 33-63. P — Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential
Transformers, Power Factor Correction Capacitors, Program Timer,
Percentage Timer, Photocell
Not available for IT. Starters.
Table 33-63. P — Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential
Transformers, Power Factor Correction Capacitors, Program Timer,
Percentage Timer, Photocell (Continued)
Not available for IT. Starters.
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Push-to-Test
Pilot Lights
P1 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Red RUN)
Wired to Coil
P2 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green OFF)
Wired in Series with Auxiliary Contact
P3 Combination of P1 and P2 Above
P4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Amber RUN)
Wired to Coil
P49 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green RUN)
P54 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Red
BYPASS (MVX)
P56 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Amber
INVERTER ENABLE (MVX)
P57 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Green STOP
Pushbuttons P5 EMERGENCY STOP — Mushroom
Head
P6 Pushbutton Omitted
P7 START/STOP
P8 ON/OFF
P9 START
P10 ON
P11 OFF
P12 FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP
P13 FAST/SLOW/STOP
P14 FAST/OFF/SLOW
P15 HIGH/LOW/STOP
P16 HIGH/LOW
P17 SLOW/FAST
P18 Pushbutton with Legend Plate
P52 UP/STOP/DOWN
P53 OPEN/STOP/CLOSE
Pilot Lights P19 With 1 Amber Pilot Light Marked
POWER AVAILABLE Wired to Load
Side of 2 Fuses or Circuit Breaker
P20 Pilot Light (Amber RUN) Wired to Coil
P21 With 1 Red Pilot Light Marked RUN
Wired thru NO Auxiliary Contact
P22 With 1 Push-to-Test Red Light Marked
RUN Wired thru NO Auxiliary Contact
P23 Pilot Light — Red RUN
P24 Pilot Light — Red ON
P25 Pilot Light — Green OFF
P26 Pilot Light — Order by Description
P29 Pilot Light — Red STOP
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Pilot Lights
(Continued)
P58 Pilot Light — Red BYPASS (MVX)
P59 Pilot Light — Amber INVERTER ENABLE (MVX)
P60 Pilot Light — Red INVERTER RUNNING (MVX)
P61 Pilot Light — Green STOP
P62 FORWARD/REVERSE Red Pilot Lights
P63 UP/DOWN Red Pilot Lights
P64 OPEN/CLOSE Red Pilot Lights
P65 HIGH/LOW Red Pilot Lights
P66 FAST/SLOW Red Pilot Lights
P67 Green RUN Light
P68 LED Bulbs
P69 Blue OVERLOAD Light
Illuminated
Pushbutton
P27 Illuminated Pushbutton — Order by
Description
Phase Loss
Relay
P28 Phase Loss Relay
P36 Phase Loss Protection Omitted (Advantage)
P37 Extended Phase Loss Trip Time (Advantage)
Phase Rever-
sal Relay
P30 Phase Reversal Relay
Phase
Unbalance
Relay
P32 Phase Unbalance Relay
Phase
Monitoring
Relay
P34 Phase Monitoring Relay
Power Factor
Correction
Capacitors
P38 /F1 20 kVar
/F2 25 kVar
/F3 30 kVar
/F4 35 kVar
/F5 40 kVar
/F6 45 kVar
/F7 50 kVar
/F8 60 kVar
/F9 70 kVar
/F10 75 kVar
/F11 80 kVar
/F12 90 kVar
/F13 100 kVar
/F14 125 kVar
/F15 150 kVar
/F16 175 kVar
/F17 200 kVar
/F18 225 kVar
/F19 250 kVar
/F20 300 kVar
/F21 350 kVar
/F22 400 kVar
Potential
Transformers
P39 Potential Transformer — Wired L1 – L2
P40 Potential Transformer — Wired L1– L2
and L2 – L3
P41 Potential Transformer — 3 Phases
Pump
Controller
P42 Pump Controller for IT.
Program
Timers
P43 15-Minute Program Timer
P44 24-Hour Program Timer
P45 7-Day Program Timer with Day Omission
Feature
Percentage
Timers
P47 15-Minute Percentage Timer
P48 60-Minute Percentage Timer
Photocell P70 Photoelectric Receptacle with Photocell
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-47
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Modification Codes
Table 33-64. Q — IQ Products, DN50
Not available for IT. Starters.
Table 33-65. R — Ramp, Relays, Solid-State Electronic Overload
Relays, Resets, Overload Relay Modifications, Reversing,
DeviceNet Interface
Not available for IT. Starters.
Not available for XT Starters.
Table 33-65. R — Ramp, Relays, Solid-State Electronic Overload
Relays, Resets, Overload Relay Modifications, Reversing,
DeviceNet Interface (Continued)
Not available for IT. or XT Starters.
Features:
• Self-Powered
• Phase Loss Protection
• Current Adjustment Knob
•± 1% Repeat Accuracy
• 1NO and 1NC Isolated Contacts
Complete Modification Code includes overload range. Example R61/C.
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
IQ Products Q1 IQ 500
Q3 IQ 1000
Q5 IQ 4000
Q8 With Wponi (Advantage)
Q9 With WCTLponi (Advantage)
IQ Data
Metering
Module
Q12 IQ Data Metering Module
Q14 IQ 220 with Cable
DN50 Q13 DeviceNet Input/Output Module
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Ramp R1 Extended Ramp of IT.
Relay R2 Overvoltage Relay
Fixed Heater
Overload
Relay
R8 C316FNA3C .25 – .40A
R9 C316FNA3D .40 – .63A
R10 C316FNA3E .63 – 1.00A
R11 C316FNA3F 1.00 – 1.40A
R12 C316FNA3G 1.30 – 1.80A
R13 C316FNA3H 1.70 – 2.40A
R14 C316FNA3J 2.20 – 3.10A
R15 C316FNA3K 2.80 – 4.00A
R16 C316FNA3L 3.50 – 5.00A
R17 C316FNA3M 4.50 – 6.50A
R18 C316FNA3N 6.00 – 8.50A
R19 C316FNA3P 7.50 – 11.00A
R20 C316FNA3Q 10.00 – 14.00A
R21 C316FNA3R 13.00 – 19.00A
R22 C316FNA3S 18.00 – 24.00A
R23 C316FNA3T 24.00 – 32.00A
R24 C316KNA3A 18.00 – 25.00A
R25 C316KNA3B 22.00 – 32.00A
R26 C316KNA3C 29.00 – 42.00A
R27 C316KNA3D 36.00 – 52.00A
R28 C316KNA3E 45.00 – 63.00A
R29 C316KNA3F 60.00 – 80.00A
R30 C316PNA3A 65.00 – 90.00A
R31 C316PNA3B 80.00 – 100.00A
R32 C316PNA3C 100.00 – 135.00A
R33 C316PNA3D 110.00 – 150.00A
R34 C316PNA3E 130.00 – 175.00A
R35 C316PNA3F 150.00 – 200.00A
R36 C316SNA3A 130.00 – 185.00A
R37 C316SNA3B 165.00 – 235.00A
R38 C316SNA3C 220.00 – 310.00A
R39 C316SNA3D 285.00 – 400.00A
R40 C316UNA3A 355.00 – 500.00A
R41 C316UNA3B 465.00 – 650.00A
R42 C316UNA3C 610.00 – 850.00A
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Fixed Heater
Overload
Relay,
continued
R43 Fixed Heater Overload Relay — Order by
Description
R55
C316FNA3F
w/Current Transformer
60.00 – 84.00 FLA
R56
C316FNA3G
w/Current Transformer
78.00 – 108.00 FLA
R57
C316FNA3H
w/Current Transformer
102.00 – 144.00 FLA
R58
C316FNA3J
w/Current Transformer
132.00 – 186.00 FLA
R59
C316FNA3K
w/Current Transformer
168.00 – 240.00 FLA
R60
C316FNA3L
w/Current Transformer
210.00 – 310.00 FLA
Solid-State
Electronic
Overload
Relay
IEC
Frame
NEMA
Size
Full Load
Current
Adjustment
Range (A)
3-Phase Automatic/
Manual Reset
Class
5/10/20/30
Catalog Number Suffix
➟ R61_
B & C 00 0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1.0 – 5.0
1.6 – 8.0
A
B
C
D
C & D 0 & 1 0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1.0 – 5.0
1.6 – 8.0
6.4 – 32
A
B
C
D
E
D2 9 – 45 F
315 – 75 G
F & G 22 – 110 H
G4 30 – 150 J
N/A 5 96 – 300 C
N/A 6 192 – 600 C
Resets R5 Change External Reset to Internal Reset —
Hole Covered with Plug
R6 Internal Reset — No Hole Plug
R44 Manual Reset Only on Overload Relay
R45 Auto Reset Only on Overload Relay
R47 Internal Trip Indicator — No External Reset
R48 External Reset with External Trip Indicator
R49 External Reset with Bell Alarm
R71 N3R Reset Boot Added (Type 1/12 Only)
Reversing R54 Reversing Contactor/Starter
Overload
Relay Mods
R53 Anti Plug-In
R61 C395 DNA DeviceNet Module
R62 C395 Bell Alarm
R63 C395 Load Module
R64 C395 Program Key
DeviceNet
Interface
R69 DeviceNet Interface
R65 Standard Reset for DeviceNet
R66 Lighted Reset for DeviceNet
R67 Trip Indicator for DeviceNet
R68 DeviceNet Communication Interface (MVX)
March 2009
33-48
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Modification Codes
Table 33-66. S — System Voltage, Selector Switches, Suppressor,
Incomplete Sequence Protection, Single-Phase Jumper, Surge
Capacitor, Speed Potentiometer
When using 3-position selector switch with magnetic lighting
contactor, mod C20 must also be used (ECL04, ECL13, ECL15).
Not available for IT. Starters.
Table 33-67. T — Timers, Time Delay Relays, Terminal Blocks, Terminal
Points, Ring Lug Connections
Not available for IT. Starters.
Not available for XT Starters.
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
System Voltage
Selection
S1 System Voltage Selection for Internal
Components
/H1 208V 60 Hz
/H2 240V 60 Hz
/H3 277V 60 Hz, 1-Ph
/H4 480V 60 Hz
/H5 600V 60 Hz
/H6 796V 60 Hz
/H7 220V 50 Hz
/H8 380V 50 Hz
/H9 415V 50 Hz
/H10 550V 50 Hz
/H11 660V 50 Hz
/H12 380V 60 Hz
/H13 1500V 60 Hz
S2
System Voltage Selection — Specify on Order
Selector
Switches S3 HAND/OFF/AUTO
S4 HAND/AUTO
S5 HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch with 1 Red
RUN Pilot Light
S6 RUN/OFF/AUTO
S7 AUTO/OFF/TEST
S8 AUTO/OFF/TEST Selector Switch with 1 Red
RUN Pilot Light
S9 AUTO/OFF/TEST Selector Switch with 1 Red
RUN Pilot Light and 1 Green Pilot Light
S10 OFF/AUTO
S11 START/STOP
S12 OFF/ON
S13 HIGH/LOW
S14 FAST/OFF/SLOW
S15 SLOW/FAST
S16 FORWARD/REVERSE
S17 HIGH/OFF/LOW
S18 HIGH/LOW/OFF/AUTO
S21 HAND/OFF/AUTO Spring Return from Left
S38 INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (MVX)
S41 OPEN/OFF/CLOSE
S42 FORWARD/OFF/REVERSE
S43 FAST/OFF/SLOW/AUTO
S19 Selector Switch Omitted (Pump Panels Only)
S40 Selector Switch — Order by Description
Suppressor S24 Transient Suppressor Mounted
on Magnet Coil
Surge
Suppression
S20 MOV (IT.)
Sequence
Timer
S26 Sequence Timer (Pump Panels)
Sequence
Protection
S27 Incomplete Sequence Protection
Pump S28 480V BP9000 Pump
Single Phase S29 Convert Contactor or Starter from Three-
Phase to Single-Phase — Install Jumper
S30 Single-Phase Rev. 120V
S31 Single-Phase Rev. 240V
Surge
Capacitor
S37 Surge Capacitor Wired to Disconnect Line
Side
Speed
Potentiometer
S39 Speed Potentiometer (MVX)
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Timers T1 Pneumatic Timer Installed on Contactor,
Unwired, 30 Sec. Max.
T2 Pneumatic Timer Installed on Contactor,
Unwired, 180 Sec. Max.
T3 Pneumatic Timer Mounted in Enclosure,
Unwired, 180 Sec. Max.
T4 Solid-State ON Delay Timer (1 – 30 sec)
T5 Solid-State ON Delay Timer (30 – 300 sec)
T25 Timer — Order by Description
Time Delay
Relays
T6 Time Delay Relay, 3 Minutes Maximum,
Unwired, ON DELAY
T7 Time Delay Relay, 3 Minutes Maximum,
Unwired, OFF DELAY
T8 Time Delay Low Voltage Release Relay
Terminal
Blocks
T9 With 1 Single Circuit Terminal Block,
Unwired
T10 With 2 Single Circuit Terminal Block,
Unwired
T24 Power Terminal Block for DeviceNet
Overload
Terminal
Points
T11 With 6 Terminal Points, Unwired
T12 With 12 Terminal Points, Unwired
T13 With 18 Terminal Points, Unwired
T14 Terminal Point per Customer Specification,
Unwired (Price Each)
T15 Terminal Point per Customer Specification,
Wired (Price Each)
T21 3 Terminals Mounted Between Contactor
and Overload for Power Factor Capacitors —
Sizes 0 – 2
T22 3 Terminals Mounted Between Contactor
and Overload for Power Factor Capacitors —
Sizes 3 – 4
T23 Quick-Connect Terminals Added to DP
Contactor/Starter
Ring Lug
Connections
T16 Ring Lug Connections on Power Wires
T17 Ring Lug Connections on Control Wires
IT./EM T30 Reset Only
T31 STOP with Reset
T32 START/STOP with Reset
T33A HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 120V AC
T33D HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 24V DC
T34 ON/OFF
T40 Reset Only (DeviceNet)
T41 STOP with Reset (DeviceNet)
T42 START/STOP with Reset (DeviceNet)
T43A HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 120V AC
(DeviceNet)
T43D HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 24V DC
(DeviceNet)
T44 ON/OFF
T50 Reset Only
T51 STOP with Reset
T52 FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset
T53A FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset
120V AC
T53D FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset
24V DC
T54 ON/OFF
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-49
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
Modification Codes
Table 33-67. T — Timers, Time Delay Relays, Terminal Blocks, Terminal
Points, Ring Lug Connections (Continued)
Table 33-68. U — Undervoltage Relay, Time Delay Undervoltage Relay
Not available for IT. Starters.
Table 33-69. V — Voltmeter, Varmeter, Vacuum Starter
Type 1/12 only.
Not available for XT Starters.
Table 33-70. W — Wattmeter, Watt-Hour Meter, Wiremarkers, Wiring
Diagram
Type 1/12 only.
Not available for XT Starters.
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
IT./EM,
continued
T60 Reset Only (DeviceNet)
T61 STOP with Reset (DeviceNet)
T62 FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset
(DeviceNet)
T63A FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset
120V AC (DeviceNet)
T63D FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset
24V DC (DeviceNet)
T64 ON/OFF
T70 Reset Only
T71 START/STOP with Reset
T72 HAND/OFF/AUTO – START with Reset
T73 FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset
T74 HAND/OFF/AUTO – FORWARD/REVERSE
with Reset
T75 ON/OFF with Reset
T76 FAST/SLOW/STOP with Reset
T77 HAND/OFF/AUTO – FAST/SLOW with Reset
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Undervoltage
Relays
U1 Undervoltage Relay, Non-adjustable
U2 Undervoltage Relay, Adjustable
Time Delay
Undervoltage
Relays
U4 Time Delay Undervoltage Relay,
Non-adjustable
U5 Time Delay Undervoltage Relay, Adjustable
Under- and
Overvoltage
Relay
U7 Under- and Overvoltage Relay
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Voltmeters V1 1 Panel Type Voltmeter Wired L1 – L2
V2 Panel Type Voltmeter and Selector Switch
Wired to Read Three Line Voltages
V3 Miniature Voltmeter Wired L1 – L2
V4 Miniature Voltmeter and Selector Switch
Wired to Read Three Line Voltages
V5 Switchboard Type Voltmeter Wired L1 – L2
V6 Switchboard Type Voltmeter and Selector
Switch Wired to Read Three Line Voltage
V7 3 Panel Type Voltmeters Wired in Each Phase
V8 3 Miniature Voltmeters Wired in Each Phase
V9 3 Switchboard Type Voltmeters Wired in
Each Phase
V10 Voltmeter — Order by Description
Varmeter V11 Varmeter
V12 Varmeter — Order by Description
Vacuum
Starter
V13 Vacuum Starter — 1500V Rating
Modification Catalog
Number
Suffix
Description
Wattmeter W1 Wattmeter
Watt-Hour
Meter
W3 Watt-Hour Meter
W5 Watt-Hour Meter with Demand Attachment
Wiremarkers W7 Wiremarkers
W8 Wiremarkers — Order per Customer
Diagram or Specifications
W9 Wiremarkers — Order by Description
WYE-Delta hp W10 See P03300001E
Windows in
Enclosure
W11 Enclosure Windows (MVX)
Wiring
Diagram
W12 Reduced Copy of Custom Wiring
Diagram Laminated on Inside of Door
March 2009
33-50
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-51
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
Contents
Description Page
IT. Manual and Combination Motor
Controllers – NEMA Contactor
Product Description . . . . . 33-51
Application Description . . . 33-51
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-51
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . 33-52
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . 33-52
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-53
Product Selection . . . . . . . 33-54
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-64
Product Description
The new Cutler-Hammer® Intelligent
Technologies (IT.) Open Non-reversing
and Reversing Manual Motor Control-
lers with NEMA Contactors from Eaton’s
electrical business combine a Manual
Motor Protector with a NEMA Contac-
tor(s) to provide a complete motor
protection solution by combining motor
disconnect function, thermal overload
protection, magnetic short circuit pro-
tection and remote control operation in
one compact, assembled unit. These
assembled Manual Motor Controllers
cover motors with FLA ratings from
0.22A to 25A.
The UL 508 Type F labeled Combina-
tion Motor Controller (CMC) includes a
Line Side Adapter (LSA) for NEMA
Size 00, Size 0 and Size 2. The Size 1
does not require an LSA. These
assembled Combination Motor
Controllers cover motors with FLA
ratings from 0.22A to 40A.
Application Description
The IT. NEMA Non-reversing and
Reversing Manual and Combination
Motor Controllers can be used in the
following applications:
■Manual Motor Controller for Single
and Multi Motor Panels. The pre-
assembled IT. Manual Motor Con-
trollers (MMC) combine a Manual
Motor Protector, Wiring Connector
Link (NEMA Size 00 – 1 Non-reversing)
and NEMA Contactor. The A307,
A308 and A309 Manual Motor
Protectors are UL listed as UL 508,
Type E Self-Protected Manual Combi-
nation Starters. MMCs can also be
field installed with separate MMPs,
WCL and Contactor(s).
A NEMA
magnetic contactor has been added
to allow for remote operation of the
motor circuit.
■Combination Motor Controller (UL
508, Type F), for Single and Multi
Motor Panels — The preassembled
Combination Motor Controllers
combine a Line Side Adapter,
Manual Motor Protector, Wiring
Connector Link (NEMA Size 00 – 1
Non-reversing) and NEMA Contactor.
The A307, A308 and A309 Manual
Motor Protectors are UL listed as UL
508, Type E Self-Protected Manual
Combination Starters. This UL list-
ing allows these devices to be used
in motor circuits without having to
add separate branch short circuit
protection. A NEMA magnetic
contactor has been added to
allow for remote operation of the
motor circuit.
■Group Motor Installations — Since
the Manual Motor Protectors
(Manual Combination Starters)
are UL listed for Group Motor
Installations, the Manual Motor
Controllers provide a compact,
assembled package for Group
Motor Installations up to 600V.
For Group Installations (in-panel
SCPD) applying the traditional 1/3 tap
rule, the Manual Motor Protectors and
Manual Motor Controllers may be
used on 480V Delta systems along
with 480Y/277V and 600Y/347V slash
rated Wye systems. For Group Installa-
tions, applying the more recent 1/10
tap conductor rule, a maximum 240V
Delta is permitted or 480Y/277V and
600Y/347V slash rated Wye systems.
For actual UL 508 Type E/F applications
(out-of-panel upstream feeder SCPD
only), a maximum 240V Delta is per-
mitted or 480Y/277V and 600Y/347V
slash rated Wye systems.
For Manual “At Motor” Disconnect
applications, a maximum 240V Delta is
permitted or 480Y/277V and 600Y/347V
slash rated Wye systems.
Features
■ON/OFF rotary handle with lockout
provision
■Visible trip indication
■Test trip function
■Motor applications from 0.22A to
40A
■Class 10 overload protection
■Built-in heater and magnetic trip
elements to protect the motor
■Phase loss sensitivity
■Type 2 coordination
■Ambient compensated up to 140°F
(60°C)
Table 33-71. Short Circuit Ratings — UL 508
Type E Manual Combination Starter/Motor
Controller
See Pages 34-295 and 34-296 for individual
ratings.
■Control inputs located at bottom of
starter for easy access and wiring
■24V DC coils
■DIN Rail or panel mount — (M)N307,
(M)N308 motor controllers
■Mounting plates — (M)N357, N358,
N309 and N359 motor controllers
■
Adjustment dial for setting motor FLA
■Short circuit trip at 13 times the
maximum setting of the FLA adjust-
ment dial
■UL 508 Type F CMC High Fault Short
Circuit Ratings: Refer to Table 33-73
on Page 33-53.
■Communications with the addition
of an IT. Overload Relay and SNAP
(Starter Network Adapter Product).
See Tab 50.
MN307 Open Non-reversing
Manual Motor Controller
Description Specification
A307 65 kA @ 240V, 480Y/277V
30 kA @ 600Y/347V up to 12.5A
A308 65 kA @ 240V, 480Y/277V
25 kA @ 600Y/347V
A309 65 kA @ 240V, 480Y/277V
30 kA @ 600Y/347V up to 75A
March 2009
33-52
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
Standards and Certifications
UL508 Type F Combination Motor
Controller
■IEC Type 2 Approved per
IEC 60947-4-1
■UL Listed File No. E218618
■CE Mark
Instructional Leaflets
IL49490 A307 Manual Motor
Protector
IL49491 A308 Manual Motor
Protector
IL49492 A309 Manual Motor
Protector
Pub51012 IT. Non-reversing and
Reversing Manual
Motor
Controller
B-Frame 45 mm ME307,
ME357, MN307 and
MN357 Installation and
Assembly
Pub51013 IT. Non-reversing
Manual
Motor
Controller C-Frame
54 mm ME308 and
MN308 Installation and
Assembly
Pub50761 IT. Non-reversing and
Reversing Combination
Motor Controller
B-Frame 45 mm E307,
E357, N307 and N357
Installation and
Assembly
Pub50762 IT. Non-reversing and
Reversing Combination
Motor Controller
C-Frame 54 mm E308,
E358, N308 and N358
Installation and
Assembly
Pub50763 IT. Non-reversing and
Reversing Combination
Motor Controller
D-Frame 76 mm E309,
E359, N309 and N359
Installation and
Assembly
AP03402001E Application Note
(Supersedes
TP08A01TE)
MN03305001E IT. NEMA Contactor
and Starter User
Manual
Pub49416 IT. NEMA Contact
Blocks (Size 00 – 4)
Pub50140 IT. NEMA Non-
reversing Contactor
Size 00 and 0
Installation Guide
Pub50150 IT. NEMA Non-
reversing Contactor
Size 1 Installation
Guide
Pub50160 IT. NEMA Non-
reversing Contactor
Size 2 Installation
Guide
Pub50141 IT. NEMA Reversing
Contactor Size 00 and
0 Installation Guide
Pub50151 IT. NEMA Reversing
Contactor Size 1
Installation Guide
Pub50161 IT. NEMA Reversing
Contactor Size 2
Installation Guide
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-53
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
Catalog Number Selection
Table 33-72. IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controller – NEMA Contactors Numbering System
Table 33-73. High Fault Short Circuit Ratings
UL 508 Type F Combination Motor Controller Short Circuit Ratings – Type 2
Catalog
Number
UL Ratings IEC Ratings
480 Volts 600 Volts (q) 480 Volts (q) 600 Volts (r) 480/600 Volts
E307BN Through E307VN,
E357BN Through E357VN
65 kA 30 kA 65 kA 30 kA 1 kA
E307XN Through E307Z2,
E357XN Through E357Z2
65 kA 30 kA 65 kA 30 kA 3 kA
N307, N357 65 kA 30 kA 65 kA 30 kA 3 kA
E308, E358 65 kA 50 kA 65 kA 50 kA 3 kA
N308, N358 65 kA 50 kA 65 kA 50 kA 3 kA
E309, E359 50 kA 30 kA 50 kA 30 kA 5 kA
N309, N359 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 5 kA
Exceptions to Above
E307AN 65 kA 50 kA 65 kA 50 kA 1 kA
E307WN, E357WN 65 kA 50 kA 65 kA 30 kA 3 kA
E309RN, E359RN 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 5 kA
E309WN, E359WN 65 kA 30 kA 65 kA 30 kA 5 kA
N 3 0 7 D N S A X 3 N
3-Pole IT. Contactor
Designator (NEMA Contactor)
SA = Size 00
S0 = Size 0
S1 = Size 1
S2 = Size 2
MMP FLA
307/357
DN – XN
308/358
LN – NN
309/359
RN
Manual Motor Protector (MMP)
307 = 45 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 16A, FVNR Contactor
357 = 45 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 16A, FVR Contactor
308 = 55 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 25A, FVNR Contactor
358 = 55 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 25A, FVR Contactor
309 = 70 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 40A, FVNR Contactor
359 = 70 mm MMP with FLA rating up to 40A, FVR Contactor
Prefix
MN = NEMA MMC
N = NEMA CMC
March 2009
33-54
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
Product Selection MMC with NEMA Size 00 Contac-
tor for Group Motor Applications
When Ordering Specify —
■All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.
■For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 6.4A and a service
factor of 1.0 (6.4A x .92 = 5.88A)
select Catalog Number
MN307TNSAX3N.
■For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor name-
plate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
MN307UNSAX3N.
Instructional Leaflets
See Page 33-52 for Listing.
Table 33-74. IT. Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A307 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC45IT Wiring Connector
Link + N111B Size 00 IT. NEMA Contactor) — For Group Motor Applications
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.
Notes —
■For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
■For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector Link and
the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. MN307DNSAX3N is the combination of A307DN, C320WC45IT and N111BSAX3N.
MN307 — IT. Open Non-reversing
Manual Motor Controller with NEMA
Size 00 FVNR Contactor
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
0.22 – 0.32
0.28 – 0.40
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
A307DN
A307EN
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
MN307DNSAX3N
MN307ENSAX3N
0.35 – 0.50
0.45 – 0.63
0.55 – 0.80
0.7 – 1.0
0.9 – 1.25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1/4
—
—
1/4
1/2
3/4
—
1/4
1/2
1/2
3/4
A307FN
A307GN
A307HN
A307JN
A307KN
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
MN307FNSAX3N
MN307GNSAX3N
MN307HNSAX3N
MN307JNSAX3N
MN307KNSAX3N
1.1 – 1.6
1.4 – 2.0
1.8 – 2.5
2.2 – 3.2
2.8 – 4.0
—
—
—
1/10
1/8
1/10
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
3/4
1/3
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
3/4
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
3
A307LN
A307MN
A307NN
A307PN
A307RN
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
MN307LNSAX3N
MN307MNSAX3N
MN307NNSAX3N
MN307PNSAX3N
MN307RNSAX3N
3.5 – 5.0
4.5 – 6.3
5.5 – 8.0
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1
1-1/2
2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5
3
5
5
A307SN
A307TN
A307UN
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
MN307SNSAX3N
MN307TNSAX3N
MN307UNSAX3N
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-64
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-55
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
When Ordering Specify —
■All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.
■For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 6.4A and a service
factor of 1.0 (6.4A x .92 = 5.88A)
select Catalog Number
MN357TNSAX3N.
■For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor name-
plate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
MN357UNSAX3N.
Instructional Leaflets
See Page 33-52 for Listing.
Table 33-75. IT. Open Reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A307 Manual Motor Protector + N511B Size 00 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor) —
For Group Motor Applications
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.
Notes —
■For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
■For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, the IT. Contactor and the mounting
plate. E.g. Catalog No. MN357DNSAX3N is the combination of A307DN and N511BSAX3N.
MN357 — IT. Open Reversing
Manual Motor Controller with
NEMA Size 00 FVR Contactor
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA Reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
0.22 – 0.32
0.28 – 0.40
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
A307DN
A307EN
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
MN357DNSAX3N
MN357ENSAX3N
0.35 – 0.50
0.45 – 0.63
0.55 – 0.80
0.7 – 1.0
0.9 – 1.25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1/4
—
—
1/4
1/2
3/4
—
1/4
1/2
1/2
3/4
A307FN
A307GN
A307HN
A307JN
A307KN
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
MN357FNSAX3N
MN357GNSAX3N
MN357HNSAX3N
MN357JNSAX3N
MN357KNSAX3N
1.1 – 1.6
1.4 – 2.0
1.8 – 2.5
2.2 – 3.2
2.8 – 4.0
—
—
—
1/10
1/8
1/10
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
3/4
1/3
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
3/4
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
3
A307LN
A307MN
A307NN
A307PN
A307RN
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
MN357LNSAX3N
MN357MNSAX3N
MN357NNSAX3N
MN357PNSAX3N
MN357RNSAX3N
3.5 – 5.0
4.5 – 6.3
5.5 – 8.0
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1
1-1/2
2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5
3
5
5
A307SN
A307TN
A307UN
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
MN357SNSAX3N
MN357TNSAX3N
MN357UNSAX3N
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-67
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-56
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
MMC with NEMA Size 0 Contactor
for Group Motor Applications
When Ordering Specify —
■All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.
■For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 12.5A and a service
factor of 1.0 (12.5A x .92 = 11.5A)
select Catalog Number
MN307WNS0X3N.
■For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor name-
plate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 12.5A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
MN307XNS0X3N.
Instructional Leaflets
See Page 33-52 for Listing.
Table 33-76. IT. Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A307 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC45IT Wiring Connector Link + N111B Size 0
IT. NEMA Contactor) — For Group Motor Applications
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.
Table 33-77. IT.
Open Reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A307 Manual Motor Protector + N511B Size 0 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor) —
For Group Motor Applications
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.
Notes —
■For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
■For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■The Non-reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector
Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. MN307VNS0X3N is the combination of A307VN, C320WC45IT and N111BS0X3N.
■The Reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Mounting Plate and
the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. MN357VNS0X3N is the combination of A307VN and N511BS0X3N.
MN307 — IT. Open Non-reversing
Manual Motor Controller with NEMA
Size 0 FVNR Contactor
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
7.0 – 10
9.0 – 12.5
11 – 16
1/2
1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
3
5
3
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
15
A307VN
A307WN
A307XN
N111BS0X3N
N111BS0X3N
N111BS0X3N
MN307VNS0X3N
MN307WNS0X3N
MN307XNS0X3N
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA Reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
7.0 – 10
9.0 – 12.5
11 – 16
1/2
1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
3
5
3
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
15
A307VN
A307WN
A307XN
N511BS0X3N
N511BS0X3N
N511BS0X3N
MN357VNS0X3N
MN357WNS0X3N
MN357XNS0X3N
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-64, 33-66
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-57
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
MMC with NEMA Size 1 Contactor
for Group Motor Applications
When Ordering Specify —
■All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.
■For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 20A and a service fac-
tor of 1.0 (20A x .92 = 18.4A) select
Catalog Number MN308MNS1X3N.
■For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor name-
plate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 20A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
MN308NNS1X3N.
Instructional Leaflets
See Page 33-52 for Listing.
Table 33-78. IT. Open Non-reversing Manual Motor Controllers (A308 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC54 Wiring Connector Link + N111C Size 1
IT. NEMA Contactor) — For Group Motor Applications
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.
Notes —
■The A308 MMP does not require a Line Side Adapter, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
■For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■The Non-reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector
Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. MN308LNS1X3N is the combination of A308LN, C320WC54 and N111CS1X3N.
MN308 IT. Open Non-reversing
Manual Motor Controllers with
NEMA Size 1 FVNR Contactor
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
11 – 16
14 – 20
18 – 25
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
5
5
5
7-1/2
5
7-1/2
10
10
15
20
15
20
25
A308LN
A308MN
A308NN
N111CS1X3N
N111CS1X3N
N111CS1X3N
MN308LNS1X3N
MN308MNS1X3N
MN308NNS1X3N
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-65, 33-67
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-58
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
Product Selection UL 508 Type F CMC with NEMA
Size 00 Contactor
When Ordering Specify —
■All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.
■For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 6.4A and a service
factor of 1.0 (6.4A x .92 = 5.88A)
select Catalog Number
N307TNSAX3N.
■For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor name-
plate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
N307UNSAX3N.
Instructional Leaflets
See Page 33-52 for Listing.
Table 33-79. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA1 Line Side Adapter + A307 Manual Motor Protector +
C320WC45IT Wiring Connector Link + N111B Size 00 IT. NEMA Contactor)
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.
Notes —
■For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
■For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector
Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N307DNSAX3N is the combination of C320LSA1, A307DN, C320WC45IT and
N111BSAX3N.
N307 — IT. Open Non-reversing
Combination Motor Controller with
NEMA Size 00 FVNR Contactor
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
0.22 – 0.32
0.28 – 0.40
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
A307DN
A307EN
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N307DNSAX3N
N307ENSAX3N
0.35 – 0.50
0.45 – 0.63
0.55 – 0.80
0.7 – 1.0
0.9 – 1.25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1/4
—
—
1/4
1/2
3/4
—
1/4
1/2
1/2
3/4
A307FN
A307GN
A307HN
A307JN
A307KN
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N307FNSAX3N
N307GNSAX3N
N307HNSAX3N
N307JNSAX3N
N307KNSAX3N
1.1 – 1.6
1.4 – 2.0
1.8 – 2.5
2.2 – 3.2
2.8 – 4.0
—
—
—
1/10
1/8
1/10
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
3/4
1/3
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
3/4
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
3
A307LN
A307MN
A307NN
A307PN
A307RN
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N307LNSAX3N
N307MNSAX3N
N307NNSAX3N
N307PNSAX3N
N307RNSAX3N
3.5 – 5.0
4.5 – 6.3
5.5 – 8.0
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1
1-1/2
2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5
3
5
5
A307SN
A307TN
A307UN
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N111BSAX3N
N307SNSAX3N
N307TNSAX3N
N307UNSAX3N
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-64
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-59
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
When Ordering Specify —
■All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.
■For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 6.4A and a service
factor of 1.0 (6.4A x .92 = 5.88A)
select Catalog Number
N357TNSAX3N.
■For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor name-
plate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 6.4A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
N357UNSAX3N.
Instructional Leaflets
See Page 33-52 for Listing.
Table 33-80. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA1 Line Side Adapter + A307 Manual Motor Protector + N511B
Size 00 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor)
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.
Notes —
■For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
■For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector, the IT. Contactor
and the mounting plate. E.g. Catalog No. N357DNSAX3N is the combination of C320LSA1, A307DN and N511BSAX3N.
N357 — IT. Open Reversing
Combination Motor Controller with
NEMA Size 00 FVR Contactor
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA Reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
0.22 – 0.32
0.28 – 0.40
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
A307DN
A307EN
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N357DNSAX3N
N357ENSAX3N
0.35 – 0.50
0.45 – 0.63
0.55 – 0.80
0.7 – 1.0
0.9 – 1.25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1/4
—
—
1/4
1/2
3/4
—
1/4
1/2
1/2
3/4
A307FN
A307GN
A307HN
A307JN
A307KN
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N357FNSAX3N
N357GNSAX3N
N357HNSAX3N
N357JNSAX3N
N357KNSAX3N
1.1 – 1.6
1.4 – 2.0
1.8 – 2.5
2.2 – 3.2
2.8 – 4.0
—
—
—
1/10
1/8
1/10
1/8
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
3/4
1/3
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
3/4
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
3
A307LN
A307MN
A307NN
A307PN
A307RN
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N357LNSAX3N
N357MNSAX3N
N357NNSAX3N
N357PNSAX3N
N357RNSAX3N
3.5 – 5.0
4.5 – 6.3
5.5 – 8.0
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1
1-1/2
2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5
3
5
5
A307SN
A307TN
A307UN
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N511BSAX3N
N357SNSAX3N
N357TNSAX3N
N357UNSAX3N
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-67
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-60
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
UL 508 Type F CMC with NEMA
Size 0 Contactor
When Ordering Specify —
■All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.
■For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 12.5A and a service
factor of 1.0 (12.5A x .92 = 11.5A)
select Catalog Number
N307WNS0X3N.
■For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor name-
plate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 12.5A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
N307XNS0X3N.
Instructional Leaflets
See Page 33-52 for Listing.
Table 33-81. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA1 Line Side Adapter + A307 Manual Motor Protector +
C320WC45IT Wiring Connector Link + N111B Size 0 IT. NEMA Contactor)
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.
Table 33-82. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA1 Line Side Adapter + A307 Manual Motor Protector + N511B
Size 0 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor)
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.
Notes —
■For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
■For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■The Non-reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector,
Wiring Connector Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N307VNS0X3N is the combination of C320LSA1, A307VN,
C320WC45IT and N111BS0X3N.
■The Reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector,
Mounting Plate and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N357VNS0X3N is the combination of C320LSA1, A307VN and
N511BS0X3N.
N307 & N357 — IT. Open Non-reversing
and IT. Reversing Combination Motor
Controllers with NEMA Size 0
Contactor(s)
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
7.0 – 10
9.0 – 12.5
11 – 16
1/2
1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
3
5
3
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
15
A307VN
A307WN
A307XN
N111BS0X3N
N111BS0X3N
N111BS0X3N
N307VNS0X3N
N307WNS0X3N
N307XNS0X3N
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA Reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
7.0 – 10
9.0 – 12.5
11 – 16
1/2
1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
3
5
3
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
15
A307VN
A307WN
A307XN
N511BS0X3N
N511BS0X3N
N511BS0X3N
N357VNS0X3N
N357WNS0X3N
N357XNS0X3N
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-64, 33-66
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-61
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
UL 508 Type F CMC with NEMA
Size 1 Contactor
When Ordering Specify —
■All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.
■For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 20A and a service fac-
tor of 1.0 (20A x .92 = 18.4A) select
Catalog Number N308MNS1X3N.
■For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor name-
plate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 20A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
N308NNS1X3N.
Instructional Leaflets
See Page 33-52 for Listing.
Table 33-83. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controllers (A308 Manual Motor Protector + C320WC54 Wiring Connector Link
+ N111C Size 1 IT. NEMA Contactor)
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
DIN rail mounting. No mounting plate included.
Table 33-84. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Reversing Combination Motor Controllers (A308 Manual Motor Protector + N511C Size 1 IT. NEMA
Reversing Contactor)
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.
Notes —
■For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
■The A308_MMPs do not require Line Side Adapters.
■For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■The Non-reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector
Link and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N308LNS1X3N is the combination of A308LN, C320WC54 and N111CS1X3N.
■The Reversing Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Manual Motor Protector, Mounting Plate and
the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N358LNS1X3N is the combination of A308LN and N511CS1X3N.
N308 & N358 — IT. Open Non-reversing
and IT. Reversing Combination Motor
Controllers with NEMA Size 1
Contactor(s)
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
11 – 16
14 – 20
18 – 25
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
5
5
5
7-1/2
5
7-1/2
10
10
15
20
15
20
25
A308LN
A308MN
A308NN
N111CS1X3N
N111CS1X3N
N111CS1X3N
N308LNS1X3N
N308MNS1X3N
N308NNS1X3N
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA Reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
11 – 16
14 – 20
18 – 25
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
5
5
5
7-1/2
5
7-1/2
10
10
15
20
15
20
25
A308LN
A308MN
A308NN
N511CS1X3N
N511CS1X3N
N511CS1X3N
N358LNS1X3N
N358MNS1X3N
N358NNS1X3N
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-65, 33-67
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-62
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
UL 508 Type F CMC with NEMA
Size 2 Contactor
When Ordering Specify —
■All Non-reversing and Reversing
motor controllers are selected based
on the overload current range
required for a given motor. This
current range is determined from
the motor Full Load Ampere rating
and Motor Service Factor usually
found on the motor nameplate.
■For motors with service factors less
than 1.15, multiply the motor FLA by
.92 to select the appropriate motor
controller. Example: For a motor
having FLA of 34A and a service fac-
tor of 1.0 (34A x .92 = 31.3A) select
Catalog Number N309RNDX3N.
■For motors with service factor of
1.15 or greater, use motor name-
plate Full Load Amperes to select
the appropriate motor controller.
Example: For a motor having FLA
of 34A and a service factor of 1.15,
select Catalog Number
N309RNDX3N.
Instructional Leaflets
See Page 33-52 for Listing.
Table 33-85. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Non-reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA2 Line Side Adapter + A309 Manual Motor Protector +
N111D Size 2 IT. NEMA Contactor)
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.
Table 33-86. IT. UL 508 Type F Open Reversing Combination Motor Controllers (C320LSA2 Line Side Adapter + A309 Manual Motor Protector + N511D
Size 2 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor)
Select motor controller by motor Full Load Amperes. Horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Mounting plate included.
Notes —
■For more information on the use of Line Side Adapters, see Table 33-87, Page 33-63.
■For information on Manual Motor Protectors and Wiring Connector Links refer to Pages 34-294 – 34-299. For IT. NEMA
Contactors, refer to Pages 33-29 and 33-30.
■The Catalog Number is a composite of the factory assembled Line Side Adapter, Manual Motor Protector, Mounting Plate
and the IT. Contactor. E.g. Catalog No. N309RNS2X3N is the combination of C320LSA2, A309RN and N111DS2X3N.
N309 — IT. Open Non-reversing
Combination Motor Controller with
NEMA Size 2 Contactor
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA
Non-reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
28 – 40 3 7-1/2 15 15 30 40 A309RN N111DS2X3N N309RNS2X3N
FLA
Adjustment
Range
Single-Phase
hp Ratings
Three-Phase
hp Ratings
Manual
Motor
Protector
IT. NEMA Reversing
Contactor
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 24V DC
Coil
28 – 40 3 7-1/2 15 15 30 40 A309RN N511DS2X3N N359RNS2X3N
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-63
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-65, 33-67
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-63
NEMA Contactors & Starters
March 2009
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
Accessories
Table 33-87. Line Side Adapters, C320LSA1 and C320LSA2 — When to Use Them for U.S. Applications
SCPD = Short Circuit Protective Device (Circuit Breaker, Fuses).
MMP = Manual Motor Protector.
MMC = Manual Motor Controller.
The C320LSA2 Line Side Adapter is factory assembled on the N309/359.
Reference: Technical Paper AP03402001E.
Note: Line Side Adapters are not required for non-U.S. applications. Most countries outside
of the U.S. classify the MMP as a thermal magnetic circuit breaker.
Table 33-88. Accessories
A308 MMP does not require a Line Side Adapter.
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Line Side Adapter for A307 MMPs
(Required for use with A307 MMPs only
when used as Type E Self-Protected
Manual Combination Starters. Not
required for Group Installation.)
C320LSA1
Line Side Adapter for A309 MMPs
(Required for use with A309 MMPs only
when used as Type E Self-Protected
Manual Combination Starters. Not
required for Group Installation.)
C320LSA2
Wiring Connector Link
(Electrical and mechanical
interconnection between A307 MMP +
IT. 27 mm FVNR/FVR Contactor)
C320WC27
Wiring Connector Link
(Electrical and mechanical
interconnection between A307 MMP +
IT. 45 mm FVNR Contactor)
C320WC45IT
Wiring Connector Link
(Electrical and mechanical
interconnection between A308 MMP +
IT. 54 mm FVNR Contactor)
C320WC54
IT. Manual & Combination Motor Controllers –
NEMA Contactors
Line Side Adapter (LSA)
Not required
Line Side Adapter (LSA)
Not required for any application
Group Installation
Using the in-panel Main
SCPD and an MMC
without a factory
assembled LSA.
Combination Motor Controller
UL 508 Type F
Combination Motor Controller
—
Only Upstream Feeder SCPD
required with factory
assembled LSA; no dedicated in-panel Main SCPD
for CMC.
Line Side Adapter (LSA)
Required
Types N308/358, (M)N308
Types (M)N307/357 & N309/359
MMP Only
UL 508 Type E Self-protected
Manual Combination Starter —
Only Upstream Feeder SCPD
required; no dedicated in-panel
Main SCPD for MMP
Protection in Different
Controller Types
A UL 508 Type E Self-protected Manual
Combination Starter/Motor Controller
consists of a single device having inte-
gral short circuit protection, a main set
of contacts, motor overload protec-
tion, and may also include a UL listed
Line Side Adapter (See Table 33-87).
This type of controller is a legitimate
short circuit protective device and dis-
connect means for the downstream
motor. It does require an upstream
feeder short circuit protective device,
but does not require a dedicated
branch circuit protection or a discon-
nect means if used with a Line Side
Adapter. A UL 508 Type E rating means
that the unit clears a fault and does not
experience any welding of the power
poles. A UL 508 Type E self-protected
manual motor controller will remain
fully functional should a short circuit
within its ratings occur. E.g. A307,
A308 and A309.
An IT. UL 508 Type F Self-protected
Combination Motor Controller consists
of a UL Listed Type E Self-protected
Manual Combination Starter/Motor
Controller, a UL Listed Contactor, and
a UL Listed Line Side Adapter (See
Table 33-87
). While the Type E self-
protected manual motor controller
of this combination motor controller
device is a legitimate short circuit
protective device and disconnect
means for the down-stream motor, the
contactor is not “self-protected.” E.g. IT.
N307 – N309, N357 – N359.
In addition, as a complete assembly
or modular components, the device
should have Type 2 Coordination certi-
fication. Type 2 Coordination means
the Starter or the Controller must
exhibit little or no damage following a
major short circuit fault and should be
able to be returned to proper service
without replacing any parts. E.g. IT.
MMCs, CMCs and MMPs.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-64
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
Dimensions
Figure 33-18. Non-reversing Manual and Combination Motor Controller (M)N307 (A307 MMP + C320WC45IT WCL + N111B [Size 00/0] Contactor) —
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
C320LSA1 is factory assembled with CMC and a field installed option with MMCs.
3.66
(93.0)
.59
(15.0)
1.77
(45.0)
1.30
(33.1)
8.19
(208.0)
.94
(23.8)
8.02
(203.6)
.20
(5.0)
3.76
(95.4)
.99
(25.1)
C320LSA1
Optional
C321MH1
C
L
C
L
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-65
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
Figure 33-19. Non-reversing Manual and Combination Motor Controller (M)N308 (A308 MMP +
C320WC54 WCL + N111C [Size 1] Contactor) — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-20.
Non-reversing Combination Motor Controller N309 (LSA, A309 MMP + N111D [Size 2]
Contactor) — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Note: C320LSA2 is factory assembled.
1.94
(49.3)
4.45
(113.0)
2.75
(69.8)
9.57
(243.2)
.20
(5.0)
9.98
(253.5)
.18
(4.5)
.76
(19.4)
.58
(14.9)
5.84
(148.4)
2.15
(54.7)
C
L
C
L
6.65
(169.0)
2.91
(74.0)
4.53
(115.0)
.32
(8.0)
16.28
(413.5)
16.93
(430.0)
7.14
(181.3)
1.76
(44.7)
2.68
(68.0)
3.54
(90.0)
C
L
C
L
March 2009
33-66
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
Figure 33-21. Reversing Manual and Combination Motor Controller (M)N357 (A307 MMP + N511B [Size 00/0] Contactor) —
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
C320LSA1 is factory assembled with CMC and a field installed option with MMCs.
2.15
(54.5)
4.09
(103.9)
10.78
(273.9)
10.41
(264.3)
.59
(15.0)
1.81
(46.0)
3.95 (100.2)
1.77
(45.0)
.18
(4.6)
.50 (12.6)
3.98
(101.1)
C
L
C
L
C320LSA1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-67
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers – NEMA Contactors
Figure 33-22. Reversing Combination Motor Controller N358 (A308 MMP + N511C [Size 1]
Contactor) — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-23. Reversing Combination Motor Controller N359 (LSA, A309 MMP + N511D [Size 2]
Contactor) — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Note: C320LSA2 is factory assembled.
3.81
(96.8)
5.48
(139.2)
1.08
(27.5)
14.17
(360.0)
13.52
(343.5)
2.68
(68.0)
.32 (8.0)
6.14
(156.1)
2.91
(74.0)
4.49 (114.1)
C
L
C
L
7.10
(180.3)
6.00
(152.4)
.46
(11.7)
16.01
(406.7)
16.75
(425.5)
4.52
(114.8)
7.09
(180.0)
2.28
(57.9)
7.00
(177.8)
March 2009
33-68
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Product Family Overview
Product Description
Freedom Series starters and contactors
feature a compact, space-saving design,
using state-of-the-art technology and
the latest in high strength, impact and
temperature resistant insulating
materials.
Features
Freedom NEMA
■Adjustable Bimetallic Ambient
Compensated Overload relays with
interchangeable heater packs —
available in three basic sizes,
covering applications up to 900 hp
— reducing the number of different
contactor/overload relay combina-
tions that have to be stocked. Fixed
heater overloads are optional.
■Electronic Solid-State Overload
Relay (C396) available as a stand-
alone unit and assembled with
Freedom Contactor.
■A full line of snap-on accessories
common to both IEC and NEMA
devices — top and side mounted
auxiliary contacts, solid-state and
pneumatic timers, etc.
■Straight-through wiring — line lugs
at top, load lugs at bottom.
■Horizontal or vertical mounting
on upright panel for application
freedom.
■Screw type power terminals have
captive, backed-out self-lifting pres-
sure plates with ± screws — reduced
wiring time.
■Accessible terminals for easy wir-
ing. Optional fingerproof shields
available to prevent electrical shock.
■Top located coil terminals conve-
nient and readily accessible. 45 mm
contactor magnet coils have three
terminals, permitting either top or
diagonal wiring — easy to replace
European or U.S. style starters
or contactors without changing
wiring layout.
■Encapsulated dual voltage/
frequency magnet coils —
permanently marked with voltage,
frequency and part number. NEMA
Sizes 00 – 0 have non-encapsulated
coils as standard.
■Designed to meet or exceed NEMA,
UL, CSA, VDE, BS and other interna-
tional standards and listings.
■American engineering — built by
Eaton, using the latest in statistical
process control methods to produce
high quality, reliable products.
■Sized based on standard NEMA
classifications.
■Easy coil change and inspectable/
replaceable contacts.
■Available in Open and NEMA Type
1, 3R, 4/4X and 12 enclosures.
Standards and Certifications
■Standard: Designed to meet or
exceed UL, NEMA, IEC, CSA, VDE
and BS.
■UL listed: UL File #E1491, Guide
#NLDX — Open and NEMA 1, 4, 12
Enclosed
■CSA Certified: CSA File #LR353,
Class #321104 Open and NEMA 1
Enclosed
ISO 9000 Certification
When you turn to Eaton’s Cutler-
Hammer Products, you turn to quality.
The International Standards Organiza-
tion (ISO) has established a series of
standards acknowledged by 91 indus-
trialized nations to bring harmony to
the international quest for quality. The
ISO certification process covers 20
quality system elements in design,
production and installation that must
conform to achieve registration. This
commitment to quality will result in
increased product reliability and total
customer satisfaction.
Short Circuit Protection
Fuses and Inverse-Time Circuit Breakers
may be selected per Article 430, Part D
of the National Electrical Code to pro-
tect motor branch circuits from fault
conditions. If higher ratings or settings
are required to start the motor, do not
exceed the maximum as listed in
Exception No. 2, Article 430-52.
NEMA AN16DN0AB
NEMA Size 1 Starter
NEMA Size 1 Contactor
Series B1 32A Overload C396 Electronic Overload
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-69
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Catalog Number Selection
Catalog Number Selection
Table 33-89. Freedom Catalog Numbering System
For Contactor Only orders, add B to end of Catalog Number if NEMA Size 00 – 2, 6.
Uses panel-mount CT with C396A2A005SELAX Overload.
Not required.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are 24/60 only.
Device Type
A = Starter
C = Contactor
Contactor Frame Size
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Amp Rating
A =
B =
D =
G =
K =
N =
S =
T =
U =
V =
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
18
27
45
90
135
270
540
810
1215
A N 1 4 A N 0 A 3 E 0 0 5
AC Coil Suffix
Suffix Coil Volts and Hertz
A =
B =
C =
D =
120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
E =
H =
J =
K =
208/60
277/60
208 – 240/60
240/50
L =
N =
T =
U =
380 – 415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50
24/50
V =
W =
Y =
32/50
48/60
48/50
Standard
E = IEC
N = NEMA
Device Assembly Configuration
70 = Multi-Speed
1 = Non-reversing
5 = Reversing
OLR Type
4 = Starter w/C396 Electronic Overload
5 = Contactor only — no overload relay
6 = Starter w/C306 Bi-Metal OLR
7 = Starter w/C316 Bi-Metal OLR
8 = Starter w/IT. SSOLR
C396 Electronic Overload FLA Range
(FNVR & FVR Only)
Frame A — NEMA Size 00
P05 = 0.1 – 0.5A
002 = 0.4 – 2.0A
005 = 1.0 – 5.0A
008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
Frame G — NEMA Size 2
008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
045 = 9.0 – 45A
Frame B — NEMA Size 0
P05 = 0.1 – 0.5A
002 = 0.4 – 2.0A
005 = 1.0 – 5.0A
008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
032 = 6.4 – 32A
Frame K — NEMA Size 3
110 = 22 – 110A
Frame N — NEMA Size 4
150 = 30 – 150A
Frame S — NEMA Size 5
300 = 60 – 300A
Frame D — NEMA Size 1
P05 = 0.1 – 0.5A
002 = 0.4 – 2.0A
005 = 1.0 – 5.0A
008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
032 = 6.4 – 32A
Frame T — NEMA Size 6
600 = 120 – 600A
Frame U — NEMA Size 7
10C = 200 – 1000A
Frame V — NEMA Size 8
15C = 300 – 1500A
C396 Electronic OLR Designation (FVNR & FVR Only)
3E = Standard C396 OLR, SEL Reset, SEL Class
C306 Bi-Metallic OLR Designation
C =
B =
N/R =
B =
C =
B =
NEMA Size 00, 0
NEMA Size 1, 2
NEMA Size 3, 4
NEMA Size 5
NEMA Size 6
NEMA Size 7, 8
NEMA Enclosure
N = Open
For Starters
Starter
Mounting Option
0 =
V =
Horizontal
Vertical
For Contactors Only
2 =
3 =
4 =
5 =
2-pole
3-pole
4-pole
5-pole
March 2009
33-70
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents
Description Page
Product Family Overview
Product Description. . . . . . . 33-68
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-68
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . 33-68
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-69
Contactors — Non-reversing
and Reversing
Product Description. . . . . . . 33-70
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-70
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . 33-70
Product Selection —
3-Pole Contactors . . . . . . . 33-71
Product Selection —
2-, 4- and 5-Pole
Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-72
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-79
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-82
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . 33-86
DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . 33-88
Mounting Plates. . . . . . . . . . 33-89
Special Modifications. . . . . . . . 33-90
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-91
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-94
Product Description
Non-reversing
Contactors are most commonly used
to switch motor loads in applications
where running overcurrent protection
is either not required or is provided
separately. Contactors consist of a
magnetically actuated switch which
can be remotely operated by a push-
button station or pilot device such as
a proximity switch, limit switch, float
switch, auxiliary contacts, etc.
Reversing
Reversing contactors are used prima-
rily for reversing single- or three-phase
motors in applications where running
overcurrent protection is either not
required or is provided separately.
They consist of two contactors
mechanically and electrically inter-
locked to prevent line shorts and
energization of both contactors
simultaneously.
Features
■Designed specifically for use in
applications requiring NEMA rat-
ings. Contactors meet or exceed
NEMA standards ICS 2-1993.
■Long life twin break, silver cadmium
oxide contacts — provide excellent
conductivity and superior resistance
to welding and arc erosion.
■Designed to 3,000,000 electrical
operations at maximum hp ratings
up through 25 hp at 600V.
■Steel mounting plate standard on all
open type contactors.
Non-reversing
■Holding circuit contact(s) supplied
as standard:
❑Sizes 00 – 3 have NO auxiliary
contact block mounted on right
hand side (on Size 00, contact
occupies 4th power pole position
— no increase in width).
❑Sizes 4 – 5 have a NO contact
block mounted on left side.
❑Sizes 6 – 7 have a 2NO/2NC
contact block on top left.
❑Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block
on top left back and a NO contact
block on top right back.
Reversing
■One NO-NC side mounted interlock
supplied as standard on each con-
tactor for Sizes 00 – 8.
Technical Data
Table 33-90. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or
kcmil — Open and Enclosed
Two compartment box lug.
Table 33-91. Plugging and Jogging Service
Horsepower Ratings
Maximum horsepower where operation is
interrupted more than 5 times per minute or
more than 10 times in a 10 minute period.
NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
Kits and Accessories
■Auxiliary Contacts, contactor
mounted — Pages 33-86 and 33-87.
■Transient Suppressor, for magnet
coil — Pages 33-84.
■Timers — Solid-State and
Pneumatic, mount on contactor —
Page 33-83.
Renewal Parts Publication
Numbers
■See Page 33-91.
NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. CN15DN3AB
NEMA Size 1
Cat. No. CN55DN3AB
NEMA
Size
Power Terminals
Line or Load
Control
Terminals
Cu Only
00 12 – 16 stranded;
12 – 14 solid Cu
12 – 16
stranded
12 – 14
solid
08 – 16 stranded;
10 – 14 solid Cu
18 – 14 stranded or
solid Cu
23 – 14 (upper) and/or
6 – 14 (lower) stranded
or solid Cu
31/0 – 14 Cu/Al
4250 mcm – 6
5750 kcmil – 2, or
(2) 250 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al
6(2) 750 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al
7(3) 750 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al
8(4) 750 kcmil – 4/0 Cu/Al
NEMA
Size
200V 230V 460V 575V
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
—
1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
25
60
125
1/2
1-1/2
3
10
20
30
75
150
1/2
2
5
15
30
60
150
300
1/2
2
5
15
30
60
150
300
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-71
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Product Selection — 3-Pole Contactors
Table 33-92. Type CN15/CN55 NEMA Contactors — 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing
Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number.
EXAMPLE: CN15VND3C.
Magnet Coils — AC and DC
Contactor coils listed in this section
also have a 50 Hz rating as shown in
the adjacent table. Select required con-
tactor by Catalog Number and replace
the magnet coil alpha designation in
the Catalog Number (_) with the
proper Code Suffix from the adjacent
table.
For Sizes 00 – 2, the magnet coil alpha
designation will be the next to the last
digit of the listed Catalog Number.
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil,
change CN15AN3_B to CN15AN3LB.
For all other sizes, the magnet coil
alpha designation will be the last digit
of the listed Catalog Number.
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories,
Pages 33-88 – 33-89.
Table 33-93. AC Suffix Code
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
24/60 only.
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Maximum UL Horsepower 3-Pole Non-reversing 3-Pole Reversing
1-Phase 3-Phase
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 CN15AN3_B CN55AN3_B
018 123355CN15BN3_B CN55BN3_B
127237-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 CN15DN3_B CN55DN3_B
24537-1/2 10 15 25 25 CN15GN3_B CN55GN3_B
390 25305050CN15KN3_ CN55KN3_
4135 40 50 100 100 CN15NN3_ CN55NN3_
5270 75 100 200 200 CN15SN3_ CN55SN3_
6540 150 200 400 400 CN15TN3_B CN55TN3_B
7810 200 300 600 600 CN15UN3_ CN55UN3_
8 1215 400 450 900 900 CN15VN3_ CN55VN3_
NEMA Size 00 0 12345678
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300 600 900
NEMA Size 00
3-Pole Contactor
Cat. No. CN55AN3AB
NEMA Size 0
3-Pole Contactor
Cat. No. CN15BN3AB
NEMA Size 3
3-Pole Contactor
Cat. No. CN15KN3A
Coil Volts and Hertz Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
A
B
C
D
208/60
277/60
208 – 240/60
240/50
E
H
J
K
380 – 415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50
24/50
L
N
T
U
32/50
48/60
48/50
V
W
Y
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-79 – 33-81
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-94 – 33-95
Special Modifications . . . Page 33-90
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-82 – 33-90
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-72
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Product Selection — 2-, 4- and 5-Pole Contactors
Table 33-94. Type CN15 NEMA Contactors — 2-, 4- and 5-Pole Non-reversing
NEMA Size 2
5-Pole Contactor
Cat. No. CN15GN5AB
Magnet Coils — AC or DC
Select required starter by Catalog
Number and replace the magnet coil
alpha designation in the Catalog Num-
ber (_) with the proper Code Suffix
from the adjacent table.
For Sizes 00 – 2, the magnet coil alpha
designation will be the next to the last
digit of the listed Catalog Number.
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil,
change CN15BN3_B to CN15BN3LB.
For all other sizes, the magnet coil
alpha designation will be the last digit
of the listed Catalog Number.
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories,
Pages 33-88 – 33-89.
Table 33-95. AC Suffix Code
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
24/60 only.
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Maximum UL Horsepower 2-Pole Non-reversing 4-Pole Non-reversing 5-Pole Non-reversing
1-Phase (2-Pole) 3-Phase Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 CN15AN2_B CN15AN4_B —
01812 2355CN15BN2_B — —
12723 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 CN15DN2_B CN15DN4_B CN15DN5_B
24537-1/2 10 15 25 25 CN15GN2_B CN15GN4_B CN15GN5_B
390 25305050CN15KN2_ — —
4135 40 50 100 100 CN15NN2_ — —
5270 75 100 200 200 CN15SN2_ — —
6540 150 200 400 400 CN15TN2_B — —
Coil Volts and Hertz Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
A
B
C
D
208/60
277/60
208 – 240/60
240/50
E
H
J
K
380 – 415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50
24/50
L
N
T
U
32/50
48/60
48/50
V
W
Y
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-79 – 33-81
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-94 – 33-95
Special Modifications. . . Page 33-90
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-82 – 33-90
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-73
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage
Contents
Description Page
Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . . 33-68
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-68
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . 33-68
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-69
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing
and Reversing, Full Voltage,
Bi-Metallic Overload
Product Description . . . . . . 33-73
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-73
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . 33-74
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . 33-74
Product Selection. . . . . . . . 33-75
Starters — 3-Phase Multispeed,
Bi-Metallic Overload
Product Selection. . . . . . . . 33-76
Starters — Single-Phase
Non-reversing, Full Voltage,
Bi-Metallic Overload
Product Description . . . . . . 33-77
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . 33-77
Product Selection. . . . . . . . 33-77
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing
and Reversing, Full Voltage,
C386 Electronic Overload . . 33-78
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-79
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-82
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . 33-86
DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . 33-88
Mounting Plates . . . . . . . . . 33-89
Special Modifications . . . . . . . 33-90
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-91
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-94
Product Description
Non-reversing
Three-phase, full voltage magnetic
starters are most commonly used to
switch AC motor loads. Starters con-
sist of a magnetically actuated switch
(contactor) and an overload relay
assembled together.
Reversing
Three-phase, full voltage magnetic
starters are used primarily for revers-
ing of 3-phase squirrel cage motors.
They consist of two contactors and a
single overload relay assembled
together. The contactors are mechani-
cally and electrically interlocked to
prevent line shorts and energization
of both contactors simultaneously.
Features
■Bimetallic Ambient Compensated
Overload relays — available in three
basic sizes covering applications up
to 900 hp — reducing number of
different contactor/overload relay
combinations that have to be
stocked.
These overload relays feature:
❑Selectable Manual or Automatic
Reset operation.
❑Interchangeable heater packs
adjustable ±24% to match motor
FLA and calibrated for 1.0 and
1.15 service factors. Heater packs
for smaller overload relay will
mount in larger overload relay —
useful in derating applications
such as jogging.
❑Load lugs built into relay base.
❑Single-phase protection, Class 20
or Class 10 trip time.
❑Overload trip indication.
❑Electrically isolated NO-NC con-
tacts (pull RESET button to test).
■The C396 is a self-powered, robust
electronic overload designed for
integrate use with Freedom NEMA
contactors.
❑Tiered feature set to provide cov-
erage specific to your application.
❑Broad 5:1 FLA range for maxi-
mum flexibility.
❑Coverage from 0.05 – 1500 Amps
to meet all your needs.
■Long life twin break, silver cadmium
oxide contacts — provide excellent
conductivity and superior resistance
to welding and arc erosion. Gener-
ously sized for low resistance and
cool operation.
■Designed to 3,000,000 electrical
operations at maximum hp ratings
up through 25 hp at 600V.
■Steel mounting plate standard on all
open type starters.
■Wired for separate or common
control.
Non-reversing
■Holding circuit contact(s) supplied
as standard:
❑Sizes 00 – 3 have a NO auxiliary
contact block mounted on right-
hand side (on Size 00, contact
occupies 4th power pole position
— no increase in width).
❑Sizes 4 – 5 have a NO contact
block mounted on left side.
❑Sizes 6 – 7 have a 2NO/2NC
contact block on top left.
❑Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block
on top left back and a NO on top
right back.
Reversing
■Each contactor (Size 00 – 8)
supplied with one NO-NC side
mounted contact block as standard.
NC contacts are wired as electrical
interlocks.
NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. AN16DN0AB
NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. AN56DN0AB
March 2009
33-74
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage
Technical Data
Table 33-96. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 — Open and Enclosed
Two compartment box lug.
Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 1 – 2 to 2 AWG.
Table 33-97. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 3 – 8 — Open and Enclosed
Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 1 – 2 to 2 AWG.
Wiring Diagrams
Figure 33-24. Typical Wiring Diagrams — Three-Phase and Single-Phase Applications
NEMA Size Wire Size Cu Only
Power Terminals — Line
00
0
1
2
12 – 16 AWG stranded, 12 – 14 AWG solid
8 – 16 AWG stranded, 10 – 14 AWG solid
8 – 14 AWG stranded or solid
3 – 14 AWG (upper) and/or 6 – 14 AWG (lower) stranded or solid
Power Terminals — Load — Cu Only (stranded or solid)
00 – 0
1 – 2
14 – 6 AWG stranded or solid
14 – 2 AWG stranded or solid
Control Terminals — Cu Only
12 – 16 AWG stranded, 12 – 14 AWG solid
NEMA Size Wire Size
Power Terminals — Line and Load
31/0 – 14 AWG Cu/Al
4Open — 3/0 – 8 AWG Cu; Enclosed — 250 kcmil — 6 AWG Cu/Al
5
6
7
8
750 kcmil — 2 AWG; or (2) 250 kcmil — 3/0 AWG Cu/Al
(2) 750 kcmil — 3/0 AWG Cu/Al
(3) 750 kcmil — 3/0 AWG Cu/Al
(4) 750 kcmil — 1/0 AWG Cu/Al
Control Terminals — Cu Only
12 – 16 AWG stranded, 12 – 14 AWG solid
Not for Use with
Auto Reset OL Relays
Separate Control
Remove Wire “c”
when it is supplied.
Connect separate
control lines to the
No. 1 Terminal on
the remote pilot
device and Terminal
96 on the overload
relay.
“c”
“A”
When more than
one pushbutton
station is used,
omit Connector
“A” and connect
per sketch.
Field Conversion
to 1-Phase, Add
Dotted Connections
Remote Pilot Devices
NEMA Size 00
2 Wire
Control
L1 L2 L3
T1 T2 T3
T1 T2 T3
1A1 A2
A2
2
3
98
97
96
95
13
3
3
2
1
2
L1
T1 T2
T1 T2
L2
1
Start
Start Start
Stop
Stop Stop
3 Wire
Control
Motor
Motor
Not for Use with
Auto Reset OL Relays
Separate Control
Remove Wire “c”
when it is supplied.
Connect separate
control lines to the
No. 1 Terminal on
the remote pilot
device and Terminal
96 on the overload
relay.
“A”
When more than
one pushbutton
station is used,
omit Connector
“A” and connect
per sketch.
Field Conversion
to 1-Phase, Add
Dotted Connections
Remote Pilot Devices
NEMA Sizes 0, 1 and 2
2 Wire
Control
T1 T2 T3
“c”
L1 L2 L3
T1 T2 T3
1A1 A2 2
3
98
97
96
95
13
3
3
2
1
2
L1
T1 T2
T1 T2
L2
1
Start
Start Start
Stop
Stop Stop
3 Wire
Control
Motor
Motor
Table 33-98. Plugging and Jogging Service
Horsepower Ratings
Maximum horsepower where operation is
interrupted more than 5 times per minute, or
more than 10 times in a 10 minute period.
NEMA Standard ICS2-1993 table 2-4-3.
Kits and Accessories
■Auxiliary Contacts, contactor
mounted — Pages 33-86 – 33-87.
■Transient Suppressor, for magnet
coil — Pages 33-84.
■Timers — Solid-State and
Pneumatic, mount on contactor —
Page 33-83.
Renewal Parts Publication
Numbers
■See Page 33-91.
NEMA
Size
200V 230V 460V 575V
00
0
1
2
3
—
1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
1/2
1-1/2
3
10
20
1/2
2
5
15
30
1/2
2
5
15
30
4
5
6
25
60
125
30
75
150
60
150
300
60
150
300
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-75
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload
Product Selection
When Ordering Supply
■Catalog Number
■Heater pack number (see selection
table, Pages 33-107 – 33-108) or full load
current.
Table 33-99. Type AN16/AN56 NEMA — Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay — Non-reversing and Reversing
Note:
Starter Catalog Numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection,
Pages 33-107
–
33-108
.
Underscore (_) indicates coil suffix required, see Table 33-100.
Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods
in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its
continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit
current rating of the controller.
Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: AN56VND0CB.
Magnet Coils — AC or DC
Starter coils listed in this section also
have a 50 Hz rating as shown in the
adjacent table. Select required starter
by Catalog Number and replace the
magnet coil alpha designation in the
Catalog Number (_) with the proper
Code Suffix from the adjacent table.
For Sizes 00 – 2 and 5 – 8, the magnet
coil alpha designation will be the next
to last digit of the listed Catalog Num-
ber. EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil,
change AN16BN0_C to AN16BN0LC.
For all other sizes, the magnet coil
alpha designation will be the last digit
of the listed Catalog Number.
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories,
Pages 33-88 – 33-89.
Table 33-100. AC Suffix Code
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
24/60 only.
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service-Limit
Current
Rating
(Amperes)
Maximum UL Horsepower 3-Pole
Non-reversing
3-Pole
Reversing
Vertical
Reversing
Price
U.S. $
1-Phase 3-Phase
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 9 11 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 AN16AN0_C AN56AN0_C —
018 21 123355AN16BN0_C AN56BN0_C AN56BNV0_
12732237-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 AN16DN0_B AN56DN0_B AN56DNV0_
2455237-1/2 10 15 25 25 AN16GN0_B AN56GN0_B AN56GNV0_
390 104 — — 25 30 50 50 AN16KN0_ AN56KN0_ AN56KNV0_
4135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN16NN0_ AN56NN0_ AN56NNV0_
5270 311 — — 75 100 200 200 AN16SN0_B AN56SN0_B —
6540 621 — — 150 200 400 400 AN16TN0_C AN56TN0_C —
7810 932 — — 200 300 600 600 AN16UN0_B AN56UN0_B —
8 1215 1400 — — 400 450 900 900 AN16VN0_B AN56VN0_B —
NEMA Size 00 0 12345678
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300 600 900
Size 0
Non-reversing
Starter Size 1
Reversing
Starter
Size 3
Vertical
Reversing
Starter
NEMA Size 0
Cat. No. AN56BN0AC
Coil Volts and Hertz Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
A
B
C
D
208/60
277/60
208 – 240/60
240/50
E
H
J
K
380 – 415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50
24/50
L
N
T
U
32/50
48/60
48/50
V
W
Y
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-79 – 33-81
Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . Page 33-103
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-96 – 33-98
Special Modifications . . . Page 33-90
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-82 – 33-90
Heater Packs . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-107 – 33-108
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-76
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Starters — 3-Phase Multispeed, Bi-Metallic Overload
Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
For 2-Speed Selective Control:
■Catalog Number plus magnet coil
Code Suffix. Example: Size 0 —
AN700BN022B.
■Heater pack number or full load
current for each speed.
For 2-Speed other than Selective
Control:
■Catalog Number plus magnet coil
Code Suffix and option required.
Example: AN700BN022B except
Compelling.
■Heater pack number or full load
current for each speed.
Note: 2-speed starters are designed for
starting and controlling both separate
(2-winding) and reconnectable (1-winding)
motors. Separate winding, WYE-WYE
motors have a separate winding for each
speed. Reconnectable, consequent pole
motors use the same winding for both
speeds. All standard starters are wired for
selective control.
Table 33-101. Product Selection — 2-Speed — Selective Control — Separate Winding
If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072.
Table 33-102. Product Selection — 2-Speed — Selective Control — Reconnectable Winding
If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072.
Table 33-103. Magnetic Coils — AC or DC
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 5 are 24/60 only.
Catalog Number AN700DN0218
NEMA Size 1, Open Type
Two-Speed, Reconnectable Winding
(One-Winding)
Catalog Number AN700DN022
NEMA Size 1, Open Type
Two-Speed, Two-Winding
Separate Winding) Wye-Wye Motor
Catalog Number AN700BN0218
NEMA Size 0, Open Type
Two-Speed, Reconnectable
(One-Winding)
Maximum Horsepower — 60/50 Hertz NEMA
Size
Open Type
Constant or Variable Torque Constant Horsepower Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 200V 230V 460V/575V 115V 200V 230V 460/575V
1-1/2
3
—
—
—
—
3
7-1/2
10
25
40
75
3
7-1/2
15
30
50
100
5
10
25
50
100
200
1
2
—
—
—
—
2
5
7-1/2
20
30
60
2
5
10
25
40
75
3
7-1/2
20
40
75
150
0
1
2
3
4
5
AN700BN022_
AN700DN022_
AN700GN022_
AN700KN022_
AN700NN022_
AN700SN022_
Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select 2 packs (2 overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages 33-107 – 33-108.
Maximum Horsepower — 60/50 Hertz NEMA
Size
Open Type
Constant or Variable Torque Constant Horsepower Constant or
Variable Torque
Constant
Horsepower
Price
U.S. $
115V 200V 230V 460V/575V 115V 200V 230V 460/575V Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1-1/2
3
—
—
—
3
7-1/2
10
25
40
3
7-1/2
15
30
50
5
10
25
50
100
1
2
—
—
—
2
5
7-1/2
20
30
2
5
10
25
40
3
7-1/2
20
40
75
0
1
2
3
4
AN700BN0218_
AN700DN0218_
AN700GN0218_
AN700KN0218_
AN700NN0218_
AN700BN0219_
AN700DN0219_
AN700GN0219_
AN700KN0219_
AN700NN0219_
Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select 2 packs (2 overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages 33-107 – 33-108.
Coil Voltage and Hz Code Suffix Coil Voltage and Hz Code Suffix Coil Voltage and Hz Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
208/60
A
B
C
D
E
277/60
208 – 240/60
240/50
380 – 415/50
550/50
H
J
K
L
N
24/60, 24/50
24/50
32/50
48/60
48/50
T
U
V
W
Y
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-99
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-77
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Starters — Single-Phase Non-reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload
Product Description
Single-phase, full voltage magnetic starters connect the
motor directly across the line, allowing it to draw full inrush
current during start-up. These starters are most commonly
used for control of self-starting single-phase motors up to
15 horsepower at 230V. They consist of a 2-pole electromag-
netic contactor to make and break the motor power circuit
and an overload relay to provide running overload protec-
tion. Starters listed in the table include:
■Two-pole Freedom Series contactor with long life twin
break, silver cadmium oxide contacts. Generously sized
for low resistance and cool operation. Designed to 3 mil-
lion electrical operations at maximum hp and 30 million
mechanical operations to Size 0, 10 million operations to
Size 2 and 6 million operations to Size 3.
■Three-pole Freedom Series overload with poles 2 and 3
wired in series for motor overload protection. This over-
load is ambient compensated, selectable Manual or Auto-
matic reset, interchangeable Class 10 or 20 heater packs,
1.0 or 1.15 service factor selectability, overload trip indica-
tion and electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET
button to test).
■Holding circuit NO auxiliary contact supplied as standard.
On Size 00, the contact occupies the 4th power pole position.
Sizes 0 – 3 have the NO auxiliary mounted on the right
side of the contactor.
■Steel mounting plate as standard on all open type starters.
Wired for separate or common control.
Wiring Diagrams
Figure 33-25. Typical Wiring Diagrams — Single-Phase Applications
(Factory Wired)
Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
■Catalog Number
■Heater Pack Number (see selection table, Pages 33-107 –
33-108) or full load current.
Table 33-104. Type BN16 NEMA — Manual or Automatic Reset
Overload Relay
Note: Starter Catalog Numbers do not include heater packs. Select 1
carton of 3 heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-107 –
33-108.
For separate 120V control circuit. For maximum hp at listed motor
voltages, use the rating of other starters of same size.
NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. BN16DN0AB
NEMA
Size
Maximum Horsepower Magnet
Coil Voltage
(60 Hz)
Open Type 2-Pole
Motor
Voltage
1-Phase Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
00 115
230
1/3
1
120
240
BN16AN0AC
BN16AN0BC
0115
230
1
2
120
240
BN16BN0AC
BN16BN0BC
1115
230
2
3
120
240
BN16DN0AB
BN16DN0BB
1P 115
230
3
5
120
240
BN16PN0AB
BN16PN0BB
2115
230
3
7-1/2
120
240
BN16GN0AB
BN16GN0BB
3115
230
7-1/2
15
120
240
BN16KN0A
BN16KN0B
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-82 – 33-90
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
Front View of Panel
1 Phase Motor
When more than
one pushbutton
station is used,
omit Connector “A”
and connect per
sketch at right.
2 Wire Control
Not for Use with
Auto Reset OL Relays
3 Wire Control
START
STOP
AC Lines
1
L1
1
M
OL
A1 A2 2/13
3/14
98
97
96
95
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Reset
3
L2
T1
2
T2
4
T1 T2
“C”
3/14
Separate Control
Remove Wire “C” if supplied and connect separate control
lines to the Number 1 Terminal on the remote pilot device
and to the Number 96 Terminal on the overload relay.
13/14
2/13
1
START “A”
STOP
START
STOP
3/14
2/13
1
March 2009
33-78
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage, C396 Electronic Overload
Product Selection
Table 33-105. Type AN14/AN54 NEMA — C396 Selectable Reset Electronic Overload Relay — Non-reversing and Reversing
Underscore (_) indicates coil suffix required, see Table 33-106.
Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see Table 33-107.
Underscore (_) indicates FLA range, see Table 33-108.
Starter is shipped unassembled. Catalog Number includes overload relay and contactor. Not a direct dimensional replacement for Size 4 Starter with
C306 bi-metallic overload.
Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods
in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its
continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit
current rating of the controller.
Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: AN54VND_ _ _.
Table 33-106. AC Suffix Code
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
24/60 only.
Table 33-107. OLR Designation
Table 33-108. C396 FLA Range (FNVR & FVR
Only)
Uses panel-mount CT with
C396A2A005SELAX Overload.
NEMA
Size
Cont.
Amp
Rating
Service-
Limit
Current
Rating
(Amps)
Maximum UL Horsepower 3-Pole
Non-reversing
3-Pole
Reversing
Vertical
Reversing
1-Phase 3-Phase
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
00 9 11 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 AN14AN0_ _ _ AN54AN0_ _ _ —
01821123355AN14BN0_ _ _ AN54BN0_ _ _ AN54BNV_ _ _
1273223 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 AN14DN0_ _ _ AN54DN0_ _ _ AN54DNV_ _ _
2455237-1/2 10 15 25 25 AN14GN0_ _ _ AN54GN0_ _ _ AN54GNV_ _ _
390104 — — 25 30 50 50 AN14KN0_ _ _ AN54KN0_ _ _ AN54KNV_ _ _
4 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN14NN0_ _ _ AN54NN0_ _ _ AN54NNV_ _ _
5270 311 — — 75 100 200 200 AN14SN0_ _ _ AN54SN0_ _ _ —
6540 621 — — 150 200 400 400 AN14TN0_ _ _ AN54TN0_ _ _ —
7810 932 — — 200 300 600 600 AN14UN0_ _ _ AN54UN0_ _ _ —
8 1215 1400 — — 400 450 900 900 AN14VN0_ _ _ AN54VN0_ _ _ —
NEMA Size 00 0 12345678
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300 600 900
Catalog Number AN14GN0_ _ _
Coil Volts and Hertz Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
A
B
C
D
208/60
277/60
208 – 240/60
240/50
E
H
J
K
380 – 415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50
24/50
L
N
T
U
32/50
48/60
48/50
V
W
Y
OLR
3E = Standard C396 OLR, SEL Reset, SEL Class
NEMA Size FLA Range
00 P05 = 0.1 – 0.5A
002 = 0.4 – 2.0A
005 = 1.0 – 5.0A
008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
0P05 = 0.1 – 0.5A
002 = 0.4 – 2.0A
005 = 1.0 – 5.0A
008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
032 = 6.4 – 32A
1P05 = 0.1 – 0.5A
002 = 0.4 – 2.0A
005 = 1.0 – 5.0A
008 = 1.6 – 8.0A
032 = 6.4 – 32A
2008 = 1.6 – 8.0A 045 = 9.0 – 45A
3110 = 22 – 110A
4150 = 30 – 150A
5 300 = 60 – 300A
6 600 = 120 – 600A
7 10C = 200 – 1000A
8 15C = 300 – 1500A
Technical Data –
Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-79 – 33-81
Technical Data –
Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-113
Overload Relay. . . . . . . . . . Page 33-108
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-96 – 33-98
Special Modifications. . . . Page 33-90
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-82 – 33-90
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-79
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-109. Coil Data Notes All data is based on a standard contac-
tor with no auxiliary devices and a
120V AC or 24V DC magnet coil. Coil
data has a ±5% range depending on
the application, therefore specific data
may vary.
Table 33-110. Specifications — Sizes 00 – 3
P.U. Pick-up time is the average time taken
from closing of the coil circuit to main
contact touch.
D.O. Drop-out time is the average time taken
from opening of the coil circuit to main
contact separation.
Cold Coil data with a cold coil.
Hot Coil data with a hot coil.
Description Contactor Catalog Number/Size
CN15A
NEMA Size 00
CN15B
NEMA Size 0
CN15D
NEMA Size 1
CN15G
NEMA Size 2
CN15K
NEMA Size 3
Configuration
Number of Poles
Auxiliary Contacts, Standard
Add-On Auxiliary Contacts
2, 3, 4
4th Pole NO (1)
Top (4) or Side (4)
2, 3
Side NO (1)
Top (4) or Side (3)
2, 3, 4, 5
Side NO (1)
Top (4) or Side (3)
2, 3, 4, 5
Side NO (1)
Top (4) or Side (3)
2, 3
Side NO (1)
Left Side (4) or Right Side (3)
Frame Size 45 mm 45 mm 65 mm 65 mm 90 mm
Maximum Voltage Rating 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC
Continuous Ampere Ratings (I) 9A 18A 27A 45A 90A
Maximum Horsepower (hp)
1-Phase 115V
230V
1/3
1
1
2
2
3
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
15
3-Phase 200V
230V
460V
575V
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10
15
25
25
25
30
50
50
AC Magnet Coil Data
Pick-Up Volts — Cold
Pick-Up Volts — Hot
Pick-Up Voltamperes
Pick-Up Watts
Sealed Voltamperes
Sealed Watts
74%
78%
80
49
7.5
2.4
74%
78%
100
65
10
3.1
74%
78%
230
95
28
7.8
74%
78%
230
95
28
7.8
72%
76%
390
112
49.8
13
Drop-Out Volts — Cold
Drop-Out Volts — Hot
Maximum Operation Rate — Ops/Hour
Pick-Up Time (mS)
Drop-Out Time (mS)
45%
46%
12,000
12
12
45%
46%
12,000
12
12
49%
50%
12,000
20
14
49%
50%
12,000
20
14
50%
52%
7,200
14
11
Coil Operating Range
% of Rated Voltage
-15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10%
DC Magnet Coil Data For DC Magnet Coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages 33-88 – 33-89.
Operating Temperature
Maximum Operating Altitude (ft.)
Mechanical Life
-20° to 65°C
6,000
20,000,000
-20° to 65°C
6,000
20,000,000
-20° to 65°C
6,000
10,000,000
-20° to 65°C
6,000
10,000,000
-20° to 65°C
6,000
6,000,000
Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz)
AC-3
AC-4
4,000,000
90,000
3,000,000
85,000
5,000,000
200,000
3,500,000
62,000
1,700,000
80,000
Wire Range
Power Terminals
Control Terminals
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu
8 – 16 stranded,
10 – 14 solid Cu
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu
8 – 14 stranded
or solid Cu
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu
2 – 14 (upper) and/or
6 – 14 (lower)
stranded or solid Cu
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu
1/0 – 14 Cu
12 – 16 stranded
12 – 14 solid Cu
Power Terminal Torque
Line and Load — lb-in
7152040 (14 – 8 AWG)
45 (6 – 4 AWG)
50 (3 AWG)
35 (14 – 10 AWG)
40 (8 AWG)
45 (6 – 4 AWG)
50 (3 – 1/0 AWG)
Auxiliary Contact Rating A600, P300
March 2009
33-80
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-111. Specifications — Sizes 4 – 8
20 – 30% of rated coil voltage.
Description Contactor Catalog Number/Size
CN15N
NEMA Size 4
CN15S
NEMA Size 5
CN15T
NEMA Size 6
CN15U
NEMA Size 7
CN15V
NEMA Size 8
Configuration
Number of Poles
Auxiliary Contacts, Standard
Add-On Auxiliary Contacts
2, 3
Side NO (1)
Left side (3) or
Right side (4)
2, 3
Side NO (1)
Left side (3) or
Right side (4)
3
Top left 2NO/2NC (1)
Top right 2NO/2NC (1)
3
Top left 2NO/2NC (1)
Top right 2NO/2NC (1)
3
Side 2NO/NC (1)
NO/NC (2)
Frame Size 180 mm 180 mm 280 mm 280 mm 334 mm
Maximum Voltage Rating 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC
Continuous Ampere Ratings (I) 135A 270A 540A 810A 1215A
Maximum Horsepower (hp)
1-Phase 115V
230V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3-Phase 200V
230V
460V
575V
40
50
100
100
75
100
200
200
150
200
400
400
200
300
600
600
400
450
900
900
AC Magnet Coil Data
Pick-Up Volts — Cold
Pick-Up Volts — Hot
Pick-Up Voltamperes
Pick-Up Watts
Sealed Voltamperes
Sealed Watts
72.5%
76%
1158
240
100
27.2
75%
77%
1158
240
100
27.2
75%
75%
1600
1345
25
22
75%
75%
1600
1345
25
22
75%
75%
2450
2060
75
60
Drop-Out Volts — Cold
Drop-Out Volts — Hot
Maximum Operation Rate — Ops/Hour
Pick-Up Time (mS)
Drop-Out Time (mS)
54%
56%
2,400
28
14
63%
64%
2,400
25
13
N/A
105
200
N/A
105
200
N/A
70
50
Coil Operating Range
% of Rated Voltage
-15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10%
DC Magnet Coil Data For DC Magnet Coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages 33-88 – 33-89.
Operating Temperature
Maximum Operating Altitude (ft.)
Mechanical Life
-20° to 65°C
6,000
5,000,000
-20° to 65°C
6,000
5,000,000
-20° to 65°C
6,000
5,000,000
-20° to 65°C
6,000
5,000,000
-20° to 65°C
6,000
5,000,000
Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz)
AC-3
AC-4
800,000
70,000
500,000
34,000
590,000
7,400
450,000
5,000
420,000
4,200
Wire Range
Power Terminals
Control Terminals
Open — 3/0 – 8 Cu;
Enclosed —
250 kcmil – 6 Cu/Al
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu
750 kcmil — 2 or
(2) 250 kcmil –
3/0 Cu/Al
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu
(2) 750 kcmil –
3/0 Cu/Al
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu
(3) 750 kcmil –
3/0 Cu/Al
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu
(4) 750 kcmil –
1/0 Cu/Al
12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu
Power Terminal Torque
Line and Load — lb-in
200 550 550 550 500
Auxiliary Contact Rating A600, P300
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-81
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Technical Data and Specifications
Electrical Life — AC-3 and AC-4
Utilization Categories
Life Load Curves
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Freedom
Series NEMA contactors have been
designed and manufactured for supe-
rior life performance in any worldwide
application. All testing has been based
on requirements as found in NEMA and
UL standards and conducted by Eaton.
Actual application life may vary
depending on environmental condi-
tions and application duty cycle.
Utilization Categories
The International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC) has developed
utilization categories for contactors
and auxiliary contacts. The IEC utiliza-
tion categories are used to define the
type of electrical load for estimating
electrical life, and do not imply the
devices are IEC rated.
AC-1 — Non-inductive or slightly
inductive loads, such as resistance
furnaces and heating.
AC-2 — Starting of slip-ring motors.
AC-3 — Squirrel cage motors; starting,
switching off motors during running.
AC-4 — Squirrel cage motors; starting,
plugging, inching or jogging.
Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated
device currents and AC-4 tests are con-
ducted at six times rated device currents.
All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.
Contactor Choice
■Decide what utilization category
your application is and choose the
appropriate curve.
■Locate the intersection of the
life-load curve of the appropriate
contactor with the applications
operational current (Ie), as found on
the horizontal axis.
■Read the estimated contact life
along the vertical axis in number of
operational cycles.
Figure 33-26. AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories
NEMA AC-3 Load Life, Sizes 00 – 5, 480V 60 Hz
100,000,000
10,000,000
1,000,000
100,000 9
110
Break Amperes 100 1000
18 27 45 90 135 270
Size 00
Size 0
Size 1
Size 2
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
Operations Operations
NEMA AC-4 Load Life, Sizes 00 – 5, 480V 60 Hz
100,000,000
Size 00
Size 0
Size 1
Size 2
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
10,000,000
1,000,000
100,000
10,000 10854
110
Break Amperes
100 1000 10,000
153 270 540 822 1620
March 2009
33-82
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Accessories
3-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit
IEC Sizes A – K, NEMA Sizes 00 – 2
Field mount to Freedom Series starters and
contactors. Designed to save space and
reduce installation costs. They provide
short circuit protection for branch circuits.
Table 33-112. Fuse Block Kits
Type M fuse block not approved for branch circuit protection.
Table 33-113. Approximate Dimensions
Figure 33-27. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Mechanical Interlock and Reversing Kits
Mechanical interlocks and reversing kits are designed for
field assembly of reversing contactors or starters from
Freedom Series components. The Reversing Kits include a
Mechanical Interlock, stabilizer bar and a pre-cut, trimmed
and formed wire set. Auxiliary contacts, if required, must be
ordered separately. See Page 33-86.
Table 33-114. Mechanical Interlock Only
Without cross-wiring.
For use with latest series product.
Table 33-115. Reversing Kits (Horizontal Contactor Mounting Only)
Kit includes (2) NC auxiliary contacts.
Fuse Type Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Class H — 30A 250V
Class R — 30A 250V
C350KH21
C350KR21
Class G — 15A 300V
Class G — 20A 300V
Class G — 30A 300V
Class G — 60A 300V
C350KG37
C350KG38
C350KG31
C350KG32
Class T — 30A 300V
Class T — 60A 300V
C350KT31
C350KT32
Class J — 30A 600V
Class J — 60A 600V
Type M — 30A 600V
Class CC — 30A 600V
C350KJ61
C350KJ62
C350KM61
C350KC63
Class T — 30A 600V
Class T — 60A 600V
C350KT61
C350KT62
Fuse Block Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Class Amperes Volts Wide A High B Deep C D
G15, 20, 30
60
300
300
2.40 (61.0)
2.62 (66.5)
3.00 (76.2)
4.25 (108.0)
2.04 (51.8)
2.08 (52.8)
—
—
H30 250 3.00 (76.2) 3.10 (78.7) 2.23 (56.6) 3.62 (91.9)
J30, 60 600 4.81 (122.2) 4.12 (104.6) 2.82 (71.6) —
M, CC 30 600 2.40 (61.0) 3.00 (76.2) 2.04 (51.8) —
R30 250 3.00 (76.2) 3.10 (78.7) 2.23 (56.6) 3.62 (91.9)
T30, 60
30
60
300
600
600
3.44 (87.4)
3.75 (95.3)
4.87 (123.7)
3.00 (76.2)
3.31 (84.1)
3.00 (76.2)
2.33 (59.2)
2.26 (57.4)
2.58 (65.5)
—
—
—
Mounted Fuse
Block Kit
AC
Mounting
Plate
D
B
Application Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
NEMA Size IEC Size Contactor
Mounting
00 – 2 A – K Horizontal C321KM60B
3L – N Horizontal C321KM30
3 to 4 N to P Horizontal C321KM43
4P – S Horizontal C321KM40
4 to 5 — Horizontal C321KM45
4 to 6 S to T/U Horizontal C321KM80
5—Horizontal C321KM50
5 to 6 — Horizontal C321KM56
6T and U Horizontal C321KM70
6 to 7 T/U to V – X Horizontal C321KM90
7V, W and X Horizontal C321KM34
4 or 5 to 5 P – S to 5 Vertical C321KM55
5 to 6 — Vertical C321KM65
6T and U Vertical C321KM66
6 to 7 T/U to V – X Vertical C321KM67
Application Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
NEMA Size IEC Size
00
0
1
2
3
A – C
D – F
—
G – K
—
C321KM60K14B
C321KM60K13B
C321KM60K15B
C321KM60K16B
C321KM60K17
—
—
4
5
—
L and M
N
—
—
P – S
C321KM60K21
C321KM60K18
C321KM60K19
C321KM60K20
C321KM60K44
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
Cat. No.
C321KM60B
Part No.
23-7165
Wire Set
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-83
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Accessories
Solid-State Timers
Solid-State Timer
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer — Side
Mounted on Freedom Series NEMA 00 – 2,
IEC A – K and C25D, C25E and C25F Frame
This timer is designed to be wired in
series with the load (typically a coil).
When the START button is pushed
(power applied to timer), the ON
DELAY timing function starts. At the
completion of the set timing period,
timer and series wired load will both
be energized.
Table 33-116. Mounted Timer Product
Selection
Add operating voltage Suffix to Catalog
Number. A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V
Rated .5 ampere pilot duty — not to be used
on larger contactors.
Terminal connections are quick connects
only. Two per side.
Shorting Bar Kits
These kits provide phase-to-phase
power connections of contactors for
field assembly. The kits include bus
connections and mounting hardware.
The shorting bars connect all three
phases of a single contactor.
Table 33-117. Product Selection
Pneumatic Timers — Top Mounted
Attachment mounts on
top of any NEMA Size
00 – 2 or IEC Size A – K
Freedom Series starter or
contactor (top mounted
auxiliary contacts can not
be installed on device when timer is
used). Timer unit has 1NO-1NC iso-
lated timed contacts — circuits in each
pole must be the same polarity. Units
are convertible from OFF to ON DELAY
or vice-versa.
Table 33-118. Product Selection
Table 33-119. Maximum Ampere Ratings
Locking Cover for Overload Relay
— C306 Only
Snap-on transparent or
opaque plastic panel for
covering access port to the
overload relay trip setting dial
— helps prevent accidental or
unauthorized changes to trip
and reset setting.
Table 33-120. Product Selection
Identification Markers
IEC Sizes A – K, NEMA Sizes 00 – 2
Designed to snap on the face of con-
tactor for easy, personalized identifica-
tion of individual devices. Includes
holder and labels.
Table 33-121. Product Selection
Control Circuit Fuse Block
These panel mounted fuse
holders, designed for
control circuit protection
or other similar low current
requirements, have extractor
type fuse caps. The Class CC
rejection type fuses (KTK-R) used in
these holders are intended for use
with equipment designated as being
suitable for use on systems having high
available fault currents. If branch circuit
protective device is 45A or greater,
C320FBR fuse kit may be required for
control circuit protection per NEC 430-72.
Table 33-122. Product Selection
A fuse is not supplied, but holder will
accept a Bussman Type KTK or KTK-R
(13/32" x 1-1/2") fuse, 600V maximum.
Includes a 5A, 600V KTK-R fuse.
Figure 33-28. Approximate Dimensions
in Inches (mm)
Timing Range Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
.1 – 1.0 Seconds
1 – 30 Seconds
30 – 300 Seconds
5 – 30 Minutes
C320TDN1_
C320TDN30_
C320TDN300_
C320TDN3000_
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
NEMA Size 3,
IEC Sizes L – N
NEMA Size 4,
IEC Sizes A – S
NEMA Size 6,
IEC Sizes T and U
C321SB18
C321SB19
C321SB22
Timing Range Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
.1 to 30 Seconds
10 to 180 Seconds
C320TP1
C320TP2
Description Volts AC
120 240 480 600
Make
Break
30
3
15
1.5
7.5
.75
6
.6
Description Min.
Ordering
Quantity
(Std. Pkg.)
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Clear cover, no
accessibility
50 C320PC3
Gray cover, no
accessibility,
with Auto
only nib
50 C320PC4
Gray cover, no
accessibility,
with Manual
only nib
50 C320PC5
Gray cover
with FLA dial
accessibility,
A, B, C, D
positions and
Auto only nib
50 C320PC6
Gray cover
with FLA dial
accessibility,
A, B, C, D
positions and
Manual only nib
50 C320PC7
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Identification
Marker
C320DL2
Type Max.
Amperes
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Fuse Holder
Only
15
30
C320FB
C320FBR
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
.97
(24.6)
1.25 (31.8 )
1.88 (47.8)
1.19
(30.2)
.88
(22.4)
2.06
(52.3)
Fuse
March 2009
33-84
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Accessories
DIN Rail Mounting Channel —
35 mm
Designed for DIN rail mounting of IEC
style contactors and starters.
DIN Rail
Table 33-123. Product Selection
Finger Protection Shields
Snap-on shields for both contactors
and starters provide IEC Type IP20 Fin-
ger Protection. Prevents accidental
contact with line/load terminals.
Table 33-124. Product Selection
Adapter to DIN Rail Mount
NEMA 1 – 2 and IEC G – K Contactors
Designed to allow DIN rail mounting of
NEMA 1 – 2 and IEC G – K contactors.
Includes all hardware required to con-
vert contactors from panel mounting
to 35 mm DIN rail mounting.
Table 33-125. Product Selection
Transient Suppressor Kits
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – K
These kits limit high
voltage transients
produced in the
control circuit when
power is removed
from the contactor
or starter coil. There
are three separate
suppressors for use
on 24 – 120V, 208 – 240V or 277 – 480V
coils respectively.
These devices mount directly to the
coil terminals of Freedom Series con-
tactors or starters NEMA Sizes 00 – 2,
IEC Sizes A – K and lighting contactors
10 – 60A. Reversing devices will
require two.
Table 33-126. Product Selection
Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/
ranges as shown, both 50 and 60 Hz.
NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
This device mounts
on top of any side
mounted auxiliary
contact on Freedom
Series NEMA Sizes
3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
and lighting contac-
tors 100 – 300A. It
connects across coil terminals on any
120V contactor or starter magnet coil
(reversing starters or contactors
require 2).
Limits high voltage transients pro-
duced in the circuit when power is
removed from the coil.
Table 33-127. Product Selection
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
1 Meter Length MC382MA1
Application Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
NEMA Size 00, IEC Sizes
A – C
NEMA Size 0, IEC Sizes
D – F
C320LS1
C320LS2
NEMA Sizes 1 – 2, IEC
Sizes G – K
Contactors
Reversing Contactors
C320LS3
C320LS4
NEMA Size 1
Starters
Reversing Starters
C320LS5
C320LS6
NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes
G – K
Starters
Reversing Starters
C320LS7
C320LS8
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
C320DN65
Cat. No. C320TS2
Description Coil
Voltage
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Transient
Suppressor
24/120V
208/240V
277/480V
C320TS1
C320TS2
C320TS3
Description Coil
Voltage
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Transient
Suppressor
120V C320AS1
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-85
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Accessories
DC/AC Interface Module
The Catalog Number
C320DC Interface
Module is an optically
isolated solid-state
switch which pro-
vides a means of
operating AC coils
with 5 – 48V DC con-
trol signal. It acts as a
space saving interposing relay which
can switch a specified 50/60 Hz AC
source to the contactor or starter coil.
The module may be directly attached
to the coil terminals of any Freedom
Series contactor or starter — NEMA
Sizes 00 – 3, IEC Sizes A – N and light-
ing contactors 10 – 100A. It also has
provisions for DIN rail mounting.
The module will operate coils
within the voltage ranges shown
in Table 33-128.
Design Characteristics
■DC Input: 5 – 48V DC at mA nominal
■AC Operating Voltage:
240V AC (360 VA) ±10% 50/60 Hz;
■DC Operating Voltage:
30V DC max. (.5A)
■AC Current Rating
❑10A make (inrush)
❑1A break (sealed)
Cat. No. C320DC
Table 33-128. Controller Coil Voltage Ranges
Figure 33-29. Typical Application
Table 33-129. Product Selection
Adhesive Dust Cover
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – K
These adhesive stickers come 25
to a package and provide extra protec-
tion from contaminants when applied
to the sides of Freedom NEMA Sizes
00 – 2 and IEC Sizes A – K. Adhesive
covers are easily applied to side open-
ing where auxiliaries are not installed
and provide extra protection from
metal filings and other debris.
Table 33-130. Product Selection
Add-On Power Pole Kit
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC A – K
This device mounts on the side of
Freedom NEMA Size 00 – 2 and IEC
Size A – K contactors. One unit can be
mounted on each side and carries UL,
cUL and IEC ratings. The device is
rated for resistive, inductive and
lighting applications.
Table 33-131. Product Selection
Controller Catalog
Number Prefix
Controller
Size or
Rating
Coil
Range
Volts AC
AE16, AE17, AE56,
AE57, CE15, CE55
A – F
G – K
L – N
24 – 240
48 – 240
110 – 240
AN16, AN56, CN15,
CN55
00 – 0
1 – 2
3
24 _ 240
48 – 240
110 – 240
CN35 10 – 30A
60A
100A
24 – 240
48 – 240
110 – 240
24V DC Input
Observe
Polarity
on Module
24 – 240V AC
50/60 Hz
Contactor Coil
Solid-State Switch
Coil
Voltage
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
5V DC
6V DC
9V DC
C320DC2V5
C320DC2V6
C320DC2V9
12V DC
48V DC
C320DC2V12
C320DC2V48
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
25 to a package C320DSTCVR
UL Ampere Rating IEC 947 Ampere Rating 1NO Power Pole
Inductive
600V
Resistive
600V
Horsepower
1-Phase
Locked
Rotor
240V
Lighting
Ballast
Tungsten
480V
AC-1
600V
AC-3
600V
AC-5a
AC-5b
480V
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V
15 20 1/2 2 96 20 20 12 18 C320PPD10
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-86
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts
Contact Configuration Code
This two-digit code is found on the auxiliary contact to assist
in identifying the specific contact configuration. The first
digit indicates the quantity of NO contacts and the second
indicates the quantity of NC contacts.
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 — IEC Sizes A – K
The auxiliary contacts listed below are designed for installa-
tion on Freedom Series starters and contactors. Snap-on
design facilitates quick, easy installation.
These bifurcated design contact blocks, featuring silver
cadmium alloy contacts, are well suited for use in very low
energy (logic level) circuits.
Table 33-132. Product Selection
Note: NCI = Normally Closed early opening designed for use in
reversing applications. EC = Early Closing. LO = Late Opening.
For reference only — not part of Catalog Number. See above.
NEMA Sizes 3 – 8 — IEC Sizes L – Z
Table 33-133. Product Selection
For reference only — not part of Catalog Number. See above left.
NO-NC occupies two positions — L2 and L3, or R2 and R3.
See Figure 33-30 on Page 33-87.
Form C contacts.
Auxiliary Contact Ratings (Amperes)
Table 33-134. Ratings — NEMA A600
Table 33-135. Ratings — NEMA P300
Table 33-136. Ratings — Logic Level
Table 33-137. Ratings C320KGS20L, C320KGS21L, C320KGS22L
Description Contact
Configuration
Code
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Side Mounted
1NO
1NC
10
01
C320KGS1
C320KGS2
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
1NO-1NCI
1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
1NCI
11
20
02
N/A
N/A
N/A
C320KGS3
C320KGS4
C320KGS5
C320KGS6
C320KGS7
C320KGS8
Top Mounted
1NO
1NC
10
01
C320KGT1
C320KGT2
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
1NO-1NCI
1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
1NCI
11
20
02
N/A
N/A
N/A
C320KGT3
C320KGT4
C320KGT5
C320KGT6
C320KGT7
C320KGT8
3NO
2NO-1NC
1NO-2NC
3NC
4NO
30
21
12
03
40
C320KGT9
C320KGT10
C320KGT11
C320KGT12
C320KGT13
3NO-1NC
2NO-2NC
1NO-3NC
4NC
3NO-1NCI
31
22
13
04
N/A
C320KGT14
C320KGT15
C320KGT16
C320KGT17
C320KGT18
2NO-1NCI-1NC
2NO-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
1NO-1NC-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
N/A
N/A
N/A
C320KGT19
C320KGT20
C320KGT21
Side Mounted Top Mounted
Circuit Contact
Configuration
Code
Catalog Number Price
U.S. $
Base Auxiliary Contacts — NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
NEMA Size 3
IEC Sizes L – N
NEMA Sizes 4 – 5
IEC Sizes P – S
NO
NO-NC
10
11
C320KGS31
C320KGS32
C320KGS41
C320KGS42
Auxiliary Contacts — NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
Catalog Number
NO
NC
NO-NC
10
01
11
C320KGS20
C320KGS21
C320KGS22
Auxiliary Contacts, Sealed Logic Level – NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
Catalog Number
NO
NC
NO-NC
10
01
11
C320KGS20L
C320KGS21L
C320KGS22L
Auxiliary Contacts — NEMA Sizes 6 – 8, IEC Sizes T – Z
Size Catalog Number
NO-NC
2NO-2NC
2NO-2NC
11
22
22
NEMA 8, IEC Z
NEMA 6 – 7
IEC T – X
C320KA5
C320KA6
C320KA8
Current AC Volts
120V 240V 480V 600V
Make and Interrupting
Break
Continuous
60
6
10
30
3
10
15
1.5
10
12
1
10
Continuous Thermal Rating: 5A
DC Volts Make/Break Amperes
125
250
1.10
.55
Minimum Ratings for Logic Level and Hostile Atmosphere Application
Minimum Amperes
Minimum Volts
20 mA
24V AC/DC
DC-12 AC-12
Ue Ie Ue Ie
80 0.1 250 0.1
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
Base
Auxiliary
Contact
Cat. No.
C320KGS42
Auxiliary
Contact
Cat. No.
C320KGS22
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-87
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Accessories
Auxiliary Contact Location
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – K
The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxil-
iary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor or starter
and their locations.
Table 33-138. Auxiliary Contacts
Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory
installed.
When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted
auxiliary contact positions are available. The solid-state timer, when
added, takes up side mounted auxiliary contact position.
Figure 33-30. Auxiliary Contact Location
NEMA Sizes 3 – 8, IEC Sizes L – Z
The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxil-
iary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor and their
locations.
Note: A Base Auxiliary Contact must be added in position R1 before
additional auxiliary contacts can be mounted on NEMA Size 3 and
IEC Sizes L – N, or in L1 on NEMA Sizes 4 – 5 and IEC Sizes P – S.
Table 33-139. Mounting Positions
Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory
installed.
Figure 33-31. Auxiliary Contact Location
Catalog
Number
Size Poles Available Mounting Positions
Open Type Enclosed
AE16 A – K 3 T1, L1 L1
AN16 00
0 – 2
3
3
T1, L1, R1
T1, L1
L1
L1
AE56 A – K 3 L1, R1 L1, R1
AN56 00 – 2 3 T1, T2 —
CE15 A – C
D – K
G – J
G – J
2 – 4
3
4
5
T1, L1, R1
T1, L1
T1, R1
T1
L1, R1
L1
—
—
CN15 00
0 – 2
1, 2
1, 2
2 – 4
2 – 3
4
5
T1, L1, R1
T1, L1
T1, L1
T1, L1
L1
L1
—
—
CN35 10A
20 – 60A
60A
60A
2 – 4
2 – 3
4
5
T1, L1, R1
T1, L1
T1, L1
T1, L1
L1
L1
—
—
CE55 A – K 3 L1, R1 L1, R1
CN55 00 – 2 3 T1, T2 —
L1
T1 T2
R1
L1 T1 T2 R1
L1
T1
Top View
Front View
L1 T1 R1
Front View
Reversing
Contactors and Starters
Non-reversing
Contactors and Starters
Top View
R1
Size Available Mounting Positions
NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L – N R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
NEMA Sizes 4 – 5, IEC Sizes P – S L2, L3, R1, R2, R3
NEMA Sizes 6 – 7, IEC Sizes T – X R1
NEMA Size 8, IEC Size Z L2, R2
NEMA Sizes 6 – 7
IEC Sizes T, U, V, W and X
NEMA Sizes 3 – 5
IEC Sizes L – S
NEMA Size 8
IEC Size Z
L1 R1
L1
Front
of Contactor
Left Side
of Contactor
L2
Aux.
Cont.
L3
Aux.
Cont.
R2
Aux.
Cont.
R3
Aux.
Cont.
L1
Base
Aux.
Cont.
R1
Base
Aux.
Cont.
Rear
Rear
Right Side
of Contactor
R1
L2 R2
March 2009
33-88
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Accessories
DC Magnet Coils
When Ordering Specify
Conversion Kit for Field Assembly
■Catalog Number
Factory Installed DC Coil
■For factory installed DC magnet
coil on AC contactors or non-
combination starters (open type
only), substitute the Code Suffix
from table below for the magnet coil
identifier in the device Catalog
Number.
EXAMPLE: For Size 0 AC contactor
with a 24V DC coil, change
AN16BN0AC to AN16BN0T1C.
Application
■Connect for separate control
■Not for use with cover control
switch operators
■Use twin break, heavy-duty pilot
devices.
■Designed for +10%, -20% rated volt-
age, continuous duty operation.
Non-reversing Kit Consists of:
■1 Encapsulated DC magnet coil
■1 NCI or NO/NCI side mounted
auxiliary contact
Note: These kits are supplied with a
NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact
in place of the NCI contact.
■2 Blue colored connection wires
■1 Instruction publication
Operation
See next page for operation details.
Table 33-140. Product Selection
These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.
Kit does not include mechanical interlock or crossover wiring. Two NO/NCI top mounted auxiliary contacts are supplied for electrical interlocking.
Factory installed DC coils on NEMA contactors and starters include a NO/NC top mounted auxiliary contact on each contactor for electrical interlock-
ing. On IEC contactors and starters, a NC top mounted auxiliary contact is supplied on each contactor for electrical interlocking.
Available factory assembled only.
Contactor or
Starter Size
Conversion Data Complete Conversion Kit Factory
Installed
Volts Magnet Coil NCI
Interlock
NEMA IEC Coil
Number
Amps
P.U./Seal
Watts
P.U./Seal
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Ship Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Code
Suffix
Adder
U.S. $
Non-reversing — Kit includes NCI Side Mounted Auxiliary contact
00 and 0
CN35 – A, B, D
D15 Relays
A – F 12
24
48
120
9-2988-11
9-2988-12
9-2988-13
9-2988-14
6.4/.28
3.2/.14
1.6/.07
.64/.028
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
C320KGD1
C320KGD1
C320KGD1
C320KGD1
C335KD3R1
C335KD3T1
C335KD3W1
C335KD3A1
1.0 (.5) R1
T1
W1
A1
00 and 0
CN35 – A, B, D
D15 Relays
A – F 12
24
48
120
9-2988-11
9-2988-12
9-2988-13
9-2988-14
6.4/.28
3.2/.14
1.6/.07
.64/.028
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
C320KGD2
C320KGD2
C320KGD2
C320KGD2
C335KD3R4
C335KD3T4
C335KD3W4
C335KD3A4
1.0 (.5) R4
T4
W4
A4
1 and 2
CN35 – G
G – K 12
24
48
120
9-2990-1
9-2990-2
9-2990-3
9-2990-4
15.4/.42
7.7/.21
3.9/.11
1.5/.041
185/4.98
185/4.96
185/5.04
185/4.87
C320KGD5
C320KGD5
C320KGD5
C320KGD5
C335KD4R4
C335KD4T4
C335KD4W4
C335KD4A4
1.0 (.5) R4
T4
W4
A4
3
CN35 – K
L – N 12
24
48
120
9-3002-1
9-3002-2
9-3002-3
9-3002-4
24/.40
12/.20
6.1/.097
2.5/.038
293/4.84
288/4.75
295/4.67
298/4.57
C320KGD3
C320KGD3
C320KGD3
C320KGD3
C335KD5R1
C335KD5T1
C335KD5W1
C335KD5A1
2.0 (.9) R1
T1
W1
A1
4 and 5
CN35 – N, S
P – S 24
48
120
240
9-2026-4
9-2026-3
9-2026-2
9-2026-1
18/.22
9/.11
3.3/.05
1.7/.02
400/5.3
400/5.2
450/5.4
440/4.9
C320KGD3
C320KGD3
C320KGD3
C320KGD3
C335KA3T1
C335KA3W1
C335KA3A1
C335KA3B1
2.5 (1.1) T1B
W1B
A1B
B1B
Reversing
00 and 0
CN35 – A, B, D
D15 Relays
A – F 12
24
48
120
(2) 9-2988-1
(2) 9-2988-2
(2) 9-2988-3
(2) 9-2988-4
6.4/.28
3.2/.14
1.6/.07
.64/.028
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
(2) C320KGD1
(2) C320KGD1
(2) C320KGD1
(2) C320KGD1
C335RD3R1
C335RD3T1
C335RD3W1
C335RD3A1
1.0 (.5) R1
T1
W1
A1
1 and 2
CN35 – G
G – K 12
24
48
120
(2) 9-2990-1
(2) 9-2990-2
(2) 9-2990-3
(2) 9-2990-4
15.4/.42
7.7/.21
3.9/.11
1.5/.041
185/4.98
185/4.96
185/5.04
185/4.87
(2) C320KGD3
(2) C320KGD3
(2) C320KGD3
(2) C320KGD3
—R1
T1
W1
A1
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-89
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Accessories
Operation
These DC coil kits have separate pick-
up and seal windings. A special (side
mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary
contact is used to either disconnect the
pick-up winding or insert the seal
winding in series with the pick-up
winding, depending on the frame size
of the contactor. DC coil kits come in
two styles, a suffix 1 and a suffix 4. The
1 suffix contains only the special (side
mounted) early break NCI auxiliary
contact. The 4 suffix contains a NO
contact in the same package as the
special (side mounted) early-break NCI
auxiliary contact.
Note: For NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 and IEC
Sizes A – F, contactors may utilize either suf-
fix 1 or 4 DC coil kits; starters may utilize suf-
fix 4 DC coil kits only. For NEMA Sizes 1 and
2 and IEC Sizes G – K, both contactors and
starters may utilize a suffix 4 DC coil kit only.
On the above sizes only, when the
special auxiliary package is mounted
on the side of a contactor or starter,
no standard auxiliary contact may be
mounted on the same side.
Note: For NEMA Sizes 3 – 5 and IEC Sizes
L – S, special coil NCI clearing contact is an
add-on auxiliary (must mount on a base
mount auxiliary contact; normally a 1NO).
This arrangement will normally account for
two of the three contact positions on the
side of each contactor or starter.
Figure 33-32. Elementary Diagrams
1NO available in Suffix 4 kits only.
Competitive Mounting Plates
C321CMP1
The C321 adapter plates permit direct
replacement of competitive starters with
Freedom Series starters without drilling
and tapping new mounting holes. Allen-
Bradley 509, Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer A10
(adapter plate not required for replacing
A10 Starter Sizes 1, 4 and 5), Furnas 14,
ESP100, General Electric CR206, CR306,
Siemens SXL, Square D 8536, Westing-
house A200, B200.
Table 33-141. Product Selection
Handling Number Only — Does not appear
on product. The handling number is
stamped on the carton label only.
Auxiliary
Contact
Important
Incoming DC must be connected
between A1 and Top A2 Terminal.
A1 A2
A1 A2 Top
A2 Bottom
3
NCI
NO
3
2
3
NCI
NO
2
Hold Pick-Up
Hold
Pick-Up
DC Coil Elementary Diagram
for NEMA Sizes 1 – 3 and IEC Sizes G – N
Contactors and Starters
DC Coil Elementary Diagram
for NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 4 & 5
and IEC Sizes A – F & P – S
Contactors and Starters
Freedom
NEMA Size
Index Number
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
00, 0 C321CMP0
1C321CMP1
2C321CMP2
3C321CMP3
4C321CMP4
5C321CMP5
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-90
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Accessories
Table 33-142. Competitive Mounting Plates — Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Figure 33-33. Approximate Dimensions
Special Modifications
Table 33-143. For Catalog Numbers AE16, AE17, AN16, AE56, AE57, AN56, CE15, CN15, CN35, CE55, CN55
These modifications are generally available in Kit form at lower cost. See specific product sections for Kit listings.
NEMA
Size
Catalog
Number
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Wide A Deep B
0 – 00 C321CMP0 3.25 (82.6) 8.50 (215.9) .63 (.29)
1C321CMP1 3.75 (95.3) 9.50 (241.3) .90 (.41)
2C321CMP2 3.75 (95.3) 10.25 (260.4) 1.20 (.54)
3C321CMP3 6.00 (152.4) 12.75 (323.9) 2.40 (1.09)
4C321CMP4 7.50 (190.5) 13.50 (342.9) 3.00 (1.36)
5C321CMP5 11.00 (279.4) 19.00 (482.6) 6.63 (3.01)
Addition or Special Feature Starter Size and Price Adder (U.S. $) — NEMA/IEC
00/
A – C
0/
D – F
1
—
2/
G – K
3/
L – N
4/
P – S
5/
T – U
6/
V
7/
W – X
8/
Z
Control Circuit
Extra Auxiliary Circuit, Factory Installed NO or NC —
each contact
Transient Suppressor
Power Circuit
Contactor/Starter for Ring Lug Capability —
Add Mod Code T16 to Catalog Number
(Power Terminals Only, Control Terminals as Standard)
Standalone Overload Relays Can Not Accept Ring Lugs on Line Side
Factory Installed Dust Covers
Factory Installed C320DSTCVR —
Add Mod Code -53 to Catalog Number
NA NA NA NA NA NA
A
B
A
B
A
Size 2
Size 1
Sizes 0 – 00
B
A
A
Size 5
B
Size 4
B
A
Size 3
B
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-91
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Renewal Parts
Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
Table 33-144. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 and CN55 Contactors and Starters
Replace with complete contactor.
CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
Description NEMA
Size 00-0
Price
U.S. $
NEMA
Size 00
Price
U.S. $
NEMA
Size 0
Price
U.S. $
Series A1 Series B1 Series C1 Series B1 Series C1
Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number None None None None None
Contact Kits
2-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnet Coils Coil Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . .
A
B
C
D
9-2650-1
9-2650-2
9-2650-3
—
9-2875-1
9-2875-2
9-2875-3
9-2875-4
9-2875-1
9-2875-2
9-2875-3
9-2875-4
9-2876-1
9-2876-2
9-2876-3
9-2876-4
9-2876-1
9-2876-2
9-2876-3
9-2876-4
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . .
240V 50Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .
E
H
J
K
L
9-2650-5
9-2650-13
—
—
9-2650-6
9-2875-5
9-2875-12
9-2875-37
9-2875-11
9-2875-6
9-2875-5
9-2875-12
9-2875-37
9-2875-11
9-2875-6
9-2876-5
9-2876-12
9-2876-17
9-2876-11
9-2876-6
9-2876-5
9-2876-12
9-2876-17
9-2876-11
9-2876-6
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L
M
N
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T
T
U
V
W
Y
—
9-2650-7
9-2650-14
—
—
—
9-2875-36
—
9-2875-36
9-2875-16
9-2875-8
9-2875-9
9-2875-36
—
9-2875-36
9-2875-16
9-2875-8
9-2875-9
9-2876-36
—
9-2876-36
9-2876-16
9-2876-8
9-2876-9
9-2876-36
—
9-2876-36
9-2876-16
9-2876-8
9-2876-9
Magnet Frame Armature
Lower Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description NEMA Size 1 Price
U.S. $
NEMA Size 2 Price
U.S. $
NEMA Size 3 Price
U.S. $
Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1
Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number 20861 22177 20861 22177 20426
Contact Kits
2-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-65
6-65-2
6-65-9
6-65-10
6-65
6-65-2
6-65-9
6-65-10
6-65-7
6-65-8
6-65-15
6-65-16
6-65-7
6-65-8
6-65-15
6-65-16
6-43-5
6-43-6
—
—
Magnet Coils Coil Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . .
A
B
C
D
9-2703-1
9-2703-2
9-2703-3
9-2703-4
9-2703-1
9-2703-2
9-2703-3
9-2703-4
9-2703-1
9-2703-2
9-2703-3
9-2703-4
9-2703-1
9-2703-2
9-2703-3
9-2703-4
9-2756-1
9-2756-2
9-2756-3
9-2756-4
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . .
240V 50Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .
E
H
J
K
L
9-2703-9
9-2703-7
—
9-2703-14
9-2703-8
9-2703-9
9-2703-7
—
9-2703-14
9-2703-8
9-2703-9
9-2703-7
—
9-2703-14
9-2703-8
9-2703-9
9-2703-7
—
9-2703-14
9-2703-8
9-2756-5
9-2756-9
—
9-2756-13
—
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L
M
N
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9-2756-12
9-2756-8
9-2756-14
24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T
T
U
V
W
Y
—
9-2703-6
9-2703-12
9-2703-10
9-2703-11
9-2703-13
—
9-2703-6
9-2703-12
9-2703-10
9-2703-11
9-2703-13
—
9-2703-6
9-2703-12
9-2703-10
9-2703-11
9-2703-13
—
9-2703-6
9-2703-12
9-2703-10
9-2703-11
9-2703-13
—
9-2756-6
9-2756-11
9-2756-10
9-2756-15
9-2756-7
Magnet Frame Armature
Lower Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17-18200
48-1936
17-18200
48-1936
17-18200
48-1936
17-18200
48-1936
17-8955-2
48-1902
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-92
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Renewal Parts
Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
Table 33-144. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Continued)
CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
Consult factory.
Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.
Description NEMA Size 4 NEMA Size 5 NEMA Size 6
Series A1 Series B1 Price
U.S. $
Series A1 Series B1 Price
U.S. $
Contactor
& Starter
Series A1,
Starter
Series B1
Price
U.S. $
Contactor
& Starter
Series B1,
Starter
Series C1
Price
U.S. $
Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number 20428 20428 20429 20429 20146 23349
Contact Kits
2-Pole
3-Pole
6-44
6-44-2
6-26
6-26-2
6-45
6-45-2
6-45
6-45-2
6-601-2
6-601
—
6-648
Magnet
Coils
Coil
Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz. . . . . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz. . . . . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz. . . . . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz. . . . . .
A
B
C
D
9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4
9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4
9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4
9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4
9-2698
9-2698-2
9-2698-3
9-2698-4
9-3006
9-3006-2
9-3006-3
9-3006-4
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V 50Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E
H
J
K
L
9-1891-13
9-1891-26
—
9-1891-20
—
9-1891-13
9-1891-26
—
9-1891-20
—
9-1891-13
9-1891-26
—
9-1891-20
—
9-1891-13
9-1891-26
—
9-1891-20
—
9-2698-5
—
—
—
9-2698-6
—
—
—
—
9-3006-7
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L
M
N
9-1891-14
9-1891-21
9-1891-8
9-1891-14
9-1891-21
9-1891-8
9-1891-14
9-1891-21
9-1891-8
9-1891-14
9-1891-21
9-1891-8
—
—
—
—
—
—
24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz. . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T
T
U
W
Y
—
9-1891-15
9-1891-16
—
9-1891-18
—
9-1891-15
9-1891-16
—
9-1891-18
—
9-1891-15
9-1891-16
—
9-1891-18
—
9-1891-15
9-1891-16
—
9-1891-18
—
—
—
9-2698-8
—
9-3006-8
—
—
9-3006-9
—
Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters
3-Pole — Ambient Compensated
Bimetallic
10-6530-4 10-6530-4 C306DN3B C306DN3B C306DN3B C306DN3B
Current Transformer
—— 42-3564 42-3564 42-3598 42-3598
Magnet Frame Armature
Lower Magnet Frame
Upper Magnet Frame
48-1030-2
48-1029-4
48-1030-2
48-1029-4
48-1030-2
48-1029-4
48-1030-2
48-1029-4
—
—
—
—
Feeder Group Renewal
Volts Hertz NEMA Size 4 NEMA Size 5 NEMA Size 6
Series A1 Series B1 Price
U.S. $
Series A1 Series B1 Price
U.S. $
Contactor
& Starter
Series A1,
Starter
Series B1
Price
U.S. $
Contactor
& Starter
Series B1,
Starter
Series C1
Price
U.S. $
110 – 120
220 – 240
440 – 480
550 – 600
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9-2705
9-2705-2
9-2705-3
9-2705-4
9-3007
9-3007-2
9-3007-3
9-3007-4
208
380 – 415
48 – 52
50/60
50/60
50/60
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9-2705-5
9-2705-6
9-2705-8
9-3007-5
9-3007-8
9-3007-6
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-93
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Renewal Parts
Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
Table 33-144. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Continued)
CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
Consult factory.
Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.
Description NEMA Size 7 Price
U.S. $
NEMA Size 8 Price
U.S. $
Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1
Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number 20848 20848 20849 20849
Contact Kits
2-Pole
3-Pole
—
6-613
—
6-613
—
6-571
—
6-571
Magnet Coils Coil Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz. . . . . . . . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz. . . . . . . . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz. . . . . . . . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz. . . . . . . . .
A
B
C
D
9-2698
9-2698-2
9-2698-3
9-2698-4
9-2698
9-2698-2
9-2698-3
9-2698-4
9-2654
9-2654-2
9-2654-3
9-2654-4
9-2654
9-2654-2
9-2654-3
9-2654-4
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V 50Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E
H
J
K
L
9-2698-5
—
—
—
—
9-2698-5
—
—
—
—
9-2654-6
—
—
—
—
9-2654-6
—
—
—
—
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
L
M
N
9-2698-6
—
—
9-2698-6
—
—
9-2654-5
—
—
9-2654-5
—
—
24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz. . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T
T
U
V
W
Y
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters
3-Pole — Ambient Compensated Bimetallic C306DN3B C306DN3B C306DN3B C306DN3B
Current Transformer
42-3598-2 42-3598-2 42-3598-3 42-3598-3
Magnet Frame Armature
Lower Magnet Frame
Upper Magnet Frame
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Feeder Group Renewal
Volts Hertz NEMA Size 7 NEMA Size 8
Series A1 Series B1 Price
U.S. $
Series A1 Series B1 Price
U.S. $
110 – 120
220 – 240
440 – 480
550 – 600
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
9-2705
9-2705-2
9-2705-3
9-2705-4
9-2705
9-2705-2
9-2705-3
9-2705-4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
208
380 – 415
48 – 52
50/60
50/60
50/60
9-2705-5
9-2705-6
9-2705-8
9-2705-5
9-2705-6
9-2705-8
—
—
—
—
—
—
120
240
480
600
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9-2664
9-2664-2
9-2664-3
9-2664-4
9-2664
9-2664-2
9-2664-3
9-2664-4
380
208
415
50/60
50/60
50/60
—
—
—
—
—
—
9-2664-5
9-2664-6
9-2664-7
9-2664-5
9-2664-6
9-2664-7
110
220
550
440
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9-2664-8
9-2664-9
9-2664-10
9-2664-11
9-2664-8
9-2664-9
9-2664-10
9-2664-11
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-94
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Dimensions
Non-reversing Contactors
Table 33-145. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type
Center mounting slot at bottom supplied only on Size 00 and 0 contactors.
Figure 33-34. Approximate Dimensions
NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting F G
DE
00
0
1 – 2
1 – 2
1 – 2
2 – 4
2 – 3
2 – 3
4
5
1.75 (44.5)
1.75 (44.5)
2.56 (65.0)
3.44 (87.4)
4.32 (109.7)
3.88 (98.6)
3.88 (98.6)
5.05 (128.3)
5.05 (128.3)
5.05 (128.3)
3.49 (88.6)
3.49 (88.6)
4.44 (112.8)
4.44 (112.8)
4.44 (112.8)
1.50 (38.1)
1.50 (38.1)
2.00 (50.8)
2.00 (50.8)
2.00 (50.8)
3.38 (85.9)
3.38 (85.9)
4.50 (114.3)
4.50 (114.3)
4.50 (114.3)
4.62 (117.3)
4.62 (117.3)
5.80 (147.3)
5.80 (147.3)
5.80 (147.3)
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
1.7 (.8)
1.8 (.8)
3.1 (1.4)
3.6 (1.6)
4.0 (1.8)
3
4
5
6
7
8
2 – 3
2 – 3
2 – 3
3
3
3
4.08 (103.6)
7.05 (179.1)
7.05 (179.1)
8.63 (219.2)
11.02 (279.9)
13.00 (330.2)
7.17 (182.1)
9.11 (231.4)
13.12 (333.2)
13.54 (343.9)
19.30 (490.2)
24.50 (622.3)
5.94 (150.9)
7.25 (184.2)
7.78 (197.6)
8.88 (225.6)
11.46 (291.1)
13.63 (346.2)
3.00 (76.2)
6.00 (152.4)
6.00 (152.4)
4.33 (110.0)
6.89 (175.0)
4.22 (107.2)
6.63 (168.4)
8.50 (215.9)
12.50 (317.5)
8.63 (219.2)
11.02 (279.9)
14.86 (377.4)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8.5 (3.9)
20.0 (9.1)
23.0 (10.4)
35.0 (15.9)
100.0 (45.4)
160.0 (72.6)
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
A
U
X
A
U
X
AGG F
C
D
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Auxiliary
Contacts
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
EB
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
A
U
X
A
U
X
AGG F
C
D
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Auxiliary
Contacts
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
EB
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
A
U
X
A
U
X
AGG F
C
D
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Auxiliary
Contacts
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
EB
Sizes 00, 2- to 4-Pole
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
A
U
X
A
U
X
AGG F
C
D
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Auxiliary
Contacts
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
EB
Sizes 1 – 2, 5-Pole
Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
ACAC
D
BE
Size 3
Mtg. Holes for
(3) Screws
D
B
E
Sizes 4 – 5
Sizes 0 – 2, 2- and 3-Pole Sizes 0 – 2, 2- and 3-Pole
C
Mtg. Slots for (2)
5/16-18 Screws
Mtg. Holes for (2)
5/16-18 Screws
D
A
B
E
Size 6
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-95
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Dimensions
Reversing Contactors
Table 33-146. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type
Includes cross wiring.
Figure 33-35. Approximate Dimensions
NEMA
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting F G
DE
00 – 0
1 – 2
3
4
5
4.20 (106.7)
5.71 (145.0)
8.70 (221.0)
14.68 (372.9)
14.50 (368.3)
4.35 (110.5)
5.05 (128.3)
7.17 (182.1)
9.11 (231.4)
12.25 (311.2)
3.52 (89.4)
4.44 (112.8)
5.94 (150.9)
7.25 (184.2)
7.78 (197.6)
3.50 (88.9)
5.25 (133.4)
7.00 (177.8)
13.50 (342.9)
13.50 (342.9)
3.86 (98.0)
3.63 (92.2)
6.63 (168.4)
8.50 (215.9)
11.50 (292.1)
4.90 (124.5)
5.80 (147.3)
—
—
—
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
—
—
—
3.3 (1.5)
7.8 (3.5)
17.0 (7.7)
47.0 (21.3)
63.0 (28.6)
6
7
8
19.77 (502.2)
28.00 (711.2)
30.13 (765.3)
16.61 (421.9)
26.75 (679.5)
39.00 (990.6)
9.90 (251.5)
12.75 (323.9)
14.69 (373.1)
18.00 (457.2)
12.75 (323.9)
14.13 (358.9)
12.00 (304.8)
11.00 (279.4)
15.00 (381.0)
—
—
—
—
—
—
80.0 (36.3)
260.0 (118.0)
350.0 (158.9)
Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
A
U
X
A
U
X
AGG F
C
D
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Auxiliary
Contacts
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
EB
Sizes 00 – 2 Size 3
Mtg. for (4)
1/4-20 Screws
AC
D
EB
CA
Sizes 4 – 5
Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
C
A
D
EB
Mtg. Holes for (6)
1/2-13 Screws
DD
EB
Open Type — Sizes 7 – 8 Horizontal
Mtg. Holes for (4)
3/8-16 Screws
D
AC
EB
Size 6
March 2009
33-96
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Dimensions
Non-reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload
Table 33-147. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type
Figure 33-36. Approximate Dimensions
Holding circuit contact for Size 00 occupies 4th power pole position — no increase in width.
NEMA
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting F G
DE
00 – 0
1 – 1P
2
3
4
1.80 (45.7)
2.56 (65.0)
2.56 (65.0)
4.08 (103.6)
7.05 (179.1)
6.60 (167.6)
7.08 (179.8)
8.08 (205.2)
11.35 (288.3)
12.06 (306.3)
3.52 (89.4)
4.44 (112.8)
4.44 (112.8)
5.94 (150.9)
7.25 (184.2)
—
2.00 (50.8)
2.00 (50.8)
3.00 (76.2)
6.00 (152.4)
6.07 (154.2)
6.63 (168.4)
7.63 (193.8)
10.81 (274.6)
8.50 (215.9)
4.90 (124.5)
5.80 (147.3)
5.80 (147.3)
—
—
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
—
—
2.2 (1.0)
4.5 (2.0)
4.7 (2.1)
11.0 (5.0)
23.0 (10.4)
5
6
7
8
7.00 (177.8)
9.47 (240.5)
15.13 (384.3)
15.13 (384.3)
17.77 (451.4)
21.69 (550.9)
29.13 (739.9)
34.50 (876.3)
7.76 (197.1)
9.90 (251.5)
12.64 (321.1)
15.00 (381.0)
6.00 (152.4)
3.10 (78.7)
13.25 (336.6)
13.25 (336.6)
16.00 (406.4)
18.00 (457.2)
21.25 (539.8)
16.75 (425.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
36.0 (16.3)
75.0 (34.1)
120.0 (54.5)
210.0 (95.3)
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
D
A
U
X
Aux.
Cont.
Aux.
A
U
X
A GG
C
F
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
E
C
L C
L
B
CA
CG
EB
Sizes 00 – 0
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 1 – 2
D
AMtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
Size 3
E
B
AC
B
D
Mtg. Holes for
1/4-20 Screws
Size 4
E
DMtg. Holes for
1/4-20 Screws
Size 5
AC
B
E
DMtg. Holes for
1/2-13 Screws
Sizes 7 – 8
Size 6
AC
B
E
DMtg. Holes for (4)
3/8-16 Screws
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U
X
A
U
X
A GG F
C
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Auxiliary
Contacts
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
E
.13
(3.3)
B
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-97
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Dimensions
Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload
Table 33-148. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type
Includes cross wiring overhang.
Figure 33-37. Approximate Dimensions
See catalog listings for type and location of auxiliary contacts supplied with a particular starter.
NEMA
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting D1 E1 F G
DE
00 – 0
1
2
3
4
4.20 (106.7)
5.71 (145.0)
5.71 (145.0)
8.70 (221.0)
14.68 (372.9)
7.38 (187.5)
7.08 (179.8)
8.08 (205.2)
11.35 (288.3)
12.06 (306.3)
3.52 (89.4)
4.44 (112.8)
4.44 (112.8)
5.94 (150.9)
7.25 (184.2)
3.50 (88.9)
5.25 (133.4)
5.25 (133.4)
7.00 (177.8)
13.50 (342.9)
6.87 (174.5)
5.75 (146.1)
6.75 (171.5)
10.81 (274.6)
8.50 (215.9)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.90 (124.5)
5.80 (147.3)
5.80 (147.3)
—
—
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
.54 (13.7)
—
—
3.6 (1.6)
8.3 (3.8)
8.5 (3.9)
20.0 (9.1)
49.0 (22.2)
5
6
7
8
14.50 (368.3)
19.77 (502.2)
28.06 (712.7)
30.38 (771.7)
17.77 (451.4)
22.63 (574.8)
32.13 (816.1)
41.50 (1054.1)
7.76 (197.1)
9.90 (251.5)
12.70 (322.6)
14.70 (373.4)
13.50 (342.9)
18.00 (457.2)
12.75 (323.9)
14.13 (358.9)
16.00 (406.4)
12.00 (304.8)
21.25 (539.8)
16.75 (425.5)
—
3.10 (78.7)
—
—
—
18.00 (457.2)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
68.0 (30.9)
90.0 (40.9)
175.0 (79.5)
430.0 (195.2)
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U
X
A
U
X
A
D
.13
(3.3)
GG F
C
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
EB
Sizes 00 – 2
A
D1
C
D
Mtg. Holes for (6)
3/8-16 Screws
E
E1 B
Size 6
DMtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
E
CA
B
Size 3
DMtg. Holes for (4)
1/4-20 Screws
E
C
A
B
Sizes 4 – 5
DD Mtg. Holes for (6)
1/2-13 Screws
E
AC
B
Open Type — Sizes 7 – 8 Horizontal
C
L
C
L
March 2009
33-98
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Dimensions
Reversing Starters — Vertical Construction, Bi-Metallic Overload
Table 33-149. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — AN56V Open Vertical Starter
Wire overhang 1.00 mm left, 50 mm right.
Figure 33-38. Approximate Dimensions
NEMA
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting Wire Zone
Wide
D
High
E
0
1
2
3
4
4.25 (108.0)
4.25 (108.0)
4.25 (108.0)
9.25 (235.0)
9.08 (230.6)
12.05 (306.1)
12.05 (306.1)
12.05 (306.1)
16.75 (425.5)
19.84 (503.9)
3.84 (97.5)
3.86 (98.0)
3.86 (98.0)
5.18 (131.6)
5.18 (131.6)
2.00 (50.8)
2.00 (50.8)
2.00 (50.8)
7.15 (181.6)
8.00 (203.2)
11.50 (292.1)
11.50 (292.1)
11.50 (292.1)
16.07 (408.2)
18.51 (470.2)
—
1.00 (25.4)
1.00 (25.4)
1.50 (38.1)
4.0 (1.8)
9.0 (4.1)
9.5 (4.3)
21.0 (9.5)
50.0 (22.7)
Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
NEMA Size 0
D
E
A
B
C
Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
NEMA Sizes 1 – 2
D
E
ACF
F
B
Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
NEMA Size 3
D
E
ACFF
B
Mtg. Holes for (4)
1/4-20 Screws
NEMA Size 4
D
E
AC
F
F
B
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-99
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Dimensions
Multispeed Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload
Table 33-150. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — AN700 Open Vertical Starter
Figure 33-39. Approximate Dimensions
Mounting holes for (3) #10 screws.
Mounting holes for (3) 1/4-20 screws.
Mounting holes for (4) 1/4-20 screws.
Mounting holes for (4) 5/16 screws.
Mounting holes for (4) 3/8 screws.
NEMA
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting Wire
Zone F
Wide
D
High
E
2-Speed — Selective Control — Separate Winding
0
1
2
3
4
5
5.19 (132)
5.66 (144)
5.66 (144)
8.72 (221)
14.68 (373)
14.50 (368)
7.38 (188)
7.08 (180)
8.08 (205)
11.35 (288)
12.06 (306)
17.82 (453)
3.52 (89)
4.42 (112)
4.42 (112)
5.89 (150)
7.25 (184)
7.76 (197)
3.50 (89)
5.25 (133)
5.25 (133)
7.00 (178)
13.50 (343)
13.50 (343)
6.87 (175)
5.75 (146)
6.75 (165)
10.81 (275)
8.50 (216)
16.00 (406)
.89 (23)
1.23 (31)
1.63 (41)
1.77 (45)
1.95 (50)
4.56 (116)
4.5 (2.0)
9.0 (4.1)
10.0 (4.5)
24.0 (10.9)
53.0 (24.1)
73.0 (33.1)
2-Speed — Selective Control — Reconnectable Winding
0
1
2
3
4
8.62 (219)
8.97 (228)
8.90 (226)
16.00 (406)
15.46 (393)
7.06 (179)
7.12 (181)
8.62 (219)
13.46 (342)
31.00 (787)
3.82 (81)
4.72 (120)
4.75 (121)
6.38 (162)
7.74 (197)
6.62 (168)
6.62 (168)
8.40 (213)
15.00 (381)
13.50 (343)
6.50 (165)
6.50 (165)
8.12 (206)
12.25 (311)
30.00 (762)
.50 (13)
1.04 (26)
1.03 (26)
1.24 (31)
1.84 (47)
6.0 (2.7)
10.0 (4.5)
11.0 (5.0)
31.0 (14.1)
72.0 (32.7)
EB
A
DC
F
EB
A
D
C
F
EB
A
D
C
F
Size“3” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
Size“1 – 2” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
Size“0” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
E
B
A
D
C
F
EB
A
FDC
Size“4” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
Size“5” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
EB
A
D
C
F
EB
A
D
C
F
Size“4” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding
Size“3” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding
EB
A
DC
F
EB
A
D
C
F
EB
A
D
C
F
Size“2” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding
Size“1” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding
Size“0” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding
March 2009
33-100
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Dimensions
Non-reversing Starters, C396 Electronic Overload
Table 33-151. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — C396 Electronic Overload
Consult Eaton.
Figure 33-40. Approximate Dimensions
NEMA
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
Wide
D
High
E
Wide
D1
High
E1
00 – 0
1
2
3
2.13 (54.0)
2.59 (65.9)
2.59 (65.9)
4.09 (103.9)
6.60 (167.6)
7.08 (179.7)
8.08 (205.1)
11.40 (289.6)
3.65 (92.8)
4.49 (114.0)
4.49 (114.0)
5.82 (147.9)
1.01 (25.7)
2.00 (50.8)
2.00 (50.8)
3.00 (76.2)
6.18 (157.0)
6.50 (165.1)
7.50 (190.5)
10.81 (274.6)
—
1.29 (32.8)
1.29 (32.8)
1.50 (38.1)
—
—
6.50 (165.1)
6.63 (168.3)
NEMA Size 1
NEMA Size 00-0
D1C
C
D
EB
A
D
A
E1
EB
E1
EB
B
E
D1D1
C
D1
C
NEMA Size 3
D
A
Mtg. Holes for
1/4-20 Screws or M6 Screws
(5 Places)
Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset
Mtg. Holes for
#10 Screws or M5 Screws
(3 Places)
Mtg. Holes for
#10 Screws or M5 Screws
(2 Places)
Mtg. Holes for
#10 Screws or M5 Screws
(3 Places)
Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset
Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset
Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset
NEMA Size 2
D
A
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-101
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Dimensions
Table 33-152. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — C396 Electronic Overload
Figure 33-41. Approximate Dimensions
NEMA
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
Wide
D
High
E
Wide
D1
High
E1
4
5
6
7.00 (177.8)
7.64 (194.0)
9.47 (240.5)
9.11 (231.4)
17.86 (453.7)
21.69 (551.0)
7.17 (182.2)
7.57 (192.4)
9.89 (251.2)
6.00 (152.4)
6.00 (152.4)
3.10 (79.7)
8.50 (215.8)
16.01 (406.6)
18.00 (457.2)
—
—
3.18 (80.9)
—
.66 (16.7)
.89 (22.5)
E1
B
E
E1
B
E
B
EDC
A
DC
D1
A
A
DC
Mtg. Holes for
.28 (7.1) Screws
(4 Places)
Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset
Mtg. Holes for
.42 (10.7) Screws
(4 Places)
Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset
Mtg. Holes for
.25 (6.4) Screws
(3 Places)
Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset
Note: Size 4 Starter comes unassembled.
The starter is comprised of the Size 4
Freedom Series NEMA Contactor and
the C396 Overload Relay.
Size 4
Size 5
Size 6
March 2009
33-102
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Dimensions
Table 33-153. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — C396 Electronic Overload
Figure 33-42. Approximate Dimensions
NEMA
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
Wide
D
High
E
Wide
D1
High
E1
7
8
15.11 (383.8)
15.11 (383.8)
29.04 (737.7)
35.28 (895.1)
12.63 (320.9)
14.69 (373.0)
13.25 (336.6)
13.25 (336.6)
21.25 (539.8)
16.75 (425.5)
.93 (23.7)
.93 (23.7)
1.27 (32.4)
—
E1
B
B
E
E
DD1
D1
A
D
A
C
C
Mtg. Holes for
.50 (12.7) Screws
(4 Places)
Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset
Mtg. Holes for
.50 (12.7) Screws
(4 Places)
Press
.09 (2.3)
To Reset
Size 7
Size 8
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-103
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — Thermal Overload
Contents
Description Page
Thermal Overload Relays
Product Description . . . . . . 33-103
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-103
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-103
Technical Information . . . . 33-103
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . 33-104
Factory Modifications . . . . 33-105
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-105
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 33-105
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-106
Product Selection. . . . . . . . 33-107
Heater Pack Selection . . . . 33-107
Product Description
C306 Overload Relays are designed for
use with CE or CN non-reversing and
reversing contactors. Four sizes are
available for overload protection up
to 144A.
Features
■Selectable Manual or Automatic
Reset operation.
■Interchangeable Heater Packs
adjustable ±24% to match motor
FLA and calibrated for use with 1.0
and 1.15 service factor motors.
Heater packs for 32A overload relay
will mount in 75A overload relay —
useful in derating applications such
as jogging.
■Class 10 or 20 heater packs.
■Load lugs built into relay base.
■Bimetallic, ambient compensated
operated. Trip free mechanism.
■Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts
(pull RESET button to test).
(Electrical Ratings see Table 33-158
on Page 33-104).
■Overload trip indication.
■Shrouded or fingerproof terminals
to reduce possibility of electrical
shock.
■Meets UL 508 single-phasing
requirements.
■UL listed, CSA certified, NEMA
compliance and CE mark.
Operation
C306 Overload Relay Setting
Figure 33-43. FLA Dial Adjustment
For motors having a 1.15 service fac-
tor, rotate the FLA adjustment dial to
correspond to the motor’s FLA rating.
Estimate the dial position when the
motor FLA falls between two letter
values as shown in the example.
For motors having a 1.0 service factor,
rotate the FLA dial one-half position
counterclockwise (CCW).
Figure 33-44. Manual/Automatic Reset
The overload relay is factory set at M
for manual reset operation. For auto-
matic reset operation, turn the reset
adjustment dial to the A position as
shown in the illustration.
Automatic reset is not intended for
two-wire control devices.
Test for Trip Indication
To test overload relay for trip indica-
tion when in manual reset, pull out the
blue reset button. An orange flag will
appear indicating that the device has
tripped. Push reset button in to reset.
Warning — To provide continued pro-
tection against fire or shock hazard,
the complete overload relay must be
replaced if burnout of the heater
element occurs.
Technical Information
General
“Overload relays are provided to pro-
tect motors, motor control apparatus
and motor-branch circuit conductors
against excessive heating due to
motor overloads and failure to start.
This definition does not include:
1) motor circuits over 600V, 2) short
circuits, 3) ground faults and 4) fire
pump control.” (NEC Art. 430-31)
Time Current Characteristics
The time-current characteristics of an
overload relay is an expression of per-
formance which defines its operating
time at various multiples of its current
setting. Tests are run at Underwriters
Laboratories (UL) in accordance with
NEMA Standards and the NEC. UL
requires:
■When tested at 100 percent of its
current rating, the overload relay
shall trip ultimately.
■When tested at 200 percent of its
current rating, the overload relay
shall trip in not more than 8
minutes.
■When tested at 600 percent of the
current rating, the overload relay
shall trip in not more than 10 or 20
seconds, depending on the Class
of the relay.
“Current Rating” is defined as the
minimum current at which the relay
will trip. Per NEC, an overload must
ultimately trip at 125% of FLA current
(heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor
motor and 115% FLA for a 1.0 service
factor motor.
“Current Setting” is defined as the FLA
(Full Load Amperes) of the motor and
thus the overload heater pack setting.
Example: 600% of current rating is
defined as 750% (600 x 1.25) of FLA
current (heater) setting for a 1.15 ser-
vice factor motor. A 10A heater setting
must trip in 20 seconds or less at 75A
motor current for a Class 20 relay.
32A Overload
Cat. No. C306DN3B
1.0
Service
Factor
1.15
Service
Factor
A
BC
D
Example of 12.0 FLA setting for
heater pack number H2011B showing
position for 1.0 or 1.15
service factor motors.
A
M
Example of setting for
manual reset.
March 2009
33-104
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — Thermal Overload
Figure 33-45. Class 10 and Class 20 Trip Curves
Technical Data
Table 33-154. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 00 – 2,
IEC A – K — Open
Two compartment box lug.
Table 33-155. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 3 – 8,
IEC L – N — Open
Table 33-156. Power Terminal Torque Line and Load Terminals
Table 33-157. Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings
Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5
times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA
standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
Table 33-158. Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit
DC ratings cover Freedom Series coils only.
0
1
2
3
4
5
10
20
30
40
50
100
200
300
400
500
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10,000
246810
From
Hot Start
From
Cold Start
Multiples of Current Setting
Trip Time
(Seconds)
Class 10 Overload Relay 25°C Open Rating
0
1
2
3
4
5
10
20
30
40
50
100
200
300
400
500
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10,000
246810
From
Hot Start
From
Cold Start
Multiples of Current Setting
Trip Time
(Seconds)
Class 20 Overload Relay 25°C Open Rating
IEC
Size
NEMA
Size
Cu Only
Power Terminals — Line
A, B, C
D, E, F
G, H, J, K
00
0
1
2
12 – 16 Stranded, 12 – 14 Solid
8 – 16 Stranded, 10 – 14 Solid
8 – 14 Stranded or Solid
3 – 14 (Upper) and/or 6 – 14
(Lower) Stranded or Solid
Power Terminals — Load — Cu Only (Stranded or Solid)
Catalog
Number
Terminal Wire Size
C306DN3B 32A 14 – 6 AWG
C306GN3B 75A 14 – 2 AWG
Control Terminals — Cu Only
12 – 16 AWG Stranded, 12 – 14 AWG Solid
IEC Size NEMA Size Wire Size
Power Terminals — Line and Load
L
M
N
3
—
—
1/0 – 14 Cu/Al
1/0 – 8 Cu/Al
3/0 – 8 Cu/Al
—4 Open — 3/0 – 8 Cu
Enclosed — 250 kcmil — 6 Cu/Al
—5
6 – 7
8
750 kcmil — 2 or
(2) 250 kcmil — 3/0 Cu/Al
(2) 750 kcmil — 3/0 Cu/Al
(2) 750 kcmil — 1/0 Cu/Al
Control Terminals — Cu Only
12 – 16 AWG Stranded, 12 – 14 AWG Solid
Terminal Catalog Number Torque in lb-in
32A C306DT3B 20
75A C306GT3B 35 (14 – 10 AWG)
40 (8 AWG)
45 (6 – 4 AWG)
50 (3 – 2 AWG)
105A C306KN3
(Socket Head
Screw)
120 (3/16)
200 (1/4)
250 (5/16)
144A C306NN3
(Socket Head
Screw)
120 (3/16)
200 (1/4)
250 (5/16)
C306NN3
(Slotted Head
Screw)
35 (14 – 10 AWG)
40 (8 AWG)
45 (6 – 4 AWG)
50 (3 – 1/0 AWG)
NEMA Size 200V 230V 460V 575V
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
—
1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
25
60
125
1/2
1-1/2
3
10
20
30
75
150
1/2
2
5
15
30
60
150
300
1/2
2
5
15
30
60
150
300
AC Volts 120V 240V 480V 600V
NC Contact B600
Make and Break Amps 30 15 7.5 6
Break Amps 3 1.5 .75 .6
Continuous Amps 5 5 5 5
NO Contact C600
Make and Break Amps 15 7.5 3.375 3
Break Amps 1.5 .75 .375 .3
Continuous Amps 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-105
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — Thermal Overload
Factory Modifications
C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter
Consists of a thermal overload relay mounted to a terminal
base adapter — permits fast and easy installation.
Table 33-159. Product Selection
Accessories
DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter
These adapters are required when
component overload relays are to be
separately mounted. The terminal base
adapter includes line terminals and
connects with the overload relays on
Page 33-107.
Table 33-160. Product Selection
This Series B adapter will accept Series A or B overload relays
(C306GN3 or C306GN3B), C306TB2 can only be used with C306GN3.
Locking Cover for Overload Relay — C306 Only
Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic
panel for covering access port to the
overload relay trip setting dial — helps
prevent accidental or unauthorized
changes to trip and reset setting.
Table 33-161. Product Selection
Replacement Parts
Heater Pack Replacement
The heater pack series is determined by the 6th character of
the Catalog Number. Series A or prior heater packs (identi-
fied by either “A” or “-” as the 6th character) have built-in
load lugs. Series B or later heater packs do not (load lugs are
on overload relay). Replacement of Series A or earlier heater
packs with Series B or later heater packs, requires the one
time addition of Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B to the Series
A1 overload relay.
Table 33-162. Heater Pack Replacement Requirements
Table 33-163. Heater Pack Ratings
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
C306DN3B + C306TB1
C306GN3B + C306TB2B
C306DT3B
C306GT3B
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
For 32A Overload Relay
For 75A Overload Relay
C306TB1
C306TB2B
Description Min.
Order Qty.
(Std. Pkg.)
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Clear cover, no accessibility
50 C320PC3
Gray cover, no accessibility
w/Auto only nib
50 C320PC4
Gray cover, no accessibility,
w/Manual only nib
50 C320PC5
Gray cover with FLA dial
accessibility, A, B, C, D positions
and Auto only nib
50 C320PC6
Gray cover with FLA dial
accessibility, A, B, C, D positions
and Manual only nib
50 C320PC7
Cat. No. C306TB1
Overload Relay
Cover
Existing Heater Pack
Catalog Numbers
Replacement Product Required
H2001-3 – H2013-3
H2001A-3 – H2013A-3
Lug Adapter Kit C306KAL1-3B and Series B
Heater Pack
H2001B-3 – H2013B-3
Series B Heater Pack
H2014-3
H2014A-3
When inventory is exhausted, replace with
Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B
Heater Pack
H2014B-3
Series B Heater Pack
H2015-3 – H2017-3
When inventory is exhausted, replace with
heater pack chosen from
Table 33-163
H2015A-3 – H2017A-3
When inventory is exhausted, replace with
Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B
Heater Pack
H2015B-3 – H2017B-3
Series B Heater Pack
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Order
Heater Pack
Catalog Number
Price
U.S. $
Dial Position
ABCD
29.0
39.6
53.9
32.5
44.3
60.4
36.0
49.1
66.8
39.5
53.8
74.9
H2015B-3
H2016B-3
H2017B-3
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
Superseded
Series A
Heater Pack
Series B
Heater Pack
March 2009
33-106
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — Thermal Overload
Overload Relay Lug Adapter Kit
These kits are used in conjunction with
Catalog Numbers H2001B – H2014B or
H2101B – H2114B heater packs as a
means of utilizing these Series B
heater packs in Catalog Numbers
C306DN3 and C306GN3 Series Al over-
load relays. The kit consists of 3 lug
adapters and installation instructions.
When installing Series B heater packs
plus lug adapters in Series A overload
relays, refer to heater pack FLA adjust-
ment tables originally supplied with
equipment (also supplied with kit).
Table 33-164. Product Selection — Overload
Relay Lug
Overload Relay Replacement —
Series A Only
When replacing a Catalog Number
C306DN3 (Part No. 10-6044) or
C306GN3 (10-6319) Series A overload
relay on a starter, order a Series B
overload relay and Series B heater
packs.
Dimensions
Table 33-165. Stand-Alone Overload Relays — Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight
Figure 33-46. Approximate Dimensions — Stand-Alone Overload Relays
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Series Al Overload
Relay Lug Adapter Kit
C306KAL1-3B
Cat. No. C306KAL1-3
Overload Relay
Lug Adapter Kit Superseded 32A Series A
Overload Relay
Cat. No. C306DN3
Superseded 75A Series A
Overload Relay
Cat. No. C306GN3
Ampere
Size
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
DE F (Slot) G (Hole)
32A
75A
105 & 144A
1.77 (45.0)
2.54 (64.5)
4.00 (101.6)
4.13 (104.9)
4.69 (119.1)
7.17 (182.1)
3.69 (93.7)
3.74 (95.0)
4.91 (124.7)
1.36 (34.5)
2.00 (50.8)
3.00 (76.2)
3.74 (95.0)
3.45 (87.6)
6.62 (168.1)
.18 x .30 (4.6 x 7.6)
.22 x .26 (5.6 x 6.6)
—
.18 (4.6) Dia.
.21 (5.3) Dia.
—
.8 (.4)
1.4 (.6)
4.0 (1.8)
Stand-Alone Overload Relays
D
A C
C
E
B
E
B
AD
F
32A and 75A Sizes
C306DT3B and C306GT3B
105A and 144A Sizes
C306KN3 and C306NN3
G
Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-107
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — Thermal Overload
Product Selection
Table 33-166. C306 Thermal Overload Relays
NEMA Sizes 5 – 8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.
Series B overload relays have load lugs built into relay base and will only accept Series B heater packs. These relays can be directly attached to
contactor or they can be DIN rail or panel mounted using adapter on Page 33-105.
These relays can be panel mounted only.
Table 33-167. C306 Thermal Overload Relays
Overload relay assembled with mounting adapter for DIN rail or
panel mount.
Panel mount only.
NEMA Sizes 5 – 8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.
Heater Pack Selection
Heater packs H2001B to H2017B and H2101B to H2117B are
to be used only with Series B overload relays Catalog
Numbers C306DN3B (Part No. 10-7016) and C306GN3B
(Part No. 10-7020). The load lugs are built into the overload
relay base to allow load wiring prior to heater pack installa-
tion. The previous heater design had integral load lugs.
The Series B heater packs are electrically equivalent to the
previous heater design. Heaters H2018-3 to H2024-3 have
not changed.
Table 33-168. Starters with Series B Overload Relays
Note: The series of a starter is the last digit of the listed Catalog
Number. EXAMPLE: AN16DN0AB.
For Use with Freedom
Series Contactors
Maximum
Ampere
Rating
Number
of Poles
Open Type NEMA 1 Enclosed
NEMA
Size
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
00, 0
1, 2
3
4
5 – 8
32
75
105
144
—
3
3
3
3
—
C306DN3B
C306GN3B
C306KN3
C306NN3
—
C306DG3B
C306GG3B
—
75A Overload
Cat. No. C306GN3B
75A Overload
Cat. No. C306GT3B
32A Overload
Cat. No. C306DT3B
32A Overload
Cat. No. C306DN3B
For Stand-Alone
Applications
Maximum
Ampere
Rating
Number
of Poles
Open Type
NEMA Size Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
00, 0, 1
1
3
4
5 – 8
32
75
105
144
—
3
3
3
3
—
C306DT3B
C306GT3B
C306KN3
C306NN3
—
Heater Pack
H2001B – H2017B
Heater Pack
H2101B – H2117B
Heater Pack
H2018 – H2024
NEMA — AN Type IEC — AE Type
Size Series Size Series
00 – 0
1 – 2
5
6
7 – 8
C
B
B
C
B
A – F
G – K
C
B
Technical Data . . . . . . . . Page 33-104
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-106
Replacement Parts . . . . . Pages 33-105 – 33-106
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-108
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — Thermal Overload
Table 33-169. Standard Trip — Class 20 Heater Selection
Heater packs are shipped 3 to a carton. Catalog Numbers are for
3 heater packs.
Sizes 5 – 8 and IEC P – Z use the 32A overload relay with current
transformers.
Table 33-170. Fast Trip — Class 10 Heater Selection
Heater packs are shipped 3 to a carton. Catalog Numbers are for
3 heater packs.
Sizes 5 – 8 and IEC P – Z use the 32A overload relay with current
transformers.
Overload
Relay
Size
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Catalog
Number
(Includes
3 Heater
Packs)
Price
U.S. $
Dial Position
ABCD
For Use with NEMA Sizes 00 – 0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1 – 2 Series B;
IEC Sizes A – F Series C, IEC Sizes G – K Series B
32A or
75A
.254
.375
.560
.814
1.20
.306
.452
.676
.983
1.45
.359
.530
.791
1.15
1.71
.411
.607
.907
1.32
1.96
H2001B-3
H2002B-3
H2003B-3
H2004B-3
H2005B-3
1.79
2.15
3.23
4.55
6.75
2.16
2.60
3.90
5.50
8.17
2.53
3.04
4.56
6.45
9.58
2.90
3.49
5.23
7.40
11.0
H2006B-3
H2007B-3
H2008B-3
H2009B-3
H2010B-3
9.14
14.0
18.7
23.5
10.8
16.9
22.7
28.5
12.4
19.9
26.7
33.5
14.0
22.8
30.7
38.5
H2011B-3
H2012B-3
H2013B-3
H2014B-3
For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G – K Only — Series B
75A 29.0
39.6
53.9
34.0
45.5
60.9
39.1
51.5
67.9
44.1
57.4
74.9
H2015B-3
H2016B-3
H2017B-3
For Use with NEMA Sizes 3 – 4, IEC Sizes L – N Only — Series A
105A or
144A
8.0
11.4
14.3
18.0
24.6
9.2
12.8
15.7
20.2
27.6
10.3
14.3
17.4
22.3
30.5
11.5
15.7
19.0
24.5
33.4
H2025-3
H2026-3
H2027-3
H2018-3
H2019-3
33.5
45.7
62.2
84.7
106.0
37.5
51.2
69.7
95.0
118.0
41.5
56.7
77.1
105.0
131.0
45.6
62.1
84.6
115.0
144.0
H2020-3
H2021-3
H2022-3
H2023-3
H2024-3
For Use with Size 5 Starters — Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
32A 49
72
107
129
194
59
87
130
156
234
69
103
152
182
274
79
118
174
209
—
H2004B-3
H2005B-3
H2006B-3
H2007B-3
H2008B-3
For Use with Size 6 Starters Only — Series B and IEC T – V with 600/5 CT
32A 144
215
258
388
174
259
312
468
205
304
365
547
235
348
419
627
H2005B-3
H2006B-3
H2007B-3
H2008B-3
For Use with Size 7 Starters Only — Series B and IEC W – X with 1000/5 CT
32A 163
240
358
430
646
197
290
432
520
780
230
342
506
608
912
264
392
580
698
—
H2004B-3
H2005B-3
H2006B-3
H2007B-3
H2008B-3
For Use with Size 8 Starters Only — Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
32A 244
360
537
645
969
295
435
648
780
1170
345
513
759
912
1368
396
588
870
1047
—
H2004B-3
H2005B-3
H2006B-3
H2007B-3
H2008B-3
Overload
Relay
Size
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Catalog
Number
(Includes
3 Heater
Packs)
Price
U.S. $
Dial Position
ABCD
For Use with NEMA Sizes 00 – 0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1 – 2 Series B;
IEC Sizes A – F Series C, IEC Sizes G – K Series B
32A or
75A
.260
.384
.570
.846
1.28
.313
.464
.688
1.02
1.55
.367
.543
.806
1.20
1.83
.420
.623
.924
1.37
2.10
H2101B-3
H2102B-3
H2103B-3
H2104B-3
H2105B-3
1.92
2.30
3.38
4.96
7.07
2.33
2.79
4.10
6.03
8.58
2.74
3.28
4.82
7.09
10.1
3.15
3.77
5.54
8.16
11.6
H2106B-3
H2107B-3
H2108B-3
H2109B-3
H2110B-3
9.60
14.4
18.7
23.5
11.2
17.5
21.8
27.3
12.8
20.7
25.0
31.0
14.4
23.8
28.1
34.8
H2111B-3
H2112B-3
H2113B-3
H2114B-3
For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G – K Only — Series B
75A 28.3
36.6
53.8
32.6
42.3
60.8
37.0
48.1
67.9
41.3
53.8
74.9
H2115B-3
H2116B-3
H2117B-3
For Use with Size 5 Starters Only — Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
32A 51
77
115
138
203
61
93
140
167
246
72
110
164
197
289
82
126
189
226
—
H2104B-3
H2105B-3
H2106B-3
H2107B-3
H2108B-3
For Use with Size 6 Starters Only — Series B and IEC T – V with 600/5 CT
32A 154
230
276
406
186
280
335
492
220
329
394
578
252
378
452
—
H2105B-3
H2106B-3
H2107B-3
H2108B-3
For Use with Size 7 Starters Only — Series B and IEC W – X with 1000/5 CT
32A 169
256
384
460
676
204
310
466
558
820
240
366
543
656
—
274
420
630
754
—
H2104B-3
H2105B-3
H2106B-3
H2107B-3
H2108B-3
For Use with Size 8 Starters Only — Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
32A 254
384
576
690
1014
306
465
699
837
1230
360
549
822
984
—
411
630
945
1131
—
H2104B-3
H2105B-3
H2106B-3
H2107B-3
H2108B-3
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-109
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — C396 Electronic Overload
Contents
Description Page
Electronic Overload Relays
Product Description . . . . . . 33-109
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-109
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . 33-109
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-110
Product Selection. . . . . . . . 33-111
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-112
Technical Data and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . 33-113
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-114
Product Description
The C396 is a self-powered, robust
electronic overload designed for inte-
grated use with Freedom NEMA, XT
IEC, and DP contactors. The overload
can also be ordered as a stand-alone
device that is designed for Panel-
Mounting and for use on 35 mm DIN
rail. The C396 has an FLA range of
0.1 – 150 Amps with internal CTs, and
up to 1500 Amps using external CTs.
Features
■Standard Version: Selectable trip
class (5, 10, 20, 30) with Selectable
Manual or Auto Reset
■Broad 5:1 FLA range
■Self-Powered Design, will accept AC
voltages from 12 – 690V 50/60 Hz
■Ambient Temperature
Compensation
■Low Heat Generation
■Phase Loss Protection
■Phase Unbalance Protection
■Electrically isolated 1NO-1NC
Contacts (Push-to-Test)
■Trip Status Indicator
■FLA range of 0.1 – 1500 Amps
Standards and Certifications
■UL Listed Components: Stand-
alone, starter-mounted devices and
remote reset kit.
■CSA Certified Components: Stand-
alone, starter-mounted devices and
remote reset kit.
■IEC EN 60947-4-1, EN 60947-5-1
■CE
■RoHS
C396 Electronic
Overload Relay
March 2009
33-110
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — C396 Electronic Overload
Catalog Number Selection
Table 33-171. C396 Electronic Overload Catalog Numbering System
Choose appropriate adapter based on application FLA range and contactor’s frame size.
Table 33-172. Stand-Alone Overload Relay
Suffix Code
Table 33-173. XT IEC Adapter Suffix Code
Table 33-174. Freedom NEMA Adapter
Suffix Code
Table 33-175. DP Contactor Adapter
Suffix Code
Class
SEL = Selectable
Device Type
C396 = C396 Electronic Overload Relay
Frame Size
A = 45 mm
B = 65 mm
C = 110 mm Max. Amperes
Current Rating
Frame A (45 mm)
P05 = 0.1 – 0.5
002 = 0.4 – 2.0
005 = 1 – 5
008 = 1.6 – 8
032 = 6.4 – 32
045 = 9 – 45
Frame B (65 mm)
075 = 15 – 75
110 = 22 – 110
Frame C (110 mm)
150 = 30 – 150
C 3 9 6 A 2 A P 0 5 S E L A X
Adapter Suffix Code
See Tables 33-172 to 33-175.
Feature Set
Reset Type
2 = Standard A = Auto
FLA Range Frame Size Suffix
All N/A AX
Contactor
Frame Size
FLA Range
(Amps)
Suffix
IEC Frame B 0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1 – 5
1.6 – 8
6.4 – 32
XB
IEC Frame C 0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1 – 5
1.6 – 8
6.4 – 32
XC
IEC Frame D 6.4 – 32
9 – 45
15 – 75
XD
IEC Frame F – G 22 – 110 XF
FLA Range
(Amps)
Contactor
Frame Size
Suffix
0.1 – 0.5 NEMA Size 00
NEMA Size 0
NEMA Size 1
FD
0.4 – 2.0 NEMA Size 00
NEMA Size 0
NEMA Size 1
FD
1 – 5 NEMA Size 00
NEMA Size 0
NEMA Size 1
F00
F0
F01
1.6 – 8 NEMA Size 00
NEMA Size 0
NEMA Size 1
NEMA Size 2
F00
F0
F1
F2
6.4 – 32 NEMA Size 0
NEMA Size 1
FB
FD
9 – 45 NEMA Size 2 FG
22 – 110 NEMA Size 3 FK
FLA Range
(Amps)
Contactor
Frame Size
Suffix
0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1 – 5
15, 25, 30A DC
1.6 – 8 15, 25, 30, 40A DE
6.4 – 32 15, 25, 30, 40, 50A DF
9 – 45 40, 50A DF
15 – 75 60, 75A DG
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-111
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — C396 Electronic Overload
Product Selection
Cat. No.
C396B2A110SELFK
Cat. No.
C396C2A150SELAX +
C396CBAR
Cat. No.
C396C2A150SELAX
Cat. No.
C396C2A150SELAX +
C396CBAR + C396CLUG
Cat. No.
C396A2A045SELAX
Table 33-176. C396 Stand-Alone Overload Relay
Overload comes with a panel/DIN rail mounting adapter assembled. No separate mounting
adapter accessory offered.
Panel mount only! Overload comes with integrated pass-through holes for power wires. Bus Bar Kit
(C396CBAR
or C396CBARXT, see Table 33-181) and Lug Kit (C396CLUG) must be purchased sepa-
rately if customer prefers not to use pass-through capability.
Table 33-177. C
urrent Transformer Kits for Use with Stand-Alone Overload Relay C396A2A005SELAX
C396A2A005SELAX is not included in the current transformer kits. This item must be ordered
separately.
Table 33-178. C396 Overload for Integrated Use with XT IEC Contactors
Catalog Number shown is for Stand-Alone C396 Overload Relay. For direct connection to XT
Frame G contactor, order additional XT Bus Bar Kit, C396CBARXT, shown in Tables 33-178 and
33-181. If load side lugs are required, order C396CLUG (set of 3).
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-113
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-114 – 33-114
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-112
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD7
FLA Range
(Amps)
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
45 mm Overload Frame Size
0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1 – 5
1.6 – 8
6.4 – 32
9 – 45
—C396A2AP05SELAX
C396A2A002SELAX
C396A2A005SELAX
C396A2A008SELAX
C396A2A032SELAX
C396A2A045SELAX
65 mm Overload Frame Size
15 – 75
22 – 110
—C396B2A075SELAX
C396B2A110SELAX
110 mm Overload Frame Size
30 – 150 — C396C2A150SELAX
FLA Range
(Amps)
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
60 – 300 300: 5 Panel-mount CT Kit with integrated,
pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus
bars, lugs and hardware to mount
C396A2A005SELAX (not included).
C396CTK300
120 – 600 600: 5 Panel-mount CT Kit with integrated,
pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus
bars, lugs and hardware to mount
C396A2A005SELAX (not included).
C396CTK600
200 – 1000 1000: 5 Panel-mount CT Kit with integrated,
pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus
bars, lugs and hardware to mount
C396A2A005SELAX (not included).
C396CTK1000
300 – 1500 1500: 5 Panel-mount CT Kit with integrated,
pass-through holes. Kit includes CT, bus
bars, lugs and hardware to mount
C396A2A005SELAX (not included).
C396CTK1500
FLA Range
(Amps)
XT IEC Contactor
Frame Size / Width
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
45 mm Overload Frame Size
0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1 – 5
1.6 – 8
6.4 – 32
B / 45 mm
B / 45 mm
B / 45 mm
B / 45 mm
B / 45 mm
C396A2AP05SELXB
C396A2A002SELXB
C396A2A005SELXB
C396A2A008SELXB
C396A2A032SELXB
0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1 – 5
1.6 – 8
6.4 – 32
C / 45 mm
C / 45 mm
C / 45 mm
C / 45 mm
C / 45 mm
C396A2AP05SELXC
C396A2A002SELXC
C396A2A005SELXC
C396A2A008SELXC
C396A2A032SELXC
6.4 – 32
9 – 45
D / 55 mm
D / 55 mm
C396A2A032SELXD
C396A2A045SELXD
65 mm Overload Frame Size
15 – 75 D / 55 mm C396B2A075SELXD
22 – 110 F – G / 90 mm C396B2A110SELXF
110 mm Overload Frame Size — Stand-Alone or Direct to XT Contactor with Indicated Kit
30 – 150 G / 90 mm C396C2A150SELAX
110 mm XT Bus Bar Kit C396CBARXT
March 2009
33-112
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — C396 Electronic Overload
Table 33-179. C396 Overload for Integrated Use with Freedom NEMA
Contactors
Note: For NEMA Sizes 5 – 8, refer to Table 33-177, Current
Transformer Kits.
Discount Symbol 1CD1.
Discount Symbol 1CD7.
Panel mount only! Overload comes with integrated pass-through
holes for power wires. Bus Bar Kit (C396CBAR
or C396CBARXT, see
Table 33-181) and Lug Kit (C396CLUG) must be purchased separately
if customer prefers not to use pass-through capability.
Table 33-180. C396 Overload for Integrated Use with DP Contactors by
Feature Set
Discount Symbol 1CD-5C.
Accessories
Table 33-181. C396 Electronic Overload Accessories
Discount Symbol 1CD7.
Discount Symbol 1CD1.
Set of 3 lugs and hardware, 2 sets are required to wire line and load
sides. Bus Bar Kit (C396CBAR or C396CBARXT) is needed to use the
Lug Kit.
Bus bar kits do not include lugs. Order C396CLUG if lugs are needed
(3 lugs per kit).
The operator button is blue with the letters “RESET” printed in white.
The push rod is 4.72" long and can be cut to the desired length. This kit
can be used alone or in conjunction with the C396 Reset Bar Kit,
C396ARST, to increase the size of the reset area on the overload.
Reset Bar Kit (C396ARST) required to use the Remote Reset modules.
Note that all Freedom Starters come with Reset Bars.
When used in conjunction with a Stand-Alone C396 Overload Relay
(overloads with an “AX” suffix), style number of the overload must
end in a “B” or later.
Must be cut to proper length — uncut 4.72 inches (119.9 mm) long.
Enables a 22.5 mm operator to be mounted in a 30.5 mm holes —
1/16 to 7/32 inch (1.6 to 5.6 mm) panel thickness.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-114, Page 33-115
FLA
Range
(Amps)
NEMA
Contactor
Frame Size
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
45 mm Overload Frame Size
0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
00, 0, 1
00, 0, 1
—C396A2AP05SELFD
C396A2A002SELFD
1 – 5 00
0
1
—C396A2A005SELF00
C396A2A005SELF0
C396A2A005SELF1
1.6 – 8 00
0
1
2
—C396A2A008SELF00
C396A2A008SELF0
C396A2A008SELF1
C396A2A008SELF2
6.4 – 32 0
1
—C396A2A032SELFB
C396A2A032SELFD
9 – 45 2 — C396A2A045SELFG
65 mm Overload Frame Size
22 – 110 3 — C396B2A110SELFK
110 mm Overload Frame Size — Stand-Alone
30 – 150 4 — C396C2A150SELAX
FLA
Range
(Amps)
DP
Contactor Rating
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
45 mm Overload Frame Size
0.1 – 0.5
0.4 – 2.0
1 – 5
1.6 – 8
6.4 – 32
9 – 45
15, 25, 30
15, 25, 30
15, 25, 30
15, 25, 30, 40
15, 25, 30, 40, 50
40, 50
C396A2AP05SELDC
C396A2A002SELDC
C396A2A005SELDC
C396A2A008SELDE
C396A2A032SELDF
C396A2A045SELDF
65 mm Overload Frame Size
15 – 75 60, 75 C396B2A075SELDG
Cat. No.
C396A2A008SELDC
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Reset Bar Kit
assembles to the top
of the overload to
increase reset area.
C396ARST
110 mm Lug Kit C396CLUG
110 mm Bus Bar Kit
C396CBAR
110 mm XT Bus Bar
Kit
C396CBARXT
Remote Reset
24V DC
C396RR024DC
Remote Reset
24V AC
C396RR024AC
Remote Reset
120V AC
C396RR120AC
Remote Reset
240V AC
C396RR240AC
Mechanical Reset
with E22 Flush Push-
button and Mechani-
cal Push Rod
Plastic Black Bezel
Chrome Bezel
E22PB6N29L
E22P6N29L
Mechanical Push
Rod — for external
mechanical reset
E22MRL
Mounting Hole
Adapter Kit
E22ARK
C396ARST +
C396RR _ _ _ _ _
Assembled to a C396
Overload Relay
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-113
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — C396 Electronic Overload
Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-182. Overload Relay Specifications Table 33-182. Overload Relay Specifications (Continued)
General
Description
C396_2_
Standard
Protection
Thermal 1.05 x FLA: Does not trip
1.25 x FLA: Overload trip
Phase Loss 1 Phase = 0, Trip time = 3s (Hot Status)
Phase Imbalance Max - Min / Max > 40%,
Trip time = 3s (Hot Status)
Inrush Current > 8 x Max FLA, Trip time is 0.3s (Cold Status)
Trip Class
Class 5, 10, 20, 30 Selectable
Reset
M / M-O
A / A-O
Manual / Manual + Stop
Auto / Auto + Stop
Auto Reset Time = up to 165s
Indications
Test Indicator Yellow
Trip Indicator Yellow
PCBA
Power Sensing 3 phase
Instant Reset by Power ON CPU reset by Power ON after 2 – 3s
Thermal memory < 3 min.
Cold and Hot Trip Curves Power ON > 20 min. is Hot Status
Power Consumption < 300 mW
Options
Safety Cover Covers FLA dial, DIP switches
Remote Reset 24V DC, 24V AC, 120V AC, 240V AC
General
Description
C396_2_
Standard
Climate Considerations
Ambient Temperature
(Operating)
-25° to 65°C (-13° to 149°F) inside
enclosure
Ambient Temperature
(Storage / Transportation)
-40° to 80°C (-40° to 176°F)
Humidity UL991 (H3): 20 – 95% non-condensing
Altitude
(Operating)
NEMA ICS1: 2000 meters max above
sea level
Pollution (Operating —
External)
Pollution degree 3
Mechanical Shock
Resistance
(IEC/EN 68-2-17)
15g
Vibration (Lloyd’s Register
of Shipping, Vibration Test 2)
6g
Temperature
Compensation
Continuous
Voltages
Control Voltage 12 – 690V AC, 50/60 Hz
Insulation Voltage (Ui) —
Main Circuit
1000V AC
Insulation Voltage (Ui) —
Control Circuit
690V AC
Impulse Withstand Voltage
(Uimp) VAC
6000
FLA Range
45 mm Frame: C396A_ 0.1 – 45A
65 mm Frame: C396B_ 15 – 110A
110 mm Frame: C396C_ 30 – 150A
Safety
Degree of Protection IP20 (Stand-Alone Version Only)
Capacity
Control Terminal Capacity 18 – 14 AWG
Control Terminal Tightening
Torque in Nm (lb-in)
0.79 (7)
Load Terminal Capacity
45 mm Frame: C396A_ 14 – 6 AWG
65 mm Frame: C396B_ 10 – 1 AWG
110 mm Frame: C396C_ 6 AWG – 250 mcm
Load Terminal Tightening Torque in Nm (lb-in)
45 mm Frame: C396A_ 3.2 (28)
65 mm Frame: C396B_ 9.0 (80)
110 mm Frame: C396C_ 22.6 (200)
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-114, 33-115
March 2009
33-114
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — C396 Electronic Overload
Dimensions
Figure 33-47. 45 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-48. 65 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1.57
(40.0)
1.93
(49.0)
3.41
(86.5)
3.60
(91.5)
.18
(4.5)
.94
(23.8)
2.34
(59.5)
3.23
(82.0)
1.54
(39.1)
Mounting Holes for
#6 or M4 Screws
(2 Qty.)
.20
(5.0)
2.50
(63.5)
4.49
(114.0)
1.65
(41.9)
.16
(4.1)
1.59
(40.4)
2.56
(65.0)
.03
(.8)
.06
(1.5)
4.28
(108.7)
4.72
(119.9)
Mounting Holes for
#10 or M5 Screws
(4 Qty.)
.03
(.8)
.24
(6.1)
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-115
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom
Relays — C396 Electronic Overload
Figure 33-49. 110 mm Stand-Alone C396 Electronic Overload Relay
8.54
(217.0)
1.89
(47.9)
1.25
(31.9)
6.10
(154.9)
.16
(4.0)
.25
(6.4)
.04
(1.0)
6.05
(153.7)
4.33
(110.0)
3.80
(96.5)
3.80
(96.5)
3.70
(94.0)
3.70
(94.0)
Mounting
Holes for
#10 or M5
Screws
(4 Qty.)
.06
(1.5)
.12
(3.0)
March 2009
33-116
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Product Family Overview
Catalog Number ECN2208AAC
Product Description
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer® “Freedom
Series” Starters and Contactors feature
a compact, space-saving design, high
strength, impact and temperature
resistant insulating materials.
Features
■Adjustable Bimetallic Ambient
Compensated Overload Relays with
interchangeable heater packs —
available in three basic sizes,
covering applications up to 900 hp
— reducing the number of different
contactor/overload relay combi-
nations that have to be stocked.
■Fixed heater overloads optional.
■Electronic/Solid-State Overload
optional.
■A full line of snap-on accessories —
top and side mounted auxiliary
contacts, solid-state and pneumatic
timers, etc.
■Straight-through wiring — line lugs
at top, load lugs at bottom.
■Horizontal or vertical mounting on
upright panel for application freedom.
■Screw type power terminals have
captive, backed-out self-lifting
pressure plates with ± screws —
reduced wiring time.
■Accessible terminals for easy
wiring. Optional fingerproof shields
available to prevent electrical shock.
■Top located coil terminals
convenient and readily accessible.
45 mm contactor magnet coils have
three terminals, permitting either
top or diagonal wiring — easy to
replace European or U.S. style
starters or contactors without
changing wiring layout.
■Encapsulated dual voltage/
frequency magnet coils —
permanently marked with voltage,
frequency and part number.
■Designed to meet or exceed UL,
CSA, IEC, VDE, BS and other
international standards and listings.
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-117
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Product Family Overview
Standards and Certifications
Note: See Enclosed Control Product Guide
PG0300001E for additional information on
Standards and Certifications that apply to all
Cutler-Hammer Enclosed Control products.
■UL Listed
■cUL Listed (indicates appropriate
CSA Standard investigation)
■ABS Type Approved
Certified Type 2 Coordination
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Freedom
Series IEC starters and NEMA starters
are UL Certified to achieve IEC 947
Type 2 coordination against 100,000A
short circuit fault currents. Any brand
of properly selected fuse can be used.
Type 2 coordination means that the
starter will be suitable for further use
following a short circuit fault.
ISO 9001 Certification
When you turn to Eaton’s Cutler-
Hammer Products, you turn to quality.
The International Standards
Organization (ISO) has established a
series of standards acknowledged by
91 industrialized nations to bring
harmony to the international quest for
quality. The ISO certification process
covers 20 quality system elements in
design, production and installation
that must conform to achieve
registration. The Enclosed Control is
manufactured in our Fayetteville, NC
plant, and this facility is registered ISO
9001. This commitment to quality
results in increased product reliability
and total customer satisfaction.
Freedom NEMA contactors and start-
ers are extremely rugged products
built for any application. Their long
electrical/mechanical life is extended
through easy maintainability.
■Meets and exceeds all UL and CSA
standards.
■Sized based on standard NEMA size
classifications.
■Designed and built for a variety of
demanding applications.
■Easy coil change and inspectable/
replaceable contacts.
■Available Open and in Type 1, 3R,
4, 4X, 7/9 and 12 enclosures.
Short Circuit Protection
Fuses and Inverse-Time Circuit Breakers
may be selected per Article 430, Part D
of the National Electrical Code to pro-
tect motor branch circuits from fault
conditions. If higher ratings or settings
are required to start the motor, do not
exceed the maximum as listed in
Exception No. 2, Article 430-52.
March 2009
33-118
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Product Family Overview
Catalog Number Selection
Table 33-183. NEMA Freedom Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System
Use for Sizes 0 – 3, HMCP 600V applications only.
Table 33-184. Magnetic Coil Codes (System Voltage)
When control power transformer modification codes (C1 – C11)
are used or when starter class includes CPT (i.e. ECN07, 18) see
Table 33-185 for system voltage code.
Table 33-185. Control Power Transformer Codes (System Voltage)
E C N 2 2 2 1 A A F -
Design
N = Freedom NEMA
2 = A200
Modification Codes
See Page 33-42 – 33-49
Coil Voltage and/or Control Transformers
See Tables 33-184 and 33-185
Class Table
01 = Non-reversing Contactor — 3-Pole 33-189
Non-reversing Contactor — 2-Pole 33-190
Non-reversing Contactor — 4-Pole 33-191
Non-reversing Contactor — 5-Pole 33-192
02 = Reversing Contactor — 3-Pole 33-193
05 = Non-combination Non-reversing Starter 33-194
06 = Non-combination Reversing Starter 33-195
07 = Non-combination Non-reversing Starter with CPT 33-196
08 = Non-combination Single-Phase Non-reversing Starter 33-197
16 = Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible
Disconnect
33-198,
33-287
Combination Non-reversing Starter — Non-fusible
Disconnect
33-199
Special Enclosure Combination Non-reversing
Starter —
Fusible/Non-fusible Disconnect
33-200
17 = Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect 33-201
Combination Reversing Starter — Non-fusible
Disconnect
33-202
18 = Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
with CPT
33-203,
33-288
Combination Reversing Starter — Non-fusible
Disconnect with CPT
33-204
22 = Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker 33-205,
Special Enclosure Combination Non-reversing
Starter — Circuit Breaker
33-206
Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings
A =
B =
C =
D =
E =
F =
None
30A/250V R
30A/600V R
60A/250V R
60A/600V R
100A/250V R
G =
H =
J =
K =
L =
M =
100A/600V R
200A/250V R
200A/600V R
400A/250V R
400A/600V R
600A/250V R
N =
P =
Q =
R =
S =
T =
600A/600V R
800A/600V L
1200A/600V L
1600A/600V L
2000A/600V L
by Description
HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings
A =
B =
C =
D =
E =
F =
W =
G =
None
3A
7A
15A
30A
50A
70A
100A
H =
J =
K =
L =
M =
N =
P =
Q =
150A
250A
400A
600A
800A
1000A
1200A
2000A
R =
T =
5 =
6 =
7 =
8 =
9 =
I =
3000A
by Description
3A
7A
15A
30A
50A
100A
Cover Control
Type 1 Non-comb., Table 33-186
All Others, Table 33-187
E22 Style Comb., Table 33-189
Contactors
3 = 3 Poles
Enclosure Type
1 =
2 =
3 =
4 =
5 =
6 =
7 =
8 =
9 =
Type 1 — General Purpose
Type 3R — Rainproof
Type 4 — Watertight (Painted Steel)
Type 4X — Watertight (304-Grade Stainless Steel)
Type 4X — Corrosion (Nonmetallic)
Type 7/9 — Bolted Hazardous Location
Type 7/9 — Threaded Hazardous Location
Type 12 — Dust-Tight
Type 4X — 316-Grade Stainless Steel
NEMA Size
A =
0 =
1 =
2 =
Size 00
Size 0
Size 1
Size 2
3 =
4 =
5 =
6 =
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
Size 6
7 =
8 =
9 =
Size 7
Size 8
Size 9
Code Magnet Coil Code Magnet Coil Code Magnet Coil
A
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
120/60 110/50
240/60 220/50
460/60 440/50
575/60 550/50
208/60
550/50
277/60
208 – 240/60
K
L
M
P
Q
R
S
T
240/50
380/50
415/50
12V DC
24V DC
48V DC
125V DC
24/60
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
24/50
32/50
48/60
104 – 120/60
48/50
By Description
Code Primary Secondary
B
C
D
E
H
240/480 – 220/440 Wired for 240V
240/480 – 220/440 Wired for 480V
600/60 – 550/50
208/60
277/60
120/60 – 110/50
120/60 – 110/50
120/60 – 110/50
120/60
120/60
L
M
Q
R
S
380/50
415/50
208/60
240/480 – 220/440 Wired for 240V
240/480 – 220/440 Wired for 480V
110/50
110/50
24
24
24
T
U
V
W
X
600/60
277/60
380/50
415/50
240/480/600 Wired for 480V
24
24
24
24
120
Y
Z
240/480/600 Wired for 480V
By Description
24
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-119
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Product Family Overview
Cover Control
Non-combination Starters
Control Power Transformer (CPT) may be required.
Combination Starters
■Cover control for Combination Starters uses 10250T
style devices as standard.
■E22 style cover control options are available
(Table 33-188).
■Selector switches are maintained with lever operators.
■Pushbuttons are momentary type with extended
pushbutton.
■The kit includes hardware and connecting wires (where
possible).
■For factory installed control devices other than shown
below, refer to Modification Codes, Page 33-42.
Table 33-186. Type 1 Non-combination Cover Control
For more available factory installed flange control, see Table 33-187.
Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage —
Kits only. Example: C400T9B.
Table 33-187. Type 1 Combination and All Type 3R, 4X and 12
Cover Control
For Type 1 Non-combination field installation kits, see Table 33-186.
Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage —
Kits only. Example: C400T9B.
Order Quantity (2) of C400T10.
Description Factory Installed
Flange Control
Field
Installation Kits
Position
9 Code
Catalog
Number
Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
START/STOP Pushbuttons
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
A
B
C
D
C400GK0
C400GK1
C400GK12
C400GK16
HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
H
J
K
C400GK3
C400GK32
C400GK36
Red RUN Pilot Light
Green OFF
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights
P
Q
R
C400GK42
C400GK41
C400GK46
Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
A
B
C
C400GK0
C400GR1
C400GR14
UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
E
F
C400GR2
C400GR24
Two Red Pilot Lights
One Green Pilot Light
P
Q
C400GK44
C400GK41
Rating Code
Letter
Rating Code
Letter
Rating Code
Letter
120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz
A
E
B
277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz
H
L
480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz
C
D
Type 1 Cover Control
Description Factory Installed
Flange Control
Field
Installation Kits
Position
9 Code
Catalog
Number
Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
START/STOP Pushbuttons
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
A
B
C
D
—
C400T1
—
—
ON/OFF Pushbuttons
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
E
F
G
C400T2
—
—
HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
H
J
K
C400T12
—
—
START Pushbutton
ON Pushbutton
OFF Pushbutton
Red RUN Pilot Light
Green OFF
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights
L
M
N
P
Q
R
C400T3
C400T4
C400T5
C400T9
C400T10
C400T11
START/STOP Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
S
T
U
C400T13
—
—
ON/OFF Selector Switch
with Red RUN Pilot Light
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights
V
W
X
C400T14
—
—
Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
A
B
C
D
—
C400T6
—
—
UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
E
F
—
—
FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
H
J
K
C400T15
—
—
Two Red Pilot Lights
One Green Pilot Light
Two Red/One Green Pilot Lights
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch
with 2 Red Pilot Lights
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights
P
Q
R
V
W
X
C400T10
—
C400T16
—
—
Rating Code
Letter
Rating Code
Letter
Rating Code
Letter
120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz
A
E
B
277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz
H
L
480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz
C
D
10250T Selector Switch
March 2009
33-120
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Contactors
E22 Selector Switch
Table 33-188. Type 1, 3R, 4X and 12 E22 Style Combination Starter Cover Control
To include any of the above cover controls, place the control code character in position 9 of your
Catalog Number and add Mod Code C29.
Example: ECN16A4ADA-C29.
Full voltage non-reversing fusible starter with START/STOP pushbutton with red RUN and green
OFF pilot lights.
Suffix for lights (required for field installed kits only) in the table below:
Description Factory Installed
Field Installation Kits
Position 9
Cover Control
Code
Combination
Only
Catalog
Number
Non-reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
START/STOP Pushbuttons (PB)
START/STOP PB & Red RUN Light
START/STOP PB, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light
HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch (SS)
H-O-A SS & Red RUN Light
A
B
C
D
H
J
—
CE400T01
CE400T02
CE400T03
CE400T04
CE400T05
H-O-A SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light
Red RUN Pilot Light
Green Off Pilot Light
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Light
ON/OFF Selector Switch (SS)
K
P
Q
R
S
CE400T06
CE400T10
CE400T11
CE400T12
CE400T07
ON/OFF SS, Red RUN Light
ON/OFF SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light
T
U
CE400T08
CE400T09
Reversing
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices
FWD/REV/STOP Pushbuttons (PB)
FWD/REV/STOP PB + Red FWD & REV Lights
FWD/REV/STOP PB, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED
FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch (SS)
FOR/OFF/REV SS + Red FWD & REV Lights
A
B
C
D
H
J
—
CE400T50
CE400T51
CE400T52
CE400T53
CE400T54
FOR/OFF/REV SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch (SS)
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS + Red FWD & REV Lights
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED
K
V
W
X
CE400T55
CE400T56
CE400T57
CE400T58
Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter
120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz
A
E
B
277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz
H
L
480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz
C
D
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-121
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Contactors
Features
■1-Phase or 3-Phase Magnetic
■2-, 3-, 4- or 5-Pole Non-reversing or 3-Pole Reversing
■600V Maximum
Product Selection
Table 33-189. Class ECN01 — Non-reversing Contactor — 3-Pole
Maximum horsepower rating of contactors for 380V 50 Hz applications:
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 7 – 9.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0104A3A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Note: NEMA Sizes 00, 0 and 1 of 3-Pole/3-Phase Non-reversing Con-
tactors are available with auxiliary contact omitted. Add Modification
Code A44. Example: ECN0101A3A-A44.
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
hp Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Type 1
General
Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X Watertight &
Dust-Tight Stainless
Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
Component
Contactor
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 9 —
200
230
460
575
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
120
208
240
480
600
ECN01A1A3A
ECN01A1E3A
ECN01A1B3A
ECN01A1C3A
ECN01A1D3A
ECN01A2A3A
ECN01A2E3A
ECN01A2B3A
ECN01A2C3A
ECN01A2D3A
(Select Contactor from
Size 0 Listing)
CN15AN3AB
CN15AN3EB
CN15AN3BB
CN15AN3CB
CN15AN3DB
018 —
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0101A3A
ECN0101E3A
ECN0101B3A
ECN0101C3A
ECN0101D3A
ECN0102A3A
ECN0102E3A
ECN0102B3A
ECN0102C3A
ECN0102D3A
ECN0104A3A
ECN0104E3A
ECN0104B3A
ECN0104C3A
ECN0104D3A
ECN0108A3A
ECN0108E3A
ECN0108B3A
ECN0108C3A
ECN0108D3A
CN15BN3AB
CN15BN3EB
CN15BN3BB
CN15BN3CB
CN15BN3DB
127 —
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0111A3A
ECN0111E3A
ECN0111B3A
ECN0111C3A
ECN0111D3A
ECN0112A3A
ECN0112E3A
ECN0112B3A
ECN0112C3A
ECN0112D3A
ECN0114A3A
ECN0114E3A
ECN0114B3A
ECN0114C3A
ECN0114D3A
ECN0118A3A
ECN0118E3A
ECN0118B3A
ECN0118C3A
ECN0118D3A
CN15DN3AB
CN15DN3EB
CN15DN3BB
CN15DN3CB
CN15DN3DB
245 —
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0121A3A
ECN0121E3A
ECN0121B3A
ECN0121C3A
ECN0121D3A
ECN0122A3A
ECN0122E3A
ECN0122B3A
ECN0122C3A
ECN0122D3A
ECN0124A3A
ECN0124E3A
ECN0124B3A
ECN0124C3A
ECN0124D3A
ECN0128A3A
ECN0128E3A
ECN0128B3A
ECN0128C3A
ECN0128D3A
CN15GN3AB
CN15GN3EB
CN15GN3BB
CN15GN3CB
CN15GN3DB
390 —
200
230
460
575
—
25
30
50
50
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0131A3A
ECN0131E3A
ECN0131B3A
ECN0131C3A
ECN0131D3A
ECN0132A3A
ECN0132E3A
ECN0132B3A
ECN0132C3A
ECN0132D3A
ECN0134A3A
ECN0134E3A
ECN0134B3A
ECN0134C3A
ECN0134D3A
ECN0138A3A
ECN0138E3A
ECN0138B3A
ECN0138C3A
ECN0138D3A
CN15KN3A
CN15KN3E
CN15KN3B
CN15KN3C
CN15KN3D
4135 —
200
230
460
575
—
40
50
100
100
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0141A3A
ECN0141E3A
ECN0141B3A
ECN0141C3A
ECN0141D3A
ECN0142A3A
ECN0142E3A
ECN0142B3A
ECN0142C3A
ECN0142D3A
ECN0144A3A
ECN0144E3A
ECN0144B3A
ECN0144C3A
ECN0144D3A
ECN0148A3A
ECN0148E3A
ECN0148B3A
ECN0148C3A
ECN0148D3A
CN15NN3A
CN15NN3E
CN15NN3B
CN15NN3C
CN15NN3D
5270 —
200
230
460
575
—
75
100
200
200
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0151A3A
ECN0151E3A
ECN0151B3A
ECN0151C3A
ECN0151D3A
ECN0152A3A
ECN0152E3A
ECN0152B3A
ECN0152C3A
ECN0152D3A
ECN0154A3A
ECN0154E3A
ECN0154B3A
ECN0154C3A
ECN0154D3A
ECN0158A3A
ECN0158E3A
ECN0158B3A
ECN0158C3A
ECN0158D3A
CN15SN3A
CN15SN3E
CN15SN3B
CN15SN3C
CN15SN3D
6540 —
200
230
460
575
—
150
200
400
400
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0161A3A
ECN0161E3A
ECN0161B3A
ECN0161C3A
ECN0161D3A
ECN0162A3A
ECN0162E3A
ECN0162B3A
ECN0162C3A
ECN0162D3A
ECN0164A3A
ECN0164E3A
ECN0164B3A
ECN0164C3A
ECN0164D3A
ECN0168A3A
ECN0168E3A
ECN0168B3A
ECN0168C3A
ECN0168D3A
CN15TN3A
CN15TN3E
CN15TN3B
CN15TN3C
CN15TN3D
7810 —
230
460
575
—
300
600
600
120
240
480
600
ECN0171A3A
ECN0171B3A
ECN0171C3A
ECN0171D3A
ECN0172A3A
ECN0172B3A
ECN0172C3A
ECN0172D3A
ECN0173A3A
ECN0173B3A
ECN0173C3A
ECN0173D3A
ECN0178A3A
ECN0178B3A
ECN0178C3A
ECN0178D3A
CN15UN3A
CN15UN3B
CN15UN3C
CN15UN3D
81215 —
230
460
575
—
450
900
900
120
240
480
600
ECN0181A3A
ECN0181B3A
ECN0181C3A
ECN0181D3A
ECN0182A3A
ECN0182B3A
ECN0182C3A
ECN0182D3A
ECN0183A3A
ECN0183B3A
ECN0183C3A
ECN0183D3A
ECN0188A3A
ECN0188B3A
ECN0188C3A
ECN0188D3A
CN15VN3A
CN15VN3B
CN15VN3C
CN15VN3D
92250 —
230
460
575
—
800
1600
1600
120
240
480
600
ECN0191A3A
ECN0191B3A
ECN0191C3A
ECN0191D3A
ECN0192A3A
ECN0192B3A
ECN0192C3A
ECN0192D3A
ECN0193A3A
ECN0193B3A
ECN0193C3A
ECN0193D3A
ECN0198A3A
ECN0198B3A
ECN0198C3A
ECN0198D3A
CN15WN3A
CN15WN3B
CN15WN3C
CN15WN3D
NEMA Size 00 0123456
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-122
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Contactors
Table 33-190. Class ECN01 — Non-reversing Contactor — 2-Pole
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 7 – 9.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0104A2A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Note: NEMA Sizes 00, 0 and 1 of 2-Pole/2-Phase Non-reversing Contactors are available with auxiliary contact omitted. Add Modification
Code A44. Example: ECN0101A2A-A44.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
hp Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Type 1
General
Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
Component
Contactor
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 9 115
—
230
—
—
1/3
—
1
—
—
120
208
240
480
600
ECN01A1A2A
ECN01A1E2A
ECN01A1B2A
ECN01A1C2A
ECN01A1D2A
(Select Contactor from Size 0 Listing) CN15AN2AB
CN15AN2EB
CN15AN2BB
CN15AN2CB
CN15AN2DB
018 115
—
230
—
—
1
—
2
—
—
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0101A2A
ECN0101E2A
ECN0101B2A
ECN0101C2A
ECN0101D2A
ECN0102A2A
ECN0102E2A
ECN0102B2A
ECN0102C2A
ECN0102D2A
ECN0104A2A
ECN0104E2A
ECN0104B2A
ECN0104C2A
ECN0104D2A
ECN0108A2A
ECN0108E2A
ECN0108B2A
ECN0108C2A
ECN0108D2A
CN15BN2AB
CN15BN2EB
CN15BN2BB
CN15BN2CB
CN15BN2DB
127 115
—
230
—
—
2
—
3
—
—
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0111A2A
ECN0111E2A
ECN0111B2A
ECN0111C2A
ECN0111D2A
ECN0112A2A
ECN0112E2A
ECN0112B2A
ECN0112C2A
ECN0112D2A
ECN0114A2A
ECN0114E2A
ECN0114B2A
ECN0114C2A
ECN0114D2A
ECN0118A2A
ECN0118E2A
ECN0118B2A
ECN0118C2A
ECN0118D2A
CN15DN2AB
CN15DN2EB
CN15DN2BB
CN15DN2CB
CN15DN2DB
245 115
—
230
—
—
3
—
7-1/2
—
—
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0121A2A
ECN0121E2A
ECN0121B2A
ECN0121C2A
ECN0121D2A
ECN0122A2A
ECN0122E2A
ECN0122B2A
ECN0122C2A
ECN0122D2A
ECN0124A2A
ECN0124E2A
ECN0124B2A
ECN0124C2A
ECN0124D2A
ECN0128A2A
ECN0128E2A
ECN0128B2A
ECN0128C2A
ECN0128D2A
CN15GN2AB
CN15GN2EB
CN15GN2BB
CN15GN2CB
CN15GN2DB
390 115
—
230
—
—
7-1/2
—
15
—
—
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0131A2A
ECN0131E2A
ECN0131B2A
ECN0131C2A
ECN0131D2A
ECN0132A2A
ECN0132E2A
ECN0132B2A
ECN0132C2A
ECN0132D2A
ECN0134A2A
ECN0134E2A
ECN0134B2A
ECN0134C2A
ECN0134D2A
ECN0138A2A
ECN0138E2A
ECN0138B2A
ECN0138C2A
ECN0138D2A
CN15KN2A
CN15KN2E
CN15KN2B
CN15KN2C
CN15KN2D
4135 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0141A2A
ECN0141E2A
ECN0141B2A
ECN0141C2A
ECN0141D2A
ECN0142A2A
ECN0142E2A
ECN0142B2A
ECN0142C2A
ECN0142D2A
ECN0144A2A
ECN0144E2A
ECN0144B2A
ECN0144C2A
ECN0144D2A
ECN0148A2A
ECN0148E2A
ECN0148B2A
ECN0148C2A
ECN0148D2A
CN15NN2A
CN15NN2E
CN15NN2B
CN15NN2C
CN15NN2D
5270 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0151A2A
ECN0151E2A
ECN0151B2A
ECN0151C2A
ECN0151D2A
ECN0152A2A
ECN0152E2A
ECN0152B2A
ECN0152C2A
ECN0152D2A
ECN0154A2A
ECN0154E2A
ECN0154B2A
ECN0154C2A
ECN0154D2A
ECN0158A2A
ECN0158E2A
ECN0158B2A
ECN0158C2A
ECN0158D2A
CN15SN2A
CN15SN2E
CN15SN2B
CN15SN2C
CN15SN2D
6540 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0161A2A
ECN0161E2A
ECN0161B2A
ECN0161C2A
ECN0161D2A
ECN0162A2A
ECN0162E2A
ECN0162B2A
ECN0162C2A
ECN0162D2A
ECN0164A2A
ECN0164E2A
ECN0164B2A
ECN0164C2A
ECN0164D2A
ECN0168A2A
ECN0168E2A
ECN0168B2A
ECN0168C2A
ECN0168D2A
CN15TN2A
CN15TN2E
CN15TN2B
CN15TN2C
CN15TN2D
7810 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0171A2A
ECN0171E2A
ECN0171B2A
ECN0171C2A
ECN0171D2A
ECN0172A2A
ECN0172E2A
ECN0172B2A
ECN0172C2A
ECN0172D2A
ECN0173A2A
ECN0173E2A
ECN0173B2A
ECN0173C2A
ECN0173D2A
ECN0178A2A
ECN0178E2A
ECN0178B2A
ECN0178C2A
ECN0178D2A
CN15UN2A
CN15UN2E
CN15UN2B
CN15UN2C
CN15UN2D
81215 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0181A2A
ECN0181E2A
ECN0181B2A
ECN0181C2A
ECN0181D2A
ECN0182A2A
ECN0182E2A
ECN0182B2A
ECN0182C2A
ECN0182D2A
ECN0183A2A
ECN0183E2A
ECN0183B2A
ECN0183C2A
ECN0183D2A
ECN0188A2A
ECN0188E2A
ECN0188B2A
ECN0188C2A
ECN0188D2A
CN15VN2A
CN15VN2E
CN15VN2B
CN15VN2C
CN15VN2D
92250 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0181A2A
ECN0181E2A
ECN0191B2A
ECN0191C2A
ECN0191D2A
ECN0192A2A
ECN0192E2A
ECN0192B2A
ECN0192C2A
ECN0192D2A
ECN0193A2A
ECN0193E2A
ECN0193B2A
ECN0193C2A
ECN0193D2A
ECN0198A2A
ECN0198E2A
ECN0198B2A
ECN0198C2A
ECN0198D2A
CN15WN2A
CN15WN2E
CN15WN2B
CN15WN2C
CN15WN2D
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-123
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Contactors
Table 33-191. Class ECN01 — Non-reversing Contactor — 4-Pole
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0104A4A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Non-metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Table 33-192. Class ECN01 — Non-reversing Contactor — 5-Pole
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0114A5A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Non-metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
hp Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Type 1
General
Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
Component
Contactor
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 9 —
200
230
460
575
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
120
208
240
480
600
ECN01A1A4A
ECN01A1E4A
ECN01A1B4A
ECN01A1C4A
ECN01A1D4A
(Select Contactor from Size 0 Listing) CN15AN4AB
CN15AN4EB
CN15AN4BB
CN15AN4CB
CN15AN4DB
018 —
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0101A4A
ECN0101E4A
ECN0101B4A
ECN0101C4A
ECN0101D4A
ECN0102A4A
ECN0102E4A
ECN0102B4A
ECN0102C4A
ECN0102D4A
ECN0104A4A
ECN0104E4A
ECN0104B4A
ECN0104C4A
ECN0104D4A
ECN0108A4A
ECN0108E4A
ECN0108B4A
ECN0108C4A
ECN0108D4A
(Select
Contactor from
Size 1 Listing)
127 —
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0111A4A
ECN0111E4A
ECN0111B4A
ECN0111C4A
ECN0111D4A
ECN0112A4A
ECN0112E4A
ECN0112B4A
ECN0112C4A
ECN0112D4A
ECN0114A4A
ECN0114E4A
ECN0114B4A
ECN0114C4A
ECN0114D4A
ECN0118A4A
ECN0118E4A
ECN0118B4A
ECN0118C4A
ECN0118D4A
CN15DN4AB
CN15DN4EB
CN15DN4BB
CN15DN4CB
CN15DN4DB
245 —
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0121A4A
ECN0121E4A
ECN0121B4A
ECN0121C4A
ECN0121D4A
ECN0122A4A
ECN0122E4A
ECN0122B4A
ECN0122C4A
ECN0122D4A
ECN0124A4A
ECN0124E4A
ECN0124B4A
ECN0124C4A
ECN0124D4A
ECN0128A4A
ECN0128E4A
ECN0128B4A
ECN0128C4A
ECN0128D4A
CN15GN4AB
CN15GN4EB
CN15GN4BB
CN15GN4CB
CN15GN4DB
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
hp Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Type 1
General
Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
Component
Contactor
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 9 —
200
230
460
575
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
120
208
240
480
600
ECN01A1A5A
ECN01A1E5A
ECN01A1B5A
ECN01A1C5A
ECN01A1D5A
(Select Contactor from Size 1 Listing)
018 —
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0101A5A
ECN0101E5A
ECN0101B5A
ECN0101C5A
ECN0101D5A
(Select Contactor from Size 1 Listing)
127 —
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0111A5A
ECN0111E5A
ECN0111B5A
ECN0111C5A
ECN0111D5A
ECN0112A5A
ECN0112E5A
ECN0112B5A
ECN0112C5A
ECN0112D5A
ECN0114A5A
ECN0114E5A
ECN0114B5A
ECN0114C5A
ECN0114D5A
ECN0118A5A
ECN0118E5A
ECN0118B5A
ECN0118C5A
ECN0118D5A
CN15DN5AB
CN15DN5EB
CN15DN5BB
CN15DN5CB
CN15DN5DB
245 —
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0121A5A
ECN0121E5A
ECN0121B5A
ECN0121C5A
ECN0121D5A
ECN0122A5A
ECN0122E5A
ECN0122B5A
ECN0122C5A
ECN0122D5A
ECN0124A5A
ECN0124E5A
ECN0124B5A
ECN0124C5A
ECN0124D5A
ECN0128A5A
ECN0128E5A
ECN0128B5A
ECN0128C5A
ECN0128D5A
CN15GN5AB
CN15GN5EB
CN15GN5BB
CN15GN5CB
CN15GN5DB
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-124
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Contactors
Table 33-193. Class ECN02 — Reversing Contactor — 3-Pole
Maximum horsepower rating of contactors for 380V 50 Hz applications:
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0204A3A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
hp Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
Component
Contactor
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 9 —
200
230
460
575
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
120
208
240
480
600
ECN02A1A3A
ECN02A1E3A
ECN02A1B3A
ECN02A1C3A
ECN02A1D3A
(Select Contactor from Size 0 Listing) CN55AN3AB
CN55AN3EB
CN55AN3BB
CN55AN3CB
CN55AN3DB
018 —
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0201A3A
ECN0201E3A
ECN0201B3A
ECN0201C3A
ECN0201D3A
ECN0202A3A
ECN0202E3A
ECN0202B3A
ECN0202C3A
ECN0202D3A
ECN0204A3A
ECN0204E3A
ECN0204B3A
ECN0204C3A
ECN0204D3A
ECN0208A3A
ECN0208E3A
ECN0208B3A
ECN0208C3A
ECN0208D3A
CN55BN3AB
CN55BN3EB
CN55BN3BB
CN55BN3CB
CN55BN3DB
127 —
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0211A3A
ECN0211E3A
ECN0211B3A
ECN0211C3A
ECN0211D3A
ECN0212A3A
ECN0212E3A
ECN0212B3A
ECN0212C3A
ECN0212D3A
ECN0214A3A
ECN0214E3A
ECN0214B3A
ECN0214C3A
ECN0214D3A
ECN0218A3A
ECN0218E3A
ECN0218B3A
ECN0218C3A
ECN0218D3A
CN55DN3AB
CN55DN3EB
CN55DN3BB
CN55DN3CB
CN55DN3DB
245 —
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0221A3A
ECN0221E3A
ECN0221B3A
ECN0221C3A
ECN0221D3A
ECN0222A3A
ECN0222E3A
ECN0222B3A
ECN0222C3A
ECN0222D3A
ECN0224A3A
ECN0224E3A
ECN0224B3A
ECN0224C3A
ECN0224D3A
ECN0228A3A
ECN0228E3A
ECN0228B3A
ECN0228C3A
ECN0228D3A
CN15GN3AB
CN55GN3EB
CN55GN3BB
CN55GN3CB
CN55GN3DB
390 —
200
230
460
575
—
25
30
50
50
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0231A3A
ECN0231E3A
ECN0231B3A
ECN0231C3A
ECN0231D3A
ECN0232A3A
ECN0232E3A
ECN0232B3A
ECN0232C3A
ECN0232D3A
ECN0234A3A
ECN0234E3A
ECN0234B3A
ECN0234C3A
ECN0234D3A
ECN0238A3A
ECN0238E3A
ECN0238B3A
ECN0238C3A
ECN0238D3A
CN55KN3A
CN55KN3E
CN55KN3B
CN55KN3C
CN55KN3D
4135 —
200
230
460
575
—
40
50
100
100
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0241A3A
ECN0241E3A
ECN0241B3A
ECN0241C3A
ECN0241D3A
ECN0242A3A
ECN0242E3A
ECN0242B3A
ECN0242C3A
ECN0242D3A
ECN0244A3A
ECN0244E3A
ECN0244B3A
ECN0244C3A
ECN0244D3A
ECN0248A3A
ECN0248E3A
ECN0248B3A
ECN0248C3A
ECN0248D3A
CN55NN3A
CN55NN3E
CN55NN3B
CN55NN3C
CN55NN3D
5270 —
200
230
460
575
—
75
100
200
200
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0251A3A
ECN0251E3A
ECN0251B3A
ECN0251C3A
ECN0251D3A
ECN0252A3A
ECN0252E3A
ECN0252B3A
ECN0252C3A
ECN0252D3A
ECN0254A3A
ECN0254E3A
ECN0254B3A
ECN0254C3A
ECN0254D3A
ECN0258A3A
ECN0258E3A
ECN0258B3A
ECN0258C3A
ECN0258D3A
CN55SN3A
CN55SN3E
CN55SN3B
CN55SN3C
CN55SN3D
6540 —
200
230
460
575
—
150
200
400
400
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0261A3A
ECN0261E3A
ECN0261B3A
ECN0261C3A
ECN0261D3A
ECN0262A3A
ECN0262E3A
ECN0262B3A
ECN0262C3A
ECN0262D3A
ECN0263A3A
ECN0263E3A
ECN0263B3A
ECN0263C3A
ECN0263D3A
ECN0268A3A
ECN0268E3A
ECN0268B3A
ECN0268C3A
ECN0268D3A
CN55TN3A
CN55TN3E
CN55TN3B
CN55TN3C
CN55TN3D
7810 —
230
460
575
—
300
600
600
120
240
480
600
ECN0271A3A
ECN0271B3A
ECN0271C3A
ECN0271D3A
ECN0272A3A
ECN0272B3A
ECN0272C3A
ECN0272D3A
ECN0273A3A
ECN0273B3A
ECN0273C3A
ECN0273D3A
ECN0278A3A
ECN0278B3A
ECN0278C3A
ECN0278D3A
CN55UN3A
CN55UN3B
CN55UN3C
CN55UN3D
81215 —
230
460
575
—
450
900
900
120
240
480
600
ECN0281A3A
ECN0281B3A
ECN0281C3A
ECN0281D3A
ECN0282A3A
ECN0282B3A
ECN0282C3A
ECN0282D3A
ECN0283A3A
ECN0283B3A
ECN0283C3A
ECN0283D3A
ECN0288A3A
ECN0288B3A
ECN0288C3A
ECN0288D3A
CN55VN3A
CN55VN3B
CN55VN3C
CN55VN3D
92250 —
230
460
575
—
800
1600
1600
120
240
480
600
ECN0291A3A
ECN0291B3A
ECN0291C3A
ECN0291D3A
ECN0292A3A
ECN0292B3A
ECN0292C3A
ECN0292D3A
ECN0293A3A
ECN0293B3A
ECN0293C3A
ECN0293D3A
ECN0298A3A
ECN0298B3A
ECN0298C3A
ECN0298D3A
CN55WN3A
CN55WN3B
CN55WN3C
CN55WN3D
NEMA Size 00 0123456
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-125
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Non-combination Starters
Features
■1-Phase or 3-Phase Magnetic
■2- or 3-Pole Non-reversing or 3-Pole Reversing
■Standard Interchangeable Heater OLR
■Optional Electronic Overload
■600V Maximum
Product Selection
Table 33-194. Class ECN05 — Non-combination Non-reversing Starter
Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0504AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 —
200
230
460
575
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
120
208
240
480
600
ECN05A1AAA
ECN05A1EAA
ECN05A1BAA
ECN05A1CAA
ECN05A1DAA
ECN05A2AAA
ECN05A2EAA
ECN05A2BAA
ECN05A2CAA
ECN05A2DAA
ECN05A4AAA
ECN05A4EAA
ECN05A4BAA
ECN05A4CAA
ECN05A4DAA
ECN05A8AAA
ECN05A8EAA
ECN05A8BAA
ECN05A8CAA
ECN05A8DAA
AN16AN0AC
AN16AN0EC
AN16AN0BC
AN16AN0CC
AN16AN0DC
0—
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0501AAA
ECN0501EAA
ECN0501BAA
ECN0501CAA
ECN0501DAA
ECN0502AAA
ECN0502EAA
ECN0502BAA
ECN0502CAA
ECN0502DAA
ECN0504AAA
ECN0504EAA
ECN0504BAA
ECN0504CAA
ECN0504DAA
ECN0508AAA
ECN0508EAA
ECN0508BAA
ECN0508CAA
ECN0508DAA
AN16BN0AC
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC
1—
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0511AAA
ECN0511EAA
ECN0511BAA
ECN0511CAA
ECN0511DAA
ECN0512AAA
ECN0512EAA
ECN0512BAA
ECN0512CAA
ECN0512DAA
ECN0514AAA
ECN0514EAA
ECN0514BAA
ECN0514CAA
ECN0514DAA
ECN0518AAA
ECN0518EAA
ECN0518BAA
ECN0518CAA
ECN0518DAA
AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
2—
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0521AAA
ECN0521EAA
ECN0521BAA
ECN0521CAA
ECN0521DAA
ECN0522AAA
ECN0522EAA
ECN0522BAA
ECN0522CAA
ECN0522DAA
ECN0524AAA
ECN0524EAA
ECN0524BAA
ECN0524CAA
ECN0524DAA
ECN0528AAA
ECN0528EAA
ECN0528BAA
ECN0528CAA
ECN0528DAA
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB
3—
200
230
460
575
—
25
30
50
50
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0531AAA
ECN0531EAA
ECN0531BAA
ECN0531CAA
ECN0531DAA
ECN0532AAA
ECN0532EAA
ECN0532BAA
ECN0532CAA
ECN0532DAA
ECN0534AAA
ECN0534EAA
ECN0534BAA
ECN0534CAA
ECN0534DAA
ECN0538AAA
ECN0538EAA
ECN0538BAA
ECN0538CAA
ECN0538DAA
AN16KN0A
AN16KN0E
AN16KN0B
AN16KN0C
AN16KN0D
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-126
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Non-combination Starters
Table 33-194. Class ECN05 — Non-combination Non-reversing Starter (Continued)
Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 7 – 9.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0504AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
4—
200
230
460
575
—
40
50
100
100
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0541AAA
ECN0541EAA
ECN0541BAA
ECN0541CAA
ECN0541DAA
ECN0542AAA
ECN0542EAA
ECN0542BAA
ECN0542CAA
ECN0542DAA
ECN0544AAA
ECN0544EAA
ECN0544BAA
ECN0544CAA
ECN0544DAA
ECN0548AAA
ECN0548EAA
ECN0548BAA
ECN0548CAA
ECN0548DAA
AN16NN0A
AN16NN0E
AN16NN0B
AN16NN0C
AN16NN0D
5—
200
230
460
575
—
75
100
200
200
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0551AAA
ECN0551EAA
ECN0551BAA
ECN0551CAA
ECN0551DAA
ECN0552AAA
ECN0552EAA
ECN0552BAA
ECN0552CAA
ECN0552DAA
ECN0554AAA
ECN0554EAA
ECN0554BAA
ECN0554CAA
ECN0554DAA
ECN0558AAA
ECN0558EAA
ECN0558BAA
ECN0558CAA
ECN0558DAA
AN16SN0AB
AN16SN0EB
AN16SN0BB
AN16SN0CB
AN16SN0DB
6—
200
230
460
575
—
150
200
400
400
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0561AAA
ECN0561EAA
ECN0561BAA
ECN0561CAA
ECN0561DAA
ECN0562AAA
ECN0562EAA
ECN0562BAA
ECN0562CAA
ECN0562DAA
ECN0564AAA
ECN0564EAA
ECN0564BAA
ECN0564CAA
ECN0564DAA
ECN0568AAA
ECN0568EAA
ECN0568BAA
ECN0568CAA
ECN0568DAA
AN16TN0AB
AN16TN0EB
AN16TN0BB
AN16TN0CB
AN16TN0DB
7—
230
460
575
—
300
600
600
120
240
480
600
ECN0571AAA
ECN0571BAA
ECN0571CAA
ECN0571DAA
ECN0572AAA
ECN0572BAA
ECN0572CAA
ECN0572DAA
ECN0573AAA
ECN0573BAA
ECN0573CAA
ECN0573DAA
ECN0578AAA
ECN0578BAA
ECN0578CAA
ECN0578DAA
AN16UN0AB
AN16UN0BB
AN16UN0CB
AN16UN0DB
8—
230
460
575
—
450
900
900
120
240
480
600
ECN0581AAA
ECN0581BAA
ECN0581CAA
ECN0581DAA
ECN0582AAA
ECN0582BAA
ECN0582CAA
ECN0582DAA
ECN0583AAA
ECN0583BAA
ECN0583CAA
ECN0583DAA
ECN0588AAA
ECN0588BAA
ECN0588CAA
ECN0588DAA
AN16VN0AB
AN16VN0BB
AN16VN0CB
AN16VN0DB
9—
230
460
575
—
800
1600
1600
120
240
480
600
ECN0591AAA
ECN0591BAA
ECN0591CAA
ECN0591DAA
ECN0592AAA
ECN0592BAA
ECN0592CAA
ECN0592DAA
ECN0593AAA
ECN0593BAA
ECN0593CAA
ECN0593DAA
ECN0598AAA
ECN0598BAA
ECN0598CAA
ECN0598DAA
AN16WN0A
AN16WN0B
AN16WN0C
AN16WN0D
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-127
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Non-combination Starters
Table 33-195. Class ECN06 — Non-combination Reversing Starter
Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0604AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 —
200
230
460
575
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
120
208
240
480
600
ECN06A1AAA
ECN06A1EAA
ECN06A1BAA
ECN06A1CAA
ECN06A1DAA
ECN06A2AAA
ECN06A2EAA
ECN06A2BAA
ECN06A2CAA
ECN06A2DAA
ECN06A4AAA
ECN06A4EAA
ECN06A4BAA
ECN06A4CAA
ECN06A4DAA
ECN06A8AAA
ECN06A8EAA
ECN06A8BAA
ECN06A8CAA
ECN06A8DAA
AN56AN0AC
AN56AN0EC
AN56AN0BC
AN56AN0CC
AN56AN0DC
0—
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0601AAA
ECN0601EAA
ECN0601BAA
ECN0601CAA
ECN0601DAA
ECN0602AAA
ECN0602EAA
ECN0602BAA
ECN0602CAA
ECN0602DAA
ECN0604AAA
ECN0604EAA
ECN0604BAA
ECN0604CAA
ECN0604DAA
ECN0608AAA
ECN0608EAA
ECN0608BAA
ECN0608CAA
ECN0608DAA
AN56BN0AC
AN56BN0EC
AN56BN0BC
AN56BN0CC
AN56BN0DC
1—
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0611AAA
ECN0611EAA
ECN0611BAA
ECN0611CAA
ECN0611DAA
ECN0612AAA
ECN0612EAA
ECN0612BAA
ECN0612CAA
ECN0612DAA
ECN0614AAA
ECN0614EAA
ECN0614BAA
ECN0614CAA
ECN0614DAA
ECN0618AAA
ECN0618EAA
ECN0618BAA
ECN0618CAA
ECN0618DAA
AN56DN0AB
AN56DN0EB
AN56DN0BB
AN56DN0CB
AN56DN0DB
2—
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0621AAA
ECN0621EAA
ECN0621BAA
ECN0621CAA
ECN0621DAA
ECN0622AAA
ECN0622EAA
ECN0622BAA
ECN0622CAA
ECN0622DAA
ECN0624AAA
ECN0624EAA
ECN0624BAA
ECN0624CAA
ECN0624DAA
ECN0628AAA
ECN0628EAA
ECN0628BAA
ECN0628CAA
ECN0628DAA
AN56GN0AB
AN56GN0EB
AN56GN0BB
AN56GN0CB
AN56GN0DB
3—
200
230
460
575
—
25
30
50
50
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0631AAA
ECN0631EAA
ECN0631BAA
ECN0631CAA
ECN0631DAA
ECN0632AAA
ECN0632EAA
ECN0632BAA
ECN0632CAA
ECN0632DAA
ECN0634AAA
ECN0634EAA
ECN0634BAA
ECN0634CAA
ECN0634DAA
ECN0638AAA
ECN0638EAA
ECN0638BAA
ECN0638CAA
ECN0638DAA
AN56KN0A
AN56KN0E
AN56KN0B
AN56KN0C
AN56KN0D
4—
200
230
460
575
—
40
50
100
100
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0641AAA
ECN0641EAA
ECN0641BAA
ECN0641CAA
ECN0641DAA
ECN0642AAA
ECN0642EAA
ECN0642BAA
ECN0642CAA
ECN0642DAA
ECN0644AAA
ECN0644EAA
ECN0644BAA
ECN0644CAA
ECN0644DAA
ECN0648AAA
ECN0648EAA
ECN0648BAA
ECN0648CAA
ECN0648DAA
AN56NN0A
AN56NN0E
AN56NN0B
AN56NN0C
AN56NN0D
5—
200
230
460
575
—
75
100
200
200
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0651AAA
ECN0651EAA
ECN0651BAA
ECN0651CAA
ECN0651DAA
ECN0652AAA
ECN0652EAA
ECN0652BAA
ECN0652CAA
ECN0652DAA
ECN0654AAA
ECN0654EAA
ECN0654BAA
ECN0654CAA
ECN0654DAA
ECN0658AAA
ECN0658EAA
ECN0658BAA
ECN0658CAA
ECN0658DAA
AN56SN0AB
AN56SN0EB
AN56SN0BB
AN56SN0CB
AN56SN0DB
6—
200
230
460
575
—
150
200
400
400
120
208
240
480
600
ECN0661AAA
ECN0661EAA
ECN0661BAA
ECN0661CAA
ECN0661DAA
ECN0662AAA
ECN0662EAA
ECN0662BAA
ECN0662CAA
ECN0662DAA
ECN0663AAA
ECN0663EAA
ECN0663BAA
ECN0663CAA
ECN0663DAA
ECN0668AAA
ECN0668EAA
ECN0668BAA
ECN0668CAA
ECN0668DAA
AN56TN0AB
AN56TN0EB
AN56TN0BB
AN56TN0CB
AN56TN0DB
7—
230
460
575
—
300
600
600
120
240
480
600
ECN0671AAA
ECN0671BAA
ECN0671CAA
ECN0671DAA
ECN0672AAA
ECN0672BAA
ECN0672CAA
ECN0672DAA
ECN0673AAA
ECN0673BAA
ECN0673CAA
ECN0673DAA
ECN0678AAA
ECN0678BAA
ECN0678CAA
ECN0678DAA
AN56UN0AB
AN56UN0BB
AN56UN0CB
AN56UN0DB
8—
230
460
575
—
450
900
900
120
240
480
600
ECN0681AAA
ECN0681BAA
ECN0681CAA
ECN0681DAA
ECN0682AAA
ECN0682BAA
ECN0682CAA
ECN0682DAA
ECN0683AAA
ECN0683BAA
ECN0683CAA
ECN0683DAA
ECN0688AAA
ECN0688BAA
ECN0688CAA
ECN0688DAA
AN56VN0AB
AN56VN0BB
AN56VN0CB
AN56VN0DB
9—
230
460
575
—
800
1600
1600
120
240
480
600
ECN0691AAA
ECN0691BAA
ECN0691CAA
ECN0691DAA
ECN0692AAA
ECN0692BAA
ECN0692CAA
ECN0692DAA
ECN0693AAA
ECN0693BAA
ECN0693CAA
ECN0693DAA
ECN0698AAA
ECN0698BAA
ECN0698CAA
ECN0698DAA
AN56WN0A
AN56WN0B
AN56WN0C
AN56WN0D
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-128
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Non-combination Starters
Table 33-196. Class ECN07 — Non-combination Non-reversing Starter with CPT
Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages,
see Page 33-118.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0704EAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
ECN0712CAA
NEMA
Size
Primary
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Secondary
Voltage
Magnet
Coil Voltage
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight & Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 208
240
480
600
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
3
120
ECN07A1EAA
ECN07A1BAA
ECN07A1CAA
ECN07A1DAA
ECN07A2EAA
ECN07A2BAA
ECN07A2CAA
ECN07A2DAA
ECN07A4EAA
ECN07A4BAA
ECN07A4CAA
ECN07A4DAA
ECN07A8EAA
ECN07A8BAA
ECN07A8CAA
ECN07A8DAA
AN16AN0EC
AN16AN0BC
AN16AN0CC
AN16AN0DC
0208
240
480
600
3
3
5
5
120
ECN0701EAA
ECN0701BAA
ECN0701CAA
ECN0701DAA
ECN0702EAA
ECN0702BAA
ECN0702CAA
ECN0702DAA
ECN0704EAA
ECN0704BAA
ECN0704CAA
ECN0704DAA
ECN0708EAA
ECN0708BAA
ECN0708CAA
ECN0708DAA
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC
1208
240
480
600
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
ECN0711EAA
ECN0711BAA
ECN0711CAA
ECN0711DAA
ECN0712EAA
ECN0712BAA
ECN0712CAA
ECN0712DAA
ECN0714EAA
ECN0714BAA
ECN0714CAA
ECN0714DAA
ECN0718EAA
ECN0718BAA
ECN0718CAA
ECN0718DAA
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
2208
240
480
600
10
15
25
25
120
ECN0721EAA
ECN0721BAA
ECN0721CAA
ECN0721DAA
ECN0722EAA
ECN0722BAA
ECN0722CAA
ECN0722DAA
ECN0724EAA
ECN0724BAA
ECN0724CAA
ECN0724DAA
ECN0728EAA
ECN0728BAA
ECN0728CAA
ECN0728DAA
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB
3208
240
480
600
25
30
50
50
120
ECN0731EAA
ECN0731BAA
ECN0731CAA
ECN0731DAA
ECN0732EAA
ECN0732BAA
ECN0732CAA
ECN0732DAA
ECN0734EAA
ECN0734BAA
ECN0734CAA
ECN0734DAA
ECN0738EAA
ECN0738BAA
ECN0738CAA
ECN0738DAA
AN16KN0E
AN16KN0B
AN16KN0C
AN16KN0D
4208
240
480
600
40
50
100
100
120
ECN0741EAA
ECN0741BAA
ECN0741CAA
ECN0741DAA
ECN0742EAA
ECN0742BAA
ECN0742CAA
ECN0742DAA
ECN0744EAA
ECN0744BAA
ECN0744CAA
ECN0744DAA
ECN0748EAA
ECN0748BAA
ECN0748CAA
ECN0748DAA
AN16NN0E
AN16NN0B
AN16NN0C
AN16NN0D
5208
240
480
600
75
100
200
200
120
ECN0751EAA
ECN0751BAA
ECN0751CAA
ECN0751DAA
ECN0752EAA
ECN0752BAA
ECN0752CAA
ECN0752DAA
ECN0754EAA
ECN0754BAA
ECN0754CAA
ECN0754DAA
ECN0758EAA
ECN0758BAA
ECN0758CAA
ECN0758DAA
AN16SN0EB
AN16SN0BB
AN16SN0CB
AN16SN0DB
6208
240
480
600
150
200
400
400
120
ECN0761EAA
ECN0761BAA
ECN0761CAA
ECN0761DAA
ECN0762EAA
ECN0762BAA
ECN0762CAA
ECN0762DAA
ECN0763EAA
ECN0763BAA
ECN0763CAA
ECN0763DAA
ECN0768EAA
ECN0768BAA
ECN0768CAA
ECN0768DAA
AN56TN0EB
AN56TN0BB
AN56TN0CB
AN56TN0DB
7240
480
600
300
600
600
120
ECN0771BAA
ECN0771CAA
ECN0771DAA
ECN0772BAA
ECN0772CAA
ECN0772DAA
ECN0773BAA
ECN0773CAA
ECN0773DAA
ECN0778BAA
ECN0778CAA
ECN0778DAA
AN16UN0BB
AN16UN0CB
AN16UN0DB
8240
480
600
450
900
900
120
ECN0781BAA
ECN0781CAA
ECN0781DAA
ECN0782BAA
ECN0782CAA
ECN0782DAA
ECN0783BAA
ECN0783CAA
ECN0783DAA
ECN0788BAA
ECN0788CAA
ECN0788DAA
AN16VN0BB
AN16VN0CB
AN16VN0DB
9240
480
600
800
1600
1600
120
ECN0791BAA
ECN0791CAA
ECN0791DAA
ECN0792BAA
ECN0792CAA
ECN0792DAA
ECN0793BAA
ECN0793CAA
ECN0793DAA
ECN0798BAA
ECN0798CAA
ECN0798DAA
AN16WN0B
AN16WN0C
AN16WN0D
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-129
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Non-combination Starters
Table 33-197. Class ECN08 — Non-combination Single Phase Non-reversing Starter
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN0804AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil Voltage
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 115
230
1/3
1
120
240
ECN08A1AAA
ECN08A1BAA
(Select Contactor from Size 0 Listing) AN16AN0AC
AN16AN0BC
0115
230
1
2
120
240
ECN0801AAA
ECN0801BAA
ECN0802AAA
ECN0802BAA
ECN0804AAA
ECN0804BAA
ECN0808AAA
ECN0808BAA
AN16BN0AC
AN16BN0BC
1115
230
2
3
120
240
ECN0811AAA
ECN0811BAA
ECN0812AAA
ECN0812BAA
ECN0814AAA
ECN0814BAA
ECN0818AAA
ECN0818BAA
AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0BB
1P 115
230
3
5
120
240
ECN08C1AAA
ECN08C1BAA
ECN08C2AAA
ECN08C2BAA
ECN08C4AAA
ECN08C4BAA
ECN08C8AAA
ECN08C8BAA
AN16PN0A
AN16PN0B
2115
230
3
7-1/2
120
240
ECN0821AAA
ECN0821BAA
ECN0822AAA
ECN0822BAA
ECN0824AAA
ECN0824BAA
ECN0828AAA
ECN0828BAA
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0BB
3115
230
7-1/2
15
120
240
ECN0831AAA
ECN0831BAA
ECN0832AAA
ECN0832BAA
ECN0834AAA
ECN0834BAA
ECN0838AAA
ECN0838BAA
AN16KN0A
AN16KN0B
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-130
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Features
■3-Phase Magnetic
■3-Pole Non-reversing or Reversing
■Standard Interchangeable Heater OLR
■Optional Electronic Overload
■600V Maximum
■100,000 RMS Short Circuit Rating with Fuses
Product Selection
Table 33-198. Class ECN16 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example:
ECN1604EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order
Non-metallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Fuse
Clip
Amps
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 —
200
230
460
575
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
120
208
240
480
600
30A
ECN16A1AAB
ECN16A1EAB
ECN16A1BAB
ECN16A1CAC
ECN16A1DAC
ECN16A2AAB
ECN16A2EAB
ECN16A2BAB
ECN16A2CAC
ECN16A2DAC
ECN16A4AAB
ECN16A4EAB
ECN16A4BAB
ECN16A4CAC
ECN16A4DAC
ECN16A8AAB
ECN16A8EAB
ECN16A8BAB
ECN16A8CAC
ECN16A8DAC
AN16AN0AC
AN16AN0EC
AN16AN0BC
AN16AN0CC
AN16AN0DC
0—
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
30A
ECN1601AAB
ECN1601EAB
ECN1601BAB
ECN1601CAC
ECN1601DAC
ECN1602AAB
ECN1602EAB
ECN1602BAB
ECN1602CAC
ECN1602DAC
ECN1604AAB
ECN1604EAB
ECN1604BAB
ECN1604CAC
ECN1604DAC
ECN1608AAB
ECN1608EAB
ECN1608BAB
ECN1608CAC
ECN1608DAC
AN16BN0AC
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC
1—
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
30A
ECN1611AAB
ECN1611EAB
ECN1611BAB
ECN1611CAC
ECN1611DAC
ECN1612AAB
ECN1612EAB
ECN1612BAB
ECN1612CAC
ECN1612DAC
ECN1614AAB
ECN1614EAB
ECN1614BAB
ECN1614CAC
ECN1614DAC
ECN1618AAB
ECN1618EAB
ECN1618BAB
ECN1618CAC
ECN1618DAC
AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
2—
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
60A
ECN1621AAD
ECN1621EAD
ECN1621BAD
ECN1621CAE
ECN1621DAE
ECN1622AAD
ECN1622EAD
ECN1622BAD
ECN1622CAE
ECN1622DAE
ECN1624AAD
ECN1624EAD
ECN1624BAD
ECN1624CAE
ECN1624DAE
ECN1628AAD
ECN1628EAD
ECN1628BAD
ECN1628CAE
ECN1628DAE
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB
3—
200
230
460
575
—
25
30
50
50
120
208
240
480
600
100A
ECN1631AAF
ECN1631EAF
ECN1631BAF
ECN1631CAG
ECN1631DAG
ECN1632AAF
ECN1632EAF
ECN1632BAF
ECN1632CAG
ECN1632DAG
ECN1634AAF
ECN1634EAF
ECN1634BAF
ECN1634CAG
ECN1634DAG
ECN1638AAF
ECN1638EAF
ECN1638BAF
ECN1638CAG
ECN1638DAG
AN16KN0A
AN16KN0E
AN16KN0B
AN16KN0C
AN16KN0D
4—
200
230
460
575
—
40
50
100
100
120
208
240
480
600
200A
ECN1641AAH
ECN1641EAH
ECN1641BAH
ECN1641CAJ
ECN1641DAJ
ECN1642AAH
ECN1642EAH
ECN1642BAH
ECN1642CAJ
ECN1642DAJ
ECN1644AAH
ECN1644EAH
ECN1644BAH
ECN1644CAJ
ECN1644DAJ
ECN1648AAH
ECN1648EAH
ECN1648BAH
ECN1648CAJ
ECN1648DAJ
AN16NN0A
AN16NN0E
AN16NN0B
AN16NN0C
AN16NN0D
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-131
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-198. Class ECN16 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect (Continued)
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1604EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton.
Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Fuse
Clip
Amps
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
5—
200
230
460
575
—
75
100
200
200
120
208
240
480
600
400A
ECN1651AAK
ECN1651EAK
ECN1651BAK
ECN1651CAL
ECN1651DAL
ECN1652AAK
ECN1652EAK
ECN1652BAK
ECN1652CAL
ECN1652DAL
ECN1654AAK
ECN1654EAK
ECN1654BAK
ECN1654CAL
ECN1654DAL
ECN1658AAK
ECN1658EAK
ECN1658BAK
ECN1658CAL
ECN1658DAL
AN16SN0AB
AN16SN0EB
AN16SN0BB
AN16SN0CB
AN16SN0DB
6—
200
230
460
575
—
150
200
400
400
120
208
240
480
600
600A
ECN1661AAM
ECN1661EAM
ECN1661BAM
ECN1661CAN
ECN1661DAN
ECN1662AAM
ECN1662EAM
ECN1662BAM
ECN1662CAN
ECN1662DAN
ECN1663AAM
ECN1663EAM
ECN1663BAM
ECN1663CAN
ECN1663DAN
ECN1668AAM
ECN1668EAM
ECN1668BAM
ECN1668CAN
ECN1668DAN
AN16TN0AB
AN16TN0EB
AN16TN0BB
AN16TN0CB
AN16TN0DB
7—
230
460
575
—
300
600
600
120
240
480
600
ECN1671AAU
ECN1671BAU
ECN1671CAU
ECN1671DAU
ECN1672AAU
ECN1672BAU
ECN1672CAU
ECN1672DAU
ECN1673AAU
ECN1673BAU
ECN1673CAU
ECN1673DAU
ECN1678AAU
ECN1678BAU
ECN1678CAU
ECN1678DAU
AN16UN0AB
AN16UN0BB
AN16UN0CB
AN16UN0DB
8—
230
460
575
—
450
900
900
120
240
480
600
ECN1681AAU
ECN1681BAU
ECN1681CAU
ECN1681DAU
ECN1682AAU
ECN1682BAU
ECN1682CAU
ECN1682DAU
ECN1683AAU
ECN1683BAU
ECN1683CAU
ECN1683DAU
ECN1688AAU
ECN1688BAU
ECN1688CAU
ECN1688DAU
AN16VN0AB
AN16VN0BB
AN16VN0CB
AN16VN0DB
9—
230
460
575
—
800
1000
1000
120
240
480
600
ECN1691AAU
ECN1691BAU
ECN1691CAU
ECN1691DAU
ECN1692AAU
ECN1692BAU
ECN1692CAU
ECN1692DAU
ECN1693AAU
ECN1693BAU
ECN1693CAU
ECN1693DAU
ECN1698AAU
ECN1698BAU
ECN1698CAU
ECN1698DAU
AN16WN0A
AN16WN0B
AN16WN0C
AN16WN0D
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-132
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-199. Class ECN16 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Non-fusible Disconnect
Field installed Fuse Clips available, see PG03300001E.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1604AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For
internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door
interlock is required, add modification E11.
For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton.
Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when
ordering the starter.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Disconnect
Amps
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight
& Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 —
200
230
460
575
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
120
208
240
480
600
30A
ECN16A1AAA
ECN16A1EAA
ECN16A1BAA
ECN16A1CAA
ECN16A1DAA
ECN16A2AAA
ECN16A2EAA
ECN16A2BAA
ECN16A2CAA
ECN16A2DAA
ECN16A4AAA
ECN16A4EAA
ECN16A4BAA
ECN16A4CAA
ECN16A4DAA
ECN16A8AAA
ECN16A8EAA
ECN16A8BAA
ECN16A8CAA
ECN16A8DAA
AN16AN0AC
AN16AN0EC
AN16AN0BC
AN16AN0CC
AN16AN0DC
0—
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
30A
ECN1601AAA
ECN1601EAA
ECN1601BAA
ECN1601CAA
ECN1601DAA
ECN1602AAA
ECN1602EAA
ECN1602BAA
ECN1602CAA
ECN1602DAA
ECN1604AAA
ECN1604EAA
ECN1604BAA
ECN1604CAA
ECN1604DAA
ECN1608AAA
ECN1608EAA
ECN1608BAA
ECN1608CAA
ECN1608DAA
AN16BN0AC
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC
1—
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
30A
ECN1611AAA
ECN1611EAA
ECN1611BAA
ECN1611CAA
ECN1611DAA
ECN1612AAA
ECN1612EAA
ECN1612BAA
ECN1612CAA
ECN1612DAA
ECN1614AAA
ECN1614EAA
ECN1614BAA
ECN1614CAA
ECN1614DAA
ECN1618AAA
ECN1618EAA
ECN1618BAA
ECN1618CAA
ECN1618DAA
AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
2—
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
60A
ECN1621AAA
ECN1621EAA
ECN1621BAA
ECN1621CAA
ECN1621DAA
ECN1622AAA
ECN1622EAA
ECN1622BAA
ECN1622CAA
ECN1622DAA
ECN1624AAA
ECN1624EAA
ECN1624BAA
ECN1624CAA
ECN1624DAA
ECN1628AAA
ECN1628EAA
ECN1628BAA
ECN1628CAA
ECN1628DAA
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB
3—
200
230
460
575
—
25
30
50
50
120
208
240
480
600
100A
ECN1631AAA
ECN1631EAA
ECN1631BAA
ECN1631CAA
ECN1631DAA
ECN1632AAA
ECN1632EAA
ECN1632BAA
ECN1632CAA
ECN1632DAA
ECN1634AAA
ECN1634EAA
ECN1634BAA
ECN1634CAA
ECN1634DAA
ECN1638AAA
ECN1638EAA
ECN1638BAA
ECN1638CAA
ECN1638DAA
AN16KN0A
AN16KN0E
AN16KN0B
AN16KN0C
AN16KN0D
4—
200
230
460
575
—
40
50
100
100
120
208
240
480
600
200A
ECN1641AAA
ECN1641EAA
ECN1641BAA
ECN1641CAA
ECN1641DAA
ECN1642AAA
ECN1642EAA
ECN1642BAA
ECN1642CAA
ECN1642DAA
ECN1644AAA
ECN1644EAA
ECN1644BAA
ECN1644CAA
ECN1644DAA
ECN1648AAA
ECN1648EAA
ECN1648BAA
ECN1648CAA
ECN1648DAA
AN16NN0A
AN16NN0E
AN16NN0B
AN16NN0C
AN16NN0D
5—
200
230
460
575
—
75
100
200
200
120
208
240
480
600
400A
ECN1651AAA
ECN1651EAA
ECN1651BAA
ECN1651CAA
ECN1651DAA
ECN1652AAA
ECN1652EAA
ECN1652BAA
ECN1652CAA
ECN1652DAA
ECN1654AAA
ECN1654EAA
ECN1654BAA
ECN1654CAA
ECN1654DAA
ECN1658AAA
ECN1658EAA
ECN1658BAA
ECN1658CAA
ECN1658DAA
AN16SN0AB
AN16SN0EB
AN16SN0BB
AN16SN0CB
AN16SN0DB
6—
200
230
460
575
—
150
200
400
400
120
208
240
480
600
600A
ECN1661AAA
ECN1661EAA
ECN1661BAA
ECN1661CAA
ECN1661DAA
ECN1662AAA
ECN1662EAA
ECN1662BAA
ECN1662CAA
ECN1662DAA
ECN1663AAA
ECN1663EAA
ECN1663BAA
ECN1663CAA
ECN1663DAA
ECN1668AAA
ECN1668EAA
ECN1668BAA
ECN1668CAA
ECN1668DAA
AN16TN0AB
AN16TN0EB
AN16TN0BB
AN16TN0CB
AN16TN0DB
7—
230
460
575
—
300
600
600
120
240
480
600
ECN1671AAA
ECN1671BAA
ECN1671CAA
ECN1671DAA
ECN1672AAA
ECN1672BAA
ECN1672CAA
ECN1672DAA
ECN1673AAA
ECN1673BAA
ECN1673CAA
ECN1673DAA
ECN1678AAA
ECN1678BAA
ECN1678CAA
ECN1678DAA
AN16UN0AB
AN16UN0BB
AN16UN0CB
AN16UN0DB
8—
230
460
575
—
450
900
900
120
240
480
600
ECN1681AAA
ECN1681BAA
ECN1681CAA
ECN1681DAA
ECN1682AAA
ECN1682BAA
ECN1682CAA
ECN1682DAA
ECN1683AAA
ECN1683BAA
ECN1683CAA
ECN1683DAA
ECN1688AAA
ECN1688BAA
ECN1688CAA
ECN1688DAA
AN16VN0AB
AN16VN0BB
AN16VN0CB
AN16VN0DB
9—
230
460
575
—
800
1000
1000
120
240
480
600
ECN1691AAA
ECN1691BAA
ECN1691CAA
ECN1691DAA
ECN1692AAA
ECN1692BAA
ECN1692CAA
ECN1692DAA
ECN1693AAA
ECN1693BAA
ECN1693CAA
ECN1693DAA
ECN1698AAA
ECN1698BAA
ECN1698CAA
ECN1698DAA
AN16WN0A
AN16WN0B
AN16WN0C
AN16WN0D
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-133
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-200. Class ECN16 — Special Enclosure Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible/Non-fusible Disconnect
Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J fuses see mods, Page 33-44.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1604EAB-E3. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
To order Type 12 enclosures with safety door interlock add modification E11.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Fuse
Clip
Amperes
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
Component
Starter
(Open)
External Reset External Reset External Reset Internal Reset
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Horizontal Enclosure — Fusible
1—
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
30A ECN1611AAB-E13
ECN1611EAB-E13
ECN1611BAB-E13
ECN1611CAC-E13
ECN1611DAC-E13
—
—
—
—
—
ECN1618AAB-E13
ECN1618EAB-E13
ECN1618BAB-E13
ECN1618CAC-E13
ECN1618DAC-E13
ECN1618AAB-E13R5
ECN1618EAB-E13R5
ECN1618BAB-E13R5
ECN1618CAC-E13R5
ECN1618DAC-E13R5
AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
2—
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
60A ECN1621AAD-E13
ECN1621EAD-E13
ECN1621BAD-E13
ECN1621CAE-E13
ECN1621DAE-E13
—
—
—
—
—
ECN1628AAD-E13
ECN1628EAD-E13
ECN1628BAD-E13
ECN1628CAE-E13
ECN1628DAE-E13
ECN1628AAD-E13R5
ECN1628EAD-E13R5
ECN1628BAD-E13R5
ECN1628CAE-E13R5
ECN1628DAE-E13R5
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB
Horizontal Enclosure — Non-fusible
1—
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
—ECN1611AAA-E13
ECN1611EAA-E13
ECN1611BAA-E13
ECN1611CAA-E13
ECN1611DAA-E13
—
—
—
—
—
ECN1618AAA-E13
ECN1618EAA-E13
ECN1618BAA-E13
ECN1618CAA-E13
ECN1618DAA-E13
ECN1618AAA-E13R5
ECN1618EAA-E13R5
ECN1618BAA-E13R5
ECN1618CAA-E13R5
ECN1618DAA-E13R5
AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
2—
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
—ECN1621AAA-E13
ECN1621EAA-E13
ECN1621BAA-E13
ECN1621CAA-E13
ECN1621DAA-E13
—
—
—
—
—
ECN1628AAA-E13
ECN1628EAA-E13
ECN1628BAA-E13
ECN1628CAA-E13
ECN1628DAA-E13
ECN1628AAA-E13R5
ECN1628EAA-E13R5
ECN1628BAA-E13R5
ECN1628CAA-E13R5
ECN1628DAA-E13R5
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB
Oversize Enclosure — without Control Transformer — Fusible
0—
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
30A ECN1601AAB-E3
ECN1601EAB-E3
ECN1601BAB-E3
ECN1601CAC-E3
ECN1601DAC-E3
ECN1604AAB-E3
ECN1604EAB-E3
ECN1604BAB-E3
ECN1604CAC-E3
ECN1604DAC-E3
ECN1608AAB-E3
ECN1608EAB-E3
ECN1608BAB-E3
ECN1608CAC-E3
ECN1608DAC-E3
ECN1608AAB-E3R5
ECN1608EAB-E3R5
ECN1608BAB-E3R5
ECN1608CAC-E3R5
ECN1608DAC-E3R5
AN16BN0AC
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC
1—
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
30A ECN1611AAB-E3
ECN1611EAB-E3
ECN1611BAB-E3
ECN1611CAC-E3
ECN1611DAC-E3
ECN1614AAB-E3
ECN1614EAB-E3
ECN1614BAB-E3
ECN1614CAC-E3
ECN1614DAC-E3
ECN1618AAB-E3
ECN1618EAB-E3
ECN1618BAB-E3
ECN1618CAC-E3
ECN1618DAC-E3
ECN1618AAB-E3R5
ECN1618EAB-E3R5
ECN1618BAB-E3R5
ECN1618CAC-E3R5
ECN1618DAC-E3R5
AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
2—
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
60A ECN1621AAD-E3
ECN1621EAD-E3
ECN1621BAD-E3
ECN1621CAE-E3
ECN1621DAE-E3
ECN1624AAD-E3
ECN1624EAD-E3
ECN1624BAD-E3
ECN1624CAE-E3
ECN1624DAE-E3
ECN1628AAD-E3
ECN1628EAD-E3
ECN1628BAD-E3
ECN1628CAE-E3
ECN1628DAE-E3
ECN1628AAD-E3R5
ECN1628EAD-E3R5
ECN1628BAD-E3R5
ECN1628CAE-E3R5
ECN1628DAE-E3R5
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB
Oversize Enclosure — without Control Transformer — Non-fusible
0—
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
—ECN1601AAA-E3
ECN1601EAA-E3
ECN1601BAA-E3
ECN1601CAA-E3
ECN1601DAA-E3
ECN1604AAA-E3
ECN1604EAA-E3
ECN1604BAA-E3
ECN1604CAA-E3
ECN1604DAA-E3
ECN1608AAA-E3
ECN1608EAA-E3
ECN1608BAA-E3
ECN1608CAA-E3
ECN1608DAA-E3
ECN1608AAA-E3R5
ECN1608EAA-E3R5
ECN1608BAA-E3R5
ECN1608CAA-E3R5
ECN1608DAA-E3R5
AN16BN0AC
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC
1—
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
—ECN1611AAA-E3
ECN1611EAA-E3
ECN1611BAA-E3
ECN1611CAA-E3
ECN1611DAA-E3
ECN1614AAA-E3
ECN1614EAA-E3
ECN1614BAA-E3
ECN1614CAA-E3
ECN1614DAA-E3
ECN1618AAA-E3
ECN1618EAA-E3
ECN1618BAA-E3
ECN1618CAA-E3
ECN1618DAA-E3
ECN1618AAA-E3R5
ECN1618EAA-E3R5
ECN1618BAA-E3R5
ECN1618CAA-E3R5
ECN1618DAA-E3R5
AN16DN0AB
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
2—
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
—ECN1621AAA-E3
ECN1621EAA-E3
ECN1621BAA-E3
ECN1621CAA-E3
ECN1621DAA-E3
ECN1624AAA-E3
ECN1624EAA-E3
ECN1624BAA-E3
ECN1624CAA-E3
ECN1624DAA-E3
ECN1628AAA-E3
ECN1628EAA-E3
ECN1628BAA-E3
ECN1628CAA-E3
ECN1628DAA-E3
ECN1628AAA-E3R5
ECN1628EAA-E3R5
ECN1628BAA-E3R5
ECN1628CAA-E3R5
ECN1628DAA-E3R5
AN16GN0AB
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-134
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-201. Class ECN17 — Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1704EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton.
Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating Dual
Element
Fuses
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Fuse
Clip
Amps
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
0—
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
30A
ECN1701AAB
ECN1701EAB
ECN1701BAB
ECN1701CAC
ECN1701DAC
ECN1702AAB
ECN1702EAB
ECN1702BAB
ECN1702CAC
ECN1702DAC
ECN1704AAB
ECN1704EAB
ECN1704BAB
ECN1704CAC
ECN1704DAC
ECN1708AAB
ECN1708EAB
ECN1708BAB
ECN1708CAC
ECN1708DAC
AN56BN0AC
AN56BN0EC
AN56BN0BC
AN56BN0CC
AN56BN0DC
1—
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
30A
ECN1711AAB
ECN1711EAB
ECN1711BAB
ECN1711CAC
ECN1711DAC
ECN1712AAB
ECN1712EAB
ECN1712BAB
ECN1712CAC
ECN1712DAC
ECN1714AAB
ECN1714EAB
ECN1714BAB
ECN1714CAC
ECN1714DAC
ECN1718AAB
ECN1718EAB
ECN1718BAB
ECN1718CAC
ECN1718DAC
AN56DN0AB
AN56DN0EB
AN56DN0BB
AN56DN0CB
AN56DN0DB
2—
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
60A
ECN1721AAD
ECN1721EAD
ECN1721BAD
ECN1721CAE
ECN1721DAE
ECN1722AAD
ECN1722EAD
ECN1722BAD
ECN1722CAE
ECN1722DAE
ECN1724AAD
ECN1724EAD
ECN1724BAD
ECN1724CAE
ECN1724DAE
ECN1728AAD
ECN1728EAD
ECN1728BAD
ECN1728CAE
ECN1728DAE
AN56GN0AB
AN56GN0EB
AN56GN0BB
AN56GN0CB
AN56GN0DB
3—
200
230
460
575
—
25
30
50
50
120
208
240
480
600
100A
ECN1731AAF
ECN1731EAF
ECN1731BAF
ECN1731CAG
ECN1731DAG
ECN1732AAF
ECN1732EAF
ECN1732BAF
ECN1732CAG
ECN1732DAG
ECN1734AAF
ECN1734EAF
ECN1734BAF
ECN1734CAG
ECN1734DAG
ECN1738AAF
ECN1738EAF
ECN1738BAF
ECN1738CAG
ECN1738DAG
AN56KN0A
AN56KN0E
AN56KN0B
AN56KN0C
AN56KN0D
4—
200
230
460
575
—
40
50
100
100
120
208
240
480
600
200A
ECN1741AAH
ECN1741EAH
ECN1741BAH
ECN1741CAJ
ECN1741DAJ
ECN1742AAH
ECN1742EAH
ECN1742BAH
ECN1742CAJ
ECN1742DAJ
ECN1744AAH
ECN1744EAH
ECN1744BAH
ECN1744CAJ
ECN1744DAJ
ECN1748AAH
ECN1748EAH
ECN1748BAH
ECN1748CAJ
ECN1748DAJ
AN56NN0A
AN56NN0E
AN56NN0B
AN56NN0C
AN56NN0D
5—
200
230
460
575
—
75
100
200
200
120
208
240
480
600
400A
ECN1751AAK
ECN1751EAK
ECN1751BAK
ECN1751CAL
ECN1751DAL
ECN1752AAK
ECN1752EAK
ECN1752BAK
ECN1752CAL
ECN1752DAL
ECN1754AAK
ECN1754EAK
ECN1754BAK
ECN1754CAL
ECN1754DAL
ECN1758AAK
ECN1758EAK
ECN1758BAK
ECN1758CAL
ECN1758DAL
AN56SN0AB
AN56SN0EB
AN56SN0BB
AN56SN0CB
AN56SN0DB
6—
200
230
460
575
—
150
200
400
400
120
208
240
480
600
600A
ECN1761AAM
ECN1761EAM
ECN1761BAM
ECN1761CAN
ECN1761DAN
ECN1762AAM
ECN1762EAM
ECN1762BAM
ECN1762CAN
ECN1762DAN
ECN1763AAM
ECN1763EAM
ECN1763BAM
ECN1763CAN
ECN1763DAN
ECN1768AAM
ECN1768EAM
ECN1768BAM
ECN1768CAN
ECN1768DAN
AN56TN0AB
AN56TN0EB
AN56TN0BB
AN56TN0CB
AN56TN0DB
7—
230
460
575
—
300
600
600
120
240
480
600
ECN1771AAU
ECN1771BAU
ECN1771CAU
ECN1771DAU
ECN1772AAU
ECN1772BAU
ECN1772CAU
ECN1772DAU
ECN1773AAU
ECN1773BAU
ECN1773CAU
ECN1773DAU
ECN1778AAU
ECN1778BAU
ECN1778CAU
ECN1778DAU
AN56UN0AB
AN56UN0BB
AN56UN0CB
AN56UN0DB
8—
230
460
575
—
450
900
900
120
240
480
600
ECN1781AAU
ECN1781BAU
ECN1781CAU
ECN1781DAU
ECN1782AAU
ECN1782BAU
ECN1782CAU
ECN1782DAU
ECN1783AAU
ECN1783BAU
ECN1783CAU
ECN1783DAU
ECN1788AAU
ECN1788BAU
ECN1788CAU
ECN1788DAU
AN56VN0AB
AN56VN0BB
AN56VN0CB
AN56VN0DB
9—
230
460
575
—
800
1000
1000
120
240
480
600
ECN1791AAU
ECN1791BAU
ECN1791CAU
ECN1791DAU
ECN1792AAU
ECN1792BAU
ECN1792CAU
ECN1792DAU
ECN1793AAU
ECN1793BAU
ECN1793CAU
ECN1793DAU
ECN1798AAU
ECN1798BAU
ECN1798CAU
ECN1798DAU
AN56WN0A
AN56WN0B
AN56WN0C
AN56WN0D
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils Page 33-118
Dimensions PG03300001E
Accessories PG03300001E
Modifications Page 33-42
Technical Data PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-135
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-202. Class ECN17 — Combination Reversing Starter — Non-fusible Disconnect
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1704AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton.
Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Disconnect
Amps
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
0—
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
30A
ECN1701AAA
ECN1701EAA
ECN1701BAA
ECN1701CAA
ECN1701DAA
ECN1702AAA
ECN1702EAA
ECN1702BAA
ECN1702CAA
ECN1702DAA
ECN1704AAA
ECN1704EAA
ECN1704BAA
ECN1704CAA
ECN1704DAA
ECN1708AAA
ECN1708EAA
ECN1708BAA
ECN1708CAA
ECN1708DAA
AN56BN0AC
AN56BN0EC
AN56BN0BC
AN56BN0CC
AN56BN0DC
1—
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
30A
ECN1711AAA
ECN1711EAA
ECN1711BAA
ECN1711CAA
ECN1711DAA
ECN1712AAA
ECN1712EAA
ECN1712BAA
ECN1712CAA
ECN1712DAA
ECN1714AAA
ECN1714EAA
ECN1714BAA
ECN1714CAA
ECN1714DAA
ECN1718AAA
ECN1718EAA
ECN1718BAA
ECN1718CAA
ECN1718DAA
AN56DN0AB
AN56DN0EB
AN56DN0BB
AN56DN0CB
AN56DN0DB
2—
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
60A
ECN1721AAA
ECN1721EAA
ECN1721BAA
ECN1721CAA
ECN1721DAA
ECN1722AAA
ECN1722EAA
ECN1722BAA
ECN1722CAA
ECN1722DAA
ECN1724AAA
ECN1724EAA
ECN1724BAA
ECN1724CAA
ECN1724DAA
ECN1728AAA
ECN1728EAA
ECN1728BAA
ECN1728CAA
ECN1728DAA
AN56GN0AB
AN56GN0EB
AN56GN0BB
AN56GN0CB
AN56GN0DB
3—
200
230
460
575
—
25
30
50
50
120
208
240
480
600
100A
ECN1731AAA
ECN1731EAA
ECN1731BAA
ECN1731CAA
ECN1731DAA
ECN1732AAA
ECN1732EAA
ECN1732BAA
ECN1732CAA
ECN1732DAA
ECN1734AAA
ECN1734EAA
ECN1734BAA
ECN1734CAA
ECN1734DAA
ECN1738AAA
ECN1738EAA
ECN1738BAA
ECN1738CAA
ECN1738DAA
AN56KN0A
AN56KN0E
AN56KN0B
AN56KN0C
AN56KN0D
4—
200
230
460
575
—
40
50
100
100
120
208
240
480
600
200A
ECN1741AAA
ECN1741EAA
ECN1741BAA
ECN1741CAA
ECN1741DAA
ECN1742AAA
ECN1742EAA
ECN1742BAA
ECN1742CAA
ECN1742DAA
ECN1744AAA
ECN1744EAA
ECN1744BAA
ECN1744CAA
ECN1744DAA
ECN1748AAA
ECN1748EAA
ECN1748BAA
ECN1748CAA
ECN1748DAA
AN56NN0A
AN56NN0E
AN56NN0B
AN56NN0C
AN56NN0D
5—
200
230
460
575
—
75
100
200
200
120
208
240
480
600
400A
ECN1751AAA
ECN1751EAA
ECN1751BAA
ECN1751CAA
ECN1751DAA
ECN1752AAA
ECN1752EAA
ECN1752BAA
ECN1752CAA
ECN1752DAA
ECN1754AAA
ECN1754EAA
ECN1754BAA
ECN1754CAA
ECN1754DAA
ECN1758AAA
ECN1758EAA
ECN1758BAA
ECN1758CAA
ECN1758DAA
AN56SN0AB
AN56SN0EB
AN56SN0BB
AN56SN0CB
AN56SN0DB
6—
200
230
460
575
—
150
200
400
400
120
208
240
480
600
600A
ECN1761AAA
ECN1761EAA
ECN1761BAA
ECN1761CAA
ECN1761DAA
ECN1762AAA
ECN1762EAA
ECN1762BAA
ECN1762CAA
ECN1762DAA
ECN1763AAA
ECN1763EAA
ECN1763BAA
ECN1763CAA
ECN1763DAA
ECN1768AAA
ECN1768EAA
ECN1768BAA
ECN1768CAA
ECN1768DAA
AN56TN0AB
AN56TN0EB
AN56TN0BB
AN56TN0CB
AN56TN0DB
7—
230
460
575
—
300
600
600
120
240
480
600
ECN1771AAA
ECN1771BAA
ECN1771CAA
ECN1771DAA
ECN1772AAA
ECN1772BAA
ECN1772CAA
ECN1772DAA
ECN1773AAA
ECN1773BAA
ECN1773CAA
ECN1773DAA
ECN1778AAA
ECN1778BAA
ECN1778CAA
ECN1778DAA
AN56UN0AB
AN56UN0BB
AN56UN0CB
AN56UN0DB
8—
230
460
575
—
450
900
900
120
240
480
600
ECN1781AAA
ECN1781BAA
ECN1781CAA
ECN1781DAA
ECN1782AAA
ECN1782BAA
ECN1782CAA
ECN1782DAA
ECN1783AAA
ECN1783BAA
ECN1783CAA
ECN1783DAA
ECN1788AAA
ECN1788BAA
ECN1788CAA
ECN1788DAA
AN56VN0AB
AN56VN0BB
AN56VN0CB
AN56VN0DB
9—
230
460
575
—
800
1000
1000
120
240
480
600
ECN1791AAA
ECN1791BAA
ECN1791CAA
ECN1791DAA
ECN1792AAA
ECN1792BAA
ECN1792CAA
ECN1792DAA
ECN1793AAA
ECN1793BAA
ECN1793CAA
ECN1793DAA
ECN1798AAA
ECN1798BAA
ECN1798CAA
ECN1798DAA
AN56WN0A
AN56WN0B
AN56WN0C
AN56WN0D
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-136
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-203. Class ECN18 — Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect with CPT
100,000 RMS short-circuit rating.
Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-118.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1804EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton.
Fuse clips are for Class R fuses. For H and J fuses see mods, Page 33-44.
Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the motor.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
NEMA
Size
Primary
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Fuse
Clip
Amps
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 208
240
480
600
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
120 30A
ECN18A1EAB
ECN18A1BAB
ECN18A1CAC
ECN18A1DAC
ECN18A2EAB
ECN18A2BAB
ECN18A2CAC
ECN18A2DAC
ECN18A4EAB
ECN18A4BAB
ECN18A4CAC
ECN18A4DAC
ECN18A8EAB
ECN18A8BAB
ECN18A8CAC
ECN18A8DAC
AN16AN0EC
AN16AN0BC
AN16AN0CC
AN16AN0DC
0208
240
480
600
3
3
5
5
120 30A
ECN1801EAB
ECN1801BAB
ECN1801CAC
ECN1801DAC
ECN1802EAB
ECN1802BAB
ECN1802CAC
ECN1802DAC
ECN1804EAB
ECN1804BAB
ECN1804CAC
ECN1804DAC
ECN1808EAB
ECN1808BAB
ECN1808CAC
ECN1808DAC
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC
1208
240
480
600
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120 30A
ECN1811EAB
ECN1811BAB
ECN1811CAC
ECN1811DAC
ECN1812EAB
ECN1812BAB
ECN1812CAC
ECN1812DAC
ECN1814EAB
ECN1814BAB
ECN1814CAC
ECN1814DAC
ECN1818EAB
ECN1818BAB
ECN1818CAC
ECN1818DAC
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
2208
240
480
600
10
15
25
25
120 60A
ECN1821EAD
ECN1821BAD
ECN1821CAE
ECN1821DAE
ECN1822EAD
ECN1822BAD
ECN1822CAE
ECN1822DAE
ECN1824EAD
ECN1824BAD
ECN1824CAE
ECN1824DAE
ECN1828EAD
ECN1828BAD
ECN1828CAE
ECN1828DAE
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB
3208
240
480
600
25
30
50
50
120 100A
ECN1831EAF
ECN1831BAF
ECN1831CAG
ECN1831DAG
ECN1832EAF
ECN1832BAF
ECN1832CAG
ECN1832DAG
ECN1834EAF
ECN1834BAF
ECN1834CAG
ECN1834DAG
ECN1838EAF
ECN1838BAF
ECN1838CAG
ECN1838DAG
AN16KN0E
AN16KN0B
AN16KN0C
AN16KN0D
4208
240
480
600
40
50
100
100
120 200A
ECN1841EAH
ECN1841BAH
ECN1841CAJ
ECN1841DAJ
ECN1842EAH
ECN1842BAH
ECN1842CAJ
ECN1842DAJ
ECN1844EAH
ECN1844BAH
ECN1844CAJ
ECN1844DAJ
ECN1848EAH
ECN1848BAH
ECN1848CAJ
ECN1848DAJ
AN16NN0E
AN16NN0B
AN16NN0C
AN16NN0D
5208
240
480
600
75
100
200
200
120 400A
ECN1851EAK
ECN1851BAK
ECN1851CAL
ECN1851DAL
ECN1852EAK
ECN1852BAK
ECN1852CAL
ECN1852DAL
ECN1854EAK
ECN1854BAK
ECN1854CAL
ECN1854DAL
ECN1858EAK
ECN1858BAK
ECN1858CAL
ECN1858DAL
AN16SN0EB
AN16SN0BB
AN16SN0CB
AN16SN0DB
6208
240
480
600
150
200
400
400
120 600A
ECN1861EAM
ECN1861BAM
ECN1861CAN
ECN1861DAN
ECN1862EAM
ECN1862BAM
ECN1862CAN
ECN1862DAN
ECN1863EAM
ECN1863BAM
ECN1863CAN
ECN1863DAN
ECN1868EAM
ECN1868BAM
ECN1868CAN
ECN1868DAN
AN16TN0EB
AN16TN0BB
AN16TN0CB
AN16TN0DB
7240
480
600
300
600
600
120
ECN1871BAU
ECN1871CAU
ECN1871DAU
ECN1872BAU
ECN1872CAU
ECN1872DAU
ECN1873BAU
ECN1873CAU
ECN1873DAU
ECN1878BAU
ECN1878CAU
ECN1878DAU
AN16UN0BB
AN16UN0CB
AN16UN0DB
8240
480
600
450
900
900
120
ECN1881BAU
ECN1881CAU
ECN1881DAU
ECN1882BAU
ECN1882CAU
ECN1882DAU
ECN1883BAU
ECN1883CAU
ECN1883DAU
ECN1888BAU
ECN1888CAU
ECN1888DAU
AN16VN0BB
AN16VN0CB
AN16VN0DB
9240
480
600
800
1000
1000
120
ECN1891BAU
ECN1891CAU
ECN1891DAU
ECN1892BAU
ECN1892CAU
ECN1892DAU
ECN1893BAU
ECN1893CAU
ECN1893DAU
ECN1898BAU
ECN1898CAU
ECN1898DAU
AN16WN0B
AN16WN0C
AN16WN0D
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-137
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-204. Class ECN18 — Combination Reversing Starter — Non-fusible Disconnect with CPT
Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-118.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN1804EAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult Eaton.
Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when ordering the starter.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
NEMA
Size
Primary
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Disconnect
Switch
Rating
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X Watertight
& Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 208
240
480
600
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
120 30A
ECN18A1EAA
ECN18A1BAA
ECN18A1CAA
ECN18A1DAA
ECN18A2EAA
ECN18A2BAA
ECN18A2CAA
ECN18A2DAA
ECN18A4EAA
ECN18A4BAA
ECN18A4CAA
ECN18A4DAA
ECN18A8EAA
ECN18A8BAA
ECN18A8CAA
ECN18A8DAA
AN16AN0EC
AN16AN0BC
AN16AN0CC
AN16AN0DC
0208
240
480
600
3
3
5
5
120 30A
ECN1801EAA
ECN1801BAA
ECN1801CAA
ECN1801DAA
ECN1802EAA
ECN1802BAA
ECN1802CAA
ECN1802DAA
ECN1804EAA
ECN1804BAA
ECN1804CAA
ECN1804DAA
ECN1808EAA
ECN1808BAA
ECN1808CAA
ECN1808DAA
AN16BN0EC
AN16BN0BC
AN16BN0CC
AN16BN0DC
1208
240
480
600
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120 30A
ECN1811EAA
ECN1811BAA
ECN1811CAA
ECN1811DAA
ECN1812EAA
ECN1812BAA
ECN1812CAA
ECN1812DAA
ECN1814EAA
ECN1814BAA
ECN1814CAA
ECN1814DAA
ECN1818EAA
ECN1818BAA
ECN1818CAA
ECN1818DAA
AN16DN0EB
AN16DN0BB
AN16DN0CB
AN16DN0DB
2208
240
480
600
10
15
25
25
120 60A
ECN1821EAA
ECN1821BAA
ECN1821CAA
ECN1821DAA
ECN1822EAA
ECN1822BAA
ECN1822CAA
ECN1822DAA
ECN1824EAA
ECN1824BAA
ECN1824CAA
ECN1824DAA
ECN1828EAA
ECN1828BAA
ECN1828CAA
ECN1828DAA
AN16GN0EB
AN16GN0BB
AN16GN0CB
AN16GN0DB
3208
240
480
600
25
30
50
50
120 100A
ECN1831EAA
ECN1831BAA
ECN1831CAA
ECN1831DAA
ECN1832EAA
ECN1832BAA
ECN1832CAA
ECN1832DAA
ECN1834EAA
ECN1834BAA
ECN1834CAA
ECN1834DAA
ECN1838EAA
ECN1838BAA
ECN1838CAA
ECN1838DAA
AN16KN0E
AN16KN0B
AN16KN0C
AN16KN0D
4208
240
480
600
40
50
100
100
120 200A
ECN1841EAA
ECN1841BAA
ECN1841CAA
ECN1841DAA
ECN1842EAA
ECN1842BAA
ECN1842CAA
ECN1842DAA
ECN1844EAA
ECN1844BAA
ECN1844CAA
ECN1844DAA
ECN1848EAA
ECN1848BAA
ECN1848CAA
ECN1848DAA
AN16NN0E
AN16NN0B
AN16NN0C
AN16NN0D
5208
240
480
600
75
100
200
200
120 400A
ECN1851EAA
ECN1851BAA
ECN1851CAA
ECN1851DAA
ECN1852EAA
ECN1852BAA
ECN1852CAA
ECN1852DAA
ECN1854EAA
ECN1854BAA
ECN1854CAA
ECN1854DAA
ECN1858EAA
ECN1858BAA
ECN1858CAA
ECN1858DAA
AN16SN0EB
AN16SN0BB
AN16SN0CB
AN16SN0DB
6208
240
480
600
150
200
400
400
120 600A
ECN1861EAA
ECN1861BAA
ECN1861CAA
ECN1861DAA
ECN1862EAA
ECN1862BAA
ECN1862CAA
ECN1862DAA
ECN1863EAA
ECN1863BAA
ECN1863CAA
ECN1863DAA
ECN1868EAA
ECN1868BAA
ECN1868CAA
ECN1868DAA
AN16TN0EB
AN16TN0BB
AN16TN0CB
AN16TN0DB
7240
480
600
300
600
600
120
ECN1871BAA
ECN1871CAA
ECN1871DAA
ECN1872BAA
ECN1872CAA
ECN1872DAA
ECN1873BAA
ECN1873CAA
ECN1873DAA
ECN1878BAA
ECN1878CAA
ECN1878DAA
AN16UN0BB
AN16UN0CB
AN16UN0DB
8240
480
600
450
900
900
120
ECN1881BAA
ECN1881CAA
ECN1881DAA
ECN1882BAA
ECN1882CAA
ECN1882DAA
ECN1883BAA
ECN1883CAA
ECN1883DAA
ECN1888BAA
ECN1888CAA
ECN1888DAA
AN16VN0BB
AN16VN0CB
AN16VN0DB
9240
480
600
800
1000
1000
120
ECN1891BAA
ECN1891CAA
ECN1891DAA
ECN1892BAA
ECN1892CAA
ECN1892DAA
ECN1893BAA
ECN1893CAA
ECN1893DAA
ECN1898BAA
ECN1898CAA
ECN1898DAA
AN16WN0B
AN16WN0C
AN16WN0D
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-138
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Features
■3-Phase Magnetic
■3-Pole Non-reversing or Reversing
■Standard Interchangeable Heater
OLR
■Optional Electronic Overload
■600V Maximum
■100,000 RMS 480V, 25,000 RMS
600V
Product Selection
Table 33-205. Class ECN22 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2204AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight
& Dust-Tight Stainless
Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 200 1
1-1/2
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECN22A1AAC
ECN22A1AAD
ECN22A2AAC
ECN22A2AAD
ECN22A4AAC
ECN22A4AAD
ECN22A8AAC
ECN22A8AAD
AN16AN0AC
230 1
1-1/2
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECN22A1AAC
ECN22A1AAD
ECN22A2AAC
ECN22A2AAD
ECN22A4AAC
ECN22A4AAD
ECN22A8AAC
ECN22A8AAD
460 1
2
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
ECN22A1AAB
ECN22A1AAC
ECN22A2AAB
ECN22A2AAC
ECN22A4AAB
ECN22A4AAC
ECN22A8AAB
ECN22A8AAC
575 1
2
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
ECN22A1AAB
ECN22A1AAC
ECN22A2AAB
ECN22A2AAC
ECN22A4AAB
ECN22A4AAC
ECN22A8AAB
ECN22A8AAC
0200 1
3
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECN2201AAC
ECN2201AAD
ECN2202AAC
ECN2202AAD
ECN2204AAC
ECN2204AAD
ECN2208AAC
ECN2208AAD
AN16BN0AC
230 1
3
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECN2201AAC
ECN2201AAD
ECN2202AAC
ECN2202AAD
ECN2204AAC
ECN2204AAD
ECN2208AAC
ECN2208AAD
460 1
3
5
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECN2201AAB
ECN2201AAC
ECN2201AAD
ECN2202AAB
ECN2202AAC
ECN2202AAD
ECN2204AAB
ECN2204AAC
ECN2204AAD
ECN2208AAB
ECN2208AAC
ECN2208AAD
575 1
3
5
HMCP 3A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 7A
ECN2201AAB
ECN2201AAD
ECN2201AAC
ECN2202AAB
ECN2202AAD
ECN2202AAC
ECN2204AAB
ECN2204AAD
ECN2204AAC
ECN2208AAB
ECN2208AAD
ECN2208AAC
1200 1
3
5
7-1/2
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECN2211AAC
ECN2211AAD
ECN2211AAE
ECN2211AAF
ECN2212AAC
ECN2212AAD
ECN2212AAE
ECN2212AAF
ECN2214AAC
ECN2214AAD
ECN2214AAE
ECN2214AAF
ECN2218AAC
ECN2218AAD
ECN2218AAE
ECN2218AAF
AN16DN0AB
230 1
3
5
7-1/2
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECN2211AAC
ECN2211AAD
ECN2211AAE
ECN2211AAF
ECN2212AAC
ECN2212AAD
ECN2212AAE
ECN2212AAF
ECN2214AAC
ECN2214AAD
ECN2214AAE
ECN2214AAF
ECN2218AAC
ECN2218AAD
ECN2218AAE
ECN2218AAF
460 1
3
5
10
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
ECN2211AAB
ECN2211AAC
ECN2211AAD
ECN2211AAE
ECN2212AAB
ECN2212AAC
ECN2212AAD
ECN2212AAE
ECN2214AAB
ECN2214AAC
ECN2214AAD
ECN2214AAE
ECN2218AAB
ECN2218AAC
ECN2218AAD
ECN2218AAE
575 1
3
5
10
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 30A
ECN2211AAB
ECN2211AAC
ECN2211AAD
ECN2211AAE
ECN2212AAB
ECN2212AAC
ECN2212AAD
ECN2212AAE
ECN2214AAB
ECN2214AAC
ECN2214AAD
ECN2214AAE
ECN2218AAB
ECN2218AAC
ECN2218AAD
ECN2218AAE
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-139
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-205. Class ECN22 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker (Continued)
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2204AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight & Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2200 10 120 HMCPE 50A
ECN2221AAF ECN2222AAF ECN2224AAF ECN2228AAF AN16GN0AB
230 10
15
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A
ECN2221AAF
ECN2221AAW
ECN2222AAF
ECN2222AAW
ECN2224AAF
ECN2224AAW
ECN2228AAF
ECN2228AAW
460 25 HMCPE 50A
ECN2221AAF ECN2222AAF ECN2224AAF ECN2228AAF
575 15
25
HMCP 30A
HMCP 50A
ECN2221AAE
ECN2221AAF
ECN2222AAE
ECN2222AAF
ECN2224AAE
ECN2224AAF
ECN2228AAE
ECN2228AAF
3200 20
25
120 HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
ECN2231AAG
ECN2231AAX
ECN2232AAG
ECN2232AAX
ECN2234AAG
ECN2234AAX
ECN2238AAG
ECN2238AAX
AN16KN0A
230 25
30
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
ECN2231AAG
ECN2231AAX
ECN2232AAG
ECN2232AAX
ECN2234AAG
ECN2234AAX
ECN2238AAG
ECN2238AAX
460 50 HMCPE 100A
ECN2231AAG ECN2232AAG ECN2234AAG ECN2238AAG
575 30
50
HMCP 50A
HMCP 100A
ECN2231AAF
ECN2231AAG
ECN2232AAF
ECN2232AAG
ECN2234AAF
ECN2234AAG
ECN2238AAF
ECN2238AAG
4200
230
460
575
40
50
100
100
120 HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
ECN2241AAH
ECN2241AAH
ECN2241AAH
ECN2241AAH
ECN2242AAH
ECN2242AAH
ECN2242AAH
ECN2242AAH
ECN2244AAH
ECN2244AAH
ECN2244AAH
ECN2244AAH
ECN2248AAH
ECN2248AAH
ECN2248AAH
ECN2248AAH
AN16NN0A
5200 50
75
120 HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECN2251AAJ
ECN2251AAK
ECN2252AAJ
ECN2252AAK
ECN2254AAJ
ECN2254AAK
ECN2258AAJ
ECN2258AAK
AN16SN0AB
230 60
100
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECN2251AAJ
ECN2251AAK
ECN2252AAJ
ECN2252AAK
ECN2254AAJ
ECN2254AAK
ECN2258AAJ
ECN2258AAK
460 125
200
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECN2251AAJ
ECN2251AAK
ECN2252AAJ
ECN2252AAK
ECN2254AAJ
ECN2254AAK
ECN2258AAJ
ECN2258AAK
575 150
200
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECN2251AAJ
ECN2251AAK
ECN2252AAJ
ECN2252AAK
ECN2254AAJ
ECN2254AAK
ECN2258AAJ
ECN2258AAK
6200 150 120 HMCP 600A
ECN2261AAL ECN2262AAL ECN2263AAL
ECN2268AAL AN16TN0AB
230 200 HMCP 600A
ECN2261AAL ECN2262AAL ECN2263AAL
ECN2268AAL
460 350
400
HMCP 600A
HMCP 1200A
ECN2261AAL
ECN2261AAP
ECN2262AAL
ECN2262AAP
ECN2263AAL
ECN2263AAP
ECN2268AAL
ECN2268AAP
575 400 HMCP 600A
ECN2261AAL ECN2262AAL ECN2263AAL
ECN2268AAL
7230
460
575
300
600
600
120 —
—
—
ECN2271AAU
ECN2271AAU
ECN2271AAU
ECN2272AAU
ECN2272AAU
ECN2272AAU
ECN2273AAU
ECN2273AAU
ECN2273AAU
ECN2278AAU
ECN2278AAU
ECN2278AAU
AN16UN0AB
8230
460
575
450
900
900
120 —
—
—
ECN2281AAU
ECN2281AAU
ECN2281AAU
ECN2282AAU
ECN2282AAU
ECN2282AAU
ECN2283AAU
ECN2283AAU
ECN2283AAU
ECN2288AAU
ECN2288AAU
ECN2288AAU
AN16VN0AB
9230
460
575
800
1600
1600
120 —
—
—
ECN2291AAU
ECN2291AAU
ECN2291AAU
ECN2292AAU
ECN2292AAU
ECN2292AAU
ECN2293AAU
ECN2293AAU
ECN2293AAU
ECN2298AAU
ECN2298AAU
ECN2298AAU
AN16WN0A
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-140
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-206. Class ECN22 — Special Enclosure Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the
eighth digit with appropriate digit based on
Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X
column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless
Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2204AAC-E3. To order Type
4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that
digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel,
change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic,
change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
To order Type 12 enclosures with safety
door interlock add modification E11.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker Type
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
Component
Starter
(Open)
External Reset Internal Rest
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Horizontal Enclosure
1200 1
3
5
7-1/2
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECN2211AAC-E13
ECN2211AAD-E13
ECN2211AAE-E13
ECN2211AAF-E13
ECN2212AAC-E13
ECN2212AAD-E13
ECN2212AAE-E13
ECN2212AAF-E13
ECN2214AAC-E13
ECN2214AAD-E13
ECN2214AAE-E13
ECN2214AAF-E13
ECN2218AAC-E13
ECN2218AAD-E13
ECN2218AAE-E13
ECN2218AAF-E13
AN16DN0AB
230 1
3
5
7-1/2
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECN2211AAC-E13
ECN2211AAD-E13
ECN2211AAE-E13
ECN2211AAF-E13
ECN2212AAC-E13
ECN2212AAD-E13
ECN2212AAE-E13
ECN2212AAF-E13
ECN2214AAC-E13
ECN2214AAD-E13
ECN2214AAE-E13
ECN2214AAF-E13
ECN2218AAC-E13
ECN2218AAD-E13
ECN2218AAE-E13
ECN2218AAF-E13
460 1
3
5
10
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
ECN2211AAB-E13
ECN2211AAC-E13
ECN2211AAD-E13
ECN2211AAE-E13
ECN2212AAB-E13
ECN2212AAC-E13
ECN2212AAD-E13
ECN2212AAE-E13
ECN2214AAB-E13
ECN2214AAC-E13
ECN2214AAD-E13
ECN2214AAE-E13
ECN2218AAB-E13
ECN2218AAC-E13
ECN2218AAD-E13
ECN2218AAE-E13
575 1
3
5
10
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 30A
ECN2211AAB-E13
ECN2211AAC-E13
ECN2211AAD-E13
ECN2211AAE-E13
ECN2212AAB-E13
ECN2212AAC-E13
ECN2212AAD-E13
ECN2212AAE-E13
ECN2214AAB-E13
ECN2214AAC-E13
ECN2214AAD-E13
ECN2214AAE-E13
ECN2218AAB-E13
ECN2218AAC-E13
ECN2218AAD-E13
ECN2218AAE-E13
2200 10 120 HMCPE 50A ECN2221AAF-E13 ECN2222AAF-E13 ECN2224AAF-E13 ECN2228AAF-E13 AN16GN0AB
230 10
15
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A
ECN2221AAF-E13
ECN2221AAW-E13
ECN2222AAF-E13
ECN2222AAW-E13
ECN2224AAF-E13
ECN2224AAW-E13
ECN2228AAF-E13
ECN2228AAW-E13
460 25 HMCPE 50A ECN2221AAF-E13 ECN2222AAF-E13 ECN2224AAF-E13 ECN2228AAF-E13
575 15
25
HMCP 30A
HMCP 50A
ECN2221AAE-E13
ECN2221AAF-E13
ECN2222AAE-E13
ECN2222AAF-E13
ECN2224AAE-E13
ECN2224AAF-E13
ECN2228AAE-E13
ECN2228AAF-E13
Oversize Enclosure — without Control Transformer
0200 1
3
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECN2201AAC-E3
ECN2201AAD-E3
ECN2202AAC-E3
ECN2202AAD-E3
ECN2204AAC-E3
ECN2204AAD-E3
ECN2208AAC-E3
ECN2208AAD-E3
AN16BN0AC
230 1
3
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECN2201AAC-E3
ECN2201AAD-E3
ECN2202AAC-E3
ECN2202AAD-E3
ECN2204AAC-E3
ECN2204AAD-E3
ECN2208AAC-E3
ECN2208AAD-E3
460 1
3
5
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECN2201AAB-E3
ECN2201AAC-E3
ECN2201AAD-E3
ECN2202AAB-E3
ECN2202AAC-E3
ECN2202AAD-E3
ECN2204AAB-E3
ECN2204AAC-E3
ECN2204AAD-E3
ECN2208AAB-E3
ECN2208AAC-E3
ECN2208AAD-E3
575 1
3
5
HMCP 3A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 7A
ECN2201AAB-E3
ECN2201AAD-E3
ECN2201AAC-E3
ECN2202AAB-E3
ECN2202AAD-E3
ECN2202AAC-E3
ECN2204AAB-E3
ECN2204AAD-E3
ECN2204AAC-E3
ECN2208AAB-E3
ECN2208AAD-E3
ECN2208AAC-E3
1200 1
3
5
7-1/2
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECN2211AAC-E3
ECN2211AAD-E3
ECN2211AAE-E3
ECN2211AAF-E3
ECN2212AAC-E3
ECN2212AAD-E3
ECN2212AAE-E3
ECN2212AAF-E3
ECN2214AAC-E3
ECN2214AAD-E3
ECN2214AAE-E3
ECN2214AAF-E3
ECN2218AAC-E3
ECN2218AAD-E3
ECN2218AAE-E3
ECN2218AAF-E3
AN16DN0AB
230 1
3
5
7-1/2
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECN2211AAC-E3
ECN2211AAD-E3
ECN2211AAE-E3
ECN2211AAF-E3
ECN2212AAC-E3
ECN2212AAD-E3
ECN2212AAE-E3
ECN2212AAF-E3
ECN2214AAC-E3
ECN2214AAD-E3
ECN2214AAE-E3
ECN2214AAF-E3
ECN2218AAC-E3
ECN2218AAD-E3
ECN2218AAE-E3
ECN2218AAF-E3
460 1
3
5
10
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
ECN2211AAB-E3
ECN2211AAC-E3
ECN2211AAD-E3
ECN2211AAE-E3
ECN2212AAB-E3
ECN2212AAC-E3
ECN2212AAD-E3
ECN2212AAE-E3
ECN2214AAB-E3
ECN2214AAC-E3
ECN2214AAD-E3
ECN2214AAE-E3
ECN2218AAB-E3
ECN2218AAC-E3
ECN2218AAD-E3
ECN2218AAE-E3
575 1
3
5
10
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 30A
ECN2211AAB-E3
ECN2211AAC-E3
ECN2211AAD-E3
ECN2211AAE-E3
ECN2212AAB-E3
ECN2212AAC-E3
ECN2212AAD-E3
ECN2212AAE-E3
ECN2214AAB-E3
ECN2214AAC-E3
ECN2214AAD-E3
ECN2214AAE-E3
ECN2218AAB-E3
ECN2218AAC-E3
ECN2218AAD-E3
ECN2218AAE-E3
2200 10 120 HMCPE 50A ECN2221AAF-E3 ECN2222AAF-E3 ECN2224AAF-E3 ECN2228AAF-E3 AN16GN0AB
230 10
15
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A
ECN2221AAF-E3
ECN2221AAW-E3
ECN2222AAF-E3
ECN2222AAW-E3
ECN2224AAF-E3
ECN2224AAW-E3
ECN2228AAF-E3
ECN2228AAW-E3
460 25 HMCPE 50A ECN2221AAF-E3 ECN2222AAF-E3 ECN2224AAF-E3 ECN2228AAF-E3
575 15
25
HMCP 30A
HMCP 50A
ECN2221AAE-E3
ECN2221AAF-E3
ECN2222AAE-E3
ECN2222AAF-E3
ECN2224AAE-E3
ECN2224AAF-E3
ECN2228AAE-E3
ECN2228AAF-E3
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-141
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-207. Class ECN23 — Combination Reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker
100,000 RMS short-circuit – 480V
25,000 RMS short-circuit – 600V
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2304AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 200 1
1-1/2
120 HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
ECN23A1AAC
ECN23A1AAD
ECN23A2AAC
ECN23A2AAD
ECN23A4AAC
ECN23A4AAD
ECN23A8AAC
ECN23A8AAD
AN56AN0AC
230 1
1-1/2
HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
ECN23A1AAC
ECN23A1AAD
ECN23A2AAC
ECN23A2AAD
ECN23A4AAC
ECN23A4AAD
ECN23A8AAC
ECN23A8AAD
460 1
2
HMCP
E
3A
HMCP
E
7A
ECN23A1AAB
ECN23A1AAC
ECN23A2AAB
ECN23A2AAC
ECN23A4AAB
ECN23A4AAC
ECN23A8AAB
ECN23A8AAC
575 1
2
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
ECN23A1AAB
ECN23A1AAC
ECN23A2AAB
ECN23A2AAC
ECN23A4AAB
ECN23A4AAC
ECN23A8AAB
ECN23A8AAC
0200 1
3
120 HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
ECN2301AAC
ECN2301AAD
ECN2302AAC
ECN2302AAD
ECN2304AAC
ECN2304AAD
ECN2308AAC
ECN2308AAD
AN56BN0AC
230 1
3
HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
ECN2301AAC
ECN2301AAD
ECN2302AAC
ECN2302AAD
ECN2304AAC
ECN2304AAD
ECN2308AAC
ECN2308AAD
460 1
3
5
HMCP
E
3A
HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
ECN2301AAB
ECN2301AAC
ECN2301AAD
ECN2302AAB
ECN2302AAC
ECN2302AAD
ECN2304AAB
ECN2304AAC
ECN2304AAD
ECN2308AAB
ECN2308AAC
ECN2308AAD
575 1
3
5
HMCP 3A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 7A
ECN2301AAB
ECN2301AAD
ECN2301AAC
ECN2302AAB
ECN2302AAD
ECN2302AAC
ECN2304AAB
ECN2304AAD
ECN2304AAC
ECN2308AAB
ECN2308AAD
ECN2308AAC
1200 1
3
5
7-1/2
120 HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
HMCP
E
30A
HMCP
E
50A
ECN2311AAC
ECN2311AAD
ECN2311AAE
ECN2311AAF
ECN2312AAC
ECN2312AAD
ECN2312AAE
ECN2312AAF
ECN2314AAC
ECN2314AAD
ECN2314AAE
ECN2314AAF
ECN2318AAC
ECN2318AAD
ECN2318AAE
ECN2318AAF
AN56DN0AB
230 1
3
5
7-1/2
HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
HMCP
E
30A
HMCP
E
50A
ECN2311AAC
ECN2311AAD
ECN2311AAE
ECN2311AAF
ECN2312AAC
ECN2312AAD
ECN2312AAE
ECN2312AAF
ECN2314AAC
ECN2314AAD
ECN2314AAE
ECN2314AAF
ECN2318AAC
ECN2318AAD
ECN2318AAE
ECN2318AAF
460 1
3
5
10
HMCP
E
3A
HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
HMCP
E
30A
ECN2311AAB
ECN2311AAC
ECN2311AAD
ECN2311AAE
ECN2312AAB
ECN2312AAC
ECN2312AAD
ECN2312AAE
ECN2314AAB
ECN2314AAC
ECN2314AAD
ECN2314AAE
ECN2318AAB
ECN2318AAC
ECN2318AAD
ECN2318AAE
575 1
3
5
10
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 30A
ECN2311AAB
ECN2311AAC
ECN2311AAD
ECN2311AAE
ECN2312AAB
ECN2312AAC
ECN2312AAD
ECN2312AAE
ECN2314AAB
ECN2314AAC
ECN2314AAD
ECN2314AAE
ECN2318AAB
ECN2318AAC
ECN2318AAD
ECN2318AAE
2200 10 120 HMCP
E
50A
ECN2321AAF ECN2322AAF ECN2324AAF ECN2328AAF
AN56GN0AB
230 10
15
HMCP
E
50A
HMCP
E
70A
ECN2321AAF
ECN2321AAW
ECN2322AAF
ECN2322AAW
ECN2324AAF
ECN2324AAW
ECN2328AAF
ECN2328AAW
460 25 HMCP
E
50A
ECN2321AAF ECN2322AAF ECN2324AAF ECN2328AAF
575 15
25
HMCP
30A
HMCP 50A
ECN2321AAE
ECN2321AAF
ECN2322AAE
ECN2322AAF
ECN2324AAE
ECN2324AAF
ECN2328AAE
ECN2328AAF
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-142
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-207. Class ECN23 — Combination Reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker (Continued)
100,000 RMS Short-circuit – 480V
25,000 RMS Short-circuit – 600V
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2304AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Provide FLA to size disconnect properly.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
3200 20
25
120 HMCP
E
100A
HMCP
E
100A
ECN2331AAG
ECN2331AAX
ECN2332AAG
ECN2332AAX
ECN2334AAG
ECN2334AAX
ECN2338AAG
ECN2338AAX
AN56KN0A
230 25
30
HMCP
E
100A
HMCP
E
100A
ECN2331AAG
ECN2331AAX
ECN2332AAG
ECN2332AAX
ECN2334AAG
ECN2334AAX
ECN2338AAG
ECN2338AAX
460 50 HMCP
E
100A
ECN2331AAG ECN2332AAG ECN2334AAG ECN2338AAG
575 30
50
HMCP 50A
HMCP
100A
ECN2331AAF
ECN2331AAG
ECN2332AAF
ECN2332AAG
ECN2334AAF
ECN2334AAG
ECN2338AAF
ECN2338AAG
4200
230
460
575
40
50
100
100
120 HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
ECN2341AAH
ECN2341AAH
ECN2341AAH
ECN2341AAH
ECN2342AAH
ECN2342AAH
ECN2342AAH
ECN2342AAH
ECN2344AAH
ECN2344AAH
ECN2344AAH
ECN2344AAH
ECN2348AAH
ECN2348AAH
ECN2348AAH
ECN2348AAH
AN56NN0A
5200 50
75
230 HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECN2351AAJ
ECN2351AAK
ECN2352AAJ
ECN2352AAK
ECN2354AAJ
ECN2354AAK
ECN2358AAJ
ECN2358AAK
AN56SN0AB
230 60
100
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECN2351AAJ
ECN2351AAK
ECN2352AAJ
ECN2352AAK
ECN2354AAJ
ECN2354AAK
ECN2358AAJ
ECN2358AAK
460 125
200
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECN2351AAJ
ECN2351AAK
ECN2352AAJ
ECN2352AAK
ECN2354AAJ
ECN2354AAK
ECN2358AAJ
ECN2358AAK
575 150
200
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECN2351AAJ
ECN2351AAK
ECN2352AAJ
ECN2352AAK
ECN2354AAJ
ECN2354AAK
ECN2358AAJ
ECN2358AAK
6200 150 120 HMCP 600A
ECN2361AAL ECN2362AAL ECN2363AAL
ECN2368AAL
AN56TN0AB
230 200 HMCP 600A
ECN2361AAL ECN2362AAL ECN2363AAL
ECN2368AAL
460 350
400
HMCP 600A
HMCP 1200A
ECN2361AAL
ECN2361AAP
ECN2362AAL
ECN2362AAP
ECN2363AAL
ECN2363AAP
ECN2368AAL
ECN2368AAP
575 400 HMCP 600A
ECN2361AAL ECN2362AAL ECN2363AAL
ECN2368AAL
7230
460
575
300
600
600
120 —
—
—
ECN2371AAU
ECN2371AAU
ECN2371AAU
ECN2372AAU
ECN2372AAU
ECN2372AAU
ECN2373AAU
ECN2373AAU
ECN2373AAU
ECN2378AAU
ECN2378AAU
ECN2378AAU
AN56UN0AB
8230
460
575
450
900
900
120 —
—
—
ECN2381AAU
ECN2381AAU
ECN2381AAU
ECN2382AAU
ECN2382AAU
ECN2382AAU
ECN2383AAU
ECN2383AAU
ECN2383AAU
ECN2388AAU
ECN2388AAU
ECN2388AAU
AN56VN0AB
9230
460
575
800
1600
1600
120 —
—
—
ECN2391AAU
ECN2391AAU
ECN2391AAU
ECN2392AAU
ECN2392AAU
ECN2392AAU
ECN2393AAU
ECN2393AAU
ECN2393AAU
ECN2398AAU
ECN2398AAU
ECN2398AAU
AN56WN0A
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-143
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-208. Class ECN24 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker with CPT
100,000 RMS short-circuit – 480V
25,000 RMS short-circuit – 600V
For other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-185.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2404AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 200 1
1-1/2
120 HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
ECN24A1EAC
ECN24A1EAD
ECN24A2EAC
ECN24A2EAD
ECN24A4EAC
ECN24A4EAD
ECN24A8EAC
ECN24A8EAD
AN16AN0AC
230 1
1-1/2
HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
ECN24A1BAC
ECN24A1BAD
ECN24A2BAC
ECN24A2BAD
ECN24A4BAC
ECN24A4BAD
ECN24A8BAC
ECN24A8BAD
460 1
2
HMCP
E
3A
HMCP
E
7A
ECN24A1CAB
ECN24A1CAC
ECN24A2CAB
ECN24A2CAC
ECN24A4CAB
ECN24A4CAC
ECN24A8CAB
ECN24A8CAC
575 1
2
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
ECN24A1DAB
ECN24A1DAC
ECN24A2DAB
ECN24A2DAC
ECN24A4DAB
ECN24A4DAC
ECN24A8DAB
ECN24A8DAC
0200 1
3
120 HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
ECN2401EAC
ECN2401EAD
ECN2402EAC
ECN2402EAD
ECN2404EAC
ECN2404EAD
ECN2408EAC
ECN2408EAD
AN16BN0AC
230 1
3
HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
ECN2401BAC
ECN2401BAD
ECN2402BAC
ECN2402BAD
ECN2404BAC
ECN2404BAD
ECN2408BAC
ECN2408BAD
460 1
3
5
HMCP
E
3A
HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
ECN2401CAB
ECN2401CAC
ECN2401CAD
ECN2402CAB
ECN2402CAC
ECN2402CAD
ECN2404CAB
ECN2404CAC
ECN2404CAD
ECN2408CAB
ECN2408CAC
ECN2408CAD
575 1
3
5
HMCP 3A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 7A
ECN2401DAB
ECN2401DAD
ECN2401DAC
ECN2402DAB
ECN2402DAD
ECN2402DAC
ECN2404DAB
ECN2404DAD
ECN2404DAC
ECN2408DAB
ECN2408DAD
ECN2408DAC
1200 1
3
5
7-1/2
120 HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
HMCP
E
30A
HMCP
E
50A
ECN2411EAC
ECN2411EAD
ECN2411EAE
ECN2411EAF
ECN2412EAC
ECN2412EAD
ECN2412EAE
ECN2412EAF
ECN2414EAC
ECN2414EAD
ECN2414EAE
ECN2414EAF
ECN2418EAC
ECN2418EAD
ECN2418EAE
ECN2418EAF
AN16DN0AB
230 1
3
5
7-1/2
HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
HMCP
E
30A
HMCP
E
50A
ECN2411BAC
ECN2411BAD
ECN2411BAE
ECN2411BAF
ECN2412BAC
ECN2412BAD
ECN2412BAE
ECN2412BAF
ECN2414BAC
ECN2414BAD
ECN2414BAE
ECN2414BAF
ECN2418BAC
ECN2418BAD
ECN2418BAE
ECN2418BAF
460 1
3
5
10
HMCP
E
3A
HMCP
E
7A
HMCP
E
15A
HMCP
E
30A
ECN2411CAB
ECN2411CAC
ECN2411CAD
ECN2411CAE
ECN2412CAB
ECN2412CAC
ECN2412CAD
ECN2412CAE
ECN2414CAB
ECN2414CAC
ECN2414CAD
ECN2414CAE
ECN2418CAB
ECN2418CAC
ECN2418CAD
ECN2418CAE
575 1
3
5
10
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 30A
ECN2411DAB
ECN2411DAC
ECN2411DAD
ECN2411DAE
ECN2412DAB
ECN2412DAC
ECN2412DAD
ECN2412DAE
ECN2414DAB
ECN2414DAC
ECN2414DAD
ECN2414DAE
ECN2418DAB
ECN2418DAC
ECN2418DAD
ECN2418DAE
2200 10 120 HMCP
E
50A
ECN2421EAF ECN2422EAF ECN2424EAF ECN2428EAF AN16GN0AB
230 10
15
HMCP
E
50A
HMCP
E
70A
ECN2421BAF
ECN2421BAW
ECN2422BAF
ECN2422BAW
ECN2424BAF
ECN2424BAW
ECN2428BAF
ECN2428BAW
460 25 HMCP
E
50A
ECN2421CAF ECN2422CAF ECN2424CAF ECN2428CAF
575 15
25
HMCP
30A
HMCP 50A
ECN2421CAE
ECN2421DAF
ECN2422CAE
ECN2422DAF
ECN2424CAE
ECN2424DAF
ECN2428CAE
ECN2428DAF
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-144
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-208. Class ECN24 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker with CPT (Continued)
100,000 RMS short-circuit – 480V
25,000 RMS short-circuit – 600V
For other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-185.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECN2404AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Provide FLA to size disconnect properly.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
3200 20
25
120 HMCP
E
100A
HMCP
E
100A
ECN2431EAG
ECN2431EAX
ECN2432EAG
ECN2432EAX
ECN2434EAG
ECN2434EAX
ECN2438EAG
ECN2438EAX
AN16KN0A
230 25
30
HMCP
E
100A
HMCP
E
100A
ECN2431BAG
ECN2431BAX
ECN2432BAG
ECN2432BAX
ECN2434BAG
ECN2434BAX
ECN2438BAG
ECN2438BAX
460 50 HMCP
E
100A
ECN2431CAG ECN2432CAG ECN2434CAG ECN2438CAG
575 30
50
HMCP 50A
HMCP
100A
ECN2431DAF
ECN2431DAG
ECN2432DAF
ECN2432DAG
ECN2434DAF
ECN2434DAG
ECN2438DAF
ECN2438DAG
4200
230
460
575
40
50
100
100
120 HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
ECN2441EAH
ECN2441BAH
ECN2441CAH
ECN2441DAH
ECN2442EAH
ECN2442BAH
ECN2442CAH
ECN2442DAH
ECN2444EAH
ECN2444BAH
ECN2444CAH
ECN2444DAH
ECN2448EAH
ECN2448BAH
ECN2448CAH
ECN2448DAH
AN16NN0A
5200 50
75
120 HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECN2451EAJ
ECN2451EAK
ECN2452EAJ
ECN2452EAK
ECN2454EAJ
ECN2454EAK
ECN2458EAJ
ECN2458EAK
AN16SN0AB
230 60
100
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECN2451BAJ
ECN2451BAK
ECN2452BAJ
ECN2452BAK
ECN2454BAJ
ECN2454BAK
ECN2458BAJ
ECN2458BAK
460 125
200
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECN2451CAJ
ECN2451CAK
ECN2452CAJ
ECN2452CAK
ECN2454CAJ
ECN2454CAK
ECN2458CAJ
ECN2458CAK
575 150
200
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECN2451DAJ
ECN2451DAK
ECN2452DAJ
ECN2452DAK
ECN2454DAJ
ECN2454DAK
ECN2458DAJ
ECN2458DAK
6200 150 120 HMCP 600A
ECN2461EAL ECN2462EAL ECN2463EAL
ECN2468EAL AN16TN0AB
230 200 HMCP 600A
ECN2461BAL ECN2462BAL ECN2463BAL
ECN2468BAL
460 350
400
HMCP 600A
HMCP 1200A
ECN2461CAL
ECN2461CAP
ECN2462CAL
ECN2462CAP
ECN2463CAL
ECN2463CAP
ECN2468CAL
ECN2468CAP
575 400 HMCP 600A
ECN2461DAL ECN2462DAL ECN2463DAL
ECN2468DAL
7230
460
575
300
600
600
120 —
—
—
ECN2471BAU
ECN2471CAU
ECN2471DAU
ECN2472BAU
ECN2472CAU
ECN2472DAU
ECN2473BAU
ECN2473CAU
ECN2473DAU
ECN2478BAU
ECN2478CAU
ECN2478DAU
AN16UN0AB
8230
460
575
450
900
900
120 —
—
—
ECN2481BAU
ECN2481CAU
ECN2481DAU
ECN2482BAU
ECN2482CAU
ECN2482DAU
ECN2483BAU
ECN2483CAU
ECN2483DAU
ECN2488BAU
ECN2488CAU
ECN2488DAU
AN16VN0AB
9230
460
575
800
1600
1600
120 —
—
—
ECN2491BAU
ECN2491CAU
ECN2491DAU
ECN2492BAU
ECN2492CAU
ECN2492DAU
ECN2493BAU
ECN2493CAU
ECN2493DAU
ECN2498BAU
ECN2498CAU
ECN2498DAU
AN16WN0A
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-47 of Modification Codes.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Other Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-118
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-145
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagrams
Figure 33-50. Non-reversing Starter — Single-Phase Non-combination
Figure 33-51. Non-reversing Starter — Combination
260803 D1
Figure 1
Front View of Panel
Connections for Non-reversing Starter
3/14
2/13
Reset
97
96
98
95
T2
T1
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
OL
L1
1
L2
3
M
A1 A2
1-Phase Motor
T1 T2
1
24
AC Lines
3-Wire Control
”A“
Stop
Stop Stop
Start
Start Start
2/13
1
3/14
2/13
1
3/14
Remote Pilot Devices
3/14
Not for Use with Auto
Reset OL Relays
1
2-Wire Control
When More Than One
Pushbutton Station Is
Used, Omit Connector
”A“ and Connect per
Sketch Below
”C“
Separate Control
Remove Wire “C” if Supplied and
Connect Separate Control Lines to
the Number 1 Terminal on the Remote
Pilot Device and to the Number 96
Terminal on the Overload Relay
Figure 2
Fusible Control Transformer
Field Conversion to 1-Phase
Figure 1
Front View Diagram
Connections for Starters
Connections for Control Stations
M
M
Add Dotted
Connection
OL
M
L3
L2
L1
OL
Motor
260878 D4
A1 A2 96
95
OL Reset
2/13
3/14
T1
24
T2 6
T3
6/
T1
2/
T2 T3
4/
95
Reset
96
97
98
1A1 A2
135
T1 T2 T3
“C”
T3
T1
4/
T2
L1
1
A1 A2
L2
3
T2
6/
L3
5
2/
T1
Motor
T1 T2
Separate Control
Remove Wire “C” if Supplied and
Connect Separate Control Lines to
the Number 1 Terminal on the Remote
Pilot Device and to the Number 96
Terminal on the Overload Relay
Omit Connector
Stop
Start
Remote
21
2/13
43
Local
1
3/14
Stop (OFF)
Start (ON)
Combined Remote and Local for Figures 1 and 2
Remote Control
Local Control
“A”
When More Than One
Pushbutton Station Is Used,
Omit Connector “A” and
Connect per Sketch Below
Stop
Start
Start
Stop
Start
3/14
2/13
1
2/13
1
3/14
2-Wire
Control
Not for
Use with
Auto Reset
OL Relays.
3-Wire
Control
1
3/14
Black / White
Black / White
Connect to Coil Terminals
”A1“ and ”A2“
3
4
4
3
X1
X2
12
Stop (OFF)
43
Start (ON)
3/14
2/13
1
Black
Red
Red 2 4
3
1
Hand
Auto
1
3/14
YellowYellow
Black
Red
Figure D
2-Position Selector Switch
Figure A
START/STOP Pushbuttons
Figure B
START/STOP Selector Switch
Figure C
3-Position Selector Switch
Hand 3/14
Yellow
Auto
1
Black
Remote
Switch
Red
2
1
4
3Start (ON) 3/14
1
Black
Red
Figure E
Pilot Light (Motor RUN)
Connect to ”A1“
and ”A2“ Terminals
To Coil
Terminal
”A1“
Figure F
START/STOP with Pilot Light
3
4
1
3/14
2/13
21
Stop (OFF)
Start (ON)
Black / White
Black / White
X1
X2
Local
Control
(Flange
Mounting
if Used)
See
Figures
A, B, C, D,
E and F
CPT
Fusible Control Transformer
(If Used)
See Figure 2
Omit This
Connector
if Figure 2
Is Used
Disconnecting
Means
D.S. or C.B.
L1 L2 L3
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
3
Secondary
Connections
G
1
H3
1
X2
H2
4H4
XF 1
H1 X1
CPT
Primary
Connections
Connections for Dual
Voltage Rated Transformer –
See Transformer Nameplate
Remove Wire “C” (Figure 1) if Used
and Connect as Shown Below.
(All Other Starter Wires Remain
as Shown in Figure 1)
5
L2L1 L3
March 2009
33-146
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Wiring Diagrams
Figure 33-52. Reversing Starter — Non-combination
Figure 33-53. Reversing Starter — Combination
F
R
F
R
F
R
A1
4
2
(If Used)
A1
A2
57
36
A2
1
OL
Starter Elementary Diagram
Remote Control Stations
L3
L2
L1
AC
Motor
T1
T3
T2
Lines Contactors “F” and “R” are
Mechanically Interlocked
OL
OL
R
F
F
R
F
RLS
R
FLS
Forward
Reverse
Stop
6
3
5
7FLS
RLS When Limit Switches Are
Used, Omit Connectors
“A” and “B” and Connect
per Dotted Lines
6
5
7
4
1
5
5
3
1
4
3
2
F
3
2
“B”
“A”
“C”
T3
T2
AC Motor
T1
A2
A1 A2
A1
R
T2
T1 T3
OL
96
Reset
95
97
98
OL
260844 D2
95 96
“C”
T3
T2
T1
2/ 4/ 6/
Separate Control
Remove Wire “C” if Supplied and Connect
Separate Control Lines to the Number 1
Terminal on the Remote Pilot Device and to
the Number 96 Terminal on the Overload Relay
L1 L2 L3
5
Reverse 5
3
4
2
5
S.P.D.T.
Switch Hold Down
Pushbutton
Pushbutton
Forward
Reverse
3
1
Forward
1
3
4
26
Figure 1
Front View Diagram
Wire “F” Used
with Local Control
Pushbuttons
AC Lines
Forward
Rev.
1
Stop
5
4
2
3
Pushbutton with FORWARD
and REVERSE Buttons
Electrically Interlocked
Forward
Rev.
1
Stop
D.S.
or C.B.
260882 D4
A2
RLS
7
5
2
T1 4
T2
T1
2/ T2
4/
3
95
Reset
6
T3
T3
6/
5
3
7
2
1
2
3
F
1
98
97
96
OL
R
A1
L2
4
1
L1 3L3
5
FLS
6
4
56
3
Reverse
4
Stop
12
3
44
3Reverse
Forward
1
5
3
34
3
Forward
2
5
1
Black/
White
Black/
White
X2
X1 A1
95
Connect to “A1” of
Forward Coil and “95”
of Overload Relay
Black/
White
Black/
White
X2
X1 A1
A2
Connect to Reverse
Coil Terminals
“A1” and “A2”
Local Control
Remove Wire “C” (Figure 1) if Used and
Connect as Shown Below (All Other Starter
Wires Remain as Shown in Figure 1)
H3
Fuse
Fuse
Secondary
Connections
Connections for Dual
Voltage Rated Transformer –
See Transformer Nameplate
G
1
R
A1 A2
L1
1
X2
L2
3L3
5
X1
H4
H2
4
Fuse
H1
XF 1
CPT
96
Reset
OL 95
Primary
Connections
1
Reverse
Forward
OFF
5
3
Black
Yellow
Blue
Red
Red
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Local
Control
(Flange
Mounting
if Used)
See
Figures
A, B, C
and D
Figure 1
Front View Diagram
Figure 2
Fusible Control Transformer
Figure A
Pushbuttons
Figure B
3-Position
Selector Switch
Figure C
Pilot Light
(FORWARD)
Figure D
Pilot Light
(REVERSE)
CPT
Fusible Control
Transformer
(If Used)
See Figure 2
Wire “F” – Use with
Local Control Pushbuttons
“B”
“A”
“C”
Disconnecting
Means
D.S. or C.B.
L1 L2 L3
A2
A1
Remote Control Stations
5
Reverse 5
3
4
2
5
S.P.D.T.
Switch
Hold Down
Pushbutton
Pushbutton
Forward
Reverse
3
1
Forward
1
3
Forward
Rev.
1
Stop
5
4
2
3
Pushbutton with
FORWARD and
REVERSE Buttons
Electrically
Interlocked
Forward
Rev.
1
Stop
F
R
F
R
F
R
A1
4
2
(If Used)
A1
A2
57
36
A2
1
OL
Figure 1
Elementary Diagram
L3
L2
L1
AC
Motor
T1
T3
T2
Lines
Contactors “F” and “R” are
Mechanically Interlocked.
OL
OL
R
F
F
R
F
RLS
R
FLS
Forward
Reverse
Stop
T3
T2
AC Motor
T1
OL
95 96
“C”
Separate Control
Remove Wire “C” When It Is Supplied. Connect
Separate Control Lines to the Number 1
Terminal on Remote Pilot Device, and to the
Number 95 Terminal on the Overload Relay
When Limit Switches Are
Used, Omit Connectors
“A” and “B” and Connect
per Dotted Lines
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-147
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Freedom, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Wiring Diagrams
Non-reversing Cover Control
Figure 33-54. Type 1 C400GK Control Options Figure 33-55. C400T Control Options
Reversing Cover Control
Figure 33-56. Type 1 C400GR Control Options Figure 33-57. C400T Control Options
Hand
OFF
Auto Black 3/14
Red 1
Hand
Auto
Red 1
Yellow - to Coil
A1 Terminal
Black 3/14
Start
Stop
Black 3/14
Red 1
Yellow 2/13
Local Control Options (If Used)
Refer to Diagram Inside Enclosure for Connections
Figure A
START/STOP Pushbutton
S.P.S.T.
Switch
Figure B
2-Position Selector Switch
S.P.S.T.
Switch
Figure C
3-Position Selector Switch
S.P.S.T.
Switch
Remove Lead from
Coil to Terminal Number 3
260808 D1
Black “A2”
Black “A1”
Figure D
Pilot Light (Motor RUN)
Black “A1”
Black “A2”
Figure F
Overload Tripped
Wire “C”
1
OL
Connect to
OL Terminal
No. 96
NC Interlock
(If Used)
or
Test
Yellow - to Coil
A1 Terminal
Reset
95
96
97
98
Black
Black
1
Remote
Switch
Stop
1
L1, X1 or 1
Figure E
START/STOP
with Pilot Light
Black 3/14
Yellow
2/13
Red 1
Start
Stop
Figure G
Pilot Light (Motor STOP)
3/14
1
2/13
Local Control Options (If Used)
Refer to Diagram Inside Enclosure for Connections
260811 D1
Black/
White
Wire “C”
1
OL
Connect to OL
Terminal No. 96
NC Interlock
Reset
95
96
97
98
3
Start
4
Stop
12
24
3
1
4
3
2
1
3
44
3
Start 3
1
Auto
Hand
1
Hand
Auto
1
Connect to Coil
Terminals
“A1” & “A2”
Black/
White
X1
X2
X1
X2
X2
Black/
White X1
To Coil
To Coil
Switch
Remote
Yellow
Black
Red
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Black
Black
Black
Red
Red
Red
Stop
1
L1, X1 or 1
Black/
White
Black/White
Black/
White
Figure A
START/STOP
Pushbuttons
Figure B
START/STOP
Selector Switch
Figure C
3-Position Selector Switch
Figure D
2-Position Selector Switch
Figure F
Overload Tripped
Figure E
Pilot Light (Motor RUN)
Figure G
Pilot Light (Motor STOP)
260810 D1
Forward
Add Connector “F”
Between Aux. Contact
Terminals 2 and 4
Reverse.
Stop
Blue 5
Red 1
Yellow 2
Black 3
Connect to Terminal A1 of the
Left Hand Coil and to Terminal
Number 95 of the Overload Relay
Connect to Terminals A1 & A2
of the Right Hand Contactor
Black
Black
Black
Black
Local Control Options (If Used)
Refer to Diagram Inside Enclosure for Connections
Figure A
Pushbutton
FORWARD/STOP/ REVERSE
Figure B
Pilot Light (FORWARD)
Figure C
Pilot Light (REVERSE)
260812 D1
Black/White
3
Reverse.
4
Stop
1 2
3
44
3Reverse
Forward
1
Connect to “A1” of
Forward Coil and “95”
of Overload Relay
3 4
Forward 3
2
5
1
Connect to Reverse
Coil Terminals
“A1” & “A2”
5
3
X1
X2
X1
X2
Connect Wire “F”
per Diagram
Blue
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Yellow
Red
Red
Black/White
Black/White
Black/White
Black
Local Control Options (If Used)
Refer to Diagram Inside Enclosure for Connections
Figure A
Pushbuttons
Figure B
3-Position Selector Switch
Figure C
Pilot Light (FORWARD)
Figure D
Pilot Light (REVERSE)
March 2009
33-148
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents
Description Page
Contactors — Non-reversing
and Reversing. . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-148
Product Description —
Sizes 00 – 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-148
Product Description —
Sizes 5 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-149
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . 33-149
Product Selection —
Non-reversing,
Sizes 00 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-150
Product Selection —
Reversing,
Sizes 00 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-151
Dimensions and Shipping
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-152
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-162
Factory Modifications . . . . . . . 33-166
Accessories and Field
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . . 33-166
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-169
Size 1 Contactor
Product Description —
Sizes 00 – 4
Application
Magnetic contactors are used to
switch transformers and capacitors
and to control electrical power circuits
such as heating, lighting and motors
that require no overload protection, or
where overload protection is sepa-
rately provided. They can be operated
remotely by manual or automatic pilot
devices.
Class A201 Contactors, Sizes 00 – 4;
Three-Phase, 1-1/2 – 100 hp
A201 Magnetic Contactors from
Eaton’s electrical business are 600V
rated devices available in NEMA Sizes
00 – 4, 10A through 150A (open rating).
Product features include:
■Straight-through wiring to line and
load terminals located up front for
ease of installation.
■Moving and stationary contacts are
front accessible, simplifying inspec-
tion and maintenance.
■Reliable U-shaped magnet for
reduced power consumption.
■Coil design reduces inventory/main-
tenance expenses. For a given volt-
age, one size coil fits all contactors
Sizes 00 – 2, and a second coil fits
three-pole Model J Sizes 3 and 4.
Model K coils are different design.
A201 contactors have normally open
holding circuit interlocks which are
supplied as standard.
Panel layout and drilling are simplified
through the use of common backplates,
one for Sizes 00 – 2 and one for Sizes
3 – 4. In addition, panel space is
reduced dramatically through the use
of unique corner cavities for mounting
the wide variety of modifications
shown on Page 33-166.
For reversing applications, two contac-
tors are supplied on a common base
with electrical and mechanical inter-
locks which prevent both contactors
from being closed at the same time.
A201 contactors are UL listed compo-
nents and also have CSA certification.
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-149
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Size 5 Contactor
Product Description —
Sizes 5 – 9
Class A201, Contactors, Sizes 5 – 9;
Three-Phase, Over 100 hp
These Cutler-Hammer® AC magnetic
contactors utilize clapper design and
feature straight-through wiring.
Contacts are silver alloy for longer life.
The contacts close with optimum
wiping action which serves to keep the
contacting surfaces clean. De-ion® arc
quenchers draw the arc away from the
contacts at opening, which reduces
burning and pitting and increases
contact life.
All of the contactors are complete with
one unwired, normally-open (NO) auxil-
iary contact mounted and have accom-
modations for additional auxiliary
contacts. No control circuit wiring or
terminal markings are included.
Size 5, 300A, 600V, Open
Size 6, 600A, 600V, Open
Cutler-Hammer Class A201 Size 5 and
6 contactors are front clapper design,
AC operated with the armature pivot-
ing on dual needle bearings which
assure accurate contact alignment.
The contactor base is molded of a
high impact, non-tracking, non-
hygroscopic glass polyester material
permitting front mounting and wiring
on a steel panel.
Floating magnet assures quiet
operation.
Size 5 and 6 contactors must be
mounted with the line terminals
directly above the load terminals.
Multi-voltage coil ratings allow selec-
tion of the voltage which closely
matches the actual system voltage to
assure optimum contactor operation.
Each contactor accommodates two
Type J11 auxiliary contacts, providing
up to four auxiliary circuits,
normally-open or normally-closed
(NO and NC).
A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors and start-
ers are UL recognized when supplied
without terminals. When supplied with
terminals, the devices are UL listed.
Two special configurations of the
Class A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors
are available:
■Latched Design — This is a mechani-
cally held, electrically released
device. It is applied where the con-
tactor must remain closed during
extreme voltage fluctuations or
power failure. It is also suitable for
applications requiring quiet opera-
tion since the operating coil is de-
energized when the contactor is
closed. The latch assembly consists
of a mechanical latch mechanism,
electrically operated AC trip sole-
noid and a clearing contact.
■DC Operated — This device is DC
operated. It is used where low drop-
out voltage or exceptionally quiet
operation is desired. The DC assem-
bly consists of a DC operating coil,
integrally mounted rectifier and
shorting contact.
Size 7, 900A, 600V, Open
Size 8, 1350A, 600V, Open
Size 9, 2500A, 600V, Open
Cutler-Hammer Class A201 Size 7 and
8 contactors are DC operated side
clapper design with the shaft mounted
on dual needle bearings to ensure
positive contact alignment and long
contact life.
A steel panel base permits mounting on
angle or channel without additional sup-
port, for versatile low cost installation.
Each stationary contact assembly is
mounted on an individual molded
insulator. Each pair of contacts is sur-
rounded by a De-ion grid type arc
quencher for rapid and confined arc
interruption and long contact life.
The shunt for each pole is made of
flexible, braided copper cable for free-
dom of movement and long life.
The rugged DC operating coils are
designed to operate at high temperature
and insulated to meet Class H service.
An integrally mounted avalanche type
silicon rectifier supplies DC coil volt-
age from the AC control circuit.
Sizes 7 and 8 accommodate three
Type L-63 auxiliary contacts which are
easily converted from normally-open
to normally-closed, providing auxiliary
circuit flexibility. Size 9 uses L-64
auxiliary contacts with a total of four
circuits.
A201 Size 7, 8 and 9 contactors and
starters are UL recognized when
supplied without terminals. When
supplied with terminals, the devices
are UL listed.
Instructional Leaflets
16960B Sizes 00 – 1 Magnetic
Contactor, Non-reversing or
Reversing
16961E Size 2 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing
13238G Size 3 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing
17001C Size 4 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing
17049D Size 5 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing
17053B Size 6 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing
17048 Sizes 7 – 8 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing
16978 Size 9 Magnetic Contactor,
Non-reversing or Reversing
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
March 2009
33-150
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
A201 Size 1 Contactor
Product Selection —
Non-reversing, Sizes 00 – 9
When Ordering Specify
Order by Catalog Number from
Table 33-209, plus Suffix for coil volt-
ages,
verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
Table 33-209. Front Connected Contactors Selection
Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
Supplied without terminal lugs.
Table 33-210. Rear Connected Contactors
Selection
Table 33-211. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6 Table 33-212. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is
120V.
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower 2 Poles — Open 3 Poles — Open 4 Poles — Open 5 Poles — Open
1-Phase 3-Phase Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V
Sizes 00 – 6
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 A201KAB_ A201KAC_ A201KAD_ A201KAE_
01812 3 3 55A201K0B_ A201K0C_ A201K0D_ A201K0E_
1272 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A201K1B_ A201K1C_ A201K1D_ A201K1E_
2453 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 A201K2B_ A201K2C_ A201K2D_ A201K2E_
390——2530 5050A201K3B_ A201K3C_ A201K3D_ A201K3E_
4135 — — 40 50 100 100 A201K4B_ A201K4C_ A201K4D_ A201K4E_
5270 — — 75 100 200 200 A201K5B_ A201K5C_ — —
6540 — — 150 200 400 400 A201K6B_ A201K6C_ — —
Sizes 7 – 9
7 810 — — 200 300 600 600 A201K7B_ A201K7C_ — —
8 1215 — — 400 450 900 900 A201K8B_ A201K8C_ — —
9 2250 — — — 800 1600 — A201K9B_ A201K9C_Z1 ——
120 Volt Rectified Coil/Open Only
Size Catalog Number Price
U.S.
7
8
9
A201K7CJZ1Z4
A201K8CJZ1Z4
A201K9CJZ1Z4
Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50 A
200 – 208/60 B
240/60 W
480/60 X
600/60 E
Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
110 – 120/50 or 60 J
220 – 240/50 or 60 K
440 – 480/50 or 60 U
600/60 E
Modification Kits,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-166 – 33-168
Factory Modifications. . . . . Page 33-166
Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Page 33-165
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-152
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-151
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
Product Selection —
Reversing, Sizes 00 – 9
When Ordering Specify
Order by Catalog Number from Table
33-213, plus Suffix for coil voltages,
verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
Class A211 Reversing Contactors — Horizontally Mounted
Class A251 Reversing Contactors — Vertically Mounted
Table 33-213. Reversing Contactors Selection
Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
Table 33-214. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6 Table 33-215. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is
120V.
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower Horizontal Design Vertical Design
1-Phase 3-Phase Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V
Sizes 0 – 6
01812 3 3 55A211K0C_ A251K0C_
1272 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A211K1C_ A251K1C_
2453 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 A211K2C_ A251K2C_
390——2530 5050A211K3C_ A251K3C_
4135 — — 40 50 100 100 A211K4C_ A251K4C_
5270 — — 75 100 200 200 A211K5C_ A251K5C_
6540 — — 150 200 400 400 A211K6C_ A251K6C_
Sizes 7 – 9
7 810 — — 200 300 600 600 —A251K7C_
8 1215 — — 400 450 900 900 —A251K8C_
9 2250 — — — 800 1600 — —A251K9C_
Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50 A
200 – 208/60 B
240/60 W
480/60 X
600/60 E
Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
110 – 120/50 or 60 J
220 – 240/50 or 60 K
440 – 480/50 or 60 U
600/60 E
Modification Kits,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-166 – 33-168
Factory
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-166
Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Page 33-165
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-153
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-152
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-216. Non-reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
Figure 33-58. Non-reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
NEMA
Size
No.
of
Poles
Fig. Mounting
Screws
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,
Lbs. (kg)
No. Size A B C D E F G H
00, 0, 1 2 – 4
5
A
A
3
3
#10
#10
3.31 (84.1)
4.19 (106.4)
4.38 (111.3)
4.38 (111.3)
4.61 (117.1)
4.61 (117.1)
3.95 (100.3)
3.95 (100.3)
1.50 (38.1)
1.50 (38.1)
1.66 (42.2)
2.09 (53.1)
.23 (5.8)
.23 (5.8)
—
—
2.6 (1.2)
3.2 (1.5)
22, 3
4, 5
A
A
3
3
#10
#10
3.31 (84.1)
5.06 (128.5)
4.38 (111.3)
4.38 (111.3)
4.94 (125.5)
4.94 (125.5)
3.95 (100.3)
3.95 (100.3)
1.50 (38.1)
1.50 (38.1)
1.66 (42.2)
2.53 (64.3)
.23 (5.8)
.23 (5.8)
—
—
3.3 (1.5)
4.5 (2.0)
3, 4 2, 3
4, 5
A
A
3
3
1/4 in.
1/4 in.
4.63 (117.6)
7.25 (184.2)
6.63 (168.4)
6.63 (168.4)
6.75 (171.5)
6.75 (171.5)
6.00 (152.4)
6.00 (152.4)
1.88 (47.8)
1.88 (47.8)
2.31 (58.7)
3.63 (92.2)
.38 (9.7)
.38 (9.7)
—
—
9.3 (4.2)
13.0 (5.9)
52, 3 B 4 3/8 in. 7.22 (183.4) 12.00 (304.8) 7.75 (196.9) 11.00 (279.4) 2.75 (69.9) — .59 (15.0) 2.22 (56.4) 25.0 (11.4)
62, 3 C 4 3/8 in. 7.22 (183.4) 13.50 (342.9) 9.50 (251.3) 11.00 (279.4) 2.75 (69.9) — .59 (15.0) 2.22 (56.4) 42.0 (19.1)
73D4 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 18.63 (473.2) 11.00 (279.4) 12.00 (304.8) 22.00 (558.8) — 5.63 (143.0) .75 (19.1) 215.0 (97.6)
83D4 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 19.25 (489.0) 11.00 (279.4) 12.00 (304.8) 22.00 (558.8) — 5.63 (143.0) .75 (19.1) 265.0 (120.3)
93D4 1/2 in. 33.00 (838.2) 29.75 (755.7) 12.94 (328.7) 8.00 (203.2) 30.75 (781.1) — 14.50 (368.3) 1.63 (41.4) 315.0 (143.0)
AC
E
.20 (5.1) 4
Mounting Slots
.22 (5.6)
Dia. Hole
E
2G
D
B
Figure A
Sizes 00 – 4 A201 Contactors
F
C
.12
(3.0)
.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7)
2 Mounting Slots
Figure C
Size 6
E
A
H
B
D
G
E
2
C
.12
(3)
.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7)
2 Mounting Slots
A
Figure B
Size 5
EH
B
D
G
E
2
.38 (9.7) Dia. Open End
Mounting Slot
(2 Places)
C A
E H
D
B
Figure D
Sizes 7 – 9
G
4 Holes for .38 (9.7) Dia.
Mounting Hardware
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-153
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-217. Reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
Figure 33-59. Reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
NEMA
Size
No.
of
Poles
Fig. Mounting
Screws
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,
Lbs. (kg)
No. Size A B C D E F G H
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 H.
3 x 3 V.
A
B
3
3
#10
#10
7.13 (181.1)
3.33 (84.6)
4.45 (113.0)
9.61 (244.1)
5.05 (128.3)
5.05 (128.3)
3.95 (100.3)
9.08 (230.6)
5.31 (134.9)
2.16 (54.9)
3.56 (90.4)
.75 (19.1)
.25 (6.4)
.25 (6.4)
—
4.52 (114.8)
7.8 (3.5)
8.9 (4.0)
23 x 3 H.
3 x 3 V.
A
B
3
3
#10
#10
7.13 (181.1)
3.33 (84.6)
4.45 (113.0)
9.61 (244.1)
5.38 (136.7)
5.38 (136.7)
3.95 (100.3)
9.08 (230.6)
5.31 (134.9)
2.16 (54.9)
3.56 (90.4)
.75 (19.1)
.25 (6.4)
.25 (6.4)
—
4.52 (114.8)
9.1 (4.1)
10.0 (4.5)
3, 4 3 x 3 H.
3 x 3 V.
A
B
3
3
1/4 in.
1/4 in.
9.75 (247.7)
4.63 (117.6)
6.88 (174.8)
16.56 (420.6)
7.25 (184.2)
7.25 (184.2)
6.00 (152.4)
15.69 (398.5)
7.00 (177.8)
2.75 (69.9)
4.88 (124.0)
.94 (23.9)
.44 (11.2)
.44 (11.2)
—
7.78 (197.6)
24.0 (10.9)
25.0 (11.4)
53 x 3 H.
3 x 3 V.
C
D
8
8
3/8 in.
3/8 in.
17.22 (437.4)
8.25 (209.6)
12.00 (304.8)
30.00 (762.0)
7.75 (196.9)
7.75 (196.9)
11.00 (279.4)
18.00 (457.8)
2.75 (69.9)
2.75 (69.9)
10.00 (254.0)
—
.59 (15.0)
—
1.38 (35.1)
1.38 (35.1)
55.0 (25.0)
55.0 (26.0)
63 x 3 H.
3 x 3 V.
C
D
8
8
3/8 in.
3/8 in.
17.22 (437.4)
8.25 (209.6)
13.50 (342.9)
41.50 (1054.1)
8.75 (222.3)
8.75 (222.3)
11.00 (279.4)
28.00 (711.2)
2.75 (69.9)
2.75 (69.9)
10.00 (254.0)
—
.59 (15.0)
—
1.38 (35.1)
1.38 (35.1)
90.0 (40.9)
90.0 (40.9)
73 x 3 V. E 8 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 38.63 (981.2) 11.00 (279.4) 20.00 (508.0) 22.00 (558.8)
—5.63 (143.0) .75 (19.1) 450.0 (204.3)
83 x 3 V. E 8 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 39.25 (997.0) 11.00 (279.4) 20.00 (508.0) 22.00 (558.8)
—5.63 (143.0) .75 (19.1) 550.0 (249.7)
93 x 3 V. E 8 1/2 in. 33.00 (838.2) 62.75 (1593.9) 12.94 (328.7) 33.00 (838.2) 30.75 (781.1)
—14.50 (368.3) 1.63 (41.4) 650.0 (295.1)
E
Figure A
Sizes 00 – 4 Horizontal
Figure C
Sizes 5, 6 Horizontal
CF E H
A
C
A
F
A
F
Figure B
Sizes 00 – 4 Vertical
Figure D
Sizes 5, 6 Vertical
Figure E
Sizes 7 – 9 Vertical
C
C
B
D
G
B
D
B
D
H
G
B
D
G
E
2
E
2
.20 (5.1) Dia.
3 Mounting
Slots
.20 (5.1)
Dia.
3 Mtg.
Holes
A
E H
E
2
C
A
E H
D
G
B
.53 (13.5) Dia. — 3 Holes
March 2009
33-154
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents
Description Page
Starters — Non-reversing and
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-154
Product Description —
Sizes 00 – 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-154
Product Description —
Sizes 5 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-154
Features and Benefits . . . . . 33-155
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . 33-155
Product Selection —
Non-reversing,
Sizes 00 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-156
Product Selection —
Reversing,
Sizes 00 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-157
Dimensions and
Shipping Weights . . . . . . . 33-159
Starters — Two-Speed . . . . . . . 33-158
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-162
Factory Modifications . . . . . . . 33-166
Accessories and Field
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . . 33-166
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-169
Size 1 Starter
Product Description —
Sizes 00 – 4
Application
Magnetic starters are used for full-
voltage, across-the-line starting and
stopping of squirrel cage motors. They
can be operated locally or remotely by
manual or automatic pilot devices.
NEMA Sizes 00 – 4;
Three-Phase, 1-1/2 – 100 hp
These Cutler-Hammer® Starters from
Eaton’s electrical business use Class
A201 contactors as described on Page
33-148. Contactor features are
enhanced through the ability to pro-
vide positive motor protection in the
form of several types of overload
relays. See Pages 33-174 – 33-182.
Type B Overload Relay, Manual Reset Only
Supplied as standard on Class A200
and A900 starters (two-speed). The bi-
metallic overload relay offers ambient
compensation and trip-to-test feature
(relay contact status check) as stan-
dard. In addition, an isolated normally-
open contact is available in kit form for
customer mounting. Type B overload
relays are manual reset only.
Type A Overload Relay, Manual
or Automatic Reset
This is an optional overload relay,
offering the capability of field conver-
sion to automatic reset. It is available
as an ambient compensated or non-
compensated type.
Non-reversing Starters
Non-reversing starters are supplied as
open devices. All starters are supplied
with a normally-open holding circuit
interlock.
Class A200 starters are available as UL
listed or recognized components, as
well as with CSA certification.
Reversing Starters
For reversing applications (Class
A210), a starter and a contactor electri-
cally and mechanically interlocked are
supplied on a common baseplate.
Reversing starters are used to start,
stop and reverse AC squirrel cage
motors and for primary control of
reversing wound-rotor motors.
For plugging or inching, when opera-
tions exceed five times per minute,
decreased horsepower ratings in
accordance with NEMA Standard ICS
2-321 are recommended.
Two-Speed Starters, A900s
For across-the-line starting of two-
speed constant hp, constant torque
and variable torque squirrel cage
motors, two-speed starters (Class A900)
are available. These Cutler-Hammer
starters consist of two starters, one for
each motor speed, mechanically and
electrically interlocked and wired for
manual speed selection by means of
pushbuttons. Auxiliary relays may be
added to provide automatic accelera-
tion or deceleration.
Starters for two-speed, two indepen-
dent winding motors consist of two-,
three- or four-pole starters electrically
and mechanically interlocked. Starters
for two-speed, single reconnectable
winding motors consist of one three-
pole and one five-pole starter mechan-
ically and electrically interlocked.
Size 5 Starter
Product Description —
Sizes 5 – 9
NEMA Sizes 5 – 9;
Three-Phase 75 to 1600 hp
Non-reversing (Class A200), and
reversing (Classes A210, A250) full
voltage starters are used for across-
the-line starting of squirrel cage induc-
tion motors. They are used with
motors rated above 50 hp at 230V, and
above 100 hp at 460 through 600V.
Sizes 5 and 6 Cutler-Hammer starters
use Class A201 contactors as described
on Page 33-149. In addition to stan-
dard motor starters, special applica-
tion devices are available: Sizes 5 and
6 starters with integrally rectified AC to
DC coils for applications where low
voltage problems are prevalent are
available.
Class A200 starters are UL listed
and recognized and also carry CSA
certification.
Front Removable Parts — All operat-
ing parts can be removed quickly and
easily from the front. Straight-through
wiring and conveniently located con-
nection points for external wires and
cables minimize installation time.
Type B Block Type Thermal Overload
Relay — Dependable overload protec-
tion is assured by these snap-action,
manual reset relays. Automatic reset
Type A relays are available as an
option.
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-155
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Types of Starters
Class A200, Sizes 5 and 6 — Non-
reversing starters contain an AC
magnetically-operated Size 5 or Size 6
line contactor and block Type B three-
pole overload relay, along with three
current transformers. A control relay
whose contacts handle the coil current
of the starter is provided with Size 6
starters.
Class A200, Sizes 7, 8 and 9 — Non-
reversing starters contain a DC
operated line contactor, DC power sup-
ply, block Type B three-pole overload
relay with three current transformers
and a control relay.
Class A960/A970/A980 Multi-Speed
Starters: Refer to Page 33-158.
Features and Benefits
Sizes 00 – 4
■Straight-Through Wiring, Up-Front,
Out-Front Terminals for ease in
installation.
■Unique Accessory Mounting
Cavities reduce panel space
requirements.
■Snap-in Accessories for application
flexibility.
■Vertical and Horizontal Interlocking
capability increases application
flexibility.
■Ambient Compensated Overload
Relays available as standard, offer-
ing superior motor protection in
variable motor/controller
environments.
■Isolated Normally Open Relay
Contact available in kit mounting
form on Type B Overload Relay.
Sizes 5 – 9
■Rectified AC/DC Coils available
to reduce premature drop-out or
“kiss” problems due to inherent low
voltage conditions.
■Clapper Design armature assembly
pivots on needle bearings resulting
in quick, smooth opening and clos-
ing of the magnet.
■Stainless Steel Kick-Out Spring
assures quick, positive drop-out
time.
■Front Removable Parts all current
carrying parts front removable for
easy inspection and maintenance.
Instructional Leaflets
16958 Sizes 00 – 1, 3-Pole Motor
Controller
16956 Sizes 00 – 1, 2-Pole, Single-
Phase Motor Controller
16959 Size 2, 3-Pole Motor
Controller
16957 Size 2, 2-Pole, Single-Phase
Motor Controller
15465C Sizes 3 and 4J Motor
Controller
17000C Size 4, Model K Motor
Controller
17054C Size 5 Motor Controller
17055C Size 6 Motor Controller
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
March 2009
33-156
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Size 3 Starter
Product Selection —
Non-reversing, Sizes 00 – 9
When Ordering Specify
Order by Catalog Number from Table
33-218 or Table 33-219, plus Suffix for
coil voltages, verifying usage of appro-
priate sizes.
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate item by
listing Catalog Number from tables,
Pages 33-181 – 33-182, as required per
starter.
Table 33-218. Non-reversing Starters Selection — 2 Poles
For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
Single-phase with one single-pole overload relay.
Table 33-219. Non-reversing Starters Selection — 3 Poles
For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
Table 33-220. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6 Table 33-221. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is
120V.
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower Open
1-Phase 3-Phase Catalog
Number
Price
U.S $
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V
Sizes 00 – 2
00 9 1/3 — 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 A200MABR
0181—3 3 55A200M0BR
1272 — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A200M1BR
1-1/2 36 3 — — — — — A200MDBR
2457-12 — 10 15 25 25 A200M2BR
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower Open
1-Phase 3-Phase Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V
Sizes 00 – 6
00 9 1/3 — 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 A200MAC_
0181—3 3 55A200M0C_
1272 — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A200M1C_
2457-12 — 10 15 25 25 A200M2C_
390——2530 5050A200M3C_
4135 — — 40 50 100 100 A200M4C_
5270 — — 75 100 200 200 A200M5C_
6540 — — 150 200 400 400 A200M6C_
Sizes 7 – 9
7 810 — — 200 300 600 600 A200M7C_
8 1215 — — 400 450 900 900 A200M8C_
9 2250 — — — 800 1600 — A200M9C_
Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50 AC
200 – 208/60 B
240/60 W
480/60 X
600/60 E
Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
110 – 120/50 or 60 J
220 – 240/50 or 60 W
440 – 480/50 or 60 X
600/60 E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-181 – 33-182
Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Page 33-165
Factory
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-166
Modification Kits,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-166 – 33-168
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-159
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-157
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Starter
Product Selection —
Reversing, Sizes 00 – 9
When Ordering Specify
Order by Catalog Number from Table
33-222, plus Suffix for coil voltages,
verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate item by
listing Catalog Number from tables,
Pages 33-181 – 33-182, as required per
starter.
Table 33-222. Reversing Starters Selection
For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
Table 33-223. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6 Table 33-224. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9
For Size 9, only available coil voltage is
120V.
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower Horizontal Design Vertical Design
1-Phase 3-Phase Catalog
Number
Price
U.S $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V
Sizes 00 – 6
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 A210MAC_ A250MAC_
01812 3 3 55A210M0C_ A250M0C_
1272 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A210M1C_ A250M1C_
2453 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 A210M2C_ A250M2C_
390——2530 5050A210M3C_ A250M3C_
4135 — — 40 50 100 100 A210M4C_ A250M4C_
5270 — — 75 100 200 200 A210M5C_ A250M5C_
6540 — — 150 200 400 400 A210M6C_ A250M6C_
Sizes 7 – 9
7 810 — — 200 300 600 600 —A250M7C_
8 1215 — — 400 450 900 900 —A250M8C_
9 2250 — — — 800 1600 — —A250M9C_
Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50 AC
200 – 208/60 B
240/60 W
480/60 X
600/60 E
Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
110 – 120/50 or 60 J
220 – 240/50 or 60 W
440 – 480/50 or 60 X
600/60 E
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-181 – 33-182
Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Page 33-165
Factory Modifications . . . . Page 33-166
Modification Kits,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-166 – 33-168
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-160
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-158
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Starters — Two-Speed
Product Selection
For Separate Two-Winding Motors
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from table, Pages 33-181
– 33-182, as required per starter.
Table 33-225. Three-Phase, Non-reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters — Heater Selection
For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
For Single-Winding Motors
Table 33-226. Product Selection — Sizes 0 – 6
For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
NEMA Amps Constant Horsepower Constant or Variable Torque 3 Poles — Open
208V 240V 480V 600V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Sizes 0 – 6
0183355223 3A960M0C_
1277-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 A960M1C_
24510152525 7-1/2 10 20 20 A960M2C_
3902530505020254040A960M3C_
4135 40 50 100 100 30 40 75 75 A960M4C_
5270 75 100 200 200 60 75 150 150 A960M5C_
6540 150 200 400 400 100 150 300 300 A960M6C_
NEMA Amps 208V 240V 480V 600V 3 Poles — Open
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Constant Horsepower
0183355A970M0C_
1277-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A970M1C_
24510152525A970M2C_
39025305050A970M3C_
4135 40 50 100 100 A970M4C_
5270 75 100 200 200 A970M5C_
6540 150 200 400 400 A970M6C_
Constant or Variable Torque
0182233A980M0C_
127557-1/2 7-1/2 A980M1C_
2457-1/2 10 20 20 A980M2C_
39020254040A980M3C_
4135 30 40 75 75 A980M4C_
5270 60 75 150 150 A980M5C_
6540 100 150 300 300 A980M6C_
Table 33-227. Coils for Sizes 0 – 6
Table 33-228. Coils for Sizes 0 – 6
Coil Volts and Hz Coil Suffix
120/60 or 110/50 AC
200 – 208/60 B
240/60 W
480/60 X
600/60 E
Coil Volts and Hz Coil Suffix
120/60 or 110/50 AC
200 – 208/60 B
240/60 W
480/60 X
600/60 E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-162 – 33-165
Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-181 – 33-182
Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Page 33-165
Factory Modifications. . . . . Page 33-166
Modification Kits,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-166 – 33-168
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-161
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-159
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-229. Open Non-reversing Starters Dimensions
Refer to factory.
Figure 33-60. Open Non-reversing Starters Dimensions
NEMA
Size
No.
of
Poles
Fig. Mounting
Screws
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,
Lbs. (kg)
No. Size A B C D E F G H J K L M
00, 0, 1 2, 3 A 3 #10 3.31
(84.1)
6.42
(163.1)
4.61
(117.1)
6.00
(152.4)
1.88
(47.8)
1.66
(42.2)
.23
(5.8)
—.39
(9.9)
.59
(15.0)
4.48
(113.8)
.27
(6.9)
35.0
(15.9)
22, 3 A 3 #10 3.31
(84.1)
7.17
(182.1)
4.94
(125.5)
6.75
(171.5)
1.88
(47.8)
1.66
(42.2)
.23
(5.8)
—.41
(10.4)
.77
(19.6)
4.53
(115.1)
.27
(6.9)
43.0
(19.5)
3, 4 2, 3 A 3 1/4 in. 4.63
(117.6)
9.94
(252.5)
6.75
(171.5)
9.25
(235.0)
2.88
(73.2)
.94
(23.9)
.38
(9.7)
—.55
(14.0)
.80
(20.3)
6.36
(161.5)
.27
(6.9)
115.0
(52.2)
53B4 3/8 in. 7.59
(192.8)
16.22
(412.0)
7.75
(196.9)
11.00
(279.4)
2.75
(69.9)
3.81
(96.8)
2.69
(68.3)
2.42
(61.5)
.33
(8.4)
.33
(8.4)
7.00
(177.8)
.27
(6.9)
29.0
(13.2)
63C4 3/8 in. 9.25
(235.0)
23.50
(596.9)
9.50
(241.3)
11.00
(279.4)
2.75
(69.9)
4.81
(122.2)
2.75
(69.9)
3.06
(77.7)
—6.50
(165.1)
8.44
(214.4)
.27
(6.9)
55.0
(25.0)
73
37.88
(962.2)
21.50
(546.1)
11.75
(298.5)
——————— — ——
83
37.88
(962.2)
21.50
(546.1)
11.75
(298.5)
——————— — ——
93
ELCA
CAF
H
E
M
Reset
Rod
L
L
MF
HE KJ
Reset Rod
Figure A, Sizes 00 – 4 Figure B, Size 5
Figure C, Size 6
Reset Travel
M
J
F
C
A
BB
K
B
DD
D
G
G
K
G
E
2
E
2
E
2
C
L
C
L
of Cont'r
Cont'r Mtg.
Holes
.38 (9.7) Wide
4 Mtg. Slots
.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7)
(2 Mtg. Slots)
Term. Lug
Supplied
When
Ordered
March 2009
33-160
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-230. Open Reversing Starters Dimensions
Refer to factory.
Figure 33-61. Open Reversing Starters Dimensions
NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
Fig. Mounting
Screws
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,
Lbs. (kg)
No. Size A B C D E F G J K L M N
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz.
3 x 3 Vert.
A
B
3
3
#10
#10
7.13
(181.1)
3.33
(84.6)
6.50
(165.1)
11.63
(295.4)
5.05
(128.3)
5.05
(128.3)
6.00
(152.4)
11.13
(282.7)
5.69
(144.5)
1.88
(47.8)
3.56
(90.4)
1.66
(42.2)
.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
2.3
(58.4)
.39
(9.9)
.59
(15.0)
.59
(15.0)
4.92
(125.0)
4.92
(125.0)
.27
(6.9)
.27
(6.9)
—
4.52
(114.8)
9.0 (4.0)
9.8 (4.4)
23 x 3 Horiz.
3 x 3 Vert.
A
B
3
3
#10
#10
7.13
(181.1)
3.33
(84.6)
7.25
(184.2)
12.38
(314.5)
5.38
(136.7)
5.38
(136.7)
6.75
(171.5)
11.88
(301.8)
5.69
(144.5)
1.88
(47.8)
3.56
(90.4)
1.66
(42.2)
.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
2.31
(58.7)
.39
(9.9)
.77
(19.6)
.77
(19.6)
4.97
(126.2)
4.97
(126.2)
.27
(6.9)
.27
(6.9)
—
4.52
(114.8)
10.8 (4.9)
12.2 (5.5)
3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz.
3 x 3 Vert.
A
B
3
3
1/4 in.
1/4 in.
9.75
(247.7)
4.63
(117.6)
10.13
(257.3)
19.81
(503.2)
7.25
(184.2)
7.25
(184.2)
9.25
(235.0)
18.94
(481.1)
8.00
(203.2)
2.88
(73.2)
4.88
(124.0)
2.94
(74.7)
.44
(11.2)
.44
(11.2)
3.11
(79.0)
.55
(14.0)
.80
(20.3)
.80
(20.3)
6.86
(174.2)
6.86
(174.2)
.27
(6.9)
.27
(6.9)
—
7.91
(200.9)
26.0 (11.8)
28.0 (12.7)
53 x 3 Horiz. — 4 3/8 in. 35.25
(895.4)
25.50
(647.7)
8.75
(222.3)
——————— —— 73.0 (33.1)
63 x 3 Horiz. — 4 3/8 in. 35.25
(895.4)
25.50
(647.7)
10.50
(266.7)
——————— —— 127.0 (57.7)
7
8
9
E
Figure A
Sizes 00 – 4 Horizontal
Figure B
Sizes 00 – 4 Vertical
.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Holes L
L
J
E
J
M
Reset
Travel M
A C
F
AC
F
BD
N
G
B
D
K
G
K
.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Holes
Reset Travel
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-161
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-231. Open Multi-Speed Starters Dimensions
Refer to factory.
Figure 33-62. Open Multi-Speed Starters Dimensions
NEMA
Size
Number
of
Poles
Fig. Mounting
Screws
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,
Lbs. (kg)
No. Size A B C D E F G J K L M N P R
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz.
5 x 3 Horiz.
A
B
3
3
#10
#10
7.13
(181.1)
8.00
(203.2)
6.50
(165.1)
6.50
(165.1)
5.05
(128.3)
5.05
(128.3)
6.00
(152.4)
6.00
(152.4)
5.69
(144.5)
6.53
(165.9)
3.56
(90.4)
3.56
(90.4)
.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
2.30
(58.4)
2.30
(58.4)
.33
(8.4)
.48
(12.2)
4.92
(125.0)
4.92
(125.0)
.27
(6.9)
.27
(6.9)
3.81
(96.8)
4.66
(118.4)
—
—
2.91
(73.9)
2.91
(73.9)
10.0 (4.5)
11.0 (5.0)
23 x 3 Horiz.
5 x 3 Horiz.
A
B
3
3
#10
#10
7.13
(181.1)
8.88
(225.6)
7.25
(184.2)
7.25
(184.2)
5.38
(136.7)
5.38
(136.7)
6.75
(171.5)
6.75
(171.5)
5.69
(144.5)
6.56
(166.6)
3.56
(90.4)
3.56
(90.4)
.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
2.69
(68.3)
2.69
(68.3)
.69
(17.5)
.69
(17.5)
4.97
(126.2)
4.97
(126.2)
.27
(6.9)
.27
(6.9)
3.81
(96.8)
4.66
(118.4)
—
—
2.91
(73.9)
2.84
(72.1)
11.0 (5.0)
13.0 (5.9)
3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz.
5 x 3 Horiz.
A
B
3
3
1/4 in.
1/4 in.
9.75
(247.7)
12.38
(314.5)
10.13
(257.3)
10.13
(257.3)
7.25
(184.2)
7.25
(184.2)
9.25
(235.0)
9.25
(235.0)
8.00
(203.2)
9.31
(236.5)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)
.44
(11.2)
.44
(11.2)
3.11
(79.0)
3.11
(79.0)
.80
(20.3)
.80
(20.3)
6.86
(174.2)
6.86
(174.2)
.27
(6.9)
.27
(6.9)
5.13
(130.3)
6.44
(163.6)
—
—
4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
28.0 (12.7)
33.5 (15.2)
5
6
A
D
G
B
K
FC
J.2 (5.1) Dia.
3 Mounting Slots
Figure A, Sizes 00 – 4
R
E
N
L
Reset Travel
M
A
D
G
B
K
C
.2 (5.1) Dia.
3 Mounting Slots
Figure B, Size 2
E
J
L
Reset Travel
M
Note: 3-Pole x 3-Pole Devices Are for Wye-Wye Two-Winding Motors Only
March 2009
33-162
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Technical Data and Specifications
Electrical Characteristics
Table 33-232. Electrical Characteristics — Sizes 00 – 4
Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times
continuous rating.
These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more
than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents
greater than 20 times, refer to factory.
Table 33-233. Electrical Characteristics — Sizes 5 – 9
Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times
continuous rating.
For ratings refer to factory.
These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more
than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents
greater than 20 times, refer to factory.
Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4
Max. Voltage
Rating
600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V
Ampere Rating
(Open)
(Enclosed)
10A
9A
20A
18A
30A
27A
50A
45A
100A
90A
150A
135A
Squirrel Cage Motor
Maximum
Horsepower At:
200V/60 Hz
230V/ 60 Hz
380V/50 Hz
460V – 575V/
60 Hz
1-1/2 hp
1-1/2 hp
1-1/2 hp
2 hp
3 hp
3 hp
5 hp
5 hp
7-1/2 hp
7-1/2 hp
10 hp
10 hp
10 hp
15 hp
25 hp
25 hp
25 hp
30 hp
50 hp
50 hp
40 hp
50 hp
75 hp
100 hp
Resistive Heating kW
Single-Phase,
2-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
Three-Phase,
3-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3 kW
6 kW
12 kW
15 kW
5 kW
10 kW
20 kW
25 kW
5 kW
10 kW
20 kW
25 kW
8.5 kW
17 kW
34 kW
43 kW
10 kW
20 kW
40 kW
50 kW
17 kW
34 kW
68 kW
86 kW
15 kW
30 kW
60 kW
75 kW
26 kW
68 kW
105 kW
130 kW
Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase
240V
480V
600V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
12 kVAR
25 kVAR
31 kVAR
27 kVAR
53 kVAR
67 kVAR
40 kVAR
80 kVAR
100 kVAR
Transformer Switching kVA
Single-Phase,
2-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
Three-Phase,
3-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
.6 kVA
1.2 kVA
2.4 kVA
3 kVA
1.8 kVA
2.1 kVA
4.2 kVA
5.2 kVA
1.2 kVA
2.4 kVA
4.9 kVA
6.2 kVA
3.6 kVA
4.3 kVA
8.5 kVA
11 kVA
2.1 kVA
4.1 kVA
8.3 kVA
10 kVA
6.3 kVA
7.2 kVA
14 kVA
18 kVA
4.1 kVA
8.1 kVA
16 kVA
20 kVA
12 kVA
14 kVA
28 kVA
35 kVA
6.8 kVA
14 kVA
27 kVA
34 kVA
20 kVA
23 kVA
47 kVA
59 kVA
Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
Max. Voltage
Rating
600V 600V 600V 600V 600V
Ampere Rating
(Open)
(Enclosed)
300A
270A
600A
540A
900A
810A
1350A
1215A
2500A
2250A
Squirrel Cage Motor
Maximum
Horsepower At:
200V/60 Hz
230V/60 Hz
380V/50 Hz
460V – 575V/
60 Hz
75 hp
100 hp
150 hp
200 hp
150 hp
200 hp
300 hp
400 hp
—
300 hp
—
600 hp
—
450 hp
—
900 hp
—
800 hp
—
1600 hp
Resistive Heating kW
Single-Phase,
2-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
Three-Phase,
3-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
30 kW
60 kW
120 kW
150 kW
52 kW
105 kW
210 kW
260 kW
60 kW
120 kW
240 kW
300 kW
105 kW
210 kW
415 kW
515 kW
90 kW
180 kW
360 kW
450 kW
155 kW
315 kW
625 kW
775 kW
Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase
240V
480V
600V
80 kVAR
160 kVAR
200 kVAR
160 kVAR
320 kVAR
400 kVAR
240 kVAR
480 kVAR
600 kVAR
360 kVAR
720 kVAR
900 kVAR
665 kVAR
1325 kVAR
1670 kVAR
Transformer Switching kVA
Single-Phase,
2-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
Three-Phase,
3-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
14 kVA
27 kVA
54 kVA
68 kVA
41 kVA
47 kVA
94 kVA
117 kVA
27 kVA
54 kVA
108 kVA
135 kVA
81 kVA
94 kVA
188 kVA
234 kVA
41 kVA
81 kVA
162 kVA
203 kVA
122 kVA
140 kVA
280 kVA
351 kVA
61 kVA
122 kVA
244 kVA
304 kVA
182 kVA
210 kVA
420 kVA
526 kVA
112 kVA
225 kVA
450 kVA
562 kVA
337 kVA
342 kVA
783 kVA
975 kVA
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-163
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Technical Data and Specifications
DC Power Pole Ratings
The following represent typical pro-
duction test values and should not be
interpreted as a guarantee of actual
performance.
Table 33-234. DC Operated 120 and 240V Coils
Non-inductive load.
380V, 50 Hz Starter Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Table 33-235. 380V, 50 Hz Starters — Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 00 – 9
The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
Table 33-236. Operating Coil Characteristics
AC coil data pertains to Model K, DC coil data pertains to Model J.
DC Operated only.
Percent of rated coil voltage.
At 60 Hz base.
To contact touch.
Lower figure when coil is cold. Higher figure when coil is hot.
Drop-out time to clear arc. Time varies with type of load and contact wear.
Contactor
Size
DC Contact
Amp Rating
2 Poles in Series
120V 240V
0
1
2
3
4
—
20
45
75
90
—
10
30
40
70
NEMA Size 00 012345678
Maximum
Horsepower
1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300 450 700
Sizes 00, 0, 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
AC Coil
Burden (Open VA)
(Closed VA)
(Closed Watts)
Pick-Up Volts
Drop-Out Volts
Pick-Up Time Hz
Drop-Out Time Hz
160 VA
25 VA
7.8 W
85%
40 – 60%
1 – 1-1/2
3/4 – 1
160 VA
25 VA
7.8 W
85%
40 – 60%
1-1/2 – 2
3/4 – 1
625 VA
50 VA
18 W
85%
40 – 60%
2 – 2-1/2
3/4 – 1
700 VA
64 VA
21 W
85%
40 – 60%
1 – 1-1/2
3/4 – 1
1700 VA
180 VA
32 W
78%
65 to 75%
1.5
.75
2900 VA
220 VA
42 W
70%
60 to 70%
4.0
.75
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
DC Coil
Burden (Open VA)
(Closed VA)
(Closed Watts)
Pick-Up Volts
Drop-Out Volts
Pick-Up Time Hz
Drop-Out Time Hz
17 VA
17 VA
18 W
80%
5 – 10%
—
—
17 VA
17 VA
18 W
80%
5 – 10%
25 – 75 mS
16 – 25 mS
35 VA
35 VA
35 W
80%
5 – 10%
25 – 75 mS
16 – 25 mS
35 VA
35 VA
35 W
80%
5 – 10%
25 – 75 mS
16 – 25 mS
600 VA
22 VA
20 W
64%
18%
2.7 Hz
9.3 Hz
2120 VA
21 VA
20 W
73%
13%
3 Hz
17.5 Hz
400 VA
400 VA
400 W
45% – 65%
30% – 45%
21 – 41 Hz
7 – 12 Hz
400 VA
400 VA
400 W
45% – 65%
30% – 45%
17 – 29 Hz
7 – 12 Hz
2100 VA
350 VA
350 W
50% – 65%
40% – 50%
16 – 18
18 – 20 Hz
March 2009
33-164
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Technical Data and Specifications
Mechanical Characteristics
NEMA Standard ICS 2-110
Direct-current operated contactors
shall withstand 110% of their rated
voltage continuously without injury to
the operating coils and shall close suc-
cessfully at 80% of their rated voltage.
Alternating-current operated contac-
tors shall withstand 110% of their
rated voltage continuously without
injury to the operating coils and shall
close successfully at 85% of their rated
voltage.
Table 33-237. Mechanical Characteristics, Sizes 00 – 9
For Sizes 5 – 9 contactors only; for starter Sizes 5 – 9, refer to factory.
Table 33-238. Data from Tables 430 — 147 Through 150 of 1996 NEC: Motor Amperes at Full Load , Three-Phase AC
These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may
require higher current. In all cases, heaters should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data.
Sizes 00, 0, 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
Dimensions in
Inches (mm)
Height
Width
Depth
6.45
(163.8)
3.31
(84.1)
4.61
(117.1)
7.16
(181.9)
3.31
(84.1)
4.96
(126)
9.93
(252.2)
4.62
(117.3)
6.75
(171.5)
9.93
(252.2)
4.62
(117.3)
6.75
(171.5)
12.00
(304.8)
7.00
(177.8)
7.75
(196.9)
13.50
(342.9)
7.00
(177.8)
8.75
(222.3)
18.62
(472.9)
23.50
(596.9)
11.00
(279.4)
19.25
(489)
23.50
(596.9)
11.00
(279.4)
25.00
(635)
32.00
(812.8)
13.00
(330.2)
Panel Area —
Square Inches
Weight — Pounds
Cable Connection
21.35
3.5 Lbs.
—
23.7
3.5 Lbs.
—
46.0
11.5 Lbs.
—
46.0
11.5 Lbs.
—
84.0
25 Lbs.
Front
94.5
42 Lbs.
Front
437.5
215 Lbs.
Front/Rear
452.4
265 Lbs.
Front/Rear
800
315 Lbs.
Front/Rear
Maximum Cable
Size/Phase Copper
(AWG/MCM)
Auxiliary Electrical
Circuits Available
6 AWG
8
3 AWG
6
1/0
6
4/0
6
1-500 MCM
4
2-500 MCM
4
3-500 MCM
3
4-500 MCM
3
8-500 MCM
4
Latched Version
Available
Yes Ye s Yes Ye s Yes Yes No No No
Mechanical
Interlock
Combinations
Available
Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
5
6
7, 8
9
Vert., Horiz.
—
—
—
—
Vert., Horiz.
—
—
—
—
Vert., Horiz.
—
—
—
—
Vert., Horiz.
—
—
—
—
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
—
—
—
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
Vertical
—
—
—
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
—
—
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
—
—
—
Vertical
Vertical
hp Single-Phase
AC
Induction Type Squirrel-Cage
and Wound-Rotor Amperes
DC hp Single-Phase
AC
Induction Type Squirrel-Cage
and Wound-Rotor Amperes
DC
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 120V 240V 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 120V 240V
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
4.4
5.8
7.2
9.8
13.8
2.2
2.9
3.6
4.9
6.9
—
—
—
2.5
3.7
—
—
—
2.2
3.2
—
—
—
1.1
1.6
—
—
—
.9
1.3
—
3.1
4.1
5.4
7.6
—
1.6
2.0
2.7
3.8
30
40
50
60
75
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
92
120
150
177
221
80
104
130
154
192
40
52
65
77
96
32
41
52
62
77
—
—
—
—
—
106
140
173
206
255
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
16
20
24
34
56
8
10
12
17
28
4.8
6.9
7.8
11.0
17.5
4.2
6.0
6.8
9.6
15.2
2.1
3.0
3.4
4.8
7.6
1.7
2.4
2.7
3.9
6.1
9.5
13.2
17
25
40
4.7
6.6
8.5
12.2
20
100
125
150
200
250
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
285
359
414
552
—
248
312
360
480
—
124
156
180
240
302
99
125
144
192
242
—
—
—
—
—
341
425
506
675
—
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
80
100
—
—
—
40
50
—
—
—
25.3
32.2
48.3
62.1
78.2
22
28
42
54
68
11
14
21
27
34
9
11
17
22
27
58
76
—
—
—
29
38
55
72
89
300
350
400
450
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
361
414
477
515
590
289
336
382
412
472
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-165
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Technical Data and Specifications
Combination Ratings
Table 33-239. Combination Ratings — Sizes 00 – 2
Instantaneous Adjustable Trip.
Circuit Breaker.
Inverse Time Circuit Breaker.
Instantaneous Adjustable Trip with Current Limiting Attachment.
Inverse Time with Built-In Current Limiting Attachment.
Table 33-240. Combination Ratings — Sizes 3 and 4
Instantaneous Adjustable Trip.
Circuit Breaker.
Inverse Time Circuit Breaker.
Instantaneous Adjustable Trip with Current Limiting Attachment.
Inverse Time with Built-In Current Limiting Attachment.
Inverse Time Current Limiting Breaker.
Coil Suffix
Table 33-241. Other Available Coil Voltages — AC and DC Coils
Availability may be limited.
List Price Addition for DC coils.
DC coils for Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are intermittent duty
rated only. A mechanical latch is required.
DC coils. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
List Price Addition for dual voltage coils.
Short-Circuit
Protective Device
(SCPD)
Max.
Rating
SCPD
Circuit Breaker
Interrupting
Rating
Short-Circuit
Withstand Capability
Current Voltage
Sizes 00, 0, 1
Class H Fuse
Class J Fuse
Class R Fuse
Class T Fuse
60A
60A
60A
60A
—
—
—
—
5,000A
100,000A
100,000A
100,000A
600V
600V
600V
600V
Magnetic Only
Type CB
30A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V
50,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.
Type CB
50A 65,000A 65,000A 480V
25,000A 25,000A 600V
100,000A 100,000A 480V
35,000A 35,000A 600V
Magnetic Only
Type CB + CL
30A HMCP +
Current Limiter
100,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.
Type CLB
50A 150,000A 100,000A 480V
Size 2
Class H Fuse
Class J Fuse
Class R Fuse
Class T Fuse
100A
100A
100A
100A
—
—
—
—
5,000A
100,000A
100,000A
100,000A
600V
600V
600V
600V
Magnetic Only
Type CB
50A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V
50,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.
Type CB
90A 65,000A 65,000A 480V
25,000A 25,000A 600V
100,000A 100,000A 480V
35,000A 35,000A 600V
Magnetic Only
Type CB + CL
50A HMCP +
Current Limiter
100,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.
Type CLB
50A 150,000A 100,000A 480V
Short-Circuit
Protective Device
(SCPD)
Max.
Rating
SCPD
Circuit Breaker
Interrupting
Rating
Short-Circuit
Withstand Capability
Current Voltage
Size 3
Class H Fuse
Class J Fuse
Class R Fuse
Class T Fuse
60A
60A
60A
60A
—
—
—
—
5,000A
100,000A
100,000A
100,000A
600V
600V
600V
600V
Magnetic Only
Type CB
100A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V
50,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.
Type CB
150A 65,000A 65,000A 480V
25,000A 25,000A 600V
100,000A 100,000A 480V
35,000A 35,000A 600V
Magnetic Only
Type CB + CL
100A HMCP +
Current Limiter
100,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.
Type CLB
150A 50,000A 100,000A 480V
Size 4
Class H Fuse
Class J Fuse
Class R Fuse
Class T Fuse
400A
400A
400A
400A
—
—
—
—
10,000A
100,000A
100,000A
100,000A
600V
600V
600V
600V
Magnetic Only
Type CB
150A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V
50,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.
Type CB
250A 65,000A 65,000A 480V
25,000A 25,000A 600V
100,000A 100,000A 480V
35,000A 35,000A 600V
Magnetic Only
Type CB + CL
150A HMCP +
Current Limiter
100,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.
Type CB + CL
250A 200,000A 100,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag.
Type CLB
250A 150,000A 100,000A 480V
Coils Catalog
Number
Suffix
Coil Rating
(Volts/Hertz)
Catalog
Number
Suffix
Coil Rating
(Volts/Hertz)
AC A
B
C
D
E
G
H
I
J
K
120/60, 110/50
200-208/60
240/60 and 480/60
440/50
600/60 Hz
220/50
380/50
24/60
110-120/50 or
60 Rect. to DC
220-240/50 or
60 Rect. to DC
N
P
R
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
110/50
48/60
120/60 and 240/60
440-480/50 or
60 Rect. to DC
110/60
240/60
480/60
415/50
277/60
DC L
M
24V DC
48V DC
S
T
125V DC
250V DC
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-166
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Accessories
Factory Modifications
Table 33-242. A200 Factory Modifications
Accessories and Field Modification Kits
Type J Auxiliary Contact
Type J Auxiliary Contact
■Capable of being field mounted in a
contactor or starter (Classes A200,
A900 Sizes 00 – 6, V200, V201 vacuum
and definite purpose controllers).
■Provides two separate electrical
contact sets which wire vertically
and are color coded; black desig-
nates NC and silver designates NO.
Please note that the vertical wiring
is contrary to the horizontal wiring
of the L-56 auxiliary contacts.
■Designed to fit within dimensions of
starter; no additional panel space is
required.
■Provides circuit isolation (no polar-
ity restrictions) and single break
bifurcated contacts.
Table 33-243. Auxiliary Contact Ratings
Table 33-244. Auxiliary Contact Types
Modifications Description Catalog
Number
Suffix
NEMA Size
00 – 1 23456789
Adder U.S. $
Control
Circuit
1Extra Auxiliary Contact (1NO-1NC)
Non-reversing,
Reversing, 2-Speed Unwired
J1
2Extra Auxiliary Contact
Non-reversing,
Reversing, 2-Speed Unwired
J2
3Extra Auxiliary Contact
Non-reversing, Unwired
J3
4Extra Auxiliary Contact
Non-reversing, Unwired
J4
Wired for Separate Control (NC) C
Omit Control Wiring (NC) X
Overload
Relays
(Substitu-
tions)
Ambient Compensated with
Auto Reset (NC)
D
Fast Trip — Ambient Compensated
(Specify Motor FLA)
D7
Overload Relay Alarm Contact
(NO) per overload
E
Voltage Make Break
NEMA A600
120 – 600V AC
72 – 120V AC
28 – 72V AC
7200 VA
60A
60 VA
720 VA
720 VA
10A
NEMA R300
28 – 300V DC 28 VA 28 VA
Contact
Type
Max. Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
1NO and 1NC
2NC
2NO
1 Coil Clearing
NC and 1NO
4
4
4
4
J11
J02
J20
J1C
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-167
NEMA Contactors & Starters
March 2009
33
A200
Accessories
SS-56 Surge Suppressor
SS-56 Surge Suppressor
■Designed to be used with magnetic
motor controllers through Size 4 in
120V, 60 Hz control circuit applica-
tions where electronic equipment is
used.
■Steady State Coil Volts: 120, 60 Hz,
RMS
■Peak Input Volts: 169.6, 60 Hz,
Max. Amplitude
■Max. Ambient Temperature: 65°C
■Nominal Limiting Volts: 270 Peak
■Nominal Rate of Volt Rise:
.5 per mS
Table 33-245. Surge Suppressor
Can be used on Sizes 5 and 6 with 120V coil.
Mounting bracket required — order sepa-
rately. Mounting Bracket 177C043G04.
Discount Symbol 1CD1.
F-56 Fuse Block
■Facilitates installation of fuses (15A,
600V max.) in control circuits.
■Utilizes Bussman type KTK fuses,
or equivalent.
■Mounts in same cavity as Type J
auxiliary contact.
■No tools or mounting hardware
needed.
■Fuse not included.
Table 33-246. Fuse Block
R-56 Interposing Relay
The R-56AA interposing relay is a low
energy solid-state device with a single
NO solid-state contact. It can be used as
a 120V AC control relay, and will oper-
ate on as little as 40V AC input. Is useful
in applications requiring long control
wiring runs where excessive voltage
drop would prevent the contactor or
relay from energizing. Will operate a
Size 4 contactor from 10,000 feet using
18 AWG wire.
Table 33-247. Interposing Relay
Discount Symbol 1CD1.
Mechanical Interlock
■Prevents closing of one member of
a reversing or multi-speed contactor
until the opposite member is com-
pletely open.
■Lever type mechanism assures posi-
tive action.
■Can be factory assembled or field
mounted on A200 and A900 starters
and contactors.
Table 33-248. Mechanical Interlock
Type Mounting Kit Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Starter SS-56
Mounting Kit Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Starter
Panel
F56
F56-P
Type
Mounting
Kit Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Starter or Panel R56-AA
Contactor Arrangement
(Number of Poles,
Horizontal or Vertical)
Continuous
Size
Interlock
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
3 x 3 Horizontal
4 x 4 Horizontal
5 x 3 Horizontal
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
M-33-1B
M-33-1B
M-33-1B
All Pole Combination, Vertical
3 x 3 Horizontal Reversing
3 x 3 Vertical Reversing
0, 1
2
2
M-34-1A
M-33-2B
M-34-2A
5 x 3 Horizontal
4 x 4 Horizontal
2
2
M-35-2A
M-36-2A
All Pole Combination Horizontal
All Pole Combination Vertical
3, 4
3, 4
M-33-3B
M-34-3
B3NO Bell Alarm Contact
■Isolated Normally Open Bell Alarm
Contact.
■Mounts in Type B block-type over-
load relay.
Table 33-249. Bell Alarm Contact
For Size 3 and 4.
Table 33-250. Control Contact Ratings (B600)
Overload Relay Reset Extension
■Used to adjust overload reset rod
depth of Class A200 Model J starters
and current design overload relays
to same dimensions as obsolete
B200 starters and overloads identi-
fied by suffix B, i.e., BA13B.
When replacing obsolete B200 device
with Class A200 starter and Type B
overload, order Style 6710C11H03. No
charge.
When replacing obsolete B200 device
with Class A200 starter and Type A
overload, order Style 1490C15H10. No
charge.
Power Pole Kit
■Adds 1NO or 1NC power pole to
Size 00 – 1 A201 Class contactors.
■Factory installed or field mountable
in load side auxiliary cavities.
■600V AC.
■Continuous current rating of 18A for
Size 0, 27A for Size 1.
Table 33-251. Power Pole Kit
Do not use with DC operated contactors.
Kit Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
B3NO-2
B3NO-4
AC Volts Maximum Amperes
Make Break
24 – 120
121 – 600
30
3600 VA
3.00
360 VA
Continuous Current Rating: 5A
Continuous
Current
Rating
Kit
Size
Kit
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Normally Open
18
27
0
1
PN0-0
PN0-1
Normally Closed
18
27
0
1
PNC-0
PNC-1
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-168
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Accessories
Replacement Auxiliary Contacts
Table 33-252. Replacement Auxiliary Contacts
Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits
All starters include an auxiliary contact with 1NO and 1NC
contact. These kits include an auxiliary contact with contacts
as shown, plus operating arm and mounting bracket when
required.
Table 33-253. Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits
Size 7 and larger use DC coils as standard.
DC Coil Conversion Kits
Kits listed below include all necessary parts to convert from
AC to DC control including the DC coil with built-in diode,
rectifier, auxiliary interlock and all mounting hardware.
Table 33-254. DC Coil Conversion Kits
Mechanical Interlocks
Table 33-255. Mechanical Interlocks
Overload Protection
Overload Protection Size 5 Starters
Type B overload relay is a three-pole, block type, thermal
ambient compensated device with manual reset mounted
integrally. Current transformers are enclosed in a protective
case and integrally mounted to save panel space. Standard
ratio is 300:5.
Overload Protection Size 6 Starters
Overload protection assembly consists of three current
transformers, Type B three-pole block overload relay and an
optional interposing relay. These parts are mounted on a
panel which connects directly to the load terminal of the
contactor. Current transformers are 600:5 ratio as standard.
If automatic reset is required, the Type A, three-pole block,
ambient compensated relay is available upon request.
Overload Relay Kits
Each kit includes three current transformers (standard ratio)
and one Type B, three-pole block overload relay, ambient
compensated with manual reset.
Table 33-256. Overload Relay Kits
Table 33-257. Replacement Terminal Lugs
All mounting hardware is included in kit.
Contactor
Size
Contact
Arrangement
Aux. Elect. Contact Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Style
Number
5, 6 1NO + 1NC
2NO
2NC
J11
J20
J02
9084A17G01
9084A17G02
9084A17G03
7, 8 1NO
1NC
—
—
578D461G01
578D461G03
91NO + 1NC
2NO
2NC
—
—
—
843D943G04
843D943G05
843D943G06
Contactor
Size
Contact
Arrangement
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
5, 6 1NO + 1NC
2NO
2NC
3463D94G18
3463D94G04
3463D94G19
7, 8 2NO
1NO
818D498G06
818D498G04
Size Voltage Kit Style Number Price
U.S. $
5110-120
220-240
440-480
7864A28G01
7864A28G02
7864A28G03
6110-120
220-240
440-480
7864A29G01
7864A29G02
7864A29G03
Contactor Sizes Style Numbers Price
U.S. $
Horizontal Vertical
3, 4 and 5
5 and 5
5 and 6
6 and 6
6 and 7, 8
2050A11G75
2050A11G25
2050A11G27
2050A11G26
—
2050A11G65
2050A11G15
2050A11G17
2050A11G16
2050A11G55
7, 8 and 7, 8
7, 8 and 9
9 and 9
No (Rear Conn.)
No (Rear Conn.)
No (Rear Conn.)
567D624G01
9944D56G06
9944D56G01
Kit Size Kit Part Number Price
U.S. $
5
6
2057A34G01
6379D80G10
Contactor
Size
Cable
Size
Terminals Kit Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Qty.
in Kit
Qty. Req’d.
per Pole
5
6
7
8
1-500 MCM
2-500 MCM
4-500 MCM
4-500 MCM
6
6
12
12
2
2
4
4
2119A76G01
7858A96G01
7858A96G02
7858A96G03
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-169
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Renewal Parts
When Ordering Specify
Use this renewal parts data to identify
device by style number, catalog num-
ber and/or description.
Select style number of replacement
part from the following pages.
For clarification of ordering procedure,
pricing and discounts, contact the Cus-
tomer Support Center.
General Information
This renewal parts data will provide
the proper identification of standard
parts which may be required for main-
tenance of Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
components.
It is the intent of this catalog section to
make it possible to quickly select the
parts needed.
An investment in renewal parts and
regular maintenance program will pro-
tect against downtime and ensure a
proper duty cycle for your equipment.
To maintain maximum operating
efficiency and dependability of your
equipment, only genuine Cutler-
Hammer replacement parts should
be used.
This section identifies the replace-
ments parts which are available. Order
by style number.
JF Autostarters
Table 33-258. JF Autostarter Kits
Note: Kits contain a complete set of moving contacts, stationary contacts and springs.
Table 33-259. Solenoid Assembly with Coil
(All Sizes)
When replacing solenoid assembly series
416C160 use adapter plate style
9917D02H01 — 1 required.
These styles replace coil style 296B892G__.
When ordering new style as replacement,
customer must order adapter plate
9917D02H01, Quantity 1 required.
Frame Size Start Contacts Run Contacts Grid Stack Kit
Required Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Required Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Required Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
2 – 3
4 – 5 5L
5M – 5MM
1
1
1
38A7018G12
550D409G18
3354D90G08
1
1
1
38A7018G13
550D409G19
3354D90G09
1
1
2
3354D90G10
3354D90G10
3354D90G10
Volt Hz Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
115
230
460
575
60
60
60
60
5264C05H01
5264C05H02
5264C05H03
5264C05H04
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-170
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Renewal Parts
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201
Table 33-260. AC Contactors Model J Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 Kits
Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, 2-, 3-, 4- and 5-pole contactors are same as Model J. All other parts are unavailable.
Mounting hardware included.
Use one each of 373B331G11 and 373B331G12.
2-, 3-pole.
4-, 5-pole.
Table 33-261. AC Coils
Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil.
Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
Table 33-262. DC Coil
Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally sup-
plied with a dual voltage coil.
Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
Accessories for Size 5 – 9 AC Contactors
Note: A rectifier circuit converts the AC supply to DC supply. This
conversion provides pick up and drop out characteristics. All neces-
sary parts are included in the kit.
Table 33-263. AC-DC Coil Conversion Kits
Table 33-264. Replacement Coils for Above
Part Poles Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Contact Kit 2
3
4
5
373B331G17
373B331G18
373B331G18
373B331G19
373B331G02
373B331G04
373B331G04
373B331G05
373B331G07
373B331G09
373B331G09
373B331G10
373B331G11
373B331G12
373B331G13
Arc Box 2, 3, 4
5
6714C74G01
6714C74G04
6714C74G02
6714C74G05
6714C74G03
6714C74G06
6714C74G07
6714C74G08
Cross Bar 2, 3
4, 5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
672B788G32
672B788G34
Upper Base (for single rated
coils only)
2, 3
4, 5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
672B788G33
672B788G35
Lower Base 2, 3
4, 5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1250C33G09
1250C33G05
KO Spring (Pk of 10) All N/A N/A N/A 503C796G01
Terminal Line/Load (Pk of 3) All N/A N/A N/A 371B870G03
Voltage Hz Size 00, 0, 1 Size 2
2-, 3-, 4-Pole 5-Pole 2-, 3-Pole 4-, 5-Pole
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
120/110
208
600/550
380
240/220
480/440
24
277
240/480
120/240
60/50
60
60/50
50
60/50
60/50
60
60
60/60
60/60
505C806G01
505C806G02
505C806G05
505C806G07
505C806G12
505C806G13
505C806G16
505C806G18
505C806G03
505C806G10
505C808G01
505C808G02
505C808G05
505C808G07
505C808G12
505C808G13
N/A
505C808G16
505C808G03
505C808G10
505C806G01
505C806G02
505C806G05
505C806G07
505C806G12
505C806G13
505C806G16
505C806G18
505C806G03
505C806G10
505C818G01
505C818G02
505C818G05
505C818G07
505C818G12
505C818G13
505C818G15
505C818G16
505C818G03
505C818G10
Voltage Size 0, 1 Size 2 Price
U.S. $
1, 2, 3, 4 Pole 1, 2, 3 Pole
Style
Number
12
24
48
125
250
125/250
1268C86G07
1268C86G04
1268C86G05
1268C86G02
1268C86G01
1268C86G03
Voltage Size 5 Size 6
Style Number Price U.S. $ Style Number Price U.S. $
120V AC
240V AC
480V AC
7864A28G01
7864A28G02
7864A28G03
7864A29G01
7864A29G02
7864A29G03
Voltage Size 5 Size 6
Style Number Price U.S. $ Style Number Price U.S. $
120V AC
240V AC
480V AC
7856A15G05
7856A15G10
7856A15G15
7856A16G05
7856A16G10
7856A16G15
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-171
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Renewal Parts
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201 (Continued)
Accessories for Size 5 – 9 AC Contactors
Table 33-265. Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks Size 7 – 9 AC
and All DC Units
Accessories for Size 00 – 6 AC Contactors
Table 33-266. Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks
Model J – K, Sizes 3 and 4
Table 33-267. Model J – K Series 3, 4 Kits
Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, 2-, 3-, 4- and 5-pole contactors are same as model J. All other parts are unavailable.
For 200 Amp A202 Magnetically Latched Lighting Contactors order 3-pole contact kit style 672B788G07.
Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only.
Use Qty. 2 of 626B187G12.
Use Qty. 1 each of 626B187G12 and 626B187G13.
Use Qty. 2 of 626B187G16.
Use Qty. 1 each of 626B187G16 and 626B187G17.
Type Circuits Application Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
L63
L63
L64
L64
L64
NO
NC
NO-NC
2NO
2NC
Size 7 – 8
Size 7 – 8
Size 9
Size 9
Size 9
578D461G01
578D461G03
843D943G04
843D943G05
843D943G06
Catalog
Number
(Obsolete)
Style
Number
(Obsolete)
Circuits Catalog
Number
Current
Style
Number
Current
Price
U.S. $
(L-56)
(L-56D)
(L-56E)
(L-56B)
(L-56H)
(2609D01G01)
(2609D01G02)
(2609D01G03)
(2609D01G04)
(2609D01G05)
1NO & 1NC
2NO
1NO & 1NC
2NO
2NO
J11
J20
J11
J20
J20
9084A17G01
9084A17G02
9084A17G01
9084A17G02
9084A17G02
(L-56J)
(L-56A)
(L-56B)
(L-56F)
(L-56G)
(2609D01G06)
(2609D01G07)
(2609D01G08)
(2609D01G09)
(2609D01G10)
1NO & 1NC
DB
N/A
N/A
N/A
1NO & 1NC
DB
J1C
N/A
N/A
N/A
J1C
9084A17G04
N/A
N/A
N/A
9084A17G04
(L-56C)
(L-56M)
(L-56P)
(L-56R)
(L-56S)
(2609D01G11)
(2609D01G12)
(2609D01G17)
(2609D01G18)
(2609D01G19)
2NC
N/A
1NO & 1NC
2NC
1NO & 1NC
J02
N/A
J11
J02
J11
9084A17G03
N/A
9084A17G01
9084A17G03
9084A17G01
Part Poles Size 3 – Model J Size 4 – Model J Size 4 – Model K
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Contact Kit 2
3
4
5
626B187G12
626B187G13
626B187G16
626B187G17
5250C81G16
5250C81G17
5250C81G18
5250C81G19
Arc Box 2, 3
4, 5
6714C74G09
6714C74G10
6714C74G11
6714C74G12
6714C74G11
6714C74G12
Cross Bar 2, 3
4, 5
672B788G36
672B788G38
672B788G36
672B788G38
672B788G40
Upper Base 2, 3
4, 5
672B788G37
672B788G39
672B788G37
672B788G39
672B788G52
Lower Base 2, 3
4, 5
1250C33G03
1250C33G06
1250C33G03
1250C33G06
1250C33G10
KO Spring (Pk of 10) All 503C796G02 503C796G02 672B788G50
Terminal Line/Load (Pk of 3) All 372B357G12 372B357G18 372B357G18
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-172
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Renewal Parts
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201 (Continued)
Accessories for Model J – K, Series 3, 4
Table 33-268. DC Coils
Use only on units originally supplied with
DC coil.
Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors
or starters originally supplied with dual
voltage coil.
Table 33-269. AC Coils
Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only.
Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil.
A201 Contactors — Size 5 – 9
Table 33-270. GCA 530/630 — GPD 7, 8, 9 Kits
Catalog Number A201/A200 Series replaces GCA/GPD series. Renewal parts are the same.
Use 477B477G06 for Silver Tungsten applications.
C.T. kit which replaces the single molded 1 CT assembly used on the old size 6 airbreak. The kit includes a single molded 3 C.T. assembly, 2 bus bar and
hardware. This C.T. kit also replaces the single molded 3 C.T. assembly used on the present size 6 airbreak and size vacuum.
Set of 3.
R.C.
F.C.
Set of 4.
Voltage Model J Size 3, 4
2-, 3-Pole
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
24
48
125
250
125/250
1255C68G04
1255C68G05
1255C68G01
1255C68G02
1255C68G03
Voltage Hz Model J Size 3, 4 Model K Size 4
2-, 3-Pole 4-, 5-Pole 2-, 3-Pole 4-, 5-Pole
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
120/110
208
600/550
380
240/220
480/440
24
277
240/480
120/244
60/50
60
60/50
50
60/50
60/50
60
60
60/60
60/60
505C633G01
505C633G02
505C633G05
505C633G07
505C633G12
505C633G13
505C633G34
505C633G14
505C633G03
505C633G10
505C635G01
505C635G02
505C635G05
505C635G07
505C635G12
505C635G13
N/A
N/A
505C635G03
505C635G10
5250C79G01
5250C79G02
5250C79G05
5250C79G07
5250C79G12
5250C79G13
5250C79G34
5250C79G14
5250C79G03
5250C79G10
5250C80G01
5250C80G02
5250C80G05
5250C80G07
5250C80G12
5250C80G13
N/A
N/A
5250C80G03
5250C80G10
Part Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Contact Kit
(1 per pole)
Arc Box
Magnet Assy.
Mag. Spg. Kit
Acr Cup Kit
Load Conn. Kit
Line Conn. Kit
K.O. Spring – 6
C.T. 300/5
C.T. 400/5
C.T. 600/5
C.T. 800/5
Phase Barrier
Cross Bar
Shunt
477B477G05
2050A15G45
2050A15G46
2050A15G47
2050A15G48
2050A15G49
2050A15G50
2050A15G51
655C285H03
655C285H04
N/A
N/A
N/A
2050A15G12
N/A
2066A10G11
2066A10G45
2050A15G46
2050A15G47
N/A
2066A10G49
2066A10G50
2066A10G46
N/A
N/A
2066A10G18
2066A10G19
N/A
2066A10G15
2066A10G48
461A757G17
831D580G01
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
640C441G01
N/A
650C129G01
646C829G05
831D580G01
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
640C441G01
N/A
646C831G02
5264C42G01
5264C42G02
9917D69G02
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
5264C35G03
N/A
5264C39G02
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-173
NEMA Contactors & Starters
March 2009
33
A200
Renewal Parts
Accessories for A201 Contactors — Size 5 – 9
Table 33-271. Coils
Rectifier 125V 2018A40G01 (1 required).
Rectifier 250V 2018A40G02 (1 required).
Rectifier 600V 2018A40G03 (1 required).
These coils require an external rectifier. If
the rectifier needs replacement, order by the
appropriate style number.
Contains coil and resistor.
Voltage Hz Size 5 Size 6
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Sizes 5 and 6
110/120
110/120
200/208
220/240
200/208
220/240
277/303
380/415
440/480
440/480
550/600
550/600
380/415
120/240
24 DC
48 DC
125 DC
250 DC
60
50
50
50
60
60
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
60
2050A14G05
2050A14G06
2050A14G07
2050A14G08
2050A14G09
2050A14G10
2050A14G12
2050A14G14
2050A14G15
2050A14G16
2050A14G17
2050A14G18
2050A14G19
2050A14G20
2050A14G21
2050A14G22
2050A14G25
2050A14G27
2050A12G05
2050A12G06
2050A12G07
2050A12G08
2050A12G09
2050A12G10
2050A12G12
2050A12G14
2050A12G15
2050A12G16
2050A12G17
2050A12G18
2050A12G19
2050A12G20
2050A12G21
2050A12G22
2050A12G25
2050A12G27
Line Voltage Size 7, 8 Required
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Sizes 7 and 8
125V DC
230V DC
250V DC
110/120V AC
220/240V AC
380V AC
440/480V AC
550/575V AC
438C805G04
438C805G02
438C805G03
438C805G12
438C805G11
438C805G15
438C805G10
438C805G13
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Line Voltage Size 9
Style
Number
Price
U.S. $
Size 9
110V DC 5264C34G01
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-174
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Product Family Overview
Contents
Description Page
Thermal and Fast Trip
Overload Relays
Product Family
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-174
Design Features . . . . . . . . . 33-174
Instruction Leaflets . . . . . . . 33-174
Thermal Type B, Class 20,
Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . . 33-175
Thermal Type A, Class 20,
Auto/Manual Reset . . . . . 33-177
Type FT Fast Trip,
Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-179
Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . 33-181
Type A Overload Relay
3-Pole Panel Mount
Product Family Overview
Type B and Type A, Class 20 Cutler-
Hammer® Thermal Overload Relays
from Eaton’s electrical business will
protect the motor against abnormal
overload conditions. Bimetallic actuated,
they are available as either ambient
compensated or non-compensated in
either single-pole or block type three-
pole design. The Type B use one pole of
the three-pole block for single-phase.
Single-pole relays are also available as
Fast Trip Class 10 ambient compen-
sated type, which provides approxi-
mately 125% motor protection with a
tripping time of less than 10 seconds,
at 600% of heater current rating.
Fast trip relays can be identified by the
green reset rods. They are available for
panel or starter mounting. The three-
pole fast trip design is composed of
three single-pole relays on a common
baseplate, with a common reset bar.
The bimetal element is actuated by
precisely calibrated heater elements
which are connected directly in the cir-
cuit to be protected. Thermal actuation
of this device opens the contacts in the
coil circuit of a contactor or relay
which results in the disconnection of
power to the overloaded circuit.
Interchangeable thermal heater ele-
ments for single-pole standard trip and
block type overload relays are avail-
able to cover motor full load currents
from .29 to 133A in approximately 10%
steps (see Heater Application Table).
Fast trip overload relays do not have
interchangeable heater elements but
are available in a series of ratings to
cover motor full load currents from 1.6
to 150A in approximately 50% steps.
Design Features
Manual or Automatic Reset
The Type B is furnished with a manual
reset. The Type A is normally fur-
nished set for manual reset operation
and may be quickly adjusted for auto-
matic reset when required. Automatic
reset should not be used with 2-wire
control or where automatic restarting
would endanger either personnel or
equipment.
Trip Indication
An immediate visible indication of trip
is provided on the overload relay.
When an overload occurs, which
causes the relay to operate, a trip indi-
cator projects out and thus shows pos-
itive visual indication of trip. The Type
B has a mechanical trip bar to manu-
ally check the NC contact operation on
the overload relay.
Adjustable Trip
On the Type A, the trip rating of a spe-
cific heater element can be adjusted
over a range of approximately 85% to
115% of its respective rating to permit
the desired close protection.
This is accomplished by turning the
adjusting knob on the relay to the
respective stop position.
Positive Contact Break
A follow-through contact, provided on
the stationary terminal of the snap
action control switch, provides reliable
electrical continuity during toggling,
thus eliminating false trip sometimes
prevalent with thermally operated
switches. This contact also allows con-
tact wipe for further reliability.
Ambient Compensation
Motor overload protection can be pro-
vided with the same trip characteris-
tics in ambient temperature from -40°
to 77°C (-40° to 167°F). A compensat-
ing bimetal maintains a constant
“travel to trip” distance independent
of ambient conditions. The compen-
sating feature is fully automatic and no
adjustments are required over wide
fluctuations in ambient temperatures.
Compensated relays are identified by
black reset rods on the Type A and
light gray reset rods on the Type B,
while non-compensated relays use red
reset rods. AA three-pole units have
gray reset rods. AA one-pole units
have black reset rods.
Control Contact
Single-pole and block type relays are
supplied as standard with a SPST NC
control contact. A SPDT NO-NC with
common is available as a factory mod-
ification on the Type A. An isolated NO
contact can be supplied on the Type B
as either a factory modification or as a
field kit.
Instruction Leaflets
14885B Fast Trip A Sizes 0 – 4,
3-Pole OL Relay
14567E Type A Sizes 1 – 2, 1-Pole
OL Relay Mod A
14568 Type A Sizes 1 – 2, 3-Pole
OL Relay Mod J
14570D Type A Sizes 3 – 4, 3-Pole
OL Relay Mod J
14569C Type A Sizes 3 – 4, 1-Pole
OL Relay Mod A
17093A Type B OLR for Sizes 7, 8
and 9 Contactors
16955A Type B Sizes 1 – 2, 1-Pole
OL Relay
16954A Type B Sizes 1 – 2, 3-Pole
OL Relay
15392B Type B Sizes 3 – 4, 3-Pole
OL Relay
13676F Fast Trip Sizes 0 – 4, 1-Pole
OL Relay
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-175
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type B
Thermal Type B, Class 20,
Manual Reset
Type B Overload Relay
Panel Mounting
Application Description
The Type B overload relay is designed
to protect industrial motors against
overload conditions. Using modern
block type, bimetallic design, this relay
will provide Class 20 operation in either
single-phase or 3-phase applications.
Features
■Ambient compensation standard
■Alarm contact field mountable
■Class 20 — 600V design
■Inverse time delay trip
■Test trip device for weld check
■Hi-visibility up-front trip indication
■Trip-free reset mechanism
Operation
The Type B overload relay is a bimetal-
lic actuated device. The bimetal
elements are operated by precisely
calibrated heaters. The heater ele-
ments are connected either directly in
the circuit to be measured, or through
current transformers on applications
NEMA Size 5 and larger.
As the bimetals are heated by motor
current flow, a deflection force is pro-
duced. Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the deflection
becomes great enough to open the
snap-action output contact.
Ambient Compensation
The Type B ambient compensated
design is supplied as standard on all
A200 starters. This design uses a sec-
ond compensating bimetal responsive
to ambient air temperature in the sur-
rounding enclosure. This feature
reduces nuisance tripping in applica-
tions using compact control panels
and motor control centers where inter-
nal temperature rise is significant com-
pared to motor ambient temperature.
The compensating characteristic is
maintained in ambient temperatures
from 40° to 77°C.
Standards and Certifications
■UL508
■CSA
■ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222
Technical Data
Table 33-272. Control Contact Ratings —
NEMA B600 NO and NC Control Contact
Rating
Accessories
Table 33-273. Alarm Contact Kit Selection
Alarm contact available as factory modifica-
tion of field mountable. For factory modifica-
tion, add suffix B.
Product Selection
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from tables,
Pages 33-181 – 33-182, as required per starter.
Relays
Table 33-274. Product Selection — Thermal Type B Overload Relay Selection
Includes contactor mounting bracket, overload relay and connection straps to contactor.
For replacement on B200 size 00, 0, 1 use BA23A instead of BA13A and use BN23A instead of
BN13A.
AC Volts Make Break
24 – 120
120 – 600
30A
3600 VA
3A
360 VA
Type B
Overload
Relay Size
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
1, 2
3, 4
B3NO-2
B3NO-4
Motor Full
Load Amps
Panel Mounted Starter Mounted Catalog Numbers Price
U.S. $
Catalog Numbers Replacement for
Type B Overload
Relays
Replacement for Type
A Overload Relays in
Manual Reset Mode
(3-Pole Only)
Ambient
Comp.
Non
comp.
Ambient
Comp.
Non-
comp.
Ambient
Comp.
Non-
comp.
Single-Pole (One NC Contact)
.25 – 26.2
26.3 – 45
BA11JP
BA21JP
BN11JP
BN21JP
BA11A
BA21A
BN11A
BN21A
—
—
—
—
19 – 90
19 – 135
Use 3-Pole Design, Wire 3 Poles in Series
Three-Pole (One NC Contact)
.25 – 26.2
26.3 – 45
19 – 90
19 – 135
BA13JP
BA23JP
BA33P
BA43P
BN13JP
BN23JP
BN33P
BN43P
BA13A
BA23A
BA33A
BA43A
BN13A
BN23A
BN33A
BN43A
BA13J
BA23J
BA33A
BA43A
BN13J
BN23J
BN33A
BN43A
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-176
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type B
Dimensions
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-275. Thermal Type B Overload Relays Dimensions
Figure 33-63. Thermal Type B Overload Relays Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Relay
Size
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
ABCD
3
4
3.13 (79.5)
3.38 (85.9)
4.06 (103.1)
4.38 (111.3)
.44 (11.2)
.31 (7.9)
.31 (7.9)
.19 (4.8)
C
D
A
.94 (23.9)
1.98
(50.3)
.8
(20.3)
3.14
(79.8)
2.81
(71.4)
.17
(4.3)
1.38 (35.1)
1.75 (44.5)
.41 (10.4) .47 (11.9)
.47
(11.9)
.53
(13.5)
4
(101.6)
Sizes 1 and 2
3-Pole, Panel Mounted
Sizes 3 and 4
3-Pole, Panel Mounted
3.31
(84.1)
4.44
(112.8)
5.28
(134.1)
3.88
(98.6)
3.38
(85.9)
2.22
(56.4)
1.34 (34)
B
.25
(6.4)
2.22
(56.4)
.2 (5.1) Dia.
6 Mtg. Slots
.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Slots
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-177
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type A
Thermal Type A, Class 20,
Auto/Manual Reset
Type A Overload Relay
1-Pole Panel Mounting
Application Description
The Type A overload relay is designed
to protect industrial motors against
overload conditions. Using modern
block type, bimetallic design, this relay
will provide Class 20 operation in
either single- or 3-phase applications.
Features
■Field selectable manual/auto reset
■Alarm contract factory available
■Class 20 — 600V design
■Inverse time delay trip
■Adjustable trip rating ± 15%
■Color coded reset rod:
❑Compensated (Gray)
❑Non-compensated (Red)
Operation
The Type A overload relay is a bimetal-
lic actuated device. The bimetal ele-
ments are operated by precisely
calibrated heaters. The heater ele-
ments are connected either directly in
the circuit to be measured, or through
current transformers on applications
NEMA Size 5 and larger.
As the bimetals are heated by motor
current flow, a deflection force is pro-
duced. Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the deflection
becomes great enough to open the
snap-action output contact.
Automatic Reset
The Type A overload relay can be sup-
plied as an option on all A200 starters
to provide automatic reset operation.
The overload relay is always shipped
in the non-automatic mode. To set up
auto operation, reposition the reset
rod by loosening and re-tightening a
hold-down clamp at the base of over-
load relay.
Standards and Certifications
■UL508
■CSA
■ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222
Technical Data
Table 33-276. Control Contact Ratings
Product Selection
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from tables,
Pages 33-181 – 33-182, as required per starter.
Relays
Table 33-277. Product Selection — Thermal Type A Overload Relay Selection
Note: For Alarm Contact (Form C), add Suffix B. Available only as factory modification on
Type A relay.
3-Pole Type B Overload Relay is a suitable alternative to a 3-Pole Type A Overload Relay in
Manual Reset Mode. For example, BA13JP for AA13P, BN23J for AN23A, etc. (See Page 33-175.)
AC
Volts
Normally
Closed
Normally
Open
Make Break Make Break
Three-Pole Control Contact Ratings
24 – 120
120 – 600
20A
2400 VA
2A
240 VA
.5A
600 VA
.5A
60 VA
One-Pole Control Contact Ratings
24 – 120
120 – 600
30A
3600 VA
3A
360 VA
10A
1200 VA
1A
120 VA
Motor Full
Load Amps
Panel Mounted Starter Replacement Price
U.S. $
Ambient Comp. Non-comp. Ambient Comp. Non-comp.
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Single-Pole (One NC Contact)
.25 – 26.2
26.3 – 45
19 – 90
19 – 135
AA11P
AA21P
AA31P
AA41P
AN11P
AN21P
AN31P
AN41P
AA11A
AA21A
AA31A
AA41A
AN11A
AN21A
AN31A
AN41A
Three-Pole (One NC Contact)
.25 – 26.2
26.3 – 45
19 – 90
19 – 135
AA13P
AA23P
AA33P
AA43P
AN13P
AN23P
AN33P
AN43P
AA13A
AA23A
AA33A
AA43A
AN13A
AN23A
AN33A
AN43A
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-178
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type A
Dimensions
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Figure 33-64. Type A Single-Pole Approximate Dimensions
Figure 33-65. Type A Three-Pole Approximate Dimensions
C
Q P
N
F
T
B
M
S
ELH
D
A
JG
R
Trip Indicator
Common Terminal
No Terminal
(When Supplied)
NC Terminal
K Dia.
2 Mtg.
Holes
Single-Pole (Size 4 Shown)
D
N
Q P
K
J Dia. – 3 Mtg. Slots
Three-Pole (Size 4 Shown)
H
M
FG
A
C
B L
E
R
Table 33-278. Type A Single-Pole —
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Table 33-279. Type A Three-Pole —
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Dim. Relay Size
1234
A
B
C
2.72
(69.1)
.94
(23.9)
2.75
(69.9)
3.48
(88.4)
.67
(17.0)
3.5
(88.9)
4.19
(106.4)
.25
(6.4)
3.53
(89.7)
4.5
(114.3)
.38
(9.7)
3.78
(96.0)
Dim. 1, 2 3, 4
D
E
F
G
H
3.25 (82.6)
2.63 (66.8)
1.34 (34.0)
.25 (6.4)
.31 (7.9)
4.13 (104.9)
3.38 (85.9)
2.19 (55.6)
.28 (7.1)
.38 (9.7)
J
K
L
M
N
.06 (1.5)
.22 (5.6)
1.34 (34.0)
.66 (16.8)
.16 (4.1)
.06 (1.5)
.27 (6.8)
1.69 (42.9)
.88 (22.4)
.27 (6.8)
P
Q
R
S
T
.22 (5.6)
.06 (1.5)
4.00 (101.6)
.47 (11.9)
1.11 (28.2)
.34 (8.6)
.69 (17.5)
5.19 (131.8)
.59 (15.0)
.69 (17.5)
Dim. Relay Size
1234
A
B
C
2.38
(60.5)
3.13
(79.5)
.36
(9.1)
2.44
(62.0)
3.17
(80.5)
.33
(8.4)
3.13
(79.5)
4.06
(103.1)
.44
(11.2)
3.38
(85.9)
4.38
(111.3)
.31
(7.9)
Dim. 1, 2 3, 4
D
E
F
G
H
1.66 (42.2)
.17 (4.3)
2.81 (71.4)
3.08 (78.2)
.47 (11.9)
2.22 (56.4)
.25 (6.4)
3.38 (85.9)
3.88 (98.6)
.47 (11.9)
J
K
L
M
N
.20 (5.1)
.28 (7.1)
4.00 (101.6)
3.31 (84.1)
1.80 (45.7)
.28 (7.1)
.47 (11.9)
5.28 (134.1)
4.44 (112.8)
2.77 (70.4)
P
Q
R
1.89 (48.0)
1.00 (25.4)
1.75 (44.5)
1.34 (34.0)
1.03 (26.2)
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-179
NEMA Contactors & Starters
March 2009
33
A200
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Type FT Fast Trip
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10
Application Description
The Type FT overload relay is designed
to protect special purpose motors hav-
ing restricted thermal and locked rotor
capabilities. Using modern block type,
bimetallic design, this relay will pro-
vide Class 10 operation in single- or
three-phase applications.
Operation
The Type FT overload relay is a bime-
tallic actuated device. The bimetal ele-
ments are operated directly from line
current, thus separate calibrating
heater elements are not utilized. The
overload relay may be wired directly in
the motor circuit, or through-current
transformers on applications larger
than 150A.
As the bimetals are heated by motor
current flow, a deflection force is pro-
duced. Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the deflection
becomes great enough to open the
snap action output contact.
Product Selection
Table 33-280. Type FT Single-Pole (One NC Contact); Three-Phase (Three NC Contacts in Series)
Note: Single-Pole (1NO-NC Contact): Add Suffix B.
Three-Pole (3NO-NC Contacts): Add Suffix B. Example: FT13PB-12.
Motor Full Load
Amperes
Panel Mounted Starter Replacement
Single-Pole Three-Pole NEMA
Size
Single-Pole
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
.76 – 1.1
1.1 – 1.6
1.6 – 2.4
2.4 – 3.6
3.6 – 5.4
5.4 – 8.0
8.0 – 12
FT11P-1.1
FT11P-1.6
FT11P-2.4
FT11P-3.6
FT11P-5.4
FT11P-8.0
FT11P-12
FT13P-1.1
FT13P-1.6
FT13P-2.4
FT13P-3.6
FT13P-5.4
FT13P-8
FT13P-12
—
—
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
0, 1
FT11A-1.1
FT11A-1.6
FT11A-2.4
FT11A-3.6
FT11A-5.4
FT11A-8
FT11A-12
12 – 18
16 – 24
22 – 32
24 – 36
36 – 54
FT11P-18
—
FT11P-32
FT21P-36
FT21P-54
FT13P-18
FT13P-24
FT13P-32
FT23P-36
FT23P-54
1
0, 1
2
2
FT11A-18
—
FT11A-32
FT21A-36
FT21A-54
22 – 32
32 – 48
48 – 72
72 – 110
100 – 150
FT31P-32
FT31P-48
FT31P-72
FT41P-110
FT41P-150
FT33P-32
FT33P-48
FT33P-72
FT43P-110
FT43P-150
3
3
3
4
4
FT31A-32
FT31A-48
FT31A-72
FT41A-110
FT41A-150
Features
■Class 10 — 600V design
■Inverse time delay trip
■Color coded reset rod — green
■Alarm contact factory available
■Field selectable manual/auto reset
■Adjustable trip rating ±20%
■Ambient compensation included
Technical Data
Table 33-281. Control Contact Ratings
AC
Volts
Normally
Closed
Normally
Open
Make Break Make Break
24 – 120
120 – 600
30A
3600 VA
3A
360 VA
10A
1200 VA
1A
120 VA
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-180
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Type FT Fast Trip
Dimensions
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-282. Type FT Overload Relays Dimensions
Figure 33-66. Type FT Overload Relays Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Relay
Size
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
ABCDE
3
4
4.25 (108.0)
4.50 (114.3)
.53 (13.5)
.59 (15.0)
2.91 (73.9)
3.03 (77.0)
.09 (2.3)
.22 (5.6)
.06 (1.5)
.19 (4.8)
4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.
4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.
1 (25.4)
.5 (12.7)
2.72
(69.1)
1.64
(41.7)
2.81
(71.4)
3.28 (83.3)
3.25
(82.6)
.17 (4.3)
3 Mtg.
Holes
1.3
(33)
.19
(4.8)
.19
(4.8)
.25
(6.4)
.69
(17.5)
.63
(16)
Three-Pole, Size 1
.38
(9.7)
.17
(4.3)
.11
(2.8) .22
(5.6)
.06
(1.5)
.06
(1.5)
4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.
4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.
1 (25.4)
.5 (12.7)
3.48
(88.4)
1.64
(41.7)
2.81
(71.4)
3.28 (83.3)
3.28 (83.3)
3.25
(82.6)
3.61
(91.7)
.17 (4.3)
3 Mtg.
Holes
1.3
(33)
.06
(1.5)
.69
(17.5)
Three-Pole, Size 2
.11
(2.8) .22
(5.6)
3.38
(85.9)
D
3.88
(98.6)
1.75
(44.5)
C
E
.69
(17.5)
.06
(1.5)
.06
(1.5)
5.63 (143) Hand Reset Pos.
5.52 (140.2) Auto Reset Pos.
3.31 (84.1)
A
.28 (7.1)
Three-Pole, Sizes 3, 4
2.81 (71.4)
.06
(1.5)
.74
(18.8)
B
.06
(1.5)
1.75 (44.5)
4.41 (112)
2.2 (55.9) .48
(12.2)
1.42
(36.1)
.16 (4.1)
.88 (22.4)
.28 (7.1)
3 Mtg.
Holes
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-181
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Heater Selection
Heater Selection
General Information on Heater Coil Selection
For maximum motor protection and compliance with Article
430-32 of the National Electrical Code, select heater coils
from the tables in this section on the basis of motor name-
plate full load current.
When the full load current is unknown, selection may be
made on the basis of average full load currents as shown on
Pages 33-241 and 33-242.
Caution — The average ratings could be high or low for a
specific motor and therefore selection on this basis always
involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select
heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown
on the motor nameplate.
Heater coils are rated to protect 40°C rise motors, and
open and drip-proof motors having a service factor of 1.15
where the motor and the controller are at the same ambient
temperature.
For other conditions:
1. For 50°C, 55°C, 75°C rise motors and enclosed motors
having a service factor of 1.0, select one size smaller
coil.
2. Ambient temperature of controller lower than motor by
26°C (47°F), use one size smaller coil.
3. Ambient temperature of controller higher than motor by
26°C (47°F), use one size larger coil.
Ultimate tripping current of heater coils is approximately
1.25 times the minimum current rating listed in the tables.
Table 33-283. Heater Selection — Type A and B Overload Relays,
Sizes 3 and 4
Table 33-284. Heater Selection — Type A and B Overload Relays,
Sizes 5 and 6
Note: Size 7 and Larger — Advise Full Load Current.
Size
Starter
Ambient
Compensated
Enclosed
Starters
Non-
compensating
Enclosed
Starters
Heater (One Heater per
Catalog Number)
All Applications Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Full Load Current of Motor Amps
12.8 – 14.1
14.2 – 15.5
15.6 – 17.1
17.2 – 18.9
19.0 – 20.8
11.9 – 13.0
13.1 – 14.3
14.4 – 15.9
16.0 – 17.4
17.5 – 19.1
FH68
FH69
FH70
FH71
FH72
20.9 – 22.9
23.0 – 25.2
25.3 – 27.8
27.9 – 30.6
30.7 – 33.5
19.2 – 21.1
21.2 – 23.2
23.3 – 25.6
25.7 – 28.1
28.2 – 30.8
FH73
FH74
FH75
FH76
FH77
33.6 – 37.5
37.6 – 41.5
41.6 – 56.3
46.4 – 50
51 – 55
30.9 – 34.5
34.6 – 38.2
38.3 – 42.6
42.7 – 46
47 – 51
FH78
FH79
FH80
FH81
FH82
56 – 61
62 – 66
67 – 73
74 – 78
52 – 56
57 – 61
62 – 67
68 – 72
FH83
FH84
FH85
FH86
79 – 84
85 – 92
73 – 77
78 – 84
FH87
FH88
93 – 101 85 – 91 FH89
102 – 110
111 – 122
123 – 129
130 – 133
—
92 – 99
100 – 110
111 – 122
123 – 128
129 – 133
FH90
FH91
FH92
FH93
FH94
For Size 4 Starters
For Size 3 Starters
Compensated Overload Relay Heater (One Heater
per Catalog Number)
Open Starter Enclosed Starter Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)
Size 5 (with 300/5 Current Transformers)
—
118 – 129
130 – 141
142 – 155
156 – 170
171 – 187
188 – 205
206 – 224
225 – 244
245 – 263
264 – 292
293 – 300
—
118 – 129
130 – 141
142 – 155
156 – 170
171 – 187
188 – 205
206 – 224
225 – 244
245 – 263
264 – 292
—
FH23
FH24
FH25
FH26
FH27
FH28
FH29
FH30
FH31
FH32
FH33
FH34
Size 6 (with 600/5 Current Transformers)
—
236 – 259
260 – 283
284 – 310
311 – 340
341 – 374
375 – 411
412 – 448
449 – 489
490 – 527
528 – 585
586 – 600
—
236 – 259
260 – 283
284 – 310
311 – 340
341 – 374
375 – 411
412 – 448
449 – 489
490 – 527
528 – 540
—
FH23
FH24
FH25
FH26
FH27
FH28
FH29
FH30
FH31
FH32
FH33
FH34
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-182
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Heater Selection
Table 33-285. Heater Selection — Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2
Size
Starter
Non-compensated Open Starters
and Ambient Comp. Open and
Enclosed Starters
Heater (One Heater per
Catalog Number)
Non-compensating
Enclosed Starters
Heater
Block Type
Overload Using
3 Heaters
Single-Pole Type
Overload
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Block Type
Overload Using
3 Heaters
Single-Pole Type
Overload
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)
.25 – .27
.28 – .31
.32 – .34
.35 – .38
.39 – .42
.29 – .31
.32 – .35
.36 – .39
.40 – .43
.44 – .48
FH03
FH04
FH05
FH06
FH07
.24 – .25
.26 – .28
.29 – .31
.32 – .35
.36 – .39
.28 – .30
.31 – .34
.35 – .37
.38 – .42
.43 – .47
FH03
FH04
FH05
FH06
FH07
.43 – .46
.47 – .50
.51 – .55
.56 – .62
.63 – .68
.49 – .53
.54 – .58
.59 – .64
.65 – .71
.72 – .79
FH08
FH09
FH10
FH11
FH12
.40 – .43
.44 – .47
.48 – .51
.52 – .57
.58 – .63
.48 – .52
.53 – .56
.57 – .63
.64 – .70
.71 – .77
FH08
FH09
FH10
FH11
FH12
.69 – .75
.76 – .83
.84 – .91
.92 – 1.00
1.01 – 1.11
.80 – .87
.88 – .96
.97 – 1.06
1.07 – 1.16
1.17 – 1.28
FH13
FH14
FH15
FH16
FH17
.64 – .70
.71 – .77
.78 – 85
.86 – .93
.94 – 1.03
.78 – .85
.86 – .94
.95 – 1.03
1.04 – 1.13
1.14 – 1.25
FH13
FH14
FH15
FH16
FH17
1.12 – 1.22
1.23 – 1.34
1.35 – 1.47
1.48 – 1.62
1.63 – 1.78
1.29 – 1.41
1.42 – 1.55
1.56 – 1.71
1.72 – 1.87
1.88 – 2.06
FH18
FH19
FH20
FH21
FH22
1.04 – 1.13
1.14 – 1.25
1.26 – 1.37
1.38 – 1.51
1.52 – 1.65
1.26 – 1.38
1.39 – 1.52
1.53 – 1.67
1.68 – 1.83
1.84 – 2.01
FH18
FH19
FH20
FH21
FH22
1.79 – 1.95
1.96 – 2.15
2.16 – 2.35
2.36 – 2.58
2.59 – 2.83
2.07 – 2.26
2.27 – 2.48
2.49 – 2.72
2.73 – 2.99
3.00 – 3.28
FH23
FH24
FH25
FH26
FH27
1.66 – 1.81
1.82 – 1.99
2.00 – 2.19
2.20 – 2.39
2.40 – 2.63
2.02 – 2.21
2.22 – 2.43
2.44 – 2.66
2.67 – 2.92
2.93 – 3.21
FH23
FH24
FH25
FH26
FH27
2.84 – 3.11
3.12 – 3.42
3.43 – 3.73
3.74 – 4.07
4.08 – 4.39
3.29 – 3.60
3.61 – 3.95
3.96 – 4.31
4.32 – 4.71
4.72 – 5.14
FH28
FH29
FH30
FH31
FH32
2.64 – 2.89
2.90 – 3.17
3.18 – 3.47
3.48 – 3.79
3.80 – 4.11
3.22 – 3.53
3.54 – 3.87
3.88 – 4.22
4.23 – 4.61
4.62 – 4.9
FH28
FH29
FH30
FH31
FH32
4.40 – 4.87
4.88 – 5.3
5.4 – 5.9
6.0 – 6.4
6.5 – 7.1
5.15 – 5.6
5.7 – 6.2
6.3 – 6.8
6.9 – 7.5
7.6 – 8.2
FH33
FH34
FH35
FH36
FH37
4.12 – 4.55
4.56 – 5.0
5.1 – 5.5
5.6 – 5.9
6.0 – 6.6
5.0 – 5.5
5.6 – 6.0
6.1 – 6.6
6.7 – 7.3
7.4 – 8.0
FH33
FH34
FH35
FH36
FH37
7.2 – .78
7.9 – 8.5
8.6 – 9.4
9.5 – 10.3
10.4 – 11.3
8.3 – 9.0
9.1 – 9.9
10.0 – 10.8
10.9 – 11.9
12.0 – 13.1
FH38
FH39
FH40
FH41
FH42
6.7 – 7.2
7.3 – 7.9
8.0 – 8.7
8.8 – 9.5
9.6 – 10.5
8.1 – 8.7
8.8 – 9.7
9.8 – 10.5
10.6 – 11.7
11.8 – 12.7
FH38
FH39
FH40
FH41
FH42
11.4 – 12.4
12.5 – 13.5
13.6 – 14.9
13.2 – 14.3
14.4 – 15.7
15.8 – 17.2
FH43
FH44
FH45
10.6 – 11.5
11.6 – 12.6
12.7 – 13.8
12.8 – 14.0
14.1 – 15.3
15.4 – 16.6
FH43
FH44
FH45
15.0 – 16.3
16.4 – 18.0
17.3 – 18.9
19.0 – 20.8
FH46
FH47
13.9 – 15.1
15.2 – 16.7
16.7 – 18.3
18.4 – 20.0
FH46
FH47
18.1 – 19.8
19.9 – 21.7
20.9 – 22.9
23.0 – 25.2
FH48
FH49
16.8 – 18.3
18.4 – 20.2
20.1 – 21.9
22.0 – 23.9
FH48
FH49
21.8 – 23.9 25.3 – 27.6 FH50 20.3 – 22.2 24.0 – 26.2 FH50
24.0 – 26.2 27.7 – 30.3 FH51 22.3 – 24.3 26.3 – 28.8 FH51
26.3 – 28.7 30.4 – 33.3 FH52 24.4 – 26.6 28.9 – 31.4 FH52
28.8 – 31.4
31.5 – 34.5
34.6 – 37.9
33.4 – 36.4
36.5 – 39.9
40.0 – 43.9
FH53
FH54
FH55
26.7 – 29.1
29.2 – 32.0
32.1 – 35.2
31.5 – 34.5
34.6 – 37.9
3.80 – 41.9
FH53
FH54
FH55
38.0 – 41.5 FH56 35.3 – 38.5 42.0 – 45.0 FH56
41.6 – 45.0 FH57 38.6 – 42.3 FH57
For Size 2 Starters
For Size 1 Starters
For Size 0 Starters
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-183
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Relays — Current Sensing Protective
Contents
Description Page
Current Sensing Protective
Relay
Product Description . . . . . . 33-183
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-183
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-183
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . 33-183
Product Selection. . . . . . . . 33-184
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-184
Catalog Number IQ502A
Product Description
The IQ500 is a heaterless, current-
sensing, solid-state motor protective
relay with optional communications
capabilities. Several functions are
incorporated into the base relay
(IQ502/IQ504) as standard:
■Overload (overcurrent) protection
■Phase unbalance and phase loss
protection
■Ground current protection (Class II)
The base relay can serve as the initial
building block for a motor protection
system by adding the IQ500M Special
Function Module. The module can
address application related motor load
functions with the additional features:
■Underload protection
■Long acceleration
■Jam protection
■Load control
The IQ500 can provide a cost-effective
alternative to conventional protective
relays such as current relays, ground
fault relays and phase loss or phase
unbalance relays. Used with the
PowerNet system, a low-cost, local
area communication network,
information such as current values,
status, setpoint values and cause of
trip can be displayed remotely. The
IQ500 relay is ideal for a variety of
industrial applications such as mining,
timber, material handling, air
conditioning compressors, wastewater
treatment plants and petrochemical
industries.
Features
■Overload class is adjustable using
DIP switches for 5, 10, 20 or 30
seconds, maximum trip times at six
times rated current
■Designed for 1000V and less
distribution systems
■Form C (NO/NC) contact on output
relay
■Isolated alarm relay output contact
■Communications capability using
IMPACC network
■Manual or automatic reset (either a
true manual or remote electrical
reset) — selectable
■Overload, Class II ground current,
phase unbalance and single-phase
protection are standard
■LED indication (bi-colored — red/
green) for device status, including
overload, phase unbalance or
ground current trip
■Special Function Module adds
protection for underload and jam
conditions, also provides for long
acceleration
■Optional load control feature avail-
able with special function module
■Feed-through current transformer
windows for contactors, NEMA
Sizes 1 – 4 (for Size 5 and larger,
external current transformers can
be used)
■Fits mounting footprint of Eaton’s
Cutler-Hammer MORA relay
■Panel or starter mountable
■Cause of trip is held in memory
through a power loss
■Bell alarm contact available for
remote status indication
■DIP switch provided for setting
operating frequency — 50 or 60 Hz
■Plug-in terminal block for control
power, trip relay and bell alarm
relay connections
■Operating temperature: -20° to 60°C
(-4° to 140°F)
Benefits
■No external current transformers
are required since they are internal
to the IQ500.
■DIP switches used to select func-
tions and settings on base relay are
clearly marked and covered with
screw-on plastic covers.
■On the automatic reset, the reset
times can be selected for long
(90 second) or short (10 second)
delay.
■Device can be set for different motor
full load currents without additional
parts or modules.
Optional Benefits
■With the addition of the IQ500M
Special Function Module, the
enhanced protection includes jam
(overtorque) and underload and
provides long acceleration time
(high inertia load).
■The underload and jam protection
functions each have independent
Form C output relays as part of the
module. In addition, the underload
and jam functions each have their
own LEDs for status indication.
■The underload and jam functions
also have separate selectable trip
levels and adjustable trip-delay and
start-delay settings.
■The IQ500M can be used as a load
control module that allows “shed-
ding and restoring” a particular load
that contributes to the load being
monitored.
■The PONI (Product Operated Net-
work Interface) card attaches
directly to the base relay or special
function module for interfacing with
the Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Power-
Net communications system.
■Localized display can be achieved
with the Central Monitoring Unit.
Standards and Certifications
■UL File No. E19223
March 2009
33-184
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200
Relays — Current Sensing Protective
Product Selection
Table 33-286. Current Sensing Protective Relay
Can be used with external CTs having 5A secondary.
Dimensions
Figure 33-67. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Maximum Horsepower Ampere
Rating
Catalog Number Price
U.S. $
Control Voltage
200V 230V 460 –
475V
110/120V
50/60 Hz
220/240V
50/60 Hz
20 25 50 3.4 to 66A IQ502A IQ502B
60 75 150 10.8 to 207A IQ504A IQ504B
——— .32 to 5.4A IQ500LA IQ500LB
Special Function Module IQ500M
2.5
(63.5)
2.88
(73.2)
3
(76.2) 3.25
(82.6)
3.59
(91.2)
4.5
(114.3)
4.88
(124)
.81
(20.6)
Dia.
5.47
(138.9)
IQ504
.53
(13.5)
1.88
(47.8)
2.75
(69.9)
.78
(19.8)
1.19
(30.2)
4.13
(104.9)
4.13
(104.9)
3.59
(91.2)
4.88
(124)
.5
(12.7)
.44 (11.2)
Dia.
.164-32 Tap
2 Holes
.19 (4.8)
Dia.
.5
(12.7)
Dia.
5.47
(138.9)
IQ500L and IQ502
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-185
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200 — Enclosed Control
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Product Selection
Table 33-287. Class EC216 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC21604EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Fuse
Clip
Amps
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 —
200
230
460
575
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
120
208
240
480
600
30A
EC216A1AAB
EC216A1EAB
EC216A1BAB
EC216A1CAC
EC216A1DAC
EC216A2AAB
EC216A2EAB
EC216A2BAB
EC216A2CAC
EC216A2DAC
EC216A4AAB
EC216A4EAB
EC216A4BAB
EC216A4CAC
EC216A4DAC
EC216A8AAB
EC216A8EAB
EC216A8BAB
EC216A8CAC
EC216A8DAC
A200MACAC
A200MACB
A200MACW
A200MACX
A200MACE
0—
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
30A
EC21601AAB
EC21601EAB
EC21601BAB
EC21601CAC
EC21601DAC
EC21602AAB
EC21602EAB
EC21602BAB
EC21602CAC
EC21602DAC
EC21604AAB
EC21604EAB
EC21604BAB
EC21604CAC
EC21604DAC
EC21608AAB
EC21608EAB
EC21608BAB
EC21608CAC
EC21608DAC
A200M0CAC
A200M0CB
A200M0CW
A200M0CX
A200M0CE
1—
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
30A
EC21611AAB
EC21611EAB
EC21611BAB
EC21611CAC
EC21611DAC
EC21612AAB
EC21612EAB
EC21612BAB
EC21612CAC
EC21612DAC
EC21614AAB
EC21614EAB
EC21614BAB
EC21614CAC
EC21614DAC
EC21618AAB
EC21618EAB
EC21618BAB
EC21618CAC
EC21618DAC
A200M1CAC
A200M1CB
A200M1CW
A200M1CX
A200M1CE
2—
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
60A
EC21621AAD
EC21621EAD
EC21621BAD
EC21621CAE
EC21621DAE
EC21622AAD
EC21622EAD
EC21622BAD
EC21622CAE
EC21622DAE
EC21624AAD
EC21624EAD
EC21624BAD
EC21624CAE
EC21624DAE
EC21628AAD
EC21628EAD
EC21628BAD
EC21628CAE
EC21628DAE
A200M2CAC
A200M2CB
A200M2CW
A200M2CX
A200M2CE
3—
200
230
460
575
—
25
30
50
50
120
208
240
480
600
100A
EC21631AAF
EC21631EAF
EC21631BAF
EC21631CAG
EC21631DAG
EC21632AAF
EC21632EAF
EC21632BAF
EC21632CAG
EC21632DAG
EC21634AAF
EC21634EAF
EC21634BAF
EC21634CAG
EC21634DAG
EC21638AAF
EC21638EAF
EC21638BAF
EC21638CAG
EC21638DAG
A200M3CAC
A200M3CB
A200M3CW
A200M3CX
A200M3CE
4—
200
230
460
575
—
40
50
100
100
120
208
240
480
600
200A
EC21641AAH
EC21641EAH
EC21641BAH
EC21641CAJ
EC21641DAJ
EC21642AAH
EC21642EAH
EC21642BAH
EC21642CAJ
EC21642DAJ
EC21644AAH
EC21644EAH
EC21644BAH
EC21644CAJ
EC21644DAJ
EC21648AAH
EC21648EAH
EC21648BAH
EC21648CAJ
EC21648DAJ
A200M4CAC
A200M4CB
A200M4CW
A200M4CX
A200M4CE
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E
March 2009
33-186
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200 — Enclosed Control
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-287. Class EC216 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect (Continued)
For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC21604EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Contact Eaton.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Fuse
Clip
Amps
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
5—
200
230
460
575
—
75
100
200
200
120
208
240
480
600
400A
EC21651AAK
EC21651EAK
EC21651BAK
EC21651CAL
EC21651DAL
EC21652AAK
EC21652EAK
EC21652BAK
EC21652CAL
EC21652DAL
EC21654AAK
EC21654EAK
EC21654BAK
EC21654CAL
EC21654DAL
EC21658AAK
EC21658EAK
EC21658BAK
EC21658CAL
EC21658DAL
A200M5CAC
A200M5CB
A200M5CW
A200M5CX
A200M5CE
6—
200
230
460
575
—
150
200
400
400
120
208
240
480
600
600A
EC21661AAM
EC21661EAM
EC21661BAM
EC21661CAN
EC21661DAN
EC21662AAM
EC21662EAM
EC21662BAM
EC21662CAN
EC21662DAN
EC21663AAM
EC21663EAM
EC21663BAM
EC21663CAN
EC21663DAN
EC21668AAM
EC21668EAM
EC21668BAM
EC21668CAN
EC21668DAN
A200M6CAC
A200M6CB
A200M6CW
A200M6CX
A200M6CE
7—
230
460
575
—
300
600
600
120
240
480
600
EC21671AAU
EC21671BAU
EC21671CAU
EC21671DAU
EC21672AAU
EC21672BAU
EC21672CAU
EC21672DAU
EC21673AAU
EC21673BAU
EC21673CAU
EC21673DAU
EC21678AAU
EC21678BAU
EC21678CAU
EC21678DAU
A200M7CJ
A200M7CW
A200M7CX
A200M7CE
8—
230
460
575
—
450
900
900
120
240
480
600
EC21681AAU
EC21681BAU
EC21681CAU
EC21681DAU
EC21682AAU
EC21682BAU
EC21682CAU
EC21682DAU
EC21683AAU
EC21683BAU
EC21683CAU
EC21683DAU
EC21688AAU
EC21688BAU
EC21688CAU
EC21688DAU
A200M8CJ
A200M8CW
A200M8CX
A200M8CE
9—
230
460
575
—
800
1000
1000
120
240
480
600
EC21691AAU
EC21691BAU
EC21691CAU
EC21691DAU
EC21692AAU
EC21692BAU
EC21692CAU
EC21692DAU
EC21693AAU
EC21693BAU
EC21693CAU
EC21693DAU
EC21698AAU
EC21698BAU
EC21698CAU
EC21698DAU
A200M9CJ
A200M9CW
A200M9CX
A200M9CE
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-187
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200 — Enclosed Control
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-288. Class EC218 — Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect with CPT
For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC21804EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Fuse
Clip
Amps
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 —
200
230
460
575
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
120
208
240
480
600
30A
EC218A1AAB
EC218A1EAB
EC218A1BAB
EC218A1CAC
EC218A1DAC
EC218A2AAB
EC218A2EAB
EC218A2BAB
EC218A2CAC
EC218A2DAC
EC218A4AAB
EC218A4EAB
EC218A4BAB
EC218A4CAC
EC218A4DAC
EC218A8AAB
EC218A8EAB
EC218A8BAB
EC218A8CAC
EC218A8DAC
A200MACAC
A200MACB
A200MACW
A200MACX
A200MACE
0—
200
230
460
575
—
3
3
5
5
120
208
240
480
600
30A
EC21801AAB
EC21801EAB
EC21801BAB
EC21801CAC
EC21801DAC
EC21802AAB
EC21802EAB
EC21802BAB
EC21802CAC
EC21802DAC
EC21804AAB
EC21804EAB
EC21804BAB
EC21804CAC
EC21804DAC
EC21808AAB
EC21808EAB
EC21808BAB
EC21808CAC
EC21808DAC
A200M0CAC
A200M0CB
A200M0CW
A200M0CX
A200M0CE
1—
200
230
460
575
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120
208
240
480
600
30A
EC21811AAB
EC21811EAB
EC21811BAB
EC21811CAC
EC21811DAC
EC21812AAB
EC21812EAB
EC21812BAB
EC21812CAC
EC21812DAC
EC21814AAB
EC21814EAB
EC21814BAB
EC21814CAC
EC21814DAC
EC21818AAB
EC21818EAB
EC21818BAB
EC21818CAC
EC21818DAC
A200M1CAC
A200M1CB
A200M1CW
A200M1CX
A200M1CE
2—
200
230
460
575
—
10
15
25
25
120
208
240
480
600
60A
EC21821AAD
EC21821EAD
EC21821BAD
EC21821CAE
EC21821DAE
EC21822AAD
EC21822EAD
EC21822BAD
EC21822CAE
EC21822DAE
EC21824AAD
EC21824EAD
EC21824BAD
EC21824CAE
EC21824DAE
EC21828AAD
EC21828EAD
EC21828BAD
EC21828CAE
EC21828DAE
A200M2CAC
A200M2CB
A200M2CW
A200M2CX
A200M2CE
3—
200
230
460
575
—
25
30
50
50
120
208
240
480
600
100A
EC21831AAF
EC21831EAF
EC21831BAF
EC21831CAG
EC21831DAG
EC21832AAF
EC21832EAF
EC21832BAF
EC21832CAG
EC21832DAG
EC21834AAF
EC21834EAF
EC21834BAF
EC21834CAG
EC21834DAG
EC21838AAF
EC21838EAF
EC21838BAF
EC21838CAG
EC21838DAG
A200M3CAC
A200M3CB
A200M3CW
A200M3CX
A200M3CE
4—
200
230
460
575
—
40
50
100
100
120
208
240
480
600
200A
EC21841AAH
EC21841EAH
EC21841BAH
EC21841CAJ
EC21841DAJ
EC21842AAH
EC21842EAH
EC21842BAH
EC21842CAJ
EC21842DAJ
EC21844AAH
EC21844EAH
EC21844BAH
EC21844CAJ
EC21844DAJ
EC21848AAH
EC21848EAH
EC21848BAH
EC21848CAJ
EC21848DAJ
A200M4CAC
A200M4CB
A200M4CW
A200M4CX
A200M4CE
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E
March 2009
33-188
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200 — Enclosed Control
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-288. Class EC218 — Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect with CPT (Continued)
For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC21804EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Contact Eaton.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
1
Fuse
Clip
Amps
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
5—
200
230
460
575
—
75
100
200
200
120
208
240
480
600
400A
EC21851AAK
EC21851EAK
EC21851BAK
EC21851CAL
EC21851DAL
EC21852AAK
EC21852EAK
EC21852BAK
EC21852CAL
EC21852DAL
EC21854AAK
EC21854EAK
EC21854BAK
EC21854CAL
EC21854DAL
EC21858AAK
EC21858EAK
EC21858BAK
EC21858CAL
EC21858DAL
A200M5CAC
A200M5CB
A200M5CW
A200M5CX
A200M5CE
6—
200
230
460
575
—
150
200
400
400
120
208
240
480
600
600A
EC21861AAM
EC21861EAM
EC21861BAM
EC21861CAN
EC21861DAN
EC21862AAM
EC21862EAM
EC21862BAM
EC21862CAN
EC21862DAN
EC21863AAM
EC21863EAM
EC21863BAM
EC21863CAN
EC21863DAN
EC21868AAM
EC21868EAM
EC21868BAM
EC21868CAN
EC21868DAN
A200M6CAC
A200M6CB
A200M6CW
A200M6CX
A200M6CE
7—
230
460
575
—
300
600
600
120
240
480
600
EC21871AAU
EC21871BAU
EC21871CAU
EC21871DAU
EC21872AAU
EC21872BAU
EC21872CAU
EC21872DAU
EC21873AAU
EC21873BAU
EC21873CAU
EC21873DAU
EC21878AAU
EC21878BAU
EC21878CAU
EC21878DAU
A200M7CJ
A200M7CW
A200M7CX
A200M7CE
8—
230
460
575
—
450
900
900
120
240
480
600
EC21881AAU
EC21881BAU
EC21881CAU
EC21881DAU
EC21882AAU
EC21882BAU
EC21882CAU
EC21882DAU
EC21883AAU
EC21883BAU
EC21883CAU
EC21883DAU
EC21888AAU
EC21888BAU
EC21888CAU
EC21888DAU
A200M8CJ
A200M8CW
A200M8CX
A200M8CE
9—
230
460
575
—
800
1000
1000
120
240
480
600
EC21891AAU
EC21891BAU
EC21891CAU
EC21891DAU
EC21892AAU
EC21892BAU
EC21892CAU
EC21892DAU
EC21893AAU
EC21893BAU
EC21893CAU
EC21893DAU
EC21898AAU
EC21898BAU
EC21898CAU
EC21898DAU
A200M9CJ
A200M9CW
A200M9CX
A200M9CE
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-189
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200 — Enclosed Control
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-289. Class EC222 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker
For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC22204AAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 200
1
1-1/2
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
EC222A1AAC
EC222A1AAD
EC222A2AAC
EC222A2AAD
EC222A4AAC
EC222A4AAD
EC222A8AAC
EC222A8AAD
A200MACAC
230
1
1-1/2
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
EC222A1AAC
EC222A1AAD
EC222A2AAC
EC222A2AAD
EC222A4AAC
EC222A4AAD
EC222A8AAC
EC222A8AAD
460
1
2
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
EC222A1AAB
EC222A1AAC
EC222A2AAB
EC222A2AAC
EC222A4AAB
EC222A4AAC
EC222A8AAB
EC222A8AAC
575
1
2
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
EC222A1AAB
EC222A1AAC
EC222A2AAB
EC222A2AAC
EC222A4AAB
EC222A4AAC
EC222A8AAB
EC222A8AAC
0200
1
3
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
EC22201AAC
EC22201AAD
EC22202AAC
EC22202AAD
EC22204AAC
EC22204AAD
EC22208AAC
EC22208AAD
A200M0CAC
230
1
3
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
EC22201AAC
EC22201AAD
EC22202AAC
EC22202AAD
EC22204AAC
EC22204AAD
EC22208AAC
EC22208AAD
460
1
3
5
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
EC22201AAB
EC22201AAC
EC22201AAD
EC22202AAB
EC22202AAC
EC22202AAD
EC22204AAB
EC22204AAC
EC22204AAD
EC22208AAB
EC22208AAC
EC22208AAD
575
1
3
5
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 7A
EC22201AAB
EC22201AAD
EC22201AAC
EC22202AAB
EC22202AAD
EC22202AAC
EC22204AAB
EC22204AAD
EC22204AAC
EC22208AAB
EC22208AAD
EC22208AAC
1200
1
3
5
7-1/2
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
EC22211AAC
EC22211AAD
EC22211AAE
EC22211AAF
EC22212AAC
EC22212AAD
EC22212AAE
EC22212AAF
EC22214AAC
EC22214AAD
EC22214AAE
EC22214AAF
EC22218AAC
EC22218AAD
EC22218AAE
EC22218AAF
A200M1CAC
230
1
3
5
7-1/2
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
EC22211AAC
EC22211AAD
EC22211AAE
EC22211AAF
EC22212AAC
EC22212AAD
EC22212AAE
EC22212AAF
EC22214AAC
EC22214AAD
EC22214AAE
EC22214AAF
EC22218AAC
EC22218AAD
EC22218AAE
EC22218AAF
460
1
3
5
10
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
EC22211AAB
EC22211AAC
EC22211AAD
EC22211AAE
EC22212AAB
EC22212AAC
EC22212AAD
EC22212AAE
EC22214AAB
EC22214AAC
EC22214AAD
EC22214AAE
EC22218AAB
EC22218AAC
EC22218AAD
EC22218AAE
575
1
3
5
10
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
EC22211AAB
EC22211AAC
EC22211AAD
EC22211AAE
EC22212AAB
EC22212AAC
EC22212AAD
EC22212AAE
EC22214AAB
EC22214AAC
EC22214AAD
EC22214AAE
EC22218AAB
EC22218AAC
EC22218AAD
EC22218AAE
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E
March 2009
33-190
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200 — Enclosed Control
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-289. Class EC222 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker (Continued)
For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC22204AAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2200 10 120 HMCPE 50A
EC22221AAF EC22222AAF EC22224AAF EC22228AAF
A200M2CAC
230
10
15
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A
EC22221AAF
EC22221AAW
EC22222AAF
EC22222AAW
EC22224AAF
EC22224AAW
EC22228AAF
EC22228AAW
460
25
HMCPE 50A
EC22221AAF EC22222AAF EC22224AAF EC22228AAF
575
15
25
HMCP 30A
HMCP 50A
EC22221AAE
EC22221AAF
EC22222AAE
EC22222AAF
EC22224AAE
EC22224AAF
EC22228AAE
EC22228AAF
3200 20
25
120 HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
EC22231AAG
EC22231AAX
EC22232AAG
EC22232AAX
EC22234AAG
EC22234AAX
EC22238AAG
EC22238AAX
A200M3CAC
230 25
30
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
EC22231AAG
EC22231AAX
EC22232AAG
EC22232AAX
EC22234AAG
EC22234AAX
EC22238AAG
EC22238AAX
460 50 HMCPE 100A
EC22231AAG EC22232AAG EC22234AAG EC22238AAG
575 30
50
HMCP 50A
HMCP 100A
EC22231AAF
EC22231AAG
EC22232AAF
EC22232AAG
EC22234AAF
EC22234AAG
EC22238AAF
EC22238AAG
4200
230
460
575
40
50
100
100
120 HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
EC22241AAH
EC22241AAH
EC22241AAH
EC22241AAH
EC22242AAH
EC22242AAH
EC22242AAH
EC22242AAH
EC22244AAH
EC22244AAH
EC22244AAH
EC22244AAH
EC22248AAH
EC22248AAH
EC22248AAH
EC22248AAH
A200M4CAC
5200 50
75
120 HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
EC22251AAJ
EC22251AAK
EC22252AAJ
EC22252AAK
EC22254AAJ
EC22254AAK
EC22258AAJ
EC22258AAK
A200M5CAC
230 60
100
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
EC22251AAJ
EC22251AAK
EC22252AAJ
EC22252AAK
EC22254AAJ
EC22254AAK
EC22258AAJ
EC22258AAK
460 125
200
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
EC22251AAJ
EC22251AAK
EC22252AAJ
EC22252AAK
EC22254AAJ
EC22254AAK
EC22258AAJ
EC22258AAK
575 150
200
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
EC22251AAJ
EC22251AAK
EC22252AAJ
EC22252AAK
EC22254AAJ
EC22254AAK
EC22258AAJ
EC22258AAK
6200 150 120 HMCP 600A
EC22261AAL EC22262AAL EC22263AAL
EC22268AAL
A200M6CAC
230 200 HMCP 600A
EC22261AAL EC22262AAL EC22263AAL
EC22268AAL
460 350
400
HMCP 600A
HMCP 1200A
EC22261AAL
EC22261AAP
EC22262AAL
EC22262AAP
EC22263AAL
EC22263AAP
EC22268AAL
EC22268AAP
575 400 HMCP 600A
EC22261AAL EC22262AAL EC22263AAL
EC22268AAL
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-191
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200 — Enclosed Control
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-290. Class EC224 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker with CPT
For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC22404EAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00 200
1
1-1/2
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
EC224A1EAC
EC224A1EAD
EC224A2EAC
EC224A2EAD
EC224A4EAC
EC224A4EAD
EC224A8EAC
EC224A8EAD
A200MACAC
230
1
1-1/2
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
EC224A1BAC
EC224A1BAD
EC224A2BAC
EC224A2BAD
EC224A4BAC
EC224A4BAD
EC224A8BAC
EC224A8BAD
460
1
2
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
EC224A1CAB
EC224A1CAC
EC224A2CAB
EC224A2CAC
EC224A4CAB
EC224A4CAC
EC224A8CAB
EC224A8CAC
575
1
2
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
EC224A1DAB
EC224A1DAC
EC224A2DAB
EC224A2DAC
EC224A4DAB
EC224A4DAC
EC224A8DAB
EC224A8DAC
0200 1
3
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
EC22401EAC
EC22401EAD
EC22402EAC
EC22402EAD
EC22404EAC
EC22404EAD
EC22408EAC
EC22408EAD
A200M0CAC
230 1
3
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
EC22401BAC
EC22401BAD
EC22402BAC
EC22402BAD
EC22404BAC
EC22404BAD
EC22408BAC
EC22408BAD
460 1
3
5
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
EC22401CAB
EC22401CAC
EC22401CAD
EC22402CAB
EC22402CAC
EC22402CAD
EC22404CAB
EC22404CAC
EC22404CAD
EC22408CAB
EC22408CAC
EC22408CAD
575 1
3
5
HMCP 3A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 7A
EC22401DAB
EC22401DAD
EC22401DAC
EC22402DAB
EC22402DAD
EC22402DAC
EC22404DAB
EC22404DAD
EC22404DAC
EC22408DAB
EC22408DAD
EC22408DAC
1200
1
3
5
7-1/2
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
EC22411EAC
EC22411EAD
EC22411EAE
EC22411EAF
EC22412EAC
EC22412EAD
EC22412EAE
EC22412EAF
EC22414EAC
EC22414EAD
EC22414EAE
EC22414EAF
EC22418EAC
EC22418EAD
EC22418EAE
EC22418EAF
A200M1CAC
230
1
3
5
7-1/2
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
EC22411BAC
EC22411BAD
EC22411BAE
EC22411BAF
EC22412BAC
EC22412BAD
EC22412BAE
EC22412BAF
EC22414BAC
EC22414BAD
EC22414BAE
EC22414BAF
EC22418BAC
EC22418BAD
EC22418BAE
EC22418BAF
460
1
3
5
10
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
EC22411CAB
EC22411CAC
EC22411CAD
EC22411CAE
EC22412CAB
EC22412CAC
EC22412CAD
EC22412CAE
EC22414CAB
EC22414CAC
EC22414CAD
EC22414CAE
EC22418CAB
EC22418CAC
EC22418CAD
EC22418CAE
575
1
3
5
10
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 30A
EC22411DAB
EC22411DAC
EC22411DAD
EC22411DAE
EC22412DAB
EC22412DAC
EC22412DAD
EC22412DAE
EC22414DAB
EC22414DAC
EC22414DAD
EC22414DAE
EC22418DAB
EC22418DAC
EC22418DAD
EC22418DAE
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E
March 2009
33-192
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
A200 — Enclosed Control
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Table 33-290. Class EC224 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker with CPT (Continued)
For Ambient Compensated Overload Relay with Auto-Reset, add suffix D.
For other magnet coil voltages substitute the eighth digit with appropriate digit based on Table 33-184.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: EC22404EAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3.
To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, add modification E11.
Type 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit
Breaker
Type
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X
Watertight &
Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
External Reset
Component
Starter
(Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
2200 10 120 HMCPE 50A
EC22421EAF EC22422EAF EC22424EAF EC22428EAF
A200M2CAC
230 10
15
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A
EC22421BAF
EC22421BAW
EC22422BAF
EC22422BAW
EC22424BAF
EC22424BAW
EC22428BAF
EC22428BAW
460 25 HMCPE 50A
EC22421CAF EC22422CAF EC22424CAF EC22428CAF
575 15
25
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
EC22421CAE
EC22421DAF
EC22422CAE
EC22422DAF
EC22424CAE
EC22424DAF
EC22428CAE
EC22428DAF
3200 20
25
120 HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
EC22431EAG
EC22431EAX
EC22432EAG
EC22432EAX
EC22434EAG
EC22434EAX
EC22438EAG
EC22438EAX
A200M3CAC
230 25
30
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
EC22431BAG
EC22431BAX
EC22432BAG
EC22432BAX
EC22434BAG
EC22434BAX
EC22438BAG
EC22438BAX
460 50 HMCPE 100A
EC22431CAG EC22432CAG EC22434CAG EC22438CAG
575 30
50
HMCP 50A
HMCP 100A
EC22431DAF
EC22431DAG
EC22432DAF
EC22432DAG
EC22434DAF
EC22434DAG
EC22438DAF
EC22438DAG
4200
230
460
575
40
50
100
100
120 HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
EC22441EAH
EC22441BAH
EC22441CAH
EC22441DAH
EC22442EAH
EC22442BAH
EC22442CAH
EC22442DAH
EC22444EAH
EC22444BAH
EC22444CAH
EC22444DAH
EC22448EAH
EC22448BAH
EC22448CAH
EC22448DAH
A200M4CAC
5200 50
75
120 HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
EC22451EAJ
EC22451EAK
EC22452EAJ
EC22452EAK
EC22454EAJ
EC22454EAK
EC22458EAJ
EC22458EAK
A200M5CAC
230 60
100
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
EC22451BAJ
EC22451BAK
EC22452BAJ
EC22452BAK
EC22454BAJ
EC22454BAK
EC22458BAJ
EC22458BAK
460 125
200
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
EC22451CAJ
EC22451CAK
EC22452CAJ
EC22452CAK
EC22454CAJ
EC22454CAK
EC22458CAJ
EC22458CAK
575 150
200
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
EC22451DAJ
EC22451DAK
EC22452DAJ
EC22452DAK
EC22454DAJ
EC22454DAK
EC22458DAJ
EC22458DAK
6200 150 120 HMCP 600A
EC22461EAL EC22462EAL EC22463EAL
EC22468EAL
A200M6CAC
230 200 HMCP 600A
EC22461BAL EC22462BAL EC22463BAL
EC22468BAL
460 350
400
HMCP 600A
HMCP 1200A
EC22461CAL
EC22461CAP
EC22462CAL
EC22462CAP
EC22463CAL
EC22463CAP
EC22468CAL
EC22468CAP
575 400 HMCP 600A
EC22461DAL EC22462DAL EC22463DAL
EC22468DAL
Starters do not include heater packs. Order quantity of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see PG03300001E.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA08102001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-193
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Product Family Overview
Size 1 and 2 Starter
Product Description
Setting the Standard in Motor
Control
Cutler-Hammer
®
Advantage motor
starters from Eaton’s electrical busi-
ness have extended
operating life in a
physical space requirement one half the
size of conventional motor starters.
Offering motor overcurrent protection
accurate to 2% at maximum FLC,
Advantage also maintains constant
coil power regardless of varying con-
trol circuit conditions, eliminating coil
burnout, contact chatter and welding
due to low voltage of fluttering control
signals.
Advantage is designed with a full com-
plement of features that make it the
most versatile motor starter in the
industry. Multifunction overload pro-
tection options provide application
flexibility while reducing inventory.
Communication capability extends
benefits, allowing Advantage to be
interactively linked to higher order
control systems for monitoring,
troubleshooting and control.
Technological advances incorporated
in the Advantage design, such as pre-
start diagnostics, increased accuracy
and the ability to communicate with
other systems, are benefits not real-
ized in traditional motor starters.
Benefits
Advantage Breakthroughs
To achieve the level of benefits envi-
sioned for Advantage controls at a
competitive price, it was discovered
early in the development process that
simply improving existing design con-
cepts would fall short of the mark. A
new approach involving a higher level
of technology was required. The result
was the incorporation of three techni-
cal breakthroughs — new current
sensing monitoring, an energy-
balanced contact closure system that
increased life by decreasing electrical
and mechanical wear and an intelli-
gent coil controller optimizing the con-
tact closing process based on varying
control circuit conditions. Coordinat-
ing these breakthroughs to provide
enhanced motor control performance
is concentrated in the SURE chip.
Advantage uses the right combination
of brains and brawn in effecting a
motor start. The power circuit of the
contactor employs heavy-duty silver
alloy contacts scientifically designed
for long life. The addition of a uniquely
developed application-specific micro-
processor chip regulates power sup-
plied to the operating coil. The
regulated closing profile is tailored to
existing control circuit conditions. This
results in an energy balanced system
which reduces armature/magnet crash
and contact bounce, extending
mechanical and electrical life.
Improved Protection and Motor
Utilization
The motor circuit monitoring and over-
load protection functions of Advan-
tage starters are provided by three
current sensors closely monitored by
the microprocessor. This sensor/
microprocessor combination yields a
protection scheme closely paralleling
that of the motor heating damage
boundary expressed in terms of cur-
rent and time. Accurate to 2% of full
scale, Advantage allows full utilization
of motor capability without motor
damage or nuisance tripping.
No Heaters, Small Size
Advantage starters eliminate the
need for costly heater elements and
their associated installation expense.
Standard overload protection func-
tions include phase loss and unbal-
ance protection, selectable trip class,
automatic/manual reset and ground
current protection.
Built-In Communications
Capabilities Provide Two-Way
Control
Advantage also offers low cost commu-
nication capability. ON/OFF commands,
status and motor data can be linked to
automated control systems without the
addition of costly sensors, I/O modules
and transducers, in a language compat-
ible with many computer-based soft-
ware systems in use today.
Protected by 22 patents and proven in
many years of operating experience in
harsh industrial applications, Advan-
tage motor starters and contactors offer
the user unprecedented value at a price
competitive with traditional devices.
Instructional Leaflets
17401 Sizes 1, 2 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters
17403 Sizes 3, 4 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters
17405 Sizes 5, 6 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters
17482 Sizes 1, 2 Reversing Contactors and Starters
17484B Sizes 3, 4 Reversing Contactors and Starters
17486 Sizes 5, 6 Reversing Contactors and Starters
17456 Sizes 1, 2 Contactor Overload Combo
17457 Sizes 3, 4 Contactor Overload Combo
17604 Sizes 5, 6 Contactor Overload Combo
17595 Sizes 1, 2 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM
17596 Sizes 3, 4 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM
17597 Sizes 5, 6 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM
17598 Sizes 1, 2 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
17599 Sizes 3, 4 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
17600 Sizes 5, 6 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
17601 Sizes 1, 2 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
17602 Sizes 3, 4 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
17603 Sizes 5, 6 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
March 2009
33-194
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents
Description Page
Product Family Overview
Product Description. . . . . . . 33-193
Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-193
Contactors — Non-reversing
and Reversing
Product Description. . . . . . . 33-194
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-194
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-194
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-199
Accessories and Field
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . . 33-204
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-206
Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-207
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-209
Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . 33-215
Size 3 and 4 Starter
Product Description
Catalog Number W201 — Non-
reversing Contactors
Catalog Number W211 — Horizontal
Reversing Contactors (shown above)
— long axis horizontal
Catalog Number W251 — Vertical
Reversing Contactors (not illustrated)
— long axis vertical
Features
■Small physical size
■Brownout protection
■Communications capability
■Long electrical life
■Higher contact force
Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
■Non-reversing Catalog Number as
specified in table below.
■Reversing Catalog Number as
specified in table below.
Table 33-291. Advantage Contactors — 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing — NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Continuous
Amperes
(Enclosed)
Coil
Voltage/Hz
Non-reversing Reversing (Horizontal) Reversing (Vertical)
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
1200
230
460
575
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
27 120/60
110/50
W201K1CF
W201K1CN
W211K1CF
W211K1CN
W251K1CF
W251K1CN
2200
230
460
575
10
15
25
25
45 120/60
110/50
W201K2CF
W201K2CN
W211K2CF
W211K2CN
W251K2CF
W251K2CN
3200
230
460
575
25
30
50
50
90 120/60
110/50
W201K3CF
W201K3CN
W211K3CF
W211K3CN
W251K3CF
W251K3CN
4200
230
460
575
40
50
100
100
135 120/60
110/50
W201K4CF
W201K4CN
W211K4CF
W211K4CN
W251K4CF
W251K4CN
5200
230
460
575
75
100
200
200
270 120/60
110/50
W201K5CF
W201K5CN
W211K5CF
W211K5CN
W251K5CF
W251K5CN
6200
230
460
575
150
200
400
400
540 120/60
110/50
W201K6CF
W201K6CN
W211K6CF
W211K6CN
W251K6CF
W251K6CN
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-195
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents
Description Page
Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . . 33-193
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-193
Starters — Non-reversing
and Reversing
Product Description . . . . . . 33-195
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-195
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . 33-195
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-195
Product Selection. . . . . . . . 33-196
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-199
Accessories and Field
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . 33-204
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-206
Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . 33-207
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-209
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 33-215
Size 5 and 6 Starter
Product Description
Catalog Number W200 — Non-
reversing Starters (shown above)
Catalog Number W210 — Horizontal
Reversing Starters — long axis
horizontal.
Catalog Number W250 — Vertical
Reversing Starters (not
illustrated) — long axis vertical.
Features
Starter
■Small physical size
■Brownout protection
■Communications capability
■Minimized bounce times
■Higher contact force
■Common auxiliary contacts
Motor Protection
■Heaters not required — selectable
settings
■Overload protection — accuracy 2%
■Phase loss and phase unbalance
protection
■Ground current protection
OL Protection Settings
■Selectable automatic/manual reset
■Selectable trip class — 10, 20, 30 or
no protection (disables overload)
■Selectable trip current
Technical Data
Table 33-292. Motor FLA Ranges
For motor full load current (FLA) range of
.47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service
factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to
2 hp at 460V.
Options
Table 33-293. Optional Features
NEMA
Size
1.15 to 1.25
Service Factor
1.0 Service
Factor
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
.47 – 3.81
3.15 – 27.0
3.15 – 45.0
9.90 – 90.0
9.90 – 135
38.3 – 270
38.3 – 540
.51 – 4.14
3.43 – 27.0
3.43 – 45.0
10.8 – 90.0
10.8 – 135
41.7 – 270
41.7 – 540
Description Catalog
Number
Suffix
Omit Class II Ground-Current
Protection
Y7
Omit Phase-Loss Protection Y4
Omit both Class II Ground-Current
Protection and Phase-Loss
Protection
Y4Y7
March 2009
33-196
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
■Non-reversing Catalog Number as
specified in table below.
■Reversing Catalog Number as
specified in table below.
Table 33-294. Advantage Starters — 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing — Wired for Separate Control — Heaters Not Required — NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Continuous
Amperes
(Enclosed)
Coil
Voltage/Hz
Non-reversing Reversing (Horizontal) Reversing (Vertical)
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
1 200
230
460
575
1
1
2
2
27 120/60
110/50
W200MLCFC
W200MLCNC
W210MLCFC
W210MLCNC
W250MLCFC
W250MLCNC
1200
230
460
575
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
27 120/60
110/50
W200M1CFC
W200M1CNC
W210M1CFC
W210M1CNC
W250M1CFC
W250M1CNC
2200
230
460
575
10
15
25
25
45 120/60
110/50
W200M2CFC
W200M2CNC
W210M2CFC
W210M2CNC
W250M2CFC
W250M2CNC
3200
230
460
575
25
30
50
50
90 120/60
110/50
W200M3CFC
W200M3CNC
W210M3CFC
W210M3CNC
W250M3CFC
W250M3CNC
4200
230
460
575
40
50
100
100
135 120/60
110/50
W200M4CFC
W200M4CNC
W210M4CFC
W210M4CNC
W250M4CFC
W250M4CNC
5200
230
460
575
75
100
200
200
270 120/60
110/50
W200M5CFC
W200M5CNC
W210M5CFC
W210M5CNC
W250M5CFC
W250M5CNC
6200
230
460
575
150
200
400
400
540 120/60
110/50
W200M6CFC
W200M6CNC
W210M6CFC
W210M6CNC
W250M6CFC
W250M6CNC
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-197
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Starters — Non-reversing, Two-Speed
Contents
Description Page
Product Family Overview
Product Description . . . . . . 33-193
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-193
Starters — Non-reversing
Two-Speed
Product Selection. . . . . . . . 33-197
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-199
Accessories and Field
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . 33-204
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-206
Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . 33-207
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-209
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 33-215
Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
■Catalog Number as shown in table
below.
Table 33-295. Two-Speed Advantage Starters — Wired for Separate Control —
Heaters Not Required — NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for
motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. Horsepower Continuous
Amperes
(Enclosed)
Coil
Voltage/
Hz
Open Type (Horizontal)
Constant
or Variable
Torque
Constant
hp
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
For Separate (2) Winding Type Motors — Wye Wye
1 200
230
460
575
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
27 120/60
110/50
W960MLCFCM3
W960MLCNCM3
1200
230
460
575
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
27 120/60
110/50
W960M1CFCM3
W960M1CNCM3
2200
230
460
575
10
15
25
25
7-1/2
10
20
20
45 120/60
110/50
W960M2CFCM3
W960M2CNCM3
3200
230
460
575
25
30
50
50
20
25
40
40
90 120/60
110/50
W960M3CFCM3
W960M3CNCM3
4200
230
460
575
40
50
100
100
30
40
75
75
135 120/60
110/50
W960M4CFCM3
W960M4CNCM3
5200
230
460
575
75
100
200
200
60
75
150
150
270 120/60
110/50
W960M5CFCM3
W960M5CNCM3
6200
230
460
575
150
200
400
400
100
150
300
300
540 120/60
110/50
W960M6CFCM3
W960M6CNCM3
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
33-198
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Starters — Non-reversing, Two-Speed
Table 33-295. Two-Speed Advantage Starters — Wired for Separate Control —
Heaters Not Required — NEMA Sizes 1– 6 (Continued)
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and
for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. Horsepower Continuous
Amperes
(Enclosed)
Coil
Voltage/
Hz
Open Type (Horizontal)
Constant
or Variable
Torque
Constant
hp
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
For Single Winding Type Motors Constant Horsepower
1 200
230
460
575
—1
1
2
2
27 120/60
110/50
W970MLCFCM3
W970MLCNCM3
1200
230
460
575
—5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
27 120/60
110/50
W970M1CFCM3
W970M1CNCM3
2200
230
460
575
—7-1/2
10
20
20
45 120/60
110/50
W970M2CFCM3
W970M2CNCM3
3200
230
460
575
—20
25
40
40
90 120/60
110/50
W970M3CFCM3
W970M3CNCM3
4200
230
460
575
—30
40
75
75
135 120/60
110/50
W970M4CFCM3
W970M4CNCM3
5200
230
460
575
—60
75
150
150
270 120/60
110/50
W970M5CFCM3
W970M5CNCM3
6200
230
460
575
—100
150
300
300
540 120/60
110/50
W970M6CFCM3
W970M6CNCM3
For Single Winding Type Motors (Constant or Variable Torque)
1 200
230
460
575
1
1
2
2
—27120/60
110/50
W980MLCFCM3
W980MLCNCM3
1200
230
460
575
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
—27120/60
110/50
W980M1CFCM3
W980M1CNCM3
2200
230
460
575
10
15
25
25
—45120/60
110/50
W980M2CFCM3
W980M2CNCM3
3200
230
460
575
25
30
50
50
—90120/60
110/50
W980M3CFCM3
W980M3CNCM3
4200
230
460
575
40
50
100
100
—135 120/60
110/50
W980M4CFCM3
W980M4CNCM3
5200
230
460
575
75
100
200
200
—270 120/60
110/50
W980M5CFCM3
W980M5CNCM3
6200
230
460
575
150
150
400
400
—540 120/60
110/50
W980M6CFCM3
W980M6CNCM3
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-199
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-296. Electrical Characteristics, Sizes 1 – 6
Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating.
Transformers having inrush currents not more than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings.
Table 33-297. 380V, 50 Hz Starters — Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Ground Current Sensing Protection
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Advantage starters with ground cur-
rent sensing protection feature provide equipment protec-
tion against ground currents between a factory-set low level
and a lockout current. It is designed to open the circuit when
it senses the low-level and arcing ground currents often
occurring in motor branch circuits. This feature is standard
with Cutler-Hammer Advantage starters. The ground current
sensing protection feature can either be omitted from
devices supplied by the factory, or omitted in the field by
modifying the device with an Advantage Programming
Module (WAPM).
Note: These devices are NOT Ground Fault Interrupters (GFIs)
designed to protect people. Additionally, branch circuit short-circuit
protective devices are to be used to clear faults that exceed the
interrupting rating of the starter.
Table 33-298. Ground Current Sensing
The table above gives trip amperes and lockout amperes for
each size of the starter. Lockout current is the sum of the
phase current and ground current.
Phase Unbalance
If the unbalance of any two phases is greater than 30% of the
DIP switch selected trip rating of the starter, a phase unbal-
ance is declared and a trip occurs. No time delay is required
for reset. This feature is standard in the Cutler-Hammer
Advantage starter. To customize your protection, phase
unbalance can be omitted by disabling the protection using
an Advantage Programming Module (WAPM).
Phase Loss
The Advantage starter will trip on phase loss, after two
seconds, if the current in any one phase is lower than the
currents listed in the table below. No time delay is required
for reset. Phase loss protection is standard on the Cutler-
Hammer Advantage starter. The phase loss protection feature
can either be omitted from devices supplied by the factory,
or omitted in the field by modifying the device with an
Advantage Programming Module (WAPM).
Table 33-299. Phase Trip Time
Size 1 Lower Current Range for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at
460V.
Description Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6
Maximum Voltage Rating 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V
Ampere Rating — Open
— Enclosed
30A
27A
50A
45A
100A
90A
150A
135A
300A
270A
600A
540A
Maximum Horsepower — Squirrel Cage Motor
200V, 60 Hz
230V, 60 Hz
380V, 50 Hz
460 – 575V, 60 Hz
7-1/2 hp
7-1/2 hp
10 hp
10 hp
10 hp
15 hp
25 hp
25 hp
25 hp
30 hp
50 hp
50 hp
40 hp
50 hp
75 hp
100 hp
75 hp
100 hp
150 hp
200 hp
150 hp
200 hp
300 hp
400 hp
Resistive Heating, kW — Three-Phase, 3-Pole
120V
240V
480V
600V
5 kW
10 kW
20 kW
25 kW
8.5 kW
17 kW
34 kW
43 kW
17 kW
34 kW
68 kW
86 kW
26 kW
68 kW
105 kW
130 kW
52 kW
105 kW
210 kW
260 kW
105 kW
210 kW
415 kW
515 kW
Capacitor Switching kVAR — Three-Phase
240V
480V
600V
—
—
—
12 kVAR
25 kVAR
32 kVAR
27 kVAR
53 kVAR
67 kVAR
40 kVAR
80 kVAR
100 kVAR
80 kVAR
160 kVAR
200 kVAR
160 kVAR
320 kVAR
400 kVAR
Transformer Switching, kVA — Three-Phase, 3-Pole
208V
240V
480V
600V
3.6 kVA
4.3 kVA
8.5 kVA
11 kVA
6.3 kVA
7.2 kVA
14 kVA
18 kVA
12 kVA
14 kVA
28 kVA
35 kVA
20 kVA
23 kVA
47 kVA
59 kVA
41 kVA
47 kVA
94 kVA
117 kVA
81 kVA
94 kVA
188 kVA
234 kVA
NEMA Size 123456
Maximum hp 10 25 50 75 150 300
Size Trip Current Lockout Current Trip Time
IL 10 24 .4 sec.
11048.4 sec.
22086.4 sec.
340171 .4 sec.
460256 .4 sec.
5240 1045 .4 sec.
6240 1045 .4 sec.
Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6
Phase Unbalance
Level
30% Unbalance
Phase Unbalance
Trip Delay
6 sec. 9 sec. 12 sec.
Phase Loss Trip
after 2 sec. if Phase
Current is below:
.15A
1.15A
1.15A 2.5A 2.5A 11A 11A
March 2009
33-200
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-300. Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 1 – 6
Note: The above represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
Values may vary based upon control power transformer capacities.
Advantage contactors will withstand 110% of their rated
voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils
and will close successfully at 65% of their rated voltage.
Table 33-301. Mechanical Characteristics — Sizes 1 – 6
Also referenced as “kcmil” (1990 NEC).
Motor FLA, Three-Phase AC
Table 33-302. Data from Table 430-150 of 1990 NEC
Note: These current values are for motors running at usual speeds
and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed
or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, OL trip cur-
rent setting should be selected on basis of information on motor
nameplate or motor card data.
Table 33-303. Temperature Specifications, Sizes 1 – 6
Table 33-304. DIP Switch Overload Protection Settings
Description Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6
AC Coil
Burden — Inrush VA
Closed VA
Closed Watts
Pick-Up Volts
Drop-Out Volts
250 VA
25 VA
5W
78V
60V
250 VA
25 VA
5W
78V
60V
500 VA
50 VA
10W
78V
60V
500 VA
50 VA
10W
78V
60V
2600 VA
50 VA
10W
78V
60V
2600 VA
50 VA
10W
78V
60V
Recommended VA rating for machine tool control
power transformers
100 VA 100 VA 150 VA 150 VA 300 VA 300 VA
Description Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Height
Width
Depth
6.50 (165.1)
2.50 (63.5)
4.96 (126.0)
6.50 (165.1)
2.50 (63.5)
4.96 (126.0)
8.00 (203.2)
3.68 (93.5)
6.54 (166.1)
8.00 (203.2)
3.68 (93.5)
6.54 (166.1)
10.08 (256.0)
7.07 (179.6)
7.64 (194.1)
10.08 (256.0)
7.07 (179.6)
7.64 (194.1)
Panel area, square inches
Shipping weight, lbs.
16.25
2.00
16.25
2.00
29.44
6.00
29.44
6.00
71.27
30.00
71.27
30.00
Maximum cable size/phase copper — AWG/MCM
Auxiliary Electrical Circuits Available
Maximum wire size for auxiliary electrical
circuit — AWG
Maximum wire size for control circuit — AWG
8 AWG
8
12
(2) 14
4 AWG
8
12
(2) 14
250 MCM
8
12
(2) 14
250 MCM
8
12
(2) 14
(1) 500 MCM
8
12
(2) 14
(2) 500 MCM
8
12
(2) 14
Mechanical interlock combinations available Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz.
Horsepower Squirrel Cage AC
200V 230V 460V 575V
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
1.15
2.3
3.2
4.1
6.0
1
2.0
2.8
3.6
5.2
.6
1.0
1.4
1.8
2.6
.5
.8
1.1
1.4
2.1
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
7.8
11.0
17.5
25.3
32.2
6.8
9.6
15.2
22
28
3.4
4.8
7.6
11
14
2.7
3.9
6.1
9
11
15
20
25
30
40
48.3
62.1
78.2
92
120
42
54
68
80
104
21
27
34
40
52
17
22
27
32
41
50
60
75
100
125
150
177
221
286
359
130
154
192
248
312
65
77
96
124
156
52
62
77
99
125
150
200
414
552
360
480
180
240
144
192
Ambient Temperature
Storage -40° to 100°C
(-40° to 212°F)
Operating -40° to 40°C
(-40° to 104°F)
External (NEMA Enclosed) -40° to 40°C
(-40° to 104°F)
Reset Method Position 8
MANUAL (Non-automatic — wait 5 minutes) 0
AUTOMATIC (Reset time is based on protection Class) 1
Overload Class Position 7 Position 6
10
20
30
None
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-201
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Technical Data and Specifications
Overload Trip Current Settings
Full Voltage Starters
To select the overload current trip setting, find the starter
size table. Locate the full load current from motor nameplate
in column A or B. Change DIP switch positions 5 – 1 to
correspond to the table.
Reduced Voltage Starters
Multiply the full load current from motor nameplate by
factor below for your type of reduced voltage starter. Find
this adjusted full load current in starter Size table in Column
A or B. Change DIP switch positions 5 – 1 to correspond to
the table.
Table 33-305. Factor
Table 33-306. Size 1 — Lower Current Range
All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Figure 33-68. DIP Switch, Terminals and Reset
Table 33-307. Size 1 — Upper Current Range
All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Table 33-308. Size 2 — Current Range
All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Catalog Number Multiplier
Factor
W600 Autotransformer
W700 Part Winding
W800, W890 Wye-Delta
1.0
.5
.575
Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25
Column B
Service Factor
1.0
Trip Rating
Amperes
DIP Switch Setting
(Positions) (54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
.47 –
.52 –
.57 –
.62 –
.69 –
.51
.56
.61
.68
.75
.51 –
.57 –
.62 –
.68 –
.75 –
.56
.61
.67
.74
.82
.59
.65
.71
.78
.86
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
.76 –
.83 –
.91 –
1.01 –
1.10 –
.82
.90
1.00
1.09
1.21
.83 –
.90 –
.99 –
1.10 –
1.20 –
.89
.98
1.09
1.19
1.31
.95
1.04
1.14
1.26
1.38
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
1.22 –
1.34 –
1.47 –
1.62 –
1.78 –
1.33
1.46
1.61
1.77
1.95
1.32 –
1.45 –
1.60 –
1.76 –
1.94 –
1.44
1.59
1.75
1.93
2.12
1.52
1.67
1.84
2.02
2.23
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
1.96 –
2.15 –
2.37 –
2.61 –
2.86 –
2.14
2.36
2.60
2.85
3.14
2.13 –
2.34 –
2.57 –
2.83 –
3.11 –
2.33
2.56
2.82
3.10
3.42
2.45
2.69
2.96
3.26
3.58
01111
10000
10001
10010
10011
3.15 –
3.47 –
3.46
3.81
3.43 –
3.77 –
3.76
4.14
3.94
4.34
10100
10101
1
12345
67
8
0
Auto/Man
Class
OL Set 3PEC
Control
Voltage
Reset
Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25
Column B
Service Factor
1.0
Trip Rating
Amperes
DIP Switch Setting
(Positions)
(54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
3.15 –
3.47 –
3.82 –
4.20 –
4.62 –
3.46
3.81
4.19
4.61
5.0
3.43 –
3.76 –
4.14 –
4.56 –
5.00 –
3.75
4.13
4.55
4.99
5.4
3.93
4.33
4.77
5.25
5.77
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
5.2 –
5.6 –
6.1 –
6.7 –
7.4 –
5.5
6.0
6.6
7.3
8.1
5.5 –
6.1 –
6.6 –
7.3 –
8.1 –
6.0
6.5
7.2
8.0
8.8
6.35
6.9
7.7
8.5
9.3
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
8.2 –
9.0 –
9.9 –
10.9 –
12.0 –
8.9
9.8
0.8
11.9
13.1
8.9 –
9.7 –
10.7 –
11.8 –
13.0 –
9.6
10.6
11.7
12.9
14.2
10.2
11.2
12.4
13.6
15.0
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
13.2 –
14.5 –
15.9 –
17.5 –
19.3 –
14.4
15.8
17.4
19.2
21.1
14.3 –
15.8 –
17.3 –
19.0 –
21.0 –
15.7
17.2
18.9
20.9
22.9
16.5
18.1
19.9
21.9
24.1
01111
10000
10001
10010
10011
21.2 –
23.4 –
25.7 –
23.3
25.6
27.0
23.0 –
25.3 –
—
25.2
27.0
—
26.5
29.1
32.1
10100
10101
10110
Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25
Column B
Service Factor
1.0
Trip Rating
Amperes
DIP Switch Setting
(Positions)
(54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
3.15 –
3.47 –
3.82 –
4.20 –
4.62 –
3.46
3.81
4.19
4.61
5.0
3.43 –
3.76 –
4.14 –
4.56 –
5.00 –
3.75
4.13
4.55
4.99
5.4
3.93
4.33
4.77
5.25
5.77
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
5.1 –
5.6 –
6.1 –
6.7 –
7.4 –
5.5
6.0
6.6
7.3
8.1
5.5 –
6.1 –
6.6 –
7.3 –
8.1 –
6.0
6.5
7.2
8.0
8.8
6.35
6.9
7.7
8.5
9.3
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
8.2 –
9.0 –
9.9 –
10.9 –
12.0 –
8.9
9.8
10.8
11.9
13.1
8.9 –
9.7 –
10.7 –
11.8 –
13.0 –
9.6
10.6
11.7
12.9
14.2
10.2
11.2
12.4
13.6
15.0
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
13.2 –
14.5 –
15.9 –
17.5 –
19.3 –
14.4
15.8
17.4
19.2
21.1
14.3 –
15.8 –
17.3 –
19.0 –
21.0 –
15.7
17.2
18.9
20.9
22.9
16.5
18.1
19.9
21.9
24.1
01111
10000
10001
10010
10011
21.2 –
23.3 –
25.7 –
28.2 –
31.1 –
23.2
25.6
28.1
31.0
34.1
23.0 –
25.3 –
27.9 –
30.6 –
33.8 –
25.2
27.8
30.5
33.7
37.0
26.5
29.1
32.1
35.3
38.9
10100
10101
10110
10111
11000
34.2 –
37.6 –
41.3 –
37.5
41.2
45.0
37.1 –
40.8 –
44.9 –
40.7
44.8
45.0
42.8
47.0
51.6
11001
11010
11011
March 2009
33-202
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Technical Data and Specifications
Overload Trip Current Settings (Continued)
Table 33-309. Size 3 Current Range
All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Table 33-310. Size 4 Current Range
All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Table 33-311. Size 5 Current Range
All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Table 33-312. Size 6 Current Range
All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25
Column B
Service Factor
1.0
Trip Rating
Amperes
DIP Switch Setting
(Positions)
(54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
9.9 –
10.9 –
12.0 –
13.2 –
14.5 –
10.8
11.9
13.1
14.4
15.8
10.8 –
11.8 –
13.0 –
14.3 –
15.7 –
11.7
12.9
14.2
15.6
17.2
12.4
13.6
15.0
16.5
18.1
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
15.9 –
17.5 –
19.3 –
21.2 –
23.3 –
17.3
19.2
21.1
23.2
25.6
17.3 –
19.0 –
21.0 –
23.0 –
25.3 –
18.9
20.9
22.9
25.2
27.8
19.9
21.9
24.1
26.5
29.1
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
25.7 –
28.2 –
31.0 –
34.2 –
37.6 –
28.1
30.9
34.1
37.5
41.3
27.9 –
30.7 –
33.7 –
37.1 –
40.9 –
30.6
33.6
37.0
40.8
44.9
32.1
35.3
38.8
42.7
47.0
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
41.4 –
45.5 –
50.1 –
55.0 –
60.6 –
45.4
50.0
54.9
60.5
66.5
45.0 –
49.5 –
54.4 –
59.8 –
65.8 –
49.4
54.3
59.7
65.7
72.3
51.7
56.9
62.6
68.8
75.7
01111
10000
10001
10010
10011
66.6 –
73.3 –
80.8 –
88.8 –
73.2
80.7
88.7
90.0
72.4 –
79.7 –
87.8 –
—
79.6
87.7
90.0
—
83.3
91.6
101.0
111.0
10100
10101
10110
10111
Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25
Column B
Service Factor
1.0
Trip Rating
Amperes
DIP Switch Setting
(Positions)
(54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
9.9 –
10.9 –
12.0 –
13.2 –
14.5 –
10.8
11.9
13.1
14.4
15.8
10.8 –
11.8 –
13.0 –
14.3 –
15.7 –
11.7
12.9
14.2
15.6
17.2
12.4
13.6
15.0
16.5
18.1
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
15.9 –
17.5 –
19.3 –
21.2 –
23.3 –
17.4
19.2
21.1
23.2
25.6
17.3 –
19.0 –
21.0 –
23.0 –
25.3 –
18.9
20.9
22.9
25.2
27.8
19.9
21.9
24.1
26.5
29.1
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
25.7 –
28.2 –
31.0 –
34.2 –
37.6 –
28.1
30.9
34.1
37.5
41.3
27.9 –
30.7 –
33.7 –
37.1 –
40.9 –
30.6
33.6
37.0
40.8
44.9
32.1
35.3
38.8
42.7
47.0
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
41.4 –
45.5 –
50.1 –
55.0 –
60.6 –
45.4
50.0
54.9
60.5
66.5
45.0 –
49.5 –
54.4 –
59.8 –
65.8 –
49.4
54.3
59.7
65.7
72.3
51.7
56.9
62.6
68.8
75.7
01111
10000
10001
10010
10011
66.6 –
73.3 –
80.8 –
88.8 –
97.6 –
73.2
80.7
88.7
97.5
106
72.4 –
79.7 –
87.8 –
96.5 –
106 –
79.6
87.7
96.4
105
116
83.3
91.6
101
111
122
10100
10101
10110
10111
11000
107 –
118 –
130 –
117
129
133
117 –
128 –
—
127
133
—
134
147
162
11001
11010
11011
Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25
Column B
Service Factor
1.0
Trip Rating
Amperes
DIP Switch Setting
(Positions)
(54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
38.3 –
42.0 –
46.2 –
51.1 –
56.0 –
41.9
46.1
51.0
55.9
61.7
41.7 –
45.7 –
50.2 –
55.6 –
60.9 –
45.6
50.1
55.5
60.8
67.1
47.9
52.5
57.7
63.9
70.0
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
61.8 –
67.6 –
75.0 –
82.4 –
90.4 –
67.5
74.9
82.3
90.3
99.9
67.2 –
73.5 –
81.5 –
89.6 –
98.3 –
73.4
81.4
89.5
98.2
108
77.3
84.5
93.7
103
113
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
100 –
110 –
121 –
133 –
146 –
109
120
132
145
159
109 –
119 –
131 –
144 –
158 –
118
130
143
157
173
125
137
151
166
182
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
160 –
176 –
194 –
214 –
234 –
175
193
213
233
257
174 –
191 –
210 –
232 –
255 –
190
209
231
254
270
200
220
242
267
293
01111
10000
10001
10010
10011
258 – 270 — — 322 10100
Column A
Service Factor
1.15 to 1.25
Column B
Service Factor
1.0
Trip Rating
Amperes
DIP Switch Setting
(Positions)
(54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
38.3 –
42.0 –
46.2 –
51.1 –
56.0 –
41.9
46.1
51.0
55.9
61.7
41.7 –
45.7 –
50.2 –
55.6 –
60.9 –
45.6
50.1
55.5
60.8
67.1
47.9
52.5
57.7
63.9
70.0
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
61.8 –
67.6 –
75.0 –
82.4 –
90.4 –
67.5
74.9
82.3
90.3
99.9
67.2 –
73.5 –
81.5 –
89.6 –
98.3 –
73.4
81.4
89.5
98.2
108
77.3
84.5
93.7
103
113
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
100 –
110 –
121 –
133 –
146 –
109
120
132
145
159
109 –
119 –
131 –
144 –
158 –
118
130
143
157
173
125
137
151
166
182
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
160 –
176 –
194 –
214 –
234 –
175
193
213
233
257
174 –
191 –
210 –
232 –
255 –
190
209
231
254
279
200
220
242
267
293
01111
10000
10001
10010
10011
258 –
283 –
312 –
343 –
377 –
282
311
342
376
414
280 –
308 –
339 –
373 –
410 –
307
338
372
409
450
322
354
390
429
471
10100
10101
10110
10111
11000
415 –
457 –
502 –
456
501
540
451 –
497 –
—
496
540
—
519
571
628
11001
11010
11011
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-203
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Technical Data and Specifications
Short Circuit Ratings
Table 33-313. Short-Circuit Ratings
Instantaneous adjustable trip.
Circuit breaker.
Inverse time circuit breaker.
Instantaneous adjustable trip with current limiting attachment.
Inverse time with built-in current limiting attachment.
Short-Circuit
Protective
Device
(SCPD)
Max.
Rating
(SCPD)
Circuit
Breaker
Interrupting
Rating
Short-Circuit
Withstand Rating
Typical
Disconnect
Device
Current Voltage
Size 1
Class H Fuse 60A — 5,000A 600V 30A DS Sw.
Class J, R
or T Fuse
60A — 100,000A
50,000A
480V
600V
30A DS Sw.
65,000A 600V 100A FD-K
Molded Case Sw.
Magnetic
Only
Type CB
3A — 100,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
HMCP
HMCPS
7A — 100,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
HMCPS
15A — 100,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
HMCP
30A — 100,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
HMCP
Thermal
Magnetic
Type CB
50A 65,000A
25,000A
65,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
HFD
100,000A
35,000A
100,000A
35,000A
480V
600V
FDC
Magnetic Only
Type CB plus
CL
30A — 100,000A 600V HMCP plus CL
Thermal/Mag.
Type CB
plus CL
50A 150,000A 100,000A 600V HFD plus CL
Size 2
Class H Fuse 100A — 5,000A 600V 60A DS Sw.
Class J, R
or T Fuse
100A — 100,000A
50,000A
480V
600V
60A DS Sw.
65,000A 600V 100A FD-K
Molded Case Sw.
Magnetic
Only
Type CB
50A — 100,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
HMCP
Thermal
Magnetic
Type CB
90A 65,000A
25,000A
65,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
HFD
100,000A
35,000A
100,000A
35,000A
480V
600V
FDC
Magnetic Only
Type CB plus
CL
50A — 100,000A 600V HMCP plus CL
Thermal/Mag.
Type CB
plus CL
90A 150,000A 100,000A 600V HFD plus CL
Size 3
Class H Fuse 350A — 5,000A 600V 100A DS Sw.
Class R Fuse 200A — 100,000A
65,000A
480V
600V
100A FD-K
Molded Case Sw.
Class J
or T Fuse
200A — 100,000A
65,000A
480V
600V
100A FD-K
Molded Case Sw.
Magnetic
Only
Type CB
200A — 100,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
HMCP
Thermal
Magnetic
150A 65,000A
25,000A
65,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
HFD
100,000A
35,000A
100,000A
35,000A
480V
600V
FDC
Magnetic Only
Type CB plus
CL
100A — 100,000A 600V HMCP plus CL
Thermal/Mag.
Type CB
plus CL
150A 150,000A 100,000A 600V HFD plus CL
Short-Circuit
Protective
Device
(SCPD)
Max.
Rating
(SCPD)
Circuit
Breaker
Interrupting
Rating
Short-Circuit
Withstand Rating
Typical
Disconnect
Device
Current Voltage
Size 4
Class H Fuse 500A — 10,000A 600V 200A DS Sw.
Class J Fuse 400A — 100,000A
65,000A
480V
600V
250A JD-K
Molded Case Sw.
Class R or
Class T Fuse
400A — 100,000A
65,000A
480V
600V
250A JD-K
Molded Case Sw.
Magnetic
Only
Type CB
150A — 100,000A
50,000A
480V
600V
HMCP
Thermal
Magnetic
Type CB
250A 100,000A
35,000A
100,000A
50,000A
480V
600V
JDC
65,000A
25,000A
65,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
HJD
Magnetic Only
Type CB plus
CL
150A — 100,000A 600V HMCP plus CL
Size 5
Class H Fuse 600A — 10,000A 600V 400A KD-K
Molded Case Sw.
Class J, R
or T Fuse
600A — 100,000A 600V
Magnetic
Only
Type CB
250A — 100,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
HMCP
400A — 100,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
Thermal
Magnetic
Type CB
400A 65,000A
50,000A
35,000A
65,000A
100,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
600V
HFD
KDC
HKD
Size 6
Class J, R
or T Fuse
600A — 100,000A
65,000A
480V
600V
600A LD-K
Molded Case Sw.
Class L Fuse 800A — 100,000A
65,000A
480V
600V
600A LD-K
Molded Case Sw.
Magnetic
Only
Type CB
600A — 100,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
HMCP
800A — 65,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
Magnetic Only
HMCP
Thermal
Magnetic
Type CB
600A 65,000A
25,000A
65,000A
35,000A
480V
600V
HLD
800A 50,000A
25,000A
65,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
Thermal Mag-
netic
HMC
Thermal/Mag.
with CL
800A 200,000A 100,000A 600V NB Tri-Pac
March 2009
33-204
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Accessories
DeviceNet™ Communications
Module
DeviceNet Module
The DeviceNet Communications mod-
ule (Catalog Number WPONIDNA) is
designed to plug into the Advantage
with the attached cable and plug. The
module can be snapped onto the top
or bottom of the Advantage unit. It can
also be mounted separately using the
mounting plate assembly (Catalog
Number WPONIBASE). The module
provides DeviceNet users with the
ability to control and monitor the func-
tions of the Advantage system at 125,
250 or 500 kbaud. A connector is pro-
vided so that a HAND/OFF/AUTO hard
contact may be used to selectively
enable or disable the output of the
control functions from the module
without affecting its ability to monitor.
A “Feedback” input is provided so that
the state of an auxiliary contact may
be read over the DeviceNet network.
Three bicolor LEDs indicate:
■DeviceNet address
■Network status (including
connected, not connected, not
powered)
■Module status (including normal
operation, minor fault, needs
commissioning)
Table 33-314. DeviceNet Interface
Note: See Page 33-219 for WPONI Network
Interface.
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
DeviceNet Interface
Module
WPONIDNA
Mounting Plate
Assembly
WPONIBASE
Type W Auxiliary Contact Modules
■Provides four separate contact sets
which wire vertically and are color
coded; black designates NC and
silver designated NO.
■Up to two auxiliary contact modules
can be mounted for a total of up to
eight contact sets.
■Provides circuit isolation (no polar-
ity restrictions) and single break
bifurcated contacts.
■Common design fits all Sizes 1 – 6.
Table 33-315. Ratings
Table 33-316. Auxiliary Contact Modules
Bell Alarm Module
Bell Alarm Module
■Simple snap-on mounting —
see mounting examples in Figure
33-69.
■Isolated NO and NC contacts
(1 each)
■Plugs into Reset port
■Remote electrical Reset wired to
Catalog Number WBELL module
Table 33-317. Ratings
Transformer Pilot Light Kits
Table 33-318. Transformer Pilot Light Kits
Voltage Make Break
NEMA A600 —
120 – 600V AC
7200 VA 720 VA
NEMA Q300 —
125 – 300V DC
69 VA 69 VA
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
2NO, 2NC
3NO, 1NC
4NO
4NC
1NO, 3NC
1NO, 1NC and
2 Tie Points
W22
W31
W40
W04
W13
W11T
Form C Contact Ratings
Maximum Amperes —
120V AC
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Make Break
2880 VA 480 VA WBELL
Continuous Current Rating: 5A
Voltage Color Legend
Plate
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Replacement
Part
Price
U.S. $
120
240
480
600
Red
Red
Red
Green
RUN
RUN
RUN
OFF
PLK1R
PLK2R
PLK4R
PLK1G
99-3590-1
99-3590-3
99-3590-6
99-3590-8
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-205
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Accessories
Figure 33-69. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Mechanical Interlock Kits
Installed Mechanical Interlock Kit
■Prevents closing of one contactor of a reversing or multi-
speed controller until the opposite contactor is completely
open.
■Lever type mechanism assures positive action.
■Electrical interlocking contacts included — two NC
contacts.
Note: These kits cannot be field installed on reversing starters.
Table 33-319. Mechanical Interlock Kits
Used to interlock a Size 1 or 2 to a Size 3 or 4 — mounts on right only.
Used to interlock a Size 3 or 4 to a Size 5 or 6 — mounts on right only.
Interconnecting bus bars are furnished with the interlock.
Control Wire Ring/Spade Terminal Block
Figure 33-70. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
■For use with all Sizes 1 – 6.
■Provisions for ring or spade type lugs or stripped
conductors.
■Bottom side pre-wired with color coded conductors.
■Side mounting on contactor identical to Type W auxiliary
contact module mounting or can be mounted on Type W
auxiliary contacts.
■Kit contains fuses for use with all size starters.
Table 33-320. Control Wire Terminal Block
Orientation NEMA Size Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Horizontal 1 – 6 WM16H
Vertical 1, 2
3, 4
5
6
WM12V
WM34V
WM55V
WM66V
Vertical 1 or 2 to 3 or 4
3 or 4 to 5 or 6
5, 6
WM23VR
WM45VR
WMBBV
Sizes 1 & 2 Sizes 3 & 4 Sizes 5 & 6
1.68
(42.7)
1.47
(37.3)
2.14
(54.4)
1.61
(40.9)
.29
(7.4)
1.02 (25.9)
For Removal
of Plug
(All Sizes)
For Removal
of Bell Alarm
Module .55 (14.0)
(All Sizes)
Optional Mounting Locations
Local LED Trip
Indication
(When Used)
(All Sizes)
From C
NO/NC
Contact
Note: Plug
Orientation
(All Sizes)
Top
View
Front
View
Mounting — Bell Alarm Modules
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Control Wire Terminal Block WTBF16
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
2.25
(57.2)
.70
(17.8) .93
(23.6)
4.20
(106.7)
.70 (17.8) Distance
to Be Added
to the Width
of Contactor
March 2009
33-206
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Accessories
OL Selection DIP Switch Window
DIP Switch Window
Figure 33-71. DIP Switch Window
■Simple snap-in installation
■Allows clear visibility of DIP
switches
■Prevents unwanted tampering of
DIP switch settings
■Once in must be pried out from rear
■One window supplied with each
starter
Table 33-321. DIP Switch Window
DIN Rail Adapter Kit
■Provides snap-on mounting on
35 mm DIN rail
■For use with Sizes 1 and 2 non-
reversing contactors and starters
Table 33-322. DIN Rail Adapter Kit
Internal Trip Indicator
Internal Trip Indicator
■Overload condition indication —
indicated by blinking light
■Trip condition — indicated by
solid light
Table 33-323. Trip Indicator
Competitive Baseplate Kit
■Allows for direct retrofit of competi-
tive non-reversing starters
■Eliminates the need for re-drilling
and tapping of mounting holes
■Simple selection of competitive
footprints
Table 33-324. Baseplate Kit
Remote Reset and Trip
Indicator Pushbutton
FWD/REV/OFF/AUTO Control
■OL condition indication
■Trip indication — OL phase-loss/
unbalance and ground fault
■OL reset capability
■10250T — for 30 mm mounting
■NEMA 4 oiltight rated
■Mount remotely up to 6 ft. away
■Unit completely assembled includ-
ing legend plate
■Available also in reset-only form —
no trip indication provided
Table 33-325. Remote Pushbuttons
Renewal Parts
Table 33-326. Replacement Contact Kits
Table 33-327. Replacement Coils
Description Catalog
Number
Price
Each
U.S. $
DIP Switch Window,
(Must order in
packages of 10)
WDIPSW10
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
DIN Rail Adapter Kit WDIN
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Internal Trip
Indicator
WLED
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Sizes 1 and 2
Sizes 3 and 4
WBASE12
WBASE34
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Reset with Trip
Indication
2 ft. Cable
6 ft. Cable
15 ft. Cable
WRSTL24
WRSTL72
WRSTL180
Reset Only
2 ft. Cable
6 ft. Cable
15 ft. Cable
WRST24
WRST72
WRST180
Conversion Kit
Reset Only to Reset
with Trip Indication
WRLTT
6 ft. Cable Only
15 ft. Cable Only
LED Replacement
Bulb
WRC72
WRC180
WRLT
NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
1
2
3
4
5
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
WCK13
WCK23
WCK33
WCK43
WCK53
WCK63
Coil
Size
Voltage
and Hz
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
1 & 2
3 & 4
5 & 6
110/120V
60 Hz
110/120V
60 Hz
110/120V
60 Hz
WCOIL12F
WCOIL34F
WCOIL56F
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-207
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Advantage Control Modules
Cutler-Hammer® Advantage Control
Modules (ACMs) from Eaton’s electrical
business provide a cost-effective alter-
native to pushbuttons, selector
switches, indicating lights, reset mech-
anisms, bell alarms and panel meters
when used with the Advantage prod-
uct line. Typical input/output control
functions provided by panel mounted
devices are conveniently packaged in a
series of modules depending on appli-
cation and complexity.
Sixteen styles cover applications
ranging from:
■Full voltage non-reversing
■Full voltage reversing
■Full voltage multispeed
■Reduced voltage
■DeviceNet compatible
Modules exist for each application to
provide the functions of:
■Status only
❑Indicating lights
❑Reset
■Status, START/STOP and RESET
■Status, HOA and RESET
■Status, START/STOP/HOA and
RESET
Full Voltage Pushbutton
Control Module
Metering Module
An additional Metering Module
replaces conventional ammeters
(three-phase), replaces reset mecha-
nisms and displays trip cause and
data, control voltage and status.
This Metering Module can be used
independently or in conjunction with
any of the ACMs. An extra plug con-
nection is available on the rear of each
ACM to accept the Metering Module
input.
The ACM family has been designed to
save:
■Panel space (versus conventional
pushbuttons, selector switches and
indicating lights)
■Mounting and assembly labor
■Wiring and installation time
Regardless of the configuration, instal-
lation requires mounting only one 2.25
x 3.5 inch module, substantially reduc-
ing space requirements. Fitting a stan-
dard Greenlee punch and die set,
Greenlee #60071, installation is
accomplished with only two screws.
ACMs provide savings in wiring costs
as well. Regardless of the complexity
of the application, wiring is reduced to
a single plug-in cable, see photo at left.
Communication is not restricted by
use of the Advantage Control Mod-
ules. An extra plug connection is
available on the rear of the ACM or
Metering Module to allow a
WPONIDNA or WPONI Communica-
tions module to be plugged in.
Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage
Control Modules
Status Only
■4 LEDs indicate that the motor is
OFF, Running, Tripped or in Alarm
mode (motor current is above the
trip current setting)
■Includes RESET button
START/STOP
■Motor START/STOP controlled by
START and STOP buttons
■Includes all features of Status Only
module
HOA Selector Switch with
START/STOP
■In HAND mode, motor will start and
stop in response to START/STOP
pushbuttons
■In AUTO mode, motor will run in
response to remote signal
■Includes all features of Status Only
module
ON/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
■Motor will run in ON mode and not
in the OFF mode
■In AUTO mode the motor will run in
response to a remote signal
■Includes all features of Status Only
module
Reduced Voltage Control Modules
The four reduced voltage pushbutton
control modules provide control using
two to four starters and/or contactors.
The faceplates are identical to the full
voltage modules, and the pushbuttons
all perform the same functions. The
module is programmed for the type of
reduced voltage starter which sets the
sequence of contact open and closing.
Figure 33-72. Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage Control Modules
OL Alarm
Trip
OL Trip
OL Alarm
Trip
OL Trip
OL Alarm
Trip
OL Trip
RES
Reset
Run
Off
OL Alarm
Trip
OL Trip
RES
Reset
RES
Reset
RES
Reset
Run
Off
Run
HAND
START
STOP
START
STOP
OFF
AUTO
ON
OFF
AUTO
Off
Run
Off
Status Only START/STOP
Control
HAND/OFF/AUTO Control
with START/STOP Pushbutton
Control in HAND Mode
ON/OFF/AUTO
Control
3.5
(88.9)
2.25 (57.2)
March 2009
33-208
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Advantage Control Modules
Reversing and 2-Speed
Pushbutton Modules
Figure 33-73. Reversing and 2-Speed
Pushbutton Module
ACM Specifications
■Input supply requirements: 120V AC
(supplied by the Advantage motor
controller)
■Max. distance from Advantage
motor controller: 6 ft. (1.83m)
■Operating frequency: 50 or 60 Hz
■Operating temperature: -20° to 70°C
■Storage temperature: -20° to 85°C
■Humidity: 0 to 95%, non-condensing
■Remote input wire size: 18 – 14 AWG
■Maximum distance between remote
pushbuttons and ACM: 200 ft.
(60.9m)
■Cutout dimensions: 2.25 x 3.5 inches
(57.2 x 88.9 mm) (see above). The
cutout can be made using a Greenlee
rectangular punch #600710
■Enclosure type: NEMA 1 or 12, when
properly installed
RES
Reset
Run Fwd
Run Rev
Off
OL Alarm
Trip
OL Trip
Status Only
RES
Reset
REVFWD
STOP
Run Fwd
Run Rev
Off
OL Alarm
Trip
OL Trip
START/STOP
Control
RES
Reset
REV
AUTO
OFF
STOP
HAND
FWD
Run Fwd
Run Rev
Off
OL Alarm
Trip
OL Trip
FWD/REV/OFF/
AUTO Control
3.5
(88.9)
2.25 (57.2) Status Only
■5 LEDs which indicate that the
motor is OFF, running forward
(FAST), running reverse (SLOW),
tripped or in alarm mode
■Includes RESET button
FORWARD (FAST)/REVERSE (SLOW)/STOP
■Pushbuttons control whether motor
is running forward (FAST), running
reverse (SLOW) or stopped
■Includes all features of Status Only
module
FWD/REV/OFF/AUTO
■In AUTO mode, motor is running
forward (FAST), running reverse
(SLOW) or OFF in response to a
remote signal
■All features of FORWARD/REVERSE/
STOP module
Note: For 2-speed modules, FAST replaces
FWD and SLOW replaces REV.
Metering Module
The Advantage Metering Module mon-
itors status of a motor along with any
of the pushbutton modules. It may be
plugged into the pushbutton control
module, and communicates to the
starter through it, or plugged directly
into the starter when a pushbutton
control module is not used.
The four digit display will show the
current in each phase, control voltage
or cause of trip. The STEP button may
be pressed to step through these val-
ues, and the five LEDs will indicate
which value is being displayed. It is
also equipped with a reset button and
Trip Lockout LED.
Table 33-328. Control Modules/Accessories
The WPBFV5 and WPBFV7 are DeviceNet only. They can only be used when an active network
is connected.
Harmonic distortion may cause the WMETER to display inaccurate current measurements.
This device is not compatible with Advantage Starters on DeviceNet via the WPONIDNA.
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Full Voltage
Status Only with Reset
START/STOP
START/STOP/HOA
ON/OFF/AUTO
LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE with Lockable ACM
LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE with Network Health
WPBFV1
WPBFV2
WPBFV3
WPBFV4
WPBFV5
WPBFV7
Reversing
Status Only with Reset
FWD/REV/STOP
FWD/REV/STOP/HOA
WPBR1
WPBR2
WPBR3
2-Speed
Status Only with Reset
FAST/SLOW/STOP
FAST/SLOW/STOP/HOA
WPB2S1
WPB2S2
WPB2S3
Reduced Voltage
Status Only with Reset
START/STOP
START/STOP/HOA
ON/OFF/AUTO
WPBRV1
WPBRV2
WPBRV3
WPBRV4
Metering Module
10 ft. Interconnect Cable (3m)
6 ft. Interconnect Cable (1.8m)
3 ft. Interconnect Cable (.9m)
1 ft. Interconnect Jumper (.3m)
WMETER
WACM10
WACM6
WACM3
WACM1
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-209
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Dimensions
Non-reversing Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-74. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Table 33-329. Catalog Number W201 Non-reversing Contactors
NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
Figure
Number
Mounting Screws Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Number Size Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
DEFGHI
1, 2 3 1 3 #10 2.50
(63.5)
6.50
(165.1)
4.84
(122.9)
5.12
(130.0)
1.88
(47.8)
1.25
(31.8)
.75
(19.1)
6.00
(152.4)
.52
(13.2)
2 (.9)
3, 4 3 2 3 1/4-20 3.68
(93.5)
8.00
(203.2)
6.49
(164.8)
6.45
(163.8)
2.80
(71.1)
1.84
(46.7)
.93
(23.6)
7.50
(190.5)
.52
(13.2)
6 (2.7)
5, 6 3 3 4 5/16 7.07
(179.6)
10.08
(256.0)
7.64
(194.1)
—6.00
(152.4)
——9.20
(233.7)
.50
(12.7)
30 (13.6)
A
FG
I
H
E
B
D
C
Slots for #10
Mounting Screws
(3 Holes)
Communications
Connector
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
C
L
A
I
H
E
B
C
Slots for 5/16
Mounting Bolts
(4 Slots)
Communication
Connector
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Contactor
A
FG
I
H
E
B
D
C
Slots for 1/4-20
Mounting Screws
(3 Places)
Communications
Connector
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
C
L
Figure 2
Sizes 3 and 4 Contactor
Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Contactor
March 2009
33-210
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Dimensions
Horizontal Reversing, Open Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-75. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block
for customer connection.
Table 33-330. Catalog Number W211 Horizontal Reversing Contactors
NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
Figure
Number
Mounting Screws Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Number Size Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
DEF GHIJ K
1, 2 3 x 3 1 3 #10 7.13
(181.1)
8.05
(204.5)
5.09
(129.3)
7.50
(190.5)
5.69
(144.5)
3.56
(90.4)
6.00
(152.4)
5.53
(140.5)
.33
(8.4)
6.75
(171.5)
6.00
(152.4)
6 (2.7)
3, 4 3 x 3 2 3 1/4-20 9.76
(247.9)
11.37
(288.8)
6.76
(171.7)
10.50
(266.7)
8.00
(203.2)
4.88
(124.0)
8.36
(212.3)
6.45
(163.8)
.45
(11.4)
9.25
(235.0)
—16 (7.3)
53 x 3 3 4 5/16 22.24
(564.9)
18.24
(463.3)
8.91
(226.3)
14.00
(355.6)
20.00
(508.0)
—15.15
(384.8)
10.08
(256.0)
.50
(12.7)
19.95
(506.7)
22.47
(570.7)
80 (36.3)
63 x 3 3 4 5/16 22.24
(564.9)
18.24
(463.3)
8.65
(219.7)
14.00
(355.6)
20.00
(508.0)
—16.18
(411.0)
10.08
(256.0)
.50
(12.7)
19.76
(501.9)
22.28
(565.9)
80 (36.3)
A
F
DJK
IG
E
C
B
H
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Matches Bottom
Mounting for
A210 Size 2
Matches Bottom
Mounting for
A210 Size 1
Slots for #10
Mounting Screws
(3 Holes)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
A
F
DJ
I
G
EC
B
H
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Matches Bottom
Mounting for A211
Size 3 and 4
Slots for 1/4-20
Mounting Screws
(3 Places)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Horizontal Reversing Contactor Figure 2
Sizes 3 and 4 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
A
EC
I
D
G
B
H
K
J
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Holes for 5/16
Mounting Bolts
(4 Places)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-211
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Dimensions
Vertical Reversing, Open Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-76. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block
for customer connection.
Table 33-331. Catalog Number W251 Vertical Reversing Contactors
NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
Figure
Number
Mounting Screws Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Number Size Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
DEFGHI
1, 2 3 x 3 1 3 #10 4.27
(108.5)
18.50
(469.9)
5.09
(129.3)
18.00
(457.2)
1.88
(47.8)
1.80
(45.7)
3.73
(94.7)
12.65
(321.3)
.52
(13.2)
7 (3.2)
3, 4 3 x 3 2 3 1/4-20 5.42
(137.7)
25.13
(638.3)
6.76
(171.7)
24.25
(616.0)
2.88
(73.2)
2.31
(58.7)
4.62
(117.3)
16.94
(430.3)
.52
(13.2)
17 (7.7)
53 x 3 3 4 5/16 13.24
(336.3)
34.94
(887.5)
8.64
(219.5)
32.00
(812.8)
10.00
(254.0)
—12.04
(305.8)
33.29
(845.6)
—80 (36.3)
63 x 3 3 4 5/16 13.24
(336.3)
34.94
(887.5)
8.64
(219.5)
32.00
(812.8)
10.00
(254.0)
—12.04
(305.8)
33.16
(842.3)
—80 (36.3)
A
G
F
I
D
EC
B
H
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Slots for #10
Mounting Screws
(3 Holes) Control Wire
Terminal Blk.
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
A
G
F
I
D
EC
B
H
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Slots for 1/4-20
Mounting Screws
(3 Places)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Figure 2
Sizes 3 and 4 Vertical Reversing Contactor
Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Vertical Reversing Contactor
A
G
D
C
E
B
H
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Holes for 5/16
Mounting Bolts
(4 Places)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Vertical Reversing Contactor
March 2009
33-212
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Dimensions
Non-reversing Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-77. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Table 33-332. Catalog Number W200 Non-reversing Starters
NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
Figure
Number
Mounting Screws Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Number Size Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
DEFGHIJ
1, 2 3 1 3 #10 2.50
(63.5)
6.50
(165.1)
4.96
(126.0)
5.12
(130.0)
1.88
(47.8)
1.25
(31.8)
.75
(19.1)
6.00
(152.4)
.52
(13.2)
.29
(7.4)
2 (.9)
3, 4 3 2 3 1/4-20 3.68
(93.5)
8.00
(203.2)
6.54
(166.1)
6.45
(163.8)
2.80
(71.1)
1.84
(46.7)
.93
(23.6)
7.50
(190.5)
.52
(13.2)
.32
(8.1)
6 (2.7)
5, 6 3 3 4 5/16 7.07
(179.6)
10.08
(256.0)
7.64
(194.1)
—6.00
(152.4)
——9.20
(233.7)
.50
(12.7)
.46
(11.7)
30 (13.6)
A
FG
I
H
J
E
B
D
C
OL Selection
DIP Switch
Slots for #10
Mounting Screws
(4 Holes)
Trip Ind./Reset
Connector
(When Used)
Manual Reset
(When Used)
Communications
Connector
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset
(When Used)
C
L
A
I
H
E
J
B
C
OL Selection
DIP Switch
Slots for 5/16
Mounting Bolts
(4 Slots)
Trip Ind./Reset
Connector
(When Used)
Manual Reset
(When Used)
Push .02 (.5) in
to Reset
Communications
Connector
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
A
FG
I
H
J
E
B
D
C
OL Selection
DIP Switch
Figure 2
Sizes 3 and 4 Starter
Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Starter
Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Starter
Slots for 1/4-20
Mounting Screws
(3 Places)
Trip Ind./Reset
Connector
(When Used)
Manual Reset
(When Used)
Communications
Connector
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset
(When Used)
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-213
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Dimensions
Horizontal Reversing, Open Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-78. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block
for customer connection.
Table 33-333. Catalog Number W210 Horizontal Reversing Starters
NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
Figure
Number
Mounting Screws Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Number Size Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
DEF GHIJ K
1, 2 3 x 3 1 3 #10 7.13
(181.1)
8.05
(204.5)
5.25
(133.4)
7.50
(190.5)
5.69
(144.5)
3.56
(90.4)
6.00
(152.4)
7.62
(192.5)
.33
(8.4)
6.75
(171.5)
6.00
(152.4)
7 (3.2)
3, 4 3 x 3 2 3 1/4-20 9.76
(247.9)
11.37
(288.8)
6.81
(173.0)
10.50
(266.7)
8.00
(203.2)
4.88
(124.0)
8.47
(215.1)
9.79
(248.7)
.45
(11.4)
9.25
(235.0)
—18 (8.2)
53 x 3 3 4 5/16 22.24
(564.9)
18.24
(463.3)
8.91
(226.3)
14.00
(355.6)
20.00
(508.0)
—15.28
(388.1)
16.82
(427.2)
.50
(12.7)
21.76
(552.7)
22.47
(570.7)
85 (38.6)
63 x 3 3 4 516 22.24
(564.9)
18.24
(463.3)
8.65
(219.7)
14.00
(355.6)
20.00
(508.0)
—15.28
(388.1)
16.82
(427.2)
.50
(12.7)
21.57
(547.9)
22.28
(565.9)
85 (38.6)
A
F
DJK
IG
E
C
B
H
4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
Control Wire
TB for Customer
Connection
Matches
Bottom
Mounting for
A210 Size 2
Matches
Bottom
Mounting for
A210 Size 1
Slots for #10
Mounting Screws
(3 Holes)
4 Pt. Control Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14 per Point)
A
F
DJ
I
G
EC
B
H
4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Matches Bottom
Mounting for A210
Size 3 and 4
Slots for 1/4-20
Mounting Screws
(3 Places)
4 Pt. Control Terminal
Block (Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
Figure 2
Sizes 3 and 4 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
OL Selection
DIP Switch
OL Selection
DIP Switch
Trip Ind./Reset
Connector
(When Used)
Communication Connector
(When Used)
Communication
Connector
(When Used)
Manual
Reset
(When
Used)
Trip Ind./Reset
Connector
(When Used)
Manual
Reset
(When
Used)
Push
.02 (.5)
in to
Reset
(When
Used)
Push
.02 (.5)
in to
Reset
(When
Used)
AC
I
D
G
B
H
K
J
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
Holes for 5/16
Mounting Bolts
(4 Places) OL Selection
DIP Switch
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Manual
Reset
(When Used)
Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
Trip Ind./Reset
Connector
(When Used)
Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset
(When Used)
Communication
Connector
(When Used)
March 2009
33-214
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Dimensions
Vertical Reversing, Open Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-79. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights
Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block
for customer connection.
Table 33-334. Catalog Number W250 Vertical Reversing Starters
NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
Figure
Number
Mounting Screws Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Lbs. (kg)
Number Size Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
DEFGHI
1, 2 3 x 3 1 3 #10 4.27
(108.5)
18.50
(469.9)
5.25
(133.4)
18.00
(457.2)
1.88
(47.8)
1.80
(45.7)
3.73
(94.7)
14.72
(373.9)
.52
(13.2)
7.5 (3.4)
3, 4 3 x 3 2 3 1/4-20 5.42
(137.7)
25.13
(638.3)
6.81
(173.0)
24.25
(616.0)
2.88
(73.2)
2.31
(58.7)
4.62
(117.3)
20.28
(515.1)
.52
(13.2)
19.0 (8.6)
53 x 3 3 4 5/16 13.24
(336.3)
34.94
(887.5)
8.64
(219.5)
32.00
(812.8)
10.00
(254.0)
—12.04
(305.8)
34.78
(883.4)
—85.0 (38.6)
63 x 3 3 4 516 13.24
(336.3)
34.94
(887.5)
8.64
(219.5)
32.00
(812.8)
10.00
(254.0)
—12.04
(305.8)
34.59
(878.6)
—85.0 (38.6)
A
G
F
I
D
EC
B
H
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
OL Selection
DIP Switch
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset
(When Used)
Slots for #10
Mounting Screws
(3 Holes)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Manual Reset
(When Used)
Communications
Connector
(When Used)
Trip Indication/
Reset Connector
(When Used)
C
L
A
G
F
I
D
EC
B
H
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Slots for 1/4-20
Mounting Screws
(3 Places)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point) Manual Reset
(When Used)
Trip Ind./Reset
Connector
(When Used)
OL Selection
DIP Switch
Communications
Connector
(When Used)
Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset
Figure 2
Sizes 3 and 4 Vertical Reversing Starter
Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Vertical Reversing Starter
A
G
D
E
B
H
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Holes for 5/16
Mounting Bolts
(4 Places)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
OL Selection
DIP Switch Manual Reset
Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset
Trip Ind./ Reset
Connector
(When Used)
Communications
Connector
(When Used)
C
Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Vertical Reversing Starter
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-215
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Wiring Diagrams
Non-reversing and Reversing Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-80. Typical Wiring Diagrams
Sizes 5 and 6 horizontal reversing contactors have their Forward and Reverse contactor arrangement reversed. Reverse contactor is on left and
Forward contactor is on right.
L3
L2
L1
T3
T2
T1
H1
X1
132
3
M
G
Ma
Mb
R
P
E
C
Start
Stop
Start
Optional
Stop
Optional
Emergency Stop
H2
M
Motor
X2
Stopped
No Connection
When Optional
Start/Stop
Pushbutton Used
Optional
Running
Cat. No. W201 Non-reversing Contactor
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
L3
L2
L1
T3
T2
T1
H1
X1
3
M
G
Ma
Mb
R
P
E
C
Automatic
H2
M
Motor
X2
Stopped
Optional
Running
Optional
Emergency Stop
Remote
Control
Device
Jumper
Off
Hand
Cat. No. W201 Non-reversing Contactor
2-Wire Control with Maintained HOA Switch
Cat. No. W211 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
Cat. No. W251 Vertical Reversing Contactor
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
Fm and Rm Are Electrical Contacts
Operated by the Mechanical Interlock
T1 T3
T2
Motor
T2
T3
T1
Stop Fwd Rev
32 54
Stop Fwd Rev
32 54
F
F
FRR
RRG
F
3PEC 3PEC
R
R
L1
L1
X1 H1
X2 H2
L2
L2
L3
L3
Mechanical
Interlock
Baseplate with Components as Supplied
Electrical
Interlocks
Rm
Fm
3 – Start
P – Run Permit
/Stop
E – Power
C – Common
Optional
Emergency
Stop
43CE52
43CE52
Optional
Forward
Reverse
Stopped
Fm and Rm Are Electrical Contacts
Operated by the Mechanical Interlock
= Accessible Terminals
Conductors External to Baseplate
Are Installer Connections
Fm
Rm
Mechancial
Interlocks
Electrical
Interlocks
R
3PEC
F
Stopped
Reverse
Forward
3PEC
R
F
RR
F
T1 T3
T2
Motor
T2
T3
T1
R
FR
L1
L1
X1 H1
X2 H2
L2
L2
L3
L3
3 – Start
P – Run Permit
/Stop
E – Power
C – Common
Optional
Emergency
Stop
Optional
(Dashed Area)
R G
Baseplate
with Components
as Supplied
March 2009
33-216
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
Wiring Diagrams
Non-reversing and Reversing Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Figure 33-81. Typical Wiring Diagrams
Sizes 5 and 6 horizontal reversing contactors have their Forward and Reverse contactor arrangement reversed. Reverse contactor is on left and
Forward contactor is on right.
L3
L2
L1
T3
T2
T1
H1
X1
132 3
M
G
Ma
Mb
R
Reset
Trip
Ind./Reset
(When Used)
P
E
C
Start
Stop
Start
Optional
Stop
Optional
Emergency Stop
H2
M
Motor
X2
(Current Sensors Are Integral
Inside Starter Units)
Stopped
No Connection
When Optional
Start/Stop
Pushbutton Used
Optional
Running
Start
23
Stop
Stop
Cat. No. W200 Non-reversing Starter
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
L3
L2
L1
T3
T2
T1
H1
X1
3
M
PONI
Mod.
G
Ma
Mb
R
Reset
Trip
Ind./Reset
(When Used)
To
Other
IMPACC
Network
Devices
To
IMPACC
Network PC
P
E
C
H2
M
Motor
X2 (Current Sensors Are Integral
Inside Starter Units)
Caution – Unplug
IMPACC Plug
During
Maintenance
Stopped
Optional
Running
I1
I2
Optional
Emergency Stop
Cat. No. W200 Non-reversing Starter
Internal Holding Circuit, 3-Wire with IMPACC
Cat. No. W210 Horizontal Reversing Starter
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
Cat. No. W250 Vertical Reversing Starter
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
T1 T3
T2
Motor
T2 T3T1
Stop
Reset
Reset
Fwd Rev
To
IMPACC/INCOM
Network
3
1
245
Stop Fwd Rev
3245
(Optional)
Lighted Also
Available
(Optional)
May Also Be
Added to
Forward
& Reverse
Contactors
WPONI
Mod.
F
F
FRR
RRGA
F
3PEC 3PEC
R
R
L1
L1
X1 H1
X2 H2
L2
L2
L3
L3
Mechanical
Interlock
Baseplate with Components as Supplied
Electrical
Interlocks
Rm
Fm
Mechanical
Interlock
Electrical
Interlocks
3 – Start
P – Run Permit
/Stop
E – Power
C – Common
Optional
Emergency
Stop
96 95 98
98435 CE2
9843CE52
EC
OLR
Optional
98
Forward
Reverse
Stopped
Tripped
Fm and Rm Are Electrical Contacts
Operated by the Mechanical Interlock
= Accessible Terminals
Conductors External to Baseplate
Are Installer Connections
Contacts
Shown
in Energized
State
Reset
98
1
Reset
To
IMPACC/INCOM
Network
(Optional)
Lighted Also
Available
(Optional)
May Also Be
Added to
Forward
& Reverse
Contactors
WPONI
Mod.
96 95 98 E C
OLR
Contacts
Shown in
Energized
State
R
3P Fm
Emergency
Stop
Rm
EC
F
3PEC
R
T1 T3
T2
Motor
T2 T3T1
R
F
L1
L1
X1 H1
X2 H2
L2
L2
L3
L3
3 – Start
P – Run Permit
/Stop
E – Power
C – Common
G A
Baseplate
with
Components
as Supplied
Tripped
Stopped
Forward
F
R
R
Reverse
RF
Optional
(Dashed Area)
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-217
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
PowerNet Communication Devices
Contents
Description Page
Central Monitoring Unit . . . . . 33-217
Product Operated Network
Interface (PONI) . . . . . . . . . . 33-219
Central Monitoring Unit
Central Monitoring Unit
Product Description
The Cutler-Hammer® Advantage
Central Monitoring Unit from Eaton’s
electrical business is a communications
center which transmits to and receives
data from up to 99 Advantage starters or
contactors or IQ500s equipped with
PONI cards. The CMU can be mounted
on the door of a motor control center or
custom panel using the existing IQ cut-
out dimensions.
The eight-digit alphanumeric display
monitors active data, trip data or set
points. The group of data being dis-
played is indicated by one of three
LEDs and is selected by the user. The
two-digit alphanumeric display indi-
cates the address of the device about
which the data is being displayed. This
address is also selected by the user.
Five LEDs are provided which indicate
the present status of the selected
starter. Two additional LEDs are also
provided at the top of the panel, one
which indicates that the CMU is
OPERATIONAL, and another which
indicates ALARM status. An
ACKNOWLEDGE/RESET button
permits the user to reset the CMU
following a device trip.
The CMU can be interfaced into a
larger PowerNet network with the
addition of a PowerNet PONI
Communications Module.
Parameters Displayed
■Monitored values:
❑Device description
❑1A, 1B, 1C currents
❑Control voltage (excluding IQ500)
❑Present time, date
❑Resettable operation count
❑Run time, hours
■Trip data — same as current values
with cause of trip
■Set points:
❑Device size
❑OL trip current setting (FLA
setting)
❑OL trip class
❑Ground fault protection —
ON/OFF
❑Phase loss/unbalance protection
— ON/OFF
❑Reset mode — AUTO/MANUAL
❑Frequency
❑Ground fault trip level (IQ500
only)
❑Ground fault trip delay time
(IQ500 only)
❑Phase unbalance % (IQ500 only)
■IQ500M — Special Functions
Module set points — if LOAD
CONTROL selected:
❑Load shed level
❑Load shed delay time
❑Load resume level
❑Load resume delay time
❑Long acceleration time
If UNDERLOAD/JAM selected:
❑Jam trip level
❑Jam trip delay time
❑Jam start delay time
❑Underload trip level
❑Underload trip delay time
❑Underload start delay time
❑Long acceleration time
❑Relay control
Technical Data
■Device power requirement: 10 VA
maximum
■Frequency: 50/60 Hz
■Line characteristics: 120 or 240V AC
+20%, -20% (auto selected)
■Operating temperature: 0° to 70°C
(32° to 158°F)
■Storage temperature: -20° to 85°C
(-4° to 185°F)
■Humidity: 0 to 95%, R.H. non-
condensing
■Alarm contact ratings —
❑240V AC: 10A, resistive
❑30V DC: 10A, resistive
Dimensions
Figure 33-82. Chassis Cutout Dimensions
in Inches (mm)
9.38
(238.3)
4.44
(112.8)
4.44
(112.8)
.25
(6.4)
2.56
(65)
.13
(3.3) 5.12
(130)
5.38
(136.7)
.2 (5.1) Dia.
(6 Holes)
March 2009
33-218
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
PowerNet Communication Devices
Wiring Diagram
Figure 33-83. Typical Wiring Diagram
Product Selection
Table 33-335. Central Monitoring Unit
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Advantage Central Monitoring Unit WCMU
1. For Network Interconnection Use Twisted Pair
Conductors. No. 18 AWG Shielded.
2. Refer to Starter Wiring Diagrams for Actual
Connections.
3. A 150 Ohm (1/2 Watt) Carbon Composition
Resistor Unit Must Be Installed on the Most
Remote Starter Terminals as Shown.
4. An Eaton‘s Cutler-Hammer CONI (Computer Operated
Network Interface) Card Must Be Inserted into
the Computer Frame. (See IL 17199)
5. Modular Telephone Connector. Type RJ11 is to
Be Supplied by the Customer and Wired per View
A Required at Computer.
6. Ground Shielding at Only One Place as Shown.
7. Where Devices Are Daisy Chained, Tie Shielding
Together for Continuity.
8. On Last Device in Network, Tie Back Shield and Tape.
Advantage CMU
Alarm
Trip
Ground
120 or
240V AC
J5
J6
2 Wire Connector
(Supplied with CMU)
Communication
Module
(Optional)
To IBM
Compatible
Personal
Computer
1
J3
1
1
2
3
3
4
1
2
2
3
4
5
4
6
5
6
6
7
77
8
8
9
(Y)
(BL)
View A
OL Relay
PONI
Communication
Module
IQ 500 3-Digit Incom
Address Register
Contactor Starter
R
E
S
O
F
F
098
0
0
2
0
0
1
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-219
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage
PowerNet Communication Devices
Product Operated Network
Interface (PONI)
Product Description
To use the PowerNet Communications
network with Advantage motor con-
trol, a PONI is required for each device.
The WPONI operates at 9600 baud.
Communications Data
■ON/OFF reset
■Status (ON, OFF, TRIPPED, NO
RESPONSE)
■3-phase unbalance
■% phase unbalance
■Control voltage
■Overload protection settings
■Cause of trip
■Trip data
Product Selection
Table 33-336. WPONI Network Interface
Note: See Page 33-204 for WPONIDNA
DeviceNet Interface Module.
Mounting Dimensions
Figure 33-84. Mounting Procedures — WPONI — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Advantage WPONI
To panel mount
a WPONI
WPONI
WPONIBASE
Sizes 1 & 2 Sizes 3 & 4 Sizes 5 & 6
1.68
(42.7)
1.47
(37.3)
2.14
(54.4)
1.61
(40.9)
.29
(7.4)
1.02 (25.9)
For Removal
of Plug
(All Sizes)
For Removal
of WPONI
(All Sizes)
.55 (14.0)
(All Sizes)
Optional Mounting Locations
Local LED Trip
Indication
(When Used)
(All Sizes)
IMPACC
Connection
(2 Wire)
(All Sizes)
Note: Plug
Orientation
(All Sizes)
Top
View
Front
View
Address
Switches
(All Sizes)
WPONI
WPONI
WPONI
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-220
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Product Family Overview
Catalog Number ECH2211FAD
Product Description
Setting the Standard in
Motor Control
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer® Advantage
Motor Starters have extended operat-
ing life in a physical space require-
ment one half the size of conventional
motor starters.
Offering motor overcurrent protection
accurate to 2% at maximum FLC,
Advantage also maintains constant
coil power regardless of varying
control circuit conditions, eliminating
coil burnout, contact chatter and weld-
ing due to low voltage of fluttering
control signals.
Advantage is designed with a full
complement of features that make
it the most versatile motor starter in
the industry. Multifunction overload
protection options provide application
flexibility while reducing inventory.
Communication capability extends
benefits, allowing Advantage to be
interactively linked to higher order
control systems for monitoring,
troubleshooting and control.
Technological advances incorporated
in the Advantage design, such as pre-
start diagnostics, increased accuracy
and the ability to communicate with
other systems, are benefits not
realized in traditional motor starters.
Features, Functions, Benefits
Advantage Breakthroughs
To achieve the level of benefits envi-
sioned for Advantage controls at a
competitive price, it was discovered
early in the development process that
simply improving existing design
concepts would fall short of the mark.
A new approach involving a higher
level of technology was required. The
result was the incorporation of three
technical breakthroughs — new
current sensing monitoring, an
energy-balanced contact closure
system that increased life by
decreasing electrical and mechanical
wear and an intelligent coil controller
optimizing the contact closing process
based on varying control circuit
conditions. Coordinating these break-
throughs to provide enhanced motor
control performance is concentrated in
the SURE chip.
Advantage uses the right combination
of brains and brawn in effecting a
motor start. The power circuit of the
contactor employs heavy-duty silver
alloy contacts scientifically designed
for long life. The addition of a uniquely
developed application-specific micro-
processor chip, regulates power
supplied to the operating coil. The
regulated closing profile is tailored to
existing control circuit conditions. This
results in an energy balanced system
which reduces armature/magnet crash
and contact bounce, extending
mechanical and electrical life.
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-221
NEMA Contactors & Starters
March 2009
33
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Product Family Overview
Improved Protection and Motor
Utilization
The motor circuit monitoring and over-
load protection functions of Advan-
tage starters are provided by three
current sensors closely monitored by
the microprocessor. This sensor/
microprocessor combination yields a
protection scheme closely paralleling
that of the motor heating damage
boundary expressed in terms of current
and time. Accurate to 2%, Advantage
allows full utilization of motor capability
without motor damage or nuisance
tripping.
No Heaters, Small Size
Advantage starters eliminate the need
for costly heater elements and their
associated installation expense. Stan-
dard overload protection functions
include phase loss and unbalance
protection, selectable trip class,
automatic/manual reset and ground
current protection.
Built-In Communications
Capabilities Provide Two-Way
Control
Advantage also offers low cost
communication capability. ON-OFF
commands, status and motor data
can be linked to automated control
systems without the addition of costly
sensors, I/O modules and transducers,
in a language compatible with many
computer-based software systems in
use today.
Protected by 22 patents and proven in
many years of operating experience in
harsh industrial applications, Advan-
tage motor starters and contactors
offer the user unprecedented value at
a price competitive with traditional
devices.
Standards and Certifications
Note: See Enclosed Control Product Guide
PG0300001E for additional information on
Standards and Certifications that apply to all
Cutler-Hammer Enclosed Control products.
■UL Listed
■cUL Listed (indicates appropriate
CSA Standard investigation)
■ABS Type Approved
March 2009
33-222
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Product Family Overview
Catalog Number Selection
Table 33-337. Advantage Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System
Contact Eaton for more information.
Use with Sizes L – 3, HMCP 600V applications only.
Table 33-338. Magnet Coil Codes (System Voltage)
When control power transformer modification codes (C1 – C11) are
used or when starter class includes CPT (i.e. ECN07, 18), see Table 33-339
for system voltage code.
Table 33-339. Control Power Transformer Codes (System Voltage)
E C A 2 2 2 1 A A F -
Design
A = Advantage NEMA
Class Table
01 =
02 =
05 =
06 =
07 =
16 =
17 =
18 =
22 =
23 =
24 =
33 =
34 =
35 =
36 =
37 =
38 =
39 =
40 =
41 =
42 =
43 =
44 =
45 =
46 =
47 =
48 =
49 =
50 =
51 =
52 =
53 =
54 =
55 =
62 =
63 =
64 =
65 =
68 =
69 =
70 =
Contactors
Reversing Contactors
Non-combination Non-reversing Starter
Non-combination Reversing Starter
Non-combination Non-reversing Starter, with CPT
Combination Non-reversing Starter —
Fusible Disconnect
Combination Reversing Starter
with Disconnect Switch
Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible/
Non-fusible Disconnect with CPT
Combination Non-reversing Starter —
Circuit Breaker
Reversing, Combination with HMCP/E
Combination with HMCP/E with CPT
Multispeed 2S2W Non-combination
Multispeed 2S1W CT or VT Non-combination
Multispeed 2S1W CH Non-combination
Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S2W
Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CT or VT
Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CH
Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S2W
Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CT or VT
Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CH
Autotransformer, Non-combination
Autotransformer, with Disconnect Switch
Autotransformer, with HMCP/E
Part-Winding, Non-combination
Part-Winding, with Disconnect Switch
Part-Winding, with HMCP/E
Y-D, Open Transition, Non-combination
Y-D, Open Transition, with Disconnect Switch
Y-D, Open Transition, with HMCP/E
Y-D, Closed Transition, Non-combination
Y-D, Closed Transition, with Disconnect Switch
Y-D, Closed Transition, with HMCP/E
Std Width Pump Panel, with Disconnect Switch
Std Width Pump Panel, with HMCP/E
Autotransformer Pump Panel, Disconnect Switch
Autotransformer Pump Panel, HMCP/E
Part-Winding Pump Panel, Disconnect
Part-Winding Pump Panel, Circuit Breaker
Duplex, Non-combination
Duplex, with Disconnect Switch
Duplex, with HMCP/E
33-341
33-342
33-343
33-344
NEMA Size
L =
1 =
2 =
3 =
Lower 1
Size 1
Size 2
Size 3
4 =
5 =
6 =
Size 4
Size 5
Size 6
Modification Codes
See Page 33-42
Coil Voltage and/or Control Transformers
See Tables 33-338 and 33-339
Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings
A =
B =
C =
D =
E =
F =
None
30A/250V R
30A/600V R
60A/250V R
60A/600V R
100A/250V R
G =
H =
J =
K =
L =
M =
100A/600V R
200A/250V R
200A/600V R
400A/250V R
400A/600V R
600A/250V R
N =
P =
Q =
R =
S =
T =
600A/600V R
800A/600V R
1200A/600V R
1600A/600V R
2000A/600V R
by Description
HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings
A =
B =
C =
D =
E =
F =
W =
G =
None
3A
7A
15A
30A
50A
70A
100A
H =
J =
K =
L =
M =
N =
P =
Q =
150A
250A
400A
600A
800A
1000A
1200A
2000A
R =
T =
5 =
6 =
7 =
8 =
9 =
I =
3000A
by Description
3A
7A
15A
30A
50A
100A
Enclosure Type
1 =
2 =
3 =
4 =
5 =
6 =
7 =
8 =
9 =
Type 1 — General Purpose
Type 3R — Rainproof
Type 4 — Watertight (Painted Steel)
Type 4X — Watertight (304-Grade Stainless Steel)
Type 4X — Corrosion (Nonmetallic)
Type 7/9 — Bolted Hazardous Location
Type 7/9 — Threaded Hazardous Location
Type 12 — Dust-Tight
Type 4X — 316-Grade Stainless Steel
Cover Control — Starters
10250T and E22 style, see Tables 33-186 –
33-188
Flange-Mounted ACM, see Table 33-340
Contactors
3 = 3 Poles
Code Magnet Coil Code Magnet Coil
F
N
120/60
110/50
ZBy Description
Code Primary Secondary Code Primary Secondary
B
C
D
E
240/480 – 220/440
Wired for 240V
240/480 – 220/440
Wired for 480V
600/60 – 550/50
208/60
120/60 – 110/50
120/60 – 110/50
120/60 – 110/50
120/60
H
L
M
X
Z
277/60
380/50
415/50
240/480/600
Wired for 480V
By Description
120/60
110/50
110/50
120
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-223
NEMA Contactors & Starters
March 2009
33
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Product Family Overview
Cover Control
Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices — NEMA 1, 12 Only
For Factory Installed flange mounted pilot devices using Advantage Control
Modules (ACMs), change the 9th character from A to Y and add one of the following
(A49 through A62) Mod Code Suffixes to the Catalog Number. In addition, one A63
Mod may be added if desired.
Table 33-340. Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices
This device is not compatible with Advantage Starters on DeviceNet via the WPONIDNA.
Figure 33-85. Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices
Other Cover Control Devices
See Page 33-119 in NEMA Contactors
& Starters, Freedom Line.
Flange Mounted Pilot Devices
Description
Factory Installed Field Installation Kits
Mod Code
Suffix
Catalog
Number
Full Voltage
Status Only with Reset
START/STOP
START/STOP/HOA
ON/OFF/AUTO
A49
A50
A51
A52
WPBFV1
WPBFV2
WPBFV3
WPBFV4
Reversing
Status Only with Reset
FWD/REV/STOP
FWD/REV/STOP/HOA
A53
A54
A55
WPBR1
WPBR2
WPBR3
2-Speed
Status Only with Reset
FAST/SLOW/STOP
FAST/SLOW/STOP/HOA
A56
A57
A58
WPB2S1
WPB2S2
WPB2S3
Reduced Voltage
Status Only with Reset
START/STOP
START/STOP/HOA
ON/OFF/AUTO
A59
A60
A61
A62
WPBRV1
WPBRV2
WPBRV3
WPBRV4
Metering Module
10 ft. Interconnect Cable
6 ft. Interconnect Cable
3 ft. Interconnect Cable
1 ft. Interconnect Jumper
A63
—
—
—
—
WMETER
WACM10
WACM6
WACM3
WACM1
OL Alarm
Trip
OL Trip
OL Alarm
Trip
OL Trip
OL Alarm
Trip
OL Trip
RES
Reset
Run
Off
OL Alarm
Trip
OL Trip
RES
Reset
RES
Reset
RES
Reset
Run
Off
Run
HAND
START
STOP
START
STOP
OFF
AUTO
ON
OFF
AUTO
Off
Run
Off
Status Only START/STOP
Control
HAND/OFF/AUTO Control
with START/STOP Pushbutton
Control in HAND Mode
ON/OFF/AUTO
Control
3.5
(88.9)
2.25 (57.2)
March 2009
33-224
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Non-combination Starters
Features and Product Selection
■Full Voltage
■Solid-State Overload Relays
■600V Maximum
Table 33-341. Class ECA05 — Non-combination Non-reversing Starter
Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
All starters provided with coils for separate control.
Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECA05L4FAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
Choose a Type 12 enclosure for Type 1 applications.
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
Size 6 includes control power transformer.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
hp Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X Watertight &
Dust-Tight Stainless
Steel
Type 12 Dust-Tight
Industrial
Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1-L 200
230
460
575
1
1
2
2
120 ECA05L2FAA ECA05L4FAA ECA05L8FAA W200MLCFC
1200
230
460
575
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120 ECA0512FAA ECA0514FAA ECA0518FAA W200M1CFC
2200
230
460
575
10
15
25
25
120 ECA0522FAA ECA0524FAA ECA0528FAA W200M2CFC
3200
230
460
575
25
30
50
50
120 ECA0532FAA ECA0534FAA ECA0538FAA W200M3CFC
4200
230
460
575
40
50
100
100
120 ECA0542FAA ECA0544FAA ECA0548FAA W200M4CFC
5200
230
460
575
75
100
200
200
120 ECA0552FAA ECA0554FAA ECA0558FAA W200M5CFC
6200
230
460
575
150
200
400
400
120 ECA0562EAA
ECA0562BAA
ECA0562CAA
ECA0562DAA
ECA0564EAA
ECA0564BAA
ECA0564CAA
ECA0564DAA
ECA0568EAA
ECA0568BAA
ECA0568CAA
ECA0568DAA
W200M6CFC
NEMA Size 1-L 123456
Horsepower 1-1/2 10 25 50 75 150 300
Cover Mounted Control –
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Cover Mounted
Control – ACM Series . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-223
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-225
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Features and Product Selection
■Full Voltage
■Solid-State Overload Relays
■600V Maximum
■100,000 AIC Short Circuit — 600V Maximum
Table 33-342. Class ECA16 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Fusible Disconnect
All starters provided with coils for separate control.
Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N.
Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J fuses see mods,
Page 33-44.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECA16L4FAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For inter-
nal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door
interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e.
ECA1618FAC would become ECA1619FAC.
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
Size 6 includes control power transformer.
ECA1611FAA
Cover Mounted Control –
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Cover Mounted
Control – ACM Series. . . . . . . . . . Page 33-223
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Fuse
Clip
Amps.
Type 1
General Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X Watertight &
Dust-Tight Stainless
Steel
Type 12 Dust-Tight
Industrial
Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1-L 200
230
1120 30A ECA16L1FAB ECA16L2FAB ECA16L4FAB ECA16L8FAB W200MLCFC
460
575
2120 30A ECA16L1FAC ECA16L2FAC ECA16L4FAC ECA16L8FAC W200MLCFC
1200
230
7-1/2 120 30A ECA1611FAB ECA1612FAB ECA1614FAB ECA1618FAB W200M1CFC
460
575
10 120 30A ECA1611FAC ECA1612FAC ECA1614FAC ECA1618FAC W200M1CFC
2200
230
10
15
120 60A ECA1621FAD ECA1622FAD ECA1624FAD ECA1628FAD W200M2CFC
460
575
25 120 60A ECA1621FAE ECA1622FAE ECA1624FAE ECA1628FAE W200M2CFC
3200
230
25
30
120 100A ECA1631FAF ECA1632FAF ECA1634FAF ECA1638FAF W200M3CFC
460
575
50 120 100A ECA1631FAG ECA1632FAG ECA1634FAG ECA1638FAG W200M3CFC
4200
230
40
50
120 200A ECA1641FAH ECA1642FAH ECA1644FAH ECA1648FAH W200M4CFC
460
575
100 120 200A ECA1641FAJ ECA1642FAJ ECA1644FAJ ECA1648FAJ W200M4CFC
5200
230
75
100
120 400A ECA1651FAK ECA1652FAK ECA1654FAK ECA1658FAK W200M5CFC
460
575
200 120 400A ECA1651FAL ECA1652FAL ECA1654FAL ECA1658FAL W200M5CFC
6200
230
150
200
120
600A ECA1661EAM
ECA1661BAM
ECA1662EAM
ECA1662BAM
ECA1663EAM
ECA1663BAM
ECA1668EAM
ECA1668BAM
W200M6CFC
460
575
400 600A ECA1661CAN
ECA1661DAN
ECA1662CAN
ECA1662DAN
ECA1663CAN
ECA1663DAN
ECA1668CAN
ECA1668DAN
W200M6CFC
March 2009
33-226
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-343. Class ECA18 — Combination Reversing Starter — Fusible/Non-fusible Disconnect with CPT
Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages,
see Page 33-222.
Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J Fuses see mods,
Page 33-44.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECA16L4EAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For
internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
Type 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door
interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e.
ECA1818EAA would become ECA1819EAA.
100,000 AIC short circuit.
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
NEMA
Size
Primary
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Dual
Element
Fuses
Secondary
Voltage
Magnet
Coil Voltage
Fuse
Clip
Amps.
Type 1
General
Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X Watertight
& Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12 Dust-
Tight Industrial
Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Fusible
1-L 208
240
1120 30A ECA18L1EAB
ECA18L1BAB
ECA18L2EAB
ECA18L2BAB
ECA18L4EAB
ECA18L4BAB
ECA18L8EAB
ECA18L8BAB
W200MLCFC
480
600
2120 30A ECA18L1CAC
ECA18L1DAC
ECA18L2CAC
ECA18L2DAC
ECA18L4CAC
ECA18L4DAC
ECA18L8CAC
ECA18L8DAC
W200MLCFC
1208
240
7-1/2 120 30A ECA1811EAB
ECA1811BAB
ECA1812EAB
ECA1812BAB
ECA1814EAB
ECA1814BAB
ECA1818EAB
ECA1818BAB
W200M1CFC
480
600
10 120 30A ECA1811CAC
ECA1811DAC
ECA1812CAC
ECA1812DAC
ECA1814CAC
ECA1814DAC
ECA1818CAC
ECA1818DAC
W200M1CFC
2208
240
10
15
120 60A ECA1821EAD
ECA1821BAD
ECA1822EAD
ECA1822BAD
ECA1824EAD
ECA1824BAD
ECA1828EAD
ECA1828BAD
W200M2CFC
480
600
25 120 60A ECA1821CAE
ECA1821DAE
ECA1822CAE
ECA1822DAE
ECA1824CAE
ECA1824DAE
ECA1828CAE
ECA1828DAE
W200M2CFC
3208
240
25
30
120 100A ECA1831EAF
ECA1831BAF
ECA1832EAF
ECA1832BAF
ECA1834EAF
ECA1834BAF
ECA1838EAF
ECA1838BAF
W200M3CFC
480
600
50 120 100A ECA1831CAG
ECA1831DAG
ECA1832CAG
ECA1832DAG
ECA1834CAG
ECA1834DAG
ECA1838CAG
ECA1838DAG
W200M3CFC
4208
240
40
50
120 200A ECA1841EAH
ECA1841BAH
ECA1842EAH
ECA1842BAH
ECA1844EAH
ECA1844BAH
ECA1848EAH
ECA1848BAH
W200M4CFC
480
600
100 120 200A ECA1841CAJ
ECA1841DAJ
ECA1842CAJ
ECA1842DAJ
ECA1844CAJ
ECA1844DAJ
ECA1848CAJ
ECA1848DAJ
W200M4CFC
Non-fusible
1-L 208
240
480
600
1
1
2
2
120 30A ECA18L1EAA
ECA18L1BAA
ECA18L1CAA
ECA18L1DAA
ECA18L2EAA
ECA18L2BAA
ECA18L2CAA
ECA18L2DAA
ECA18L4EAA
ECA18L4BAA
ECA18L4CAA
ECA18L4DAA
ECA18L8EAA
ECA18L8BAA
ECA18L8CAA
ECA18L8DAA
W200MLCFC
1208
240
480
600
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
120 30A ECA1811EAA
ECA1811BAA
ECA1811CAA
ECA1811DAA
ECA1812EAA
ECA1812BAA
ECA1812CAA
ECA1812DAA
ECA1814EAA
ECA1814BAA
ECA1814CAA
ECA1814DAA
ECA1818EAA
ECA1818BAA
ECA1818CAA
ECA1818DAA
W200M1CFC
2208
240
480
600
10
15
25
25
120 60A ECA1821EAA
ECA1821BAA
ECA1821CAA
ECA1821DAA
ECA1822EAA
ECA1822BAA
ECA1822CAA
ECA1822DAA
ECA1824EAA
ECA1824BAA
ECA1824CAA
ECA1824DAA
ECA1828EAA
ECA1828BAA
ECA1828CAA
ECA1828DAA
W200M2CFC
3208
240
480
600
25
30
50
50
120 100A ECA1831EAA
ECA1831BAA
ECA1831CAA
ECA1831DAA
ECA1832EAA
ECA1832BAA
ECA1832CAA
ECA1832DAA
ECA1834EAA
ECA1834BAA
ECA1834CAA
ECA1834DAA
ECA1838EAA
ECA1838BAA
ECA1838CAA
ECA1838DAA
W200M3CFC
4208
240
480
600
40
50
100
100
120 200A ECA1841EAA
ECA1841BAA
ECA1841CAA
ECA1841DAA
ECA1842EAA
ECA1842BAA
ECA1842CAA
ECA1842DAA
ECA1844EAA
ECA1844BAA
ECA1844CAA
ECA1844DAA
ECA1848EAA
ECA1848BAA
ECA1848CAA
ECA1848DAA
W200M4CFC
Cover Mounted Control –
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Cover Mounted
Control – ACM Series . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-223
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-227
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Combination Starters — Circuit Breaker
Features and Product Selection
■Full Voltage
■Solid-State Overload Relays
■600V Maximum
Table 33-344. Class ECA22 — Combination Non-reversing Starter — Circuit Breaker
All starters provided with coils for separate control.
Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N.
The Catalog Numbers listed in the Type 4X column are for Type 4X
304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4.
Example: ECA22L4FAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel,
change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit
to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5. For details on these
Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.
All Type 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For
internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
Size 6 includes control power transformer.
NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max. hp
Rating
Magnet
Coil
Voltage
Circuit Breaker
Type
Type 1
General
Purpose
Type 3R
Rainproof
Type 4X Watertight
& Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
Type 12
Dust-Tight
Industrial
Component
Starter (Open)
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
1-L
200
230
460
575
1
1
1
3
1
3
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
ECA22L1FAC
ECA22L1FAC
ECA22L1FAB
ECA22L1FAC
ECA22L1FA5
ECA22L1FA6
ECA22L2FAC
ECA22L2FAC
ECA22L2FAB
ECA22L2FAC
ECA22L2FA5
ECA22L2FA6
ECA22L4FAC
ECA22L4FAC
ECA22L4FAB
ECA22L4FAC
ECA22L4FA5
ECA22L4FA6
ECA22L8FAC
ECA22L8FAC
ECA22L8FAB
ECA22L8FAC
ECA22L8FA5
ECA22L8FA6
W200MLCFC
12001
3
5
7-1/2
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECA2211FAC
ECA2211FAD
ECA2211FAE
ECA2211FAF
ECA2212FAC
ECA2212FAD
ECA2212FAE
ECA2212FAF
ECA2214FAC
ECA2214FAD
ECA2214FAE
ECA2214FAF
ECA2218FAC
ECA2218FAD
ECA2218FAE
ECA2218FAF
W200M1CFC
230 1
3
5
7-1/2
120 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
HMCPE 50A
ECA2211FAC
ECA2211FAD
ECA2211FAE
ECA2211FAF
ECA2212FAC
ECA2212FAD
ECA2212FAE
ECA2212FAF
ECA2214FAC
ECA2214FAD
ECA2214FAE
ECA2214FAF
ECA2218FAC
ECA2218FAD
ECA2218FAE
ECA2218FAF
W200M1CFC
460 1
3
5
10
120 HMCPE 3A
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
HMCPE 30A
ECA2211FAB
ECA2211FAC
ECA2211FAD
ECA2211FAE
ECA2212FAB
ECA2212FAC
ECA2212FAD
ECA2212FAE
ECA2214FAB
ECA2214FAC
ECA2214FAD
ECA2214FAE
ECA2218FAB
ECA2218FAC
ECA2218FAD
ECA2218FAE
W200M1CFC
575 1
3
5
10
120 HMCP 3A
HMCP 7A
HMCP 15A
HMCP 30A
ECA2211FA5
ECA2211FA6
ECA2211FA7
ECA2211FA8
ECA2212FA5
ECA2212FA6
ECA2212FA7
ECA2212FA8
ECA2214FA5
ECA2214FA6
ECA2214FA7
ECA2214FA8
ECA2218FA5
ECA2218FA6
ECA2218FA7
ECA2218FA8
W200M1CFC
2200
230
460
575
10
10
15
25
15
25
120 HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 50A
HMCPE 70A
HMCPE 50A
HMCP 30A
HMCP 50A
ECA2221FAF
ECA2221FAF
ECA2221FAW
ECA2221FAF
ECA2221FA8
ECA2221FA9
ECA2222FAF
ECA2222FAF
ECA2222FAW
ECA2222FAF
ECA2222FA8
ECA2222FA9
ECA2224FAF
ECA2224FAF
ECA2224FAW
ECA2224FAF
ECA2224FA8
ECA2224FA9
ECA2228FAF
ECA2228FAF
ECA2228FAW
ECA2228FAF
ECA2228FA8
ECA2228FA9
W200M2CFC
3200
230
460
575
20
25
25
30
50
30
50
120 HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
HMCP 50A
HMCP 100A
ECA2231FAG
ECA2231FAX
ECA2231FAG
ECA2231FAX
ECA2231FAG
ECA2231FA9
ECA2231FAI
ECA2232FAG
ECA2232FAX
ECA2232FAG
ECA2232FAX
ECA2232FAG
ECA2232FA9
ECA2232FAI
ECA2234FAG
ECA2234FAX
ECA2234FAG
ECA2234FAX
ECA2234FAG
ECA2234FA9
ECA2234FAI
ECA2238FAG
ECA2238FAX
ECA2238FAG
ECA2238FAX
ECA2238FAG
ECA2238FA9
ECA2238FAI
W200M3CFC
4200
230
460
575
40
50
100
100
120 HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
HMCP 150A
ECA2241FAH ECA2242FAH ECA2244FAH ECA2248FAH W200M4CFC
5200
230
460
575
50
75
60
100
125
200
150
200
120 HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
HMCP 250A
HMCP 400A
ECA2251FAJ
ECA2251FAK
ECA2251FAJ
ECA2251FAK
ECA2251FAJ
ECA2251FAK
ECA2251FAJ
ECA2251FAK
ECA2252FAJ
ECA2252FAK
ECA2252FAJ
ECA2252FAK
ECA2252FAJ
ECA2252FAK
ECA2252FAJ
ECA2252FAK
ECA2254FAJ
ECA2254FAK
ECA2254FAJ
ECA2254FAK
ECA2254FAJ
ECA2254FAK
ECA2254FAJ
ECA2254FAK
ECA2258FAJ
ECA2258FAK
ECA2258FAJ
ECA2258FAK
ECA2258FAJ
ECA2258FAK
ECA2258FAJ
ECA2258FAK
W200M5CFC
6200
230
460
575
150
200
350
400
400
120
HMCP 600A
HMCP 600A
HMCP 600A
HMCP 1200A
HMCP 600A
ECA2261EAL
ECA2261BAL
ECA2261CAL
ECA2261FAP
ECA2261DAL
ECA2262EAL
ECA2262BAL
ECA2262CAL
ECA2262FAP
ECA2262DAL
ECA2264EAL
ECA2264BAL
ECA2264CAL
ECA2264FAP
ECA2264DAL
ECA2268EAL
ECA2268BAL
ECA2268CAL
ECA2268FAP
ECA2268DAL
W200M6CFC
Cover Mounted Control –
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-119
Cover Mounted
Control – ACM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-223
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-42
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E
March 2009
33-228
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Advantage, Full Voltage — Enclosed
Wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagrams
Figure 33-86. Advantage Non-reversing — Non-combination
Figure 33-87. Advantage Non-reversing — Combination
1
Remote Control
120V AC 50/60 Hz
1X2
Stop Start
3
2
3-Wire Control
with Internal Holding
Circuit Interlock
Optional
(Optional)
Emergency Stop
M
M
R
G
Run
OFF
1OFF
Hand Auto Start
43
3A
XOO
OXX
M
Jumper
Optional
Emergency Stop
Optional
Emergency Stop
Remote Control
X2
2-Wire Control
with HOA Switch
and START Button with
External Holding Circuit
X2
2-Wire Control
with HOA
1OFF
Hand Auto
XOO
OOX
3A
3
Jumper
Start
3-Wire Control
Not for Use with Auto
Reset Overload Relays.
Elementary Diagram Remote Pilot Devices
Figure A
Figure B
Figure C
AC Lines
Solid-State
Overload Relay
L1
L2
L3
MT1
Motor
T2
T3
3
Start
P
Run Permit
M
Stop
Top
E
Power
C
Common
3
Start
P
Run Permit
M
Stop
Top
E
Power
C
Common
3
Start
P
Run Permit
M
Stop
Top
E
Power
C
Common
3
P
1
Start
Stop
2-Wire Control
3
P
Hand Auto
OFF
Figure C
13
3A
A
B
X = Closed
A
B
Contact Position
Hand OFF
X
Auto
XX
X = Closed
A
B
Contact Position
Hand OFF
X
Auto
X
1
1H3
H4
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
H1
H2 4
X2
X2 XF X1
CPT
C
Secondary
Connections
Primary
Connections
L2
L1
G
Figure 1
Connections for Dual Voltage Rated
Transformer – See Transformer Nameplate 260955 D3
Control Circuit Transformer (If Used)
Hand Auto
OFF
Figure B
Figure A
1
3A
4
3
A
B
120V AC 50/60 Hz
1
Add Jumper 3 to P
2-Wire Control
Remote Control
Not for Use with Auto
Reset OL Relays.
3-Wire Control
Start
Stop
3
2
1
When More Than One
Pushbutton Station Is Used,
Omit Connector “A” and
Connect per Sketch at Right.
3
2
1
“A”
Start Start
Stop Stop
Combined Remote and Local
For Figures 1 and 2
Remote Local
Start (ON)
23
1
Start
Stop Stop (OFF)
3
4
21
Figure A
START/STOP Pushbuttons
Figure D
2-Position Selector Switch
3
2
1
Stop (OFF)
Start (ON)
3
4
21
Omit
Connector
Figure 1
Front View Diagram Figure 2
Fusible Control Transformer
M
Reset
T1 T2 T3
T1 T2
Motor
T3
T2T1 T3 Reset
Local
Control
(Flange
Mounting
If Used)
See
Figures
A to E Elementary Diagram
Start
Stop
11
3
22A
R
G
Run
Stopped
Reset
6
M
5
7M8
Connections for Control Stations Connections for Starters
Solid-State
Overload
Protection
MT1
Motor
T2
T3
3
Start
P
Run Permit
M
Stop
Top
E
Power
C
Common
260962 D4
H4
4
H2
H3
1
H1
X1
XF
X2
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
CPT
1
Secondary
Connections
Primary Connections
L1 L2
G
MX2(C)
Connections for Dual Voltage Rated Transformer –
See Transformer Nameplate
Circuit
Breaker
or Switch
and Fuse
(If Used) L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
1
2
3
Full Voltage
Non-reversing
CPT
Fusible
Control
Transformer
(If Used)
See Figure 2
D.S. or C.B.
Disconnecting
Means
(If Used)
L3
3
L1 L2
L3L1 L2
21
1
2
3
321
Solid-State
OL Protection
3P
2
E
1
C
X2
Pilot Light (Motor RUN)
Black/White
Black/White
X1
X2
Connect to
Terminals
”6“ and ”X2“
44
3
3
Hand
2(P)
Auto
1
3
3
3
24
3
1
Hand
2(P)
Auto
1
START/STOP Selector Switch
24
3
1Start
(ON)
1
Local Control
Figure E
3-Position Selector Switch
Figure C
Figure B
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-229
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Citation
Renewal Parts
For Catalog Numbers A10, A11, A13, A30, A31, A40, A41, A50, A51, A70, A71, A80, A81, B10, B11, B50, B51, B52, C10,
C30 and C50 Contactors and Starters
Note: For a complete listing of parts refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced on the device nameplate.
Table 33-345. Citation Renewal Parts
For non-reversing contactors and starters only. For Size 00 reversing, select parts from adjoining size 0 column.
Replace complete contactor.
Obsolete.
Non-encapsulated coil.
Description Size 00 Size 0
Series A1 Series B1 Series C1 Series D1/C2 Price
U.S. $
Part
Number
Part
Number
Part
Number
Part
Number
Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor
or Starter Nameplate
2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-21
6-21-2
6-21-3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6-22
6-22-2
—
6-22-3
6-22-4
Magnet Coils Coil
Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . .
240/480V 60 Hz or 220/440V 50 Hz . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
208/240V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A
B
C
D
E
T
L
F
G
H
J
A1
B1
T1
W1
9-1945-1
9-1945-2
9-1945-3
9-1945-4
9-1945-5
9-1945-8
9-1945-6
—
—
9-1945-16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9-2650-1
9-2650-2
9-2650-3
9-2650-4
9-2650-5
9-2650-7
9-2650-6
—
—
9-2650-13
—
—
—
—
—
9-2823-1
9-2823-2
9-2823-3
9-2823-4
9-2823-5
9-2823-7
9-2421-18
—
—
9-2823-12
9-2823-17
—
—
—
—
9-1887-1
9-1887-2
9-1887-3
9-1887-4
9-1887-5
9-1887-7
9-1887-8
9-1888-1
9-1888-2
9-1887-16
—
9-2024-2
9-2024-1
9-2024-4
9-2024-3
Replacement Thermal Elements
Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-4767
10-5018
—
10-4767
10-5018
—
10-4767
10-5018
—
10-4767
10-5018
—
10-4767
10-5018
—
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-230
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Citation
Renewal Parts
Table 33-345. Citation Renewal Parts (Continued)
#Series B1. For Series A1, order 6-26 or 6-26-2.
Description Size 1 Size 2 Size 3
Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1
Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor
or Starter Nameplate
2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-23
6-23-2
—
6-23-3
6-23-4
6-24
6-24-2
—
—
—
6-34
6-34-2
—
6-34-3
6-34-4
6-25
6-25-2
—
—
—
6-35
6-35-2
—
—
—
Magnet Coils Coil
Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A
B
C
D
E
T
L
F
H
A1
B1
T1
W1
9-1887-1
9-1887-2
9-1887-3
9-1887-4
9-1887-5
9-1887-7
9-1887-8
—
9-1887-16
9-2024-2
9-2024-1
9-2024-4
9-2024-3
9-1889-1
9-1889-2
9-1889-3
9-1889-4
9-1889-13
9-1889-20
9-1889-14
9-1890-1
9-1889-31
9-2025-2
9-2025-1
9-2025-4
9-2025-3
9-2526-1
9-2526-2
9-2526-3
9-2526-4
9-2526-5
9-2526-6
9-2526-7
—
9-2526-15
9-2626-2
9-2626-1
9-2626-4
9-2626-3
9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4
9-1891-13
9-1891-15
9-1891-14
—
9-1891-26
9-2026-2
9-2026-1
9-2026-4
9-2026-3
9-1889-1
9-1889-2
9-1889-3
9-1889-4
9-1889-13
9-1889-20
9-1889-14
—
9-1889-31
9-2025-2
9-2025-1
9-2025-4
9-2025-3
Replacement Thermal Elements
Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-4767
10-5018
—
10-4767
10-5018
—
10-4767
10-5018
—
10-4767
10-5018
—
10-4767
10-5018
—
Description Size 4 Size 5 Size 6
Series A1 Series B1 Series C1
Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor
or Starter Nameplate
2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-36-3
6-36-4
—
—
—
6-27
6-27-2
—
—
—
6-28
6-28-2
—
—
—
—
6-570
—
—
—
6-601-2
6-601
—
—
—
Magnet Coils Coil
Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . .
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . . .
240/480V 60 Hz or 220/440V 50 Hz . . . . .
277V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A
B
C
D
E
T
L
F
G
H
A1
B1
T1
W1
9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4
9-1891-13
9-1891-15
9-1891-14
—
—
9-1891-26
9-2026-2
9-2026-1
9-2026-4
9-2026-3
9-1891-1
9-1891-2
9-1891-3
9-1891-4
9-1891-13
9-1891-15
9-1891-14
—
—
9-1891-26
9-2026-2
9-2026-1
9-2026-4
9-2026-3
9-1875-1
9-1875-2
9-1875-3
9-1875-4
9-1875-14
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9-2651
9-2651-2
9-2651-3
9-2651-4
9-2651-6
—
9-2651-5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9-2698
9-2698-2
9-2698-3
9-2698-4
9-2698-5
—
9-2698-6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Replacement Thermal Elements
Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-4767
10-5018
—
10-4767
10-5018
—
10-4767
—
—
10-4767
—
—
10-4767
—
—
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-231
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Citation
Renewal Parts
Table 33-345. Citation Renewal Parts (Continued)
Description Size 7 Size 8
Series A1 Price
U.S. $
Series B1 Price
U.S. $
Part
Number
Part
Number
Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor
or Starter Nameplate
2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-28
6-28-2
—
—
—
—
6-570
—
—
—
—
6-571
—
—
—
Magnet Coils Coil
Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . .
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . .
240/480V 60 Hz or 220/440V 50 Hz . . . .
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A
B
C
D
E
T
L
F
G
H
A1
B1
T1
W1
9-1875-1
9-1875-2
9-1875-3
9-1875-4
9-1875-14
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9-2651
9-2651-2
9-2651-3
9-2651-4
9-2651-6
—
9-2651-5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9-2654
9-2654-2
9-2654-3
9-2654-4
9-2654-6
—
9-2654-5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Replacement Thermal Elements
Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-4767
—
—
10-4767
—
—
10-4767
—
—
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-232
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Type N
Renewal Parts
For Type N Control
Table 33-346. Contact Kits
Table 33-347. AC Coils
Minimum order quantity of 3 required.
Poles NEMA Size Part
Number
Price
U.S. $
30
1
2
3
4
1605226
1605212
1605202
1625563
1625564
Voltage Hz 2-, 3-Pole 4-, 5-Pole
Obsolete
Part Number
Current
Part Number
Price
U.S. $
Obsolete
Part Number
Current
Part Number
Price
U.S. $
Size 0, 1
110
110/208/220
220/380/440
550
220
60
25/60/60
25/50/60
60
50
1470241
1470242
1470243
1470244
1470247
9969D90G01
9969D90G02
9969D90G03
9969D90G04
9969D90G06
1470261
1470262
1470263
N/A
N/A
9969D90G16
9969D90G17
9969D90G18
N/A
N/A
440
440
120
115/208/230
600
550
50
25
60
60/60/60
60
25
1470248
1470250
1605268
1605513
1470245
1470251
9969D90G07
9969D90G08
9969D90G09
9969D90G15
9969D90G20
9969D90G22
1470268
1470270
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
9969D90G19
9969D90G21
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Size 2
110
110/208/220
220/380/440/480
550
110
60
25/60/60
25/50/60/60
60
50
1470201
1470202
1470203
1470204
1470206
9969D92G01
9969D92G02
9969D92G03
9969D92G04
9969D92G05
1470221
1470222
N/A
1470224
1470226
9969D93G01
9969D93G02
N/A
9969D93G10
9969D93G05
220
440
600
440
120/110
50
50
60
25
60/50
1470207
1470208
1470205
1470210
1605478
9969D92G06
9969D92G07
9969D92G08
9969D92G09
9969D92G10
1470227
N/A
1470225
N/A
N/A
9969D93G06
N/A
9969D93G08
N/A
N/A
550
415
220/380/440
50
50
25/60/60
1470209
N/A
N/A
9969D92G11
N/A
N/A
N/A
L1557647
1470223
N/A
9969D93G09
9969D93G03
Size 3
110
110/208/220
220/380/400/440
110
120/110
60
25/60/60
25/50/50/60
50
60/50
1490645
1490646
1490647
1490652
1600770
9969D96G04
9969D96G05
9969D96G06
9969D96G08
9969D96G09
1490645
1490646
1490647
1490652
1600770
9969D96G04
9969D96G05
9969D96G06
9969D96G08
9969D96G09
600/500
600/500/400
220
240
60/50
60/50/40
50
60
1490649
1659421
1490653
1490648
9969D96G21
9969D96G23
9969D93G24
9969D96G29
1490649
1659421
1490653
1490648
9969D96G21
9969D96G23
9969D93G24
9969D96G29
Size 4
110
110/208/220
110
220
240
60
25/60/60
50
50
50
1596633
1490658
1596636
1596637
1596639
9969D96G10
9969D96G11
9969D96G13
9969D96G14
9969D96G15
1597723
1597724
N/A
N/A
N/A
9969D96G01
9969D96G02
N/A
N/A
N/A
600/500
440
600
440
120/110
220/380/400/440
60/50
25
60
60
60/50
25/50/50/60
1596635
1596641
1596634
1490659
1600771
N/A
9969D96G16
9969D96G17
9969D96G19
9969D96G12
9969D96G20
N/A
1490649
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1597725
9969D96G21
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
9969D96G31
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-233
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Solenoids — Alternating Current
10370 Series
Contents
Description Page
AC Solenoids
Product Description . . . . . 33-233
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-233
Product Selection . . . . . . . 33-233
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-234
Cat. No. 10370
Product Description
Cutler-Hammer® Solenoids from
Eaton’s electrical business are used for
a wide variety of applications where
straight line motion is to be obtained
automatically or at a remote point.
Features
■Plunger and frame are machined to
ensure quiet operation
■Push- and pull-type operation
■With and without terminal box
■Plunger provided with connecting
pin
■Size C and D solenoids are provided
with special bearing to minimize
wear in clevis under severe service
Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
■Catalog Number
Table 33-348. AC Solenoids — 60 Hz, Continuous Duty
Mounting of solenoids “with conduit box” — Size A are for wall mounting — Size B, C and D are for floor mounting.
Recommended selection of solenoids on basis of 85% voltage values.
Part numbers are now obsolete.
Size Volt. Operating Data
Magnetic Force in Lbs. Max.
Stroke in
Inches
(mm)
Current Without Conduit Box With Conduit Box
Horizontal
Position
With
Gravity
Against
Gravity
Inrush Sealed Floor Mtg. Wall Mtg. Price
U.S.$
Mtg. Price
U.S.$
At 100%
Voltage
At 85%
Voltage
At 100%
Voltage
At 85%
Voltage
At 100%
Voltage
At 85%
Voltage
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
60 Hertz Pull Type
A110
220
440
.72
.72
.72
.50
.50
.50
.90
.90
.90
.68
.68
.68
.55
.55
.55
.33
.33
.33
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
1.83
.92
.45
.34
.17
.08
—
—
—
10370H1
10370H2
10370H3
10370H610
10370H611
10370H612
B110
220
440
4.2
4.2
4.2
3
3
3
4.5
4.5
4.5
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.9
3.9
3.9
2.7
2.7
2.7
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
5.4
2.6
1.29
.87
.42
.20
10370H57
10370H58
10370H59
10370H694
10370H696
10370H697
10370H69
10370H70
10370H71
C110
220
440
7
7
7
5.25
5.25
5.25
8
8
8
6.25
6.25
6.25
6
6
6
4.25
4.25
4.25
1.25 (31.8)
1.25 (31.8)
1.25 (31.8)
10.4
5.2
2.5
1.07
.52
.26
10370H244
10370H245
10370H246
—
—
—
10370H256
10370H257
10370H258
D110
220
440
12.4
12.4
12.4
10
10
10
13.65
13.65
13.65
11.25
11.25
11.25
11.15
11.15
11.15
8.75
8.75
8.75
1.25 (31.8)
1.25 (31.8)
1.25 (31.8)
18
9.3
4.4
1.58
.81
.40
10370H356
10370H357
10370H358
10370H814
10370H816
10370H817
10370H368
10370H369
10370H370
60 Hertz Push Type
A110
220
440
.72
.72
.72
.50
.50
.50
.90
.90
.90
.68
.68
.68
.55
.55
.55
.33
.33
.33
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
1.83
.92
.45
.34
.17
.08
—
—
—
10370H13
10370H14
10370H15
10370H25
10370H26
10370H27
B110
220
440
4.2
4.2
4.2
3
3
3
4.5
4.5
4.5
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.9
3.9
3.9
2.7
2.7
2.7
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
5.4
2.6
1.29
.87
.42
.20
10370H81
10370H82
10370H83
10370H708
10370H710
10370H711
10370H93
10370H94
10370H95
C110
220
440
7
7
7
5.25
5.25
5.25
8
8
8
6.25
6.25
6.25
6
6
6
4.25
4.25
4.25
1.25 (31.8)
1.25 (31.8)
1.25 (31.8)
10.4
5.2
2.5
1.07
.52
.26
10370H268
—
—
—
10370H774
10370H775
10370H280
10370H281
10370H282
D110
220
440
12.4
12.4
12.4
10
10
10
13.65
13.65
13.65
11.25
11.25
11.25
11.15
11.15
11.15
8.75
8.75
8.75
1.25 (31.8)
1.25 (31.8)
1.25 (31.8)
18
9.3
4.4
1.58
.81
.40
10370H380
10370H381
10370H382
10370H828
10370H830
10370H831
10370H392
10370H393
10370H394
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-234
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Solenoids — Alternating Current
10370 Series
Dimensions
Table 33-349. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) and Shipping Weights
In sealed state.
Figure 33-88. Approximate Dimensions
Size Push Type Pull Type
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship.
Wt.
Lbs.
(kg)
Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship.
Wt.
Lbs.
(kg)
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
DE DE
Wall Mounted
A
B
C
D
2.38
(60.5)
2.63
(66.8)
3.00
(76.2)
4.00
(101.6)
3.63
(92.2)
4.88
(124.0)
6.13
(155.7)
6.13
(155.7)
2.25
(57.2)
3.00
(76.2)
4.13
(104.9)
4.13
(104.9)
1.13
(28.7)
2.00
(50.8)
2.38
(60.5)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
2.13
(54.1)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
2.0
(.9)
2.5
(1.1)
5.0
(2.3)
7.0
(3.2)
2.38
(60.5)
2.63
(66.8)
3.00
(76.2)
4.00
(101.6)
2.63
(66.8)
3.63
(92.2)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)
2.25
(57.2)
3.00
(76.2)
4.13
(104.9)
4.13
(104.9)
1.13
(28.7)
2.00
(50.8)
2.38
(60.5)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
2.13
(54.1)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
2.0
(.9)
2.5
(1.1)
5.0
(2.3)
7.0
(3.2)
Floor Mounted
B
C
D
3.13
(79.5)
3.50
(88.9)
3.88
(98.6)
4.88
(124.0)
6.13
(155.7)
6.13
(155.7)
3.00
(76.2)
3.75
(95.3)
3.75
(95.3)
1.50
(38.1)
1.75
(44.5)
2.25
(57.2)
2.25
(57.2)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
2.5
(1.1)
5.0
(2.3)
7.0
(3.2)
3.13
(79.5)
3.50
(88.9)
3.88
(98.6)
3.88
(98.6)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)
3.00
(76.2)
3.75
(95.3)
3.75
(95.3)
1.50
(38.1)
1.75
(44.5)
2.25
(57.2)
2.25
(57.2)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
2.5
(1.1)
5.0
(2.3)
7.0
(3.2)
D
A
B
D
A
E
C
C
E
B
Wall Mounted
Floor Mounted
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-235
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Shoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic
511 Series
Contents
Description Page
AC and DC Magnetic Shoe Brakes
Product Description . . . . . 33-235
Application Description . . . 33-235
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-235
Brake Selection . . . . . . . . . 33-235
Shipping Weights. . . . . . . . 33-235
Product Selection. . . . . . . . 33-236
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-238
Size S-7 Brake and Wheel
Product Description
Cutler-Hammer® Type S Brakes from
Eaton’s electrical business are electri-
cally released and spring applied
providing “fail-safe” operation. The
retarding torque developed is directly
proportional to the spring pressure.
Application Description
■Conveyors
■Machine tools
■Printing presses
■Small cranes
■Overhead doors
■Dumb waiters
■Vacuum molding machines
■Carnival rides
Features
The brake wheel is of relatively large
size in relation to the torque developed
by the brake. This permits use of a
larger brake shoe lining and lower
shoe pressures. Low shoe pressure,
equally distributed over a large lining
area, results in even wear of the fric-
tion surfaces and even braking torque.
The oversize wheel type construction
also permits use of a smaller operating
solenoid that requires less current for
a given torque rating.
DC Brakes
Standard DC brakes are equipped with
shunt coils. The magnet coil circuit on
DC brakes consists of two separate
windings and a protective switch.
Mounting
Type S brakes are designed and
recommended for use and mounting
only in the horizontal position. Side
or vertical mountings are not recom-
mended because the solenoid loading
is altered, resulting in accelerated
wear and premature coil failure.
Brake Selection
The method most generally used to
determine required braking torque is
to calculate the full load motor torque
by the following formula:
The torque rating of the brake selected
should be at least equal to the full load
motor torque for the duty considered.
Figure 33-89. Standard Brake Wheels —
Approximate Dimensions
Table 33-350. Standard Brake Wheel Dimensions
Hub lengths other than standard are not available.
Shipping Weights
Table 33-351. Approximate Shipping Weights
T=5252 x hp
rpm
T=Full load motor torque in lb-ft
hp = Motor horsepower
rpm = Speed of shaft on which
brake wheel is mounted W
Z
X
AY
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Bore
AZW
XYMax. Min.
4.00 (101.6)
5.50 (139.7)
7.00 (177.8)
2.75 (69.9)
3.25 (82.6)
4.25 (108.0)
1.63 (41.4)
2.00 (50.8)
3.00 (76.2)
1.38 (35.1)
1.63 (41.4)
1.25 (31.8)
2.50 (63.5)
3.25 (82.6)
4.00 (101.6)
1.38 (35.1)
2.00 (50.8)
2.25 (57.2)
.50 (12.7)
.75 (19.1)
1.00 (25.4)
Brake Size Torque Rating
ft-lb
Weight in Lbs. (kg)
Net —
Brake with Wheel
Net —
Wheel Only
Boxed —
Brake with Wheel
Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes
S-4
S-4
S-4
S-5-1/2
S-5-1/2
S-7
S-7
3
10
15
25
35
50
75
15.8 (7.2)
15.8 (7.2)
15.8 (7.2)
33.2 (15.1)
33.2 (15.1)
52.1 (23.7)
52.1 (23.7)
3.4 (1.5)
3.4 (1.5)
3.4 (1.5)
7.5 (3.4)
7.5 (3.4)
18.8 (8.5)
18.8 (8.5)
17.0 (7.7)
17.0 (7.7)
17.0 (7.7)
36.0 (16.3)
36.0 (16.3)
55.0 (25.0)
55.0 (25.0)
Type “S” DC Shoe Brakes
S-4
S-4
S-4
S-5-1/2
S-5-1/2
S-7
S-7
S-7
S-7
3
10
15
25
35
50
75
85
110
18.0 (8.2)
18.0 (8.2)
18.0 (8.2)
35.0 (15.9)
35.0 (15.9)
54.0 (24.5)
54.0 (24.5)
54.0 (24.5)
54.0 (24.5)
3.4 (1.5)
3.4 (1.5)
3.4 (1.5)
7.5 (3.4)
7.5 (3.4)
18.8 (8.5)
18.8 (8.5)
18.8 (8.5)
18.8 (8.5)
20.0 (9.1)
20.0 (9.1)
20.0 (9.1)
38.0 (17.3)
38.0 (17.3)
58.0 (26.3)
58.0 (26.3)
58.0 (26.3)
58.0 (26.3)
March 2009
33-236
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Shoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic
511 Series
Size S-4 Brake and Wheel
Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
■Brake
❑Catalog Number plus Suffix
Number for coil
❑Example: 511H1193-41
■Wheel
❑Catalog Number plus Suffix
Number for bore size
❑Example: 511H1150-3
Table 33-352. Type S Brakes — Floor Mounting
Intermittent duty indicates that the coil can be placed across the line continuously for one hour maximum without excessive heating. It is equivalent
to 1/2 time ON and 1/2 time OFF.
Add Suffix Number for coil voltage to Base Catalog Number.
Does not include Wheel.
Torque — lb-ft Brake
Size
AC DC
Continuous Intermittent Base
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
For Type S4, S5-1/2,
S7, S10
Base
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Coil
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
Coil Volts
and Hertz
Coil
Suffix
3
10
—
3
10
15
S-4
S-4
S-4
511H1194
511H1193
511H1192
120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz
480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz
110V 50 Hz
220V 50 Hz
380V 50 Hz
440V 50 Hz
550V 50 Hz
-39
-45
-40
-41
-58
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
511H955
511H956
511H957
120V DC
240V DC
-97
-98
25
—
25
35
S-5-1/2
S-5-1/2
511H992
511H993
511H994
511H995
50
—
50
75
S-7
S-7
511H970
511H971
511H975
511H976
85
—
85
110
S-7
S-7
511H1195
511H1196
511H1197
511H1198
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-237
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Shoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic
511 Series
Table 33-353. Brake Wheels
Bore tolerance: +.000 -.001 inches.
Taper is at rate of 1.25 inches per foot on diameter. In bore size selection, use diameter of tapered shaft. Bore tolerance: +.000 -.005 inches.
Add Suffix Number for bore size to Base Catalog Number.
Table 33-354. Brake Wheel Suffix Numbers
Bore size selected must be between minimum and maximum dimensions listed in brake wheel selection table.
Price Additions
Wheel Size
in Inches
Min.
Bore in
Inches
(mm)
Max.
Bore in
Inches
(mm)
Pilot
Bore in
Inches
(mm)
WK2Straight Bore Tapered Bore
Base
Catalog Number
Finished
Bore
Pilot
Bore Only
Base
Catalog Number
Finished
Bore
Pilot
Bore Only
Price
U.S. $
Price
U.S. $
Price
U.S. $
Price
U.S. $
4.0 .50 (12.7) 1.38 (35.1) .50 (12.7) .06 511H1150 511H1151
5.5 .75 (19.1) 2.00 (50.8) .75 (19.1) .26 511H1160 511H1161
7.0 1.00 (25.4) 2.25 (57.2) .75 (19.1) .77 511H1170 511H1171
Bore Size Suffix Number — Add to Base Catalog Number
Bore in Inches (mm) Keyway in Inches Suffix Number Bore in Inches (mm) Keyway in Inches (mm) Suffix Number
Standard Bore Sizes — No Price Addition
Pilot Bore
.625 (15.88)
.750 (19.05)
.875 (22.23)
None
3/16 x 3/32
3/16 x 3/32
3/16 x 3/32
-1
-2
-3
-4
1.625 (41.28)
1.875 (47.63)
2.125 (53.98)
2.375 (60.33)
3/38 x 3/16
1/2 x 1/4
1/2 x 1/4
5/8 x 5/16
-9
-10
-11
-12
1.000 (25.40)
1.125 (28.58)
1.250 (31.75)
1.375 (34.93)
1/4 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/8
5/16 x 5/32
-5
-6
-7
-8
2.500 (63.50)
2.625 (66.68)
2.750 (69.85)
2.875 (73.03)
5/8 x 5/16
5/8 x 5/16
5/8 x 5/16
3/4 x 3/8
-63
-13
-18
-14
Non-standard Bore Sizes — Make Necessary Price Addition
.500 (12.70)
.750 (19.05)
.875 (22.23)
1.000 (25.40)
1/8 x 1/16
1/4 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/8
5/16 x 5/32
-50
-51
-52
-53
1.687 (42.85)
1.750 (44.45)
1.937 (49.20)
2.000 (50.80)
3/8 x 3/16
3/8 x 3/16
1/2 x 1/4
1/2 x 1/4
-58
-59
-60
-61
1.187 (30.15)
1.375 (34.93)
1.437 (36.50)
1.500 (38.10)
1/4 x 1/8
3/8 x 3/16
3/8 x 3/16
3/8 x 3/16
-54
-55
-56
-57
2.250 (57.15)
—
—
—
1/2 x 1/4
—
—
—
-62
—
—
—
Description Adder
U.S. $
4.0 Inch (101.6 mm)
5.5 Inch (139.7 mm)
7.0 Inch (177.8 mm)
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C
March 2009
33-238
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Shoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic
511 Series
Dimensions
Figure 33-90. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Table 33-355. Approximate Dimensions
Open type brake only.
Brake
Size
Torque
Rating
ft-lb
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
AB
CDEF GHJKLM NOP Q R
Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes
S-4
S-4
S-4
S-5-1/2
S-5-1/2
S-7
S-7
3
10
15
25
35
50
75
4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
5.50
(139.7)
5.50
(139.7)
7.00
(177.8)
7.00
(177.8)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)
7.50
(190.5)
7.50
(190.5)
7.50
(190.5)
9.50
(241.3)
9.50
(241.3)
11.50
(292.1)
11.50
(292.1)
2.63
(66.8)
2.63
(66.8)
2.63
(66.8)
3.50
(88.9)
3.50
(88.9)
4.38
(111.3)
4.38
(111.3)
1.25
(31.8)
1.25
(31.8)
1.25
(31.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.50
(63.5)
2.50
(63.5)
7.50
(190.5)
7.50
(190.5)
7.50
(190.5)
8.38
(212.9)
8.38
(212.9)
9.50
(241.3)
9.50
(241.3)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
4.13
(104.9)
4.13
(104.9)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)
.38
(9.7)
.38
(9.7)
.38
(9.7)
.44
(11.2)
.44
(11.2)
.56
(14.2)
.56
(14.2)
.63
(16.0)
.63
(16.0)
.63
(16.0)
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
4.88
(124.0)
7.88
(200.2)
6.00
(152.4)
6.00
(152.4)
.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
.38
(9.7)
.38
(9.7)
—
—
2.75
(69.9)
2.75
(69.9)
2.75
(69.9)
3.25
(82.6)
3.25
(82.6)
4.25
(108.0)
4.25
(108.0)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.13
(54.1)
2.13
(54.1)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.75
(95.3)
3.75
(95.3)
4.75
(120.7)
4.75
(120.7)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
3.13
(79.5)
Type “S” DC Shoe Brakes
S-4
S-4
S-4
S-5-1/2
S-5-1/2
S-7
S-7
S-7
S-7
3
10
15
25
35
50
75
85
110
4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
5.50
(139.7)
5.50
(139.7)
7.00
(177.8)
7.00
(177.8)
7.00
(177.8)
7.00
(177.8)
3.50
(88.9)
3.50
(88.9)
3.50
(88.9)
4.00
(101.6)
4.00
(101.6)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)
8.00
(203.2)
8.00
(203.2)
8.00
(203.2)
9.50
(241.3)
9.50
(241.3)
11.50
(292.1)
11.50
(292.1)
11.50
(292.1)
11.50
(292.1)
2.63
(66.8)
2.63
(66.8)
2.63
(66.8)
3.50
(88.9)
3.50
(88.9)
4.38
(111.3)
4.38
(111.3)
4.38
(111.3)
4.38
(111.3)
1.25
(31.8)
1.25
(31.8)
1.25
(31.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.50
(63.5)
2.50
(63.5)
2.50
(63.5)
2.50
(63.5)
7.56
(192.0)
7.56
(192.0)
7.56
(192.0)
8.38
(212.9)
8.38
(212.9)
9.50
(241.3)
9.50
(241.3)
9.50
(241.3)
9.50
(241.3)
3.25
(82.6)
3.25
(82.6)
3.25
(82.6)
4.13
(104.9)
4.13
(104.9)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)
5.00
(127.0)
.38
(9.7)
.38
(9.7)
.38
(9.7)
.44
(11.2)
.44
(11.2)
.56
(14.2)
.56
(14.2)
.56
(14.2)
.56
(14.2)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)
6.00
(152.4)
6.00
(152.4)
6.00
(152.4)
6.00
(152.4)
.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
.25
(6.4)
.38
(9.7)
.38
(9.7)
—
—
—
—
2.75
(69.9)
2.75
(69.9)
2.75
(69.9)
3.25
(82.6)
3.25
(82.6)
4.25
(108.0)
4.25
(108.0)
4.25
(108.0)
4.25
(108.0)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.13
(54.1)
2.13
(54.1)
2.13
(54.1)
2.13
(54.1)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
2.63
(66.8)
2.63
(66.8)
2.63
(66.8)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
2.88
(73.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.75
(95.3)
3.75
(95.3)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)
4.88
(124.0)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
4.06
(103.1)
F
T
D D
K
N
ML
(2) "H" Dia. Holes
for Mounting
Hub
Length
C
BO
Q
R
P
J
EU
GS
Types S4, S5-1/2, and S7
Solenoid Operated
A
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-239
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Reference Data
IEC Utilization Categories
(See also IEC/EN 60947-1;
2.1.18/IEV 441-17-19)
A combination of specified require-
ments relating to the condition in
which the switching device or fuse
fulfills its purpose and selected to
represent a characteristic group of
real-life applications. The specified
requirements may, for example, relate
to the values of making and breaking
capacity and other characteristic val-
ues, data concerning associated cir-
cuits and the applicable conditions
of use and operational behavior.
Table 33-356.
Used in Technical Data & Formulas
Annex A (informative)
Table 33-357. Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear
60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
By plugging is understood stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
By inching (jogging) is understood energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
Code Descriptions
DF Duty factory
I∆nResponse value of earth-fault release
Icm Rated short-circuit making capacity
Icn Rated short-circuit breaking capacity
Ics Rated service short-circuit breaking
capacity
Icu Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking
capacity
Icw Rated short-time withstand current
IeRated operational current
IkTransformer initial short-circuit AC cur-
rent
ILLoad monitoring response value
InRated current
INT Transformer rated current
IPK Rated peak withstand current
IqRated conditional short-circuit current
IrOvercurrent release set value
Irm Response value of non-delayed short-
circuit release
IiResponse value of non-delayed short-
circuit release
Irmf Response value of fixed, non-delayed
short-circuit release
Code Descriptions
Irmv Response value of short-time delayed
short-circuit release
Isd Response value of short-time delayed
short-circuit release
ITResponse value of earth-fault release
IgResponse value of earth-fault release
Ith Conventional free air thermal current
Ithe Conventional thermal current of
enclosed devices
IuRated uninterrupted current
SNT Transformer rating
trTime delay of overload release
response
tTTime delay of earth-fault release
response
tgTime delay of earth-fault release
response
tvTime delay of short-circuit release
response
UcRated actuating voltage
UeRated operational voltage
UiRated insulation voltage
Uimp Rated impulse withstand voltage
UkTransformer short-circuit voltage
UsRated control voltage
Category Typical Applications Relevant IEC Product Standard
Nature of Current — AC
AC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces 60947-4-1
AC-2 Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off 60947-4-1
AC-3 Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running 60947-4-1
AC-4 Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging , inching 60947-4-1
AC-5a Switching of electric discharge lamp controls 60947-4-1
AC-5b Switching of incandescent lamps 60947-4-1
AC-6a Switching of transformers 60947-4-1
AC-6b Switching of capacitor banks 60947-4-1
AC-7a Slightly inductive loads for household appliances and similar applications 61095
AC-7b Motor-loads for household applications 61095
AC-8a Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with manual resetting of overload releases 60947-4-1
AC-8b Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with automatic resetting of overload releases 60947-4-1
AC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers 60947-5-1
AC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation 60947-5-2
AC-13 Control of solid-state loads with transformer isolation 60947-5-1
AC-14 Control of small electromagnetic loads 60947-5-1
AC-15 Control of AC electromagnetic loads 60947-5-1
AC-20 Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions 60947-3
AC-21 Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads 60947-3
AC-22 Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads 60947-3
AC-23 Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads 60947-3
March 2009
33-240
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Reference Data
Annex A (informative)
Table 33-357. Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear (Continued)
60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
By plugging is understood stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
By inching (jogging) is understood energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
Category Typical Applications Relevant IEC Product Standard
Nature of Current — AC (Continued)
AC-31 Non inductive or slightly inductive loads 60947-6-1
AC-33 Motor loads or mixed loads including motors, resistive loads and up to 30% incandescent lamp loads 60947-6-1
AC-35 Electric discharge lamp loads 60947-6-1
AC-36 Incandescent lamp loads 60947-6-1
AC-40 Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive
reactance
60947-6-2
AC-41 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces 60947-6-2
AC-42 Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off 60947-6-2
AC-43 Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running 60947-6-2
AC-44 Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging , inching 60947-6-2
AC-45a Switching of electric discharge lamp controls 60947-6-2
AC-45b Switching of incandescent lamps 60947-6-2
AC-51 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces 60947-4-3
AC-52a Control of slip ring motor stators: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run 60947-4-2
AC-52b Control of slip ring motor stators: intermittent duty 60947-4-2
AC-53a Control of squirrel-cage motors: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run 60947-4-2
AC-53b Control of squirrel-cage motors: intermittent duty 60947-4-2
AC-55a Switching of electric discharge lamp controls 60947-4-3
AC-55b Switching of incandescent lamps 60947-4-3
AC-56a Switching of transformers 60947-4-3
AC-56b Switching of capacitor banks 60947-4-3
AC-58a Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases:
8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
60947-4-2
AC-58b Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases:
intermittent duty
60947-4-2
AC-140 Control of small electromagnetic loads with holding (closed) current ≤ 0,2 A, e.g. contactor relays 60947-5-2
Nature of Current — AC and DC
AProtection of circuits, with no rated short-time withstand current 60947-2
BProtection of circuits, with a rated short-time withstand current 60947-2
Nature of Current — DC
DC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces 60947-4-1
DC-3 Shunt-motors: starting, plugging , inching , Dynamic breaking of motors 60947-4-1
DC-5 Series-motors: starting, plugging , inching , Dynamic breaking of motors 60947-4-1
DC-6 Switching of incandescent lamps 60947-4-1
DC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers 60947-5-1
DC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation 60947-5-2
DC-13 Control of electromagnets 60947-5-1
DC-13 Control of electromagnets 60947-5-2
DC-14 Control of electromagnetic loads having economy resistors in circuit 60947-5-1
DC-20 Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions 60947-3
DC-21 Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads 60947-3
DC-22 Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads (e.g. shunt motors) 60947-3
DC-23 Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads (e.g. series motors) 60947-3
DC-31 Resistive loads 60947-6-1
DC-33 Motor loads or mixed loads including motors 60947-6-1
DC-36 Incandescent lamp loads 60947-6-1
DC-40 Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive
reactance
60947-6-2
DC-41 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces 60947-6-2
DC-43 Shunt-motors: starting, plugging , inching , Dynamic breaking of DC 60947-6-2
DC-45 Series-motors: starting, plugging , inching , Dynamic breaking of DC 60947-6-2
DC-46 Switching of incandescent lamps 60947-6-2
March 2009
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com
33-241
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Reference Data
Motor Ratings Data
Ampere Rating of AC and DC Motors
Ampere ratings of motors vary somewhat, depending upon
the type of motor. The values given below are for drip-proof,
Class B insulated (T Frame) where available, 1.15 service
factor, NEMA Design B motors. These values represent an
average full load motor current which was calculated from
the motor performance data published by several motor
manufacturers. In the case of high torque squirrel cage
motors, the ampere ratings will be at least 10% greater
than the values given below.
Caution — These average ratings could be high or low for
a specific motor and therefore heater coil selection on this
basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection,
select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as
shown on the motor nameplate.
Table 33-358. Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor
380V 50 Hz.
hp Syn.
Speed
RPM
Current in Amperes
200V 230V 380V 460V 575V 2200V
1/4 1800
1200
900
1.09
1.61
1.84
.95
1.40
1.60
.55
.81
.93
.48
.70
.80
.38
.56
.64
—
—
—
1/3 1800
1200
900
1.37
1.83
2.07
1.19
1.59
1.80
.69
.92
1.04
.60
.80
.90
.48
.64
.72
—
—
—
1/2 1800
1200
900
1.98
2.47
2.74
1.72
2.15
2.38
.99
1.24
1.38
.86
1.08
1.19
.69
.86
.95
—
—
—
3/4 1800
1200
900
2.83
3.36
3.75
2.46
2.92
3.26
1.42
1.69
1.88
1.23
1.46
1.63
.98
1.17
1.30
—
—
—
13600
1800
1200
900
3.22
4.09
4.32
4.95
2.80
3.56
3.76
4.30
1.70
2.06
2.28
2.60
1.40
1.78
1.88
2.15
1.12
1.42
1.50
1.72
—
—
—
—
1-1/2 3600
1800
1200
900
5.01
5.59
6.07
6.44
4.36
4.86
5.28
5.60
2.64
2.94
3.20
3.39
2.18
2.43
2.64
2.80
1.74
1.94
2.11
2.24
—
—
—
—
23600
1800
1200
900
6.44
7.36
7.87
9.09
5.60
6.40
6.84
7.90
3.39
3.87
4.14
4.77
2.80
3.20
3.42
3.95
2.24
2.56
2.74
3.16
—
—
—
—
33600
1800
1200
900
9.59
10.8
11.7
13.1
8.34
9.40
10.2
11.4
5.02
5.70
6.20
6.90
4.17
4.70
5.12
5.70
3.34
3.76
4.10
4.55
—
—
—
—
53600
1800
1200
900
15.5
16.6
18.2
18.3
13.5
14.4
15.8
15.9
8.20
8.74
9.59
9.60
6.76
7.21
7.91
7.92
5.41
5.78
6.32
6.33
—
—
—
—
7-1/2 3600
1800
1200
900
22.4
24.7
25.1
26.5
19.5
21.5
21.8
23.0
11.8
13.0
13.2
13.9
9.79
10.7
10.9
11.5
7.81
8.55
8.70
9.19
—
—
—
—
10 3600
1800
1200
900
29.2
30.8
32.2
35.1
25.4
26.8
28.0
30.5
15.4
16.3
16.9
18.5
12.7
13.4
14.0
15.2
10.1
10.7
11.2
12.2
—
—
—
—
15 3600
1800
1200
900
41.9
45.1
47.6
51.2
36.4
39.2
41.4
44.5
22.0
23.7
25.0
26.9
18.2
19.6
20.7
22.2
14.5
15.7
16.5
17.8
—
—
—
—
20 3600
1800
1200
900
58.0
58.9
60.7
63.1
50.4
51.2
52.8
54.9
30.5
31.0
31.9
33.2
25.2
25.6
26.4
27.4
20.1
20.5
21.1
21.9
—
—
—
—
hp Syn.
Speed
RPM
Current in Amperes
200V 230V 380V 460V 575V 2200V
25 3600
1800
1200
900
69.9
74.5
75.4
77.4
60.8
64.8
65.6
67.3
36.8
39.2
39.6
40.7
30.4
32.4
32.8
33.7
24.3
25.9
26.2
27.0
—
—
—
—
30 3600
1800
1200
900
84.8
86.9
90.6
94.1
73.7
75.6
78.8
81.8
44.4
45.7
47.6
49.5
36.8
37.8
39.4
40.9
29.4
30.2
31.5
32.7
—
—
—
—
40 3600
1800
1200
900
111
116
117
121
96.4
101
102
105
58.2
61.0
61.2
63.2
48.2
50.4
50.6
52.2
38.5
40.3
40.4
41.7
—
—
—
—
50 3600
1800
1200
900
138
143
145
150
120
124
126
130
72.9
75.2
76.2
78.5
60.1
62.2
63.0
65.0
48.2
49.7
50.4
52.0
—
—
—
—
60 3600
1800
1200
900
164
171
173
177
143
140
150
154
86.8
90.0
91.0
93.1
71.7
74.5
75.0
77.0
57.3
59.4
60.0
61.5
—
—
—
—
75 3600
1800
1200
900
206
210
212
222
179
183
184
193
108
111
112
117
89.6
91.6
92.0
96.5
71.7
73.2
73.5
77.5
—
—
—
—
100 3600
1800
1200
900
266
271
275
290
231
236
239
252
140
144
145
153
115
118
120
126
92.2
94.8
95.6
101
—
23.6
24.2
24.8
125 3600
1800
1200
900
—
—
—
—
292
293
298
305
176
177
180
186
146
147
149
153
116
117
119
122
—
29.2
29.9
30.9
150 3600
1800
1200
900
—
—
—
—
343
348
350
365
208
210
210
211
171
174
174
183
137
139
139
146
—
34.8
35.5
37.0
200 3600
1800
1200
900
—
—
—
—
452
458
460
482
257
265
266
279
226
229
230
241
181
184
184
193
—
46.7
47.0
49.4
250 3600
1800
1200
900
—
—
—
—
559
568
573
600
338
343
345
347
279
284
287
300
223
227
229
240
—
57.5
58.5
60.5
300 1800
1200
—
—
678
684
392
395
339
342
271
274
69.0
70.0
400 1800 — 896 518 448 358 91.8
500 1800 — 1110 642 555 444 116
March 2009
33-242
For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E
NEMA Contactors & Starters
33
Reference Data
Single-Phase AC Motors
Table 430.248. Full-Load Currents in Amperes,
Single-Phase Alternating-Current Motors
The following values of full-load
currents are for motors running at
usual speeds and motors with normal
torque characteristics. Motors built for
especially low speeds or high torques
may have higher full-load currents and
multispeed motors will have full-load
current varying with speed, in which
case the nameplate current ratings
shall be used.
The voltages listed are rated motor
voltages. The currents listed shall be
permitted for system voltage ranges of
110 to 120 and 220 to 240V.
Three-Phase AC Motors
The following values of full-load
currents are typical for motors running
at speeds usual for belted motors
and motors with normal torque
characteristics.
Motors built for low speeds (1,200 RPM
or less) or high torques may require
more running current and multispeed
motors will have full-load current
varying with speed. In these cases
the nameplate current rating shall
be used.
The voltages listed are rated motor
voltages. The currents listed shall be
permitted for system voltage ranges of
110 to 120, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and
550 to 600V.
hp 115V 200V 208V 230V
1/6
1/4
1/3
1/2
3/4
4.4
5.8
7.2
9.8
13.8
2.5
3.3
4.1
5.6
7.9
2.4
3.2
4.0
5.4
7.6
2.2
2.9
3.6
4.9
6.9
1
1-1/2
2
3
16
20
24
34
9.2
11.5
13.8
19.6
8.8
11
13.2
18.7
8
10
12
17
5
7-1/2
10
56
80
100
32.2
46
57.5
30.8
44
55
28
40
50
DC Motors
Table 430.247. Full-Load Current in Amperes,
Direct-Current Motors
The following values of full-load
currents are for motors running at
base speed.
Note: These are average direct-current
quantities.
These are average direct-current quantities.
Table 430.250. Full-Load Current Three-Phase Alternating-Current Motors
For 90 and 80 percent power factor, the above figures shall be multiplied by 1.1 and 1.25 respec-
tively.
hp Armature Voltage
Rating
Ampere
Capacity of
Fuses for Motors
Recommended
Values
120V 240V 120V 240V
1/4
1/3
1/2
3.1
4.1
5.4
1.6
2.0
2.7
5
5
7
3
3
3
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
7.6
9.5
13.2
17
25
3.8
4.7
6.6
8.5
12.2
10
15
20
25
30
5
7
10
12
15
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
40
58
76
—
—
20
29
38
55
72
50
80
100
—
—
25
40
50
75
100
25
30
40
50
60
—
—
—
—
—
89
106
140
173
206
—
—
—
—
—
125
150
200
250
275
75
100
125
150
200
—
—
—
—
—
255
341
425
506
675
—
—
—
—
—
350
500
600
—
—
hp Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and
Wound-Rotor Amperes
Synchronous Type Unity
Power Factor Amperes
115V 200V 208V 230V 460V 575V 2300V 230V 460V 575V 2300V
1/2
3/4
1
4.4
6.4
8.4
2.5
3.7
4.8
2.4
3.5
4.6
2.2
3.2
4.2
1.1
1.6
2.1
.9
1.3
1.7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1-1/2
2
3
12.0
13.6
—
6.9
7.8
11.0
6.6
7.5
10.6
6.0
6.8
9.6
3.0
3.4
4.8
2.4
2.7
3.9
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
7-1/2
10
—
—
—
17.5
25.3
32.2
16.7
24.2
30.8
15.2
22
28
7.6
11
14
6.1
9
11
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15
20
25
—
—
—
48.3
62.1
78.2
46.2
59.4
74.8
42
54
68
21
27
34
17
22
27
—
—
—
—
—
53
—
—
26
—
—
21
—
—
—
30
40
50
—
—
—
92
120
150
88
114
143
80
104
130
40
52
65
32
41
52
—
—
—
63
83
104
32
41
52
26
33
42
—
—
—
60
75
100
—
—
—
177
221
285
169
211
273
154
192
248
77
96
124
62
77
99
16
20
26
123
155
202
61
78
101
49
62
81
12
15
20
125
150
200
—
—
—
359
414
552
343
396
528
312
360
480
156
180
240
125
144
192
31
37
49
253
302
400
126
151
201
101
121
161
25
30
40
250
300
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
302
361
414
242
289
336
60
72
83
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
400
450
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
477
515
590
382
412
472
95
103
118
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
